i^'-'^

^,^t.el.%i,^^
f PRINCETON, N. J,

Division ']BS.1..'4*5".

Section v-iw.

Shelf Number 18^4^

 THE PSALTER
OF THE

GREAT BIBLE
of 1539
y

THE PSALTER
OF THE

GREAT BIBLE
of 1539
Si Jlaiitimark in (tnQii^l) literature

EDITED

WITH INTRODUCTION AND NOTES

By JOHN EARLE, M.A.

RECTOR OF SWANSWICK
RAWLINSONIAN PROFESSOR OF ANGLO-SAXON IN THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD

LONDON
JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET
1894
 j^xtfut
HE Hebrew text of the Psalter was already
strange to the generality of Christians
even in New Testament times. For the
first fifteen centuries it was explored
only by a solitary student here and there.
It was the Reformation that caused Hebrew to be
taken up as a continuous study among Protestant
divines. The general use of the Psalter in Christendom
has from the first depended on Versions ; and mainly
on three, the Greek, the Latin, and the English, Each
of these has its own several title to pre-eminence.
The Greek is pre-eminent as having been the first

in date ; and with this fact is connected its high dis-

tinction as an external independent witness of the state

of the Hebrew text before Christianity. Down to the
sixteenth century, this translation had almost the honours
of an original.
The Latin is pre-eminent as being the first version
that was made in the atmosphere and light of the
Christian faith. It was translated from the Greek alone,
and it has no immediate contact with the Hebrew.
Distant though it is from the original by a second
remove, mechanical as it seems when verbally scanned,
it has nevertheless within it a spring of emotion
which is original in itself, radiating the warmth of
primitive Christianity,
vi Preface

The English Psalter has the pre-eminent distinction

of being the version through which the Psalms as an

instrument of devotional exercise, as an aid to medita-

tion and the religious habit of mind, and as a formative
influence in the spiritual education of man now live

in their fullest and widest use.

This version was produced at a singularly happy

conjuncture of favouring circumstances, in the central
culmination of the English language, in the vernal
moment of our modern literature, and withal in the fresh

enthusiastic burst of a great spiritual revival. It was

made from the Latin and the Greek, with corrections from
the Hebrew. Behind it lay a long wake of preparation ;

for the work of Coverdale was preluded by centuries of

psalm-translation. The Psalter was the palaestra, the
exercising ground, for the achievement of that which
is so admirable in the English Bible. He who at length

gave lasting form to the English Psalter, was a master

of popular and melodious prose ; and his work con-
tinually recited has imparted to English literature much
of its savour and simplicity and sweetness of tone.
Of the various modifications of Coverdale's Psalter,
the text here printed is that which is most interesting,
and least accessible. It is given in proximate fac-

simile, such as was practicable with types ready to

hand ; every form of word being kept, and also the
content of every line.

SwANswicK Rectory,
September- 14, 1893.
 gntroDuction

^^^^jHE comprehensive study of the Psalter falls under

two heads, which are widely diverse : heads which
I will venture to designate as the Prophetic and
the Scientific. These are the best terms I can
find to represent the wide range there has been in the use and
exegesis of the Psalms.
The historical succession of languages through which the
Psalter has been chiefly known to Christendom will furnish a
convenient frame for exhibiting the mutual relations of these
opposite aspects. The readiest and most external scheme
of arrangement will conveniently introduce us to that which
is inward and essential.

These few preliminary words may suffice to explain the plan

of this Introduction : viz. I. The Psalter in Greek and Latin
II. The Hebrew Psalter ; III. The English Psalter.

The Psalter in Greek and Latin

In the Apostolic age, the Psalter, as commonly used by

Christians, was in Greek. The old Hebrew text was less
familiar than formerly to the Jews, even to those who lived at
home in the land of their fathers; while to those of the
Dispersion it was a remote ancestral book-language. The
only language common to the Jewish nation had long been
Vlll 3(nttotiuction

the same as that which, since Alexander, had become the

international language of the civilized world, namely Greek,
Christianity broke with the letter of Judaism, dropped all literary

connection with its venerable texts, planted colonies in all the

provinces, and corresponded in the one universal language, of
the Roman Empire. For many succeeding centuries Greek
was practically regarded thoughout Christendom as the original
tongue not only of the New but also of the Old Testament.
Long before the Christian era, the demand had risen among
the Jewish population in Alexandria for renderings of their
sacred books into the language wherein they were born ; and
hence the Greek version of the Old Testament which is

commonly called the translation of the Septuagint, i.e. Seventy.

The Pentateuch was probably translated into Greek in the

third century before Christ.^ But there are reasons for

thinking that the translation (and indeed the completion)

of the Psalter did not take place until a much later date.

Cheyne's date for the Greek Psalter ranges from B.C. 142 to
the Christian era. Graetz moves it down to a.d. 44.

The Septuagint version of the Psalter, though stamped with

the natural inferiority of a translation to an original, yet retains
some right of precedence by priority of record. No Hebrew
text now extant can approach the antiquity of this eldest

version. The fact that it is the oldest extant report of the

contents of the original text confers upon it a certain unique
prerogative ; and where the Greek Psalter differs from the
Hebrew, it may always be asked which of the two is the more
probable. 2
Early in the third century Origen, the father of biblical
criticism, set himself to examine the relative merits of the
Greek texts then in use, and finding that his task demanded
H. E. Ryle, The Canon of the Old Testament, p. 145.
1

^ Passages in which some critics have preferred the evidence of the

Septuagint to that of the Hebrew text are ix. and x. (the unity of) xxviii. ;

9 the strength of his people instead of their strength ; xxxvi. i

'
' his ' ' '

heart ' instead of my heart ; Ixxvi. 4, where see note. Also Cheyne on
'
'

xxiv. 6, in The Expositor, v. 310.

 Cf)e P0altet in (3mk and Latin ix

a knowledge of Hebrew, he learnt that language, Hebrew, and

in so doing he entered upon a course of study which in his
day seemed strange and eccentric. Two centuries later,

Jerome, his Latin successor in biblical criticism, making

mention of Origen, said that he had learnt Hebrew against
the bent of his age and nation (contra aetatis gentisque suae
naturam). The very plan of Origen's Hexapla indicates that
the Hebrew page was strange to the eyes of Christian scholars
for, after the column containing the Hebrew text, he had a

second column repeating the same text in Greek transliteration

upon which followed four columns of Greek versions (Aquila,
Septuagint, Symmachus, Theodotion), completing the number
six which gave name to the Hexapla.

It was from Greek texts that all Latin translations were

made before Jerome's new translation of the Hebrew
Psalter. The numerous and nameless versions of the Bible in
Latin came at length to be consolidated in one prevailing text,

the Versio Itala. It was upon this, the current version of

Jerome worked as a reviser, by request of
highest credit, that
Pope Damasus, and so produced that permanent book of the
Latin Church which is called Versio Vulgata (the version in
common use), which we now call the Vulgate.
But it should be carefully remembered that the old Psalter
remained in the Vulgate unchanged, still the old Itala, and
that this ancient version has throughout continued to be the
liturgical Psalter of the Roman Church.^ Jerome did indeed
revise this old Psalter upon the best Greek texts, only then his
revision was not received into the common Bible. But his

revised Psalter had nevertheless an important career. It was

preferred by the bishops of Gaul, who adopted it for use in

Divine Service became the nucleus and centre-piece of

; and it

that 'Galilean Use,' which held its ground in the national

Church of France down to our own times. Hence Jerome's

1 Parallel to what happened in 1662, when the scriptural portions of

the Common Prayer Book were brought up to the last Revision of 161 1 ;
except the Psalter.
a 2
X 3introtJuction

revised Psalter goes by the name of the '

Galilean Psalter.' So
we have three Latin Psalters to bear in mind : i. that in the

Vulgate, which is the old Italic ; 2. Jerome's revision of this

version upon Greek texts (the Galilean) ; 3. Jerome's own new
translation from the Hebrew.
The interpretation of the Psalms for the first 1500 years of
Christianity (with few exceptions) proceeded on the principle
that the prophetic spirit of their origin was still inherent in the
Church. The Psalms had an innate power of development
they were not confined to their first historic meaning; they
might be used to authorize and consecrate any thought that
was edifying and according to the analogy of the faith. And
in particular, it was always safe to understand Christ and His
Apostles in all the types and figures which exceeded the
ordinary measure of man.
Modern commentators, even some from whom more
sympathy might have been expected, are apt to treat the
ancient exegesis with little respect. For example, Delitzsch
characterizes the early exposition as follows :
The weakness
'

which affects the ancient exposition of the Psalms is substantially

the same in the Greek and in the Latin expositors. Besides

their ignorance of the original text there is an unmethodical
irregular procedure, an arbitrary straining of the predictive
character of the Psalms (as when TertuUian conceives the
First Psalm to be a prophetic utterance in the person of
Joseph of Arimathaea), an unhistorical treatment which makes
no difference between the two Testaments ; . . . instead of
illustrating the Psalms by their fulfilment in the Gospel, they
simply transplant them into the language and ideas of the New
Testament.'
To expect that they should have attained a scientific method
of exegesis, that they should even have known the intellectual
need of doing so, is an expectation hardly consistent with the
lessons of history. To say that the ancient expositors were
unmethodical is not to the point, because, however it may be
a defect, it is not a symptom of weakness (for which it is
 Cf)e ipgalter in (3xtzk anD Latin xi

alleged) ; rather it belongs to that intuitive energy which is the

strength of patristic and of the best medieval exposition.
And it is not quite just, for some method they certainly had,
though not a scientific method. It is indeed true that they
allegorized very freely, that they made the Psalms prophetic
utterances which they put in the mouth of Christ and His con-
temporaries, that they ignored chronology and merged the
Psalms in the New Testament. But it is not by any means
clear that they did so in any other sense than the Apostles did
so. What is there in patristic or medieval interpretation that
is bolder in this way than that in Acts ii. 31, where an Apostle
virtually says that the words in Psalm xvi. 11, 'thou wilt not
leave my soul in Sheol,' were spoken by the psalmist as a
prophet prophesying of Christ and speaking as in the person
of Christ ?

The principle of seeing Christ everywhere was in itself a

basis of method, and if it opened a boundless field to imagina-

tive analogies, these were brought into some order by the
classification (Origen's) memorized in the well-known distich

LiTERA gesta refert ;

quid credas allegoria ;

MORALIS quid agas ;

quid speres anagogia.

Dante (Epistle toCan Grande) applied these stages of

interpretation to his own Commedia, making use of Psalm cxiv
'
When Israel came out of Egypt,' as an example

'
For if we look at the here signified the going out
/etter only, there is
of the children of Israel in the time of Moses ; if at the allegory, there is
signified our redemption through Christ ; if at the moral sense, there is
signified to us the conversion of the soul from the mourning and misery of
sin to the state of grace ; if at the anagogic sense, there is signified, the
passing out of the holy soul from the bondage of this corruption to the
liberty of everlasting glory. And these mystical meanings, though called
by different names, may all be called allegorical as distinguished from the
literal or historical sense.

And if the ancient expositors were less diligent than we are

with grammar and dictionary and tables of chronology, they

at least explored their sacred anthems with the affections and

sympathies of the heart, seeking after personal experiences to
match each lyric tone and phrase. Thus they discovered
xii 3|nttonuction

secret elements of identity in situations that were centuries

apart in time. It seemed as if the presence of Christ in the

Psahns gave them a master-key to all other characters and
crises. The same psalm, which was the voice of Christ, was
also without fear of inconsistency the utterance of Hezekiah or
Jeremiah or Joseph of Arimathaea.
I will quote some prefaces from the eleventh century. In
these directions to the reader (as I may call them), which are
addressed to the spirit of devotion, we may see how little

medieval piety was concerned about ascertaining the occasion

and the material meaning of the first production, and tying the
psalm for ever to its historic tethering-stock. No ; it was a strain

of heavenly music which would open its wealth of guidance

or consolation to all sorts and conditions of men who sang
it in sincerity ; and that in many contingencies and situations,
which, however various, are still united by subtle analogies.

ii. Dses sefteran sealmes capitul The title of the Second Psalm is

is gecweden Psalmus Dauid, {)set '

Psalmus Dauid,' that is in English
is on Englisc Dauides sealm. For- David's psalm. The reason why
J)gem he is sealm gecweden, forSi it is called psalm, is because he
he seofode on J^osm sealme, and sighed in the psalm and moaned to
msende to Drihtne be his feondum, the Lord concerning his foes, both
aegSer ge inlendum ge utlendum, domestic and foreign, and concern-
and be eallum his earfoSum and ; ing all his distresses ; and so doth
swa deS kIc J)ffira J)e J)isne sealm every one who singeth this psalm,
sincgS, be his sylfes feondum, and concerning his own foes and so ;

swa dyde Crist be ludeum. did Christ concerning the jews.

vi. Dauid sang {)isne sixtan sealm David sang this sixth psalm con-
be his mettrumnesse, and be his cerning his sickness, and his troubles,
earfoSum, and eac be J)3em ege ])xs and also concerning the terror of
domes on domes dcege and swa
; judgment at doomsday and so doth ;

deS x\c Jjsera Jje hine singS and swa ; every one who sings it and so did ;

dyde Crist J)a he on eorSan wses, Christ, when He was on earth, He

he hine sang be his earfoSum ; and sang it concerning His troubles
eac Ezechias be his untrumnesse. and likewise Hezekiah about his
sickness.

xix. (Hebrew xx.) Dauid sang David sang this nineteenth psalm,
{)isne nigonteo(5an sealm, and saede and said in the psalm how his
on Sssm sealme hu his folc him fore people prayed for him in his
gebasde on his earfo'Sum and eac ; tribulations and likewise Hezekiah's
;

Ezechias folc gebsed for hine, |)a he people prayed for him, when he
waes beseten mid his feondum on was surrounded by his foes in the
f)sere byrig and swa do5 ealle cris-
; city ; and so do all Christian men
tene men ^e {)isne sealm singaS, hi who sing this psalm, they sing it
hine singaS for heora kyningas and ; for their kings ; and likewise the
 Cbe Psalter in areefe anti Latin
eac fjaapostolas hine sungon be Apostles did sing it for Christ, when
Criste, Ja hine man Isedde to rode. He was led to crucifixion.

xxii. (xxiii.) Dauid sang Jjysne twa David sang this two and twenti-
and twentigeoSan sealm, pa. he wite- eth psalm, when he prophesied
gode be Israela folces freodome ; hu about the liberation of the people
hy sceoldon beon alsed of Babilonia of Israel how they should be led
;

Jaeowdome, and hu hi sceoldon out of Babylonian slavery, and how

Gode {)ancian pxra ara J^e hi be they should thank God for the
wage heefdon hamweardes ; and eac mercies they should experience by
be his agenre gehwyrftnesse of his the way homewards and likewise ;

wraec-sijje and aelc J)aera |)e hine

: about his own restoration from his
singS, he |)ancaS Gode his alysnesse exile and every one who sings it,
:

of his earfoSum ; and swa dydon J)a he thanketh God for his deliverance
Apostolas, and call J)3et cristene folc, out of his troubles and so did the
;

Cristes seriste and eac |)ancia"5

; Apostles, and all Christian folk, for
cristene men, on Jjyson sealme, Christ's Resurrection ; and in like
heora alysnesse of heora scyldum manner do Christian men give
sefter fulluhte. thanks, in this psalm, for the re-
mission of their sins after Baptism.

It was part of the routine of the early Church that the

whole Psalter was recited weekly by every ecclesiastic, and, in

addition to this, Psalm cxix. was said daily.^ And besides

the recital, it was also committed to memory ; this was an
ordinary practice of the first twelve centuries. In the fifth

century Gennadius, Patriarch of Constantinople, refused to

ordain any clerk who could not repeat '
David from memory.
'

In the eighth Council of Toledo (a.d. 635) it was ordained

that '
None henceforth shall be promoted to any ecclesiastical
dignity without perfectly knowing the whole Psalter, besides
the usual Canticles and Hymns and the formula of Baptism.'
In A.D. 1050 the Council of Oviedo decreed that 'The Arch-
deacons shall present such clerks for ordination as perfectly

know the whole Psalter, etc'

It naturally followed that a variety of recognized interpreta-
tions were developed in connection with the psalms which
were thus incessantly recited. For example, the same psalm

^ Connected with the continual recitation of the Latin Psalter was the
use of the opening word or phrase as a title to designate the psalm, and
these first words are stillprinted in the C.P.B. Psalter. In Piers Plowman
A vii. 237 (Skeat i. 216) Psalm cxxviii. is thus cited :

For so seith the sauter in psalm o{ Beati onmes,'

'

and in like manner Psalm cxxxii. is cited in xi. 55 (Skeat i. 289) A :

And so seith the psauter sech hit in Memcn/o.'

'

The habit still survives, as when xcv. is called the Venite.

xiv JnttoDuction

might be appointed to be said at Christmas, at Easter, in Lent,

on Festivals of Martyrs, and in the Office for the Dead.^ It

could not, on these divers occasions, be said with the retention

of a uniform meaning or with the same mental associations.

The various emphases of which a particular psalm was capable

would be variously signalized the divine sun-ray would rest
;

on different eminences, and endue the psalm quite naturally

with powers of transfiguration. This kind of elasticity was
recognized and promoted by the use of antiphons.^
The system of Antiphons was the most peculiar character-
istic in the ancient liturgical use of the Psalter. Speaking
generally we may say that the Antiphon was the echo or
reverberation of the purposed sentiment of an Office. In the
English Burial Office, for example, '
I heard a voice from
heaven etc' is of the nature of an Antiphon. But the most
ordinary form was that of a select sentence preluding each
psalm and marking its close. Sometimes the Antiphon was
repeated before each verse of the psalm. The whole psalm
was thus intercalated by the Antiphon, which, out of many
possible significations, definitely for the moment fixed one
and this ingenious device, by striking the keynote of the
season, enabled worshippers to sing with harmonious unity of
the understanding.^
As an example of the primitive Antiphon in its plainest
shape, the following use of Psalm ii. is quoted by Dr. Neale
from the Mozarabic Office at Prime.

First Choir. The Lord said imto me : Thou art my Son, this day
have I begotten thee.
Second Choir. The Lord etc.
First Choir. Why do the heathen so furiously rage together : and
why do the people imagine a vain thing ?

1 Christian Remembrancer vol. xx.xiii. [By Dr. Neale.]

p. 474.
" The
subject of Antiphons is distinct from (though historically con-
nected with) 'antiphonal singing,' which was a very early practice, probably
Jewish. Pliny in his Letter to Trajan said that the Christians used stato '

die ante lucem convenire, carmenque Christo quasi Deo, dicere sectwi

invicem ' words that might fitly describe the alternate manner of reading
the Psalms for the day in most of our village churches.
^ For a succinct view of the whole subject of Antiphons see Julian's

Dictionary of Hymnology, v. Antiphon.

 Cbe IPsaltet in ateefe anti Latin xv
Second Choir. The Lord said unto tne : Thou etc.
First Choir. The kings of the earth stand up and the rulers take
counsel together: against the Lord and against His
Anointed.
Second Choir. The Lord said tmto me : Thou etc.

Psalm Ixv, when used in the Office for the Dead, had for
Antiphon the second verse :
'
O Thou that hearest the prayer,
unto Thee shall all flesh come.'

By means of the Antiphons provided for the different

seasons, the variable significance of the Psalms was avowed and
utilized in the ancient liturgies. When the First Psalm was used
on an ordinary day, the Antiphon was Serve the Lord '
in fear.'

On the commemoration of a Saint or Martyr, it was :

' His
delight is in the law of the Lord.' On the Sunday in Holy
Week :
' Like a tree which bringeth forth fruit in due season,

and whose leaf shall not wither.' At Easter the same psalm had
for Antiphon :
' I am that I am, and my counsel is not with the
wicked, but in the law of the Lord is my delight. Alleluia.' ^
The regulations concerning Antiphons are very various and
intricate, and there was great diversity of usage in different
countries or dioceses. The whole antiphonal system was in
fact the element of freedom under a rigidly prescribed liturgi-

cal Use ; and in this respect it discharged the same function

as the Hymn-Book has done in later times.

If then we seek some one principle whereby to characterize

the exegesis of this first period, it is found in this comprehensive

maxim, that Scripture is many-sided.^ This thought is perhaps
the key to that singular passage 2 Peter i. 20, which is rendered
in the Revision of 1881 thus : 'no prophecy of Scripture is of
^ A degenerate growth of this intercalary system was the 'Farce,'
which is thus described by Dr. Neale in his Commentary on the Psalms.
'A Farce, as is well known, is the insertion in a Gospel, Epistle, or
Canticle, of intercalated sentences, intended to have the same effect as an
Antiphon, and to fix a determinate sense, for the time being, on the
composition so farced. But the clauses thus inserted became in process of
time thoroughly jejune and miserable sometimes, in fact, utterly absurd.;

Hence, from the ludicrous character of the intercalation, the word came to
be applied to anything ludicrous whence its present use.'
:

^ This has been often dwelt upon e.g. Newman, Parochial Sermons,
;

vol. i. p. 271 f. The freedom of medieval and mystic interpretation seems

to reach its extreme point in Dr. Neale's Commentary on the Psalms (ed.
2 by Dr. Littledale, 4 vols., 1860-1874).
xvi 3[ntrotiuction

private [or, special] interpretation.' It is not tied to the

incident that first occasioned it, or limited to the meaning
which the prophet attached to his own words : it is not restrained
either by the physical surroundings or the psychological con-
ditions of its origin.

It is this character makes it the equal

of Scripture that
property of all men, andsome sense makes every man his'
in

own interpreter
it is in this character that we find the secret
;

of its universal attraction, and its universal fitness for edification,

because there is no aspect of the human intelligence, and no
mood of human feeling, for which it is unable to furnish the
appropriate suggestion or correction or instruction.
is boldly avowed by the whole pre-critical exegesis.
This right
It upon this freedom of Scripture from the restraint of
is

philology and chronology that the whole antiphonary system is

based. Each psalm signifies that which it suits the mood of
the Church at such a moment to see in it. Not indeed in the
caprice of individual members, but in the consenting mind of
the Church, the interpretation is lodged. In the exercise of
her faculty as interpreter, the Church proceeds, not by scholastic
method, but by propheticinstinct and inspiration. So great a
freedom required some guarantee against abuse, and this was
found in Authority. From time to time there appeared a
gifted expositor in whose teaching the mind of the Church was
recognized and respected. Such were Athanasius, Gregory of
Nyssa, and Chrysostom, among the Greeks; such were Hilary of
Poictiers, Ambrose, and above all Augustine, among the Latins.
Knowledge is of two kinds. There is the knowledge which
comes we know not how, by observation unanalyzed, and
seeming to start up whole
and there is the knowledge
in us ;

which is consciously, studiously,

and by formal steps attained,
the method and process of which is plotted out in books, and
is called System. The former is instinctive knowledge, the
latter is scientific. The former is apt to be shrouded in
mystery; the latter is as open and manifest as a common
thoroughfare. The former is the property of the wise, the
 Cbe ^ebteto lP0altet xvii

latter of the learned. The former culminates in gnomic and

poetic and prophetic wisdom, the latter in scientific philosophy.

Of monuments left by the former, the Bible is chief; of

the
the monuments of the latter kind of knowledge, the Theory of
Evolution is now the most conspicuous.
The Bible was not produced in the spirit of science but in
the spirit of prophecy. That the age of prophecy should be
succeeded by the age of science, was as necessary and inevitable
as that the glories of the dawn should be followed by the light
of common day. It has sometimes appeared as if Science
would usurp the whole name of Knowledge :
the vocation of
the theological critic is to withstand such a tendency.

II

The Hebrew Psalter

Who loves not Knowledge ? "Who shall rail
Against her beauty ? May she mix
With men and prosper Who shall fix
!

Her pillars ? Let her work prevail.

Let her know her place

She is the second, not the first.
In Memoriam, cxiv.

Along with the revival of ancient learning in the fifteenth

century began the modern scientific examination of the

Sacred Writings. In the new literary activity, it was not
possible that Hebrew should continue to be neglected. Up to
so late a time in the history of the Christian Church had the
original text been almost unknown. The whole extant result
of Christian studies in Hebrew was contained in Jerome's new
version of the Psalms ; fruit of study with a learned Jew at

Bethlehem. It is Jews that we are indebted for the

to the
transmission of the original text of the Old Testament, and also
for the preservation of the knowledge of Hebrew. The
teacher of Johann Reuchlin, the first chief name in this new
Christian study (145 5-1 5 2 2), was Obadiah Sforno, the Jewish
 xviii jntroDuction

commentator. Reuchlin composed the first Hebrew grammar

and lexicon for the use of Christians. He was the teacher of
Melanchthon. A Protestant study from the first, it was in a

special manner appropriated by the German Protestants.

The demand of the reason for a larger share in the study of

the Psalter is already advanced by Dean Jackson, a con-
temporary of Hooker and Bacon ; who bewails '
the negligence
of most interpreters in not inquiring into the occasion and
authorship of the psalms.' By the middle of the seventeenth
century critical theology and biblical studies had risen to a
great height in England. This is the epoch of Walton's Poly-
glott, Hammond, Pearson, Patrick, Stillingfleet, Jeremy Taylor,
Pocock, the Critici Sacri, 9 vols, folio, 1660; Vool&'s Synopsis^
5 vols, folio, 1669.
Henry Hammond (1605- 1660), Canon of Christ Church.
He attended the captive king as his chaplain. In 1648 he
was deprived and for a time imprisoned by the parliamentary
visitors. In 1653 he published his 'Paraphrase and Anno-
tations on the New Testament,' a great work, which has won
for him the title of father of English biblical criticism. He
helped Brian Walton in the work of his Polyglott Bible, which
appeared in 1657. He died April 25, 1660 the day on
which the return of the king was voted by Parliament. He
was to have been Bishop of Worcester.
His work on the Psalms was published in the year before

his death :
'
A Paraphrase and Annotations upon the Books
of the Psalms, briefly explaining the difficulties thereof; by
Henry Hammond, D.D.' From his Preface may be gathered
a good general idea not only of his exegetical views, but also
of the progress of the study by his time, of which he may be
taken as a typical exponent.
As regards his design, it will be convenient sometimes to
use his own words. 'The maine, if not onely, scope of the
Paraphrase and Annotations hath been to extricate and clear
the literal importance of each Psalm, whether that were more
general, wherein all men indifferently were concerned, or
 C{)e lJ)el)tetD Psalter xix

more particular ; and that again either such as concerned the

Psalmist onely in relation to some matter of fact in the story of

those times, or such as had a farther and more divine aspect

on Christ, the Messias of the world . . . Now because the
expounding of Prophecies is no easy taske, and especially of
those poetick and prophetick writings which have had one
immediate sense, and completion in some other,' he finds but
one infallible clue to this labyrinth, and resolves to admit no
departure from the literal sense except where such is sanctioned
by the New Testament. '
And therefore though I blame not
the inlargements of their spirits, who extend themselves to
Allegorical and Tropological descants, so they be founded in the
Literal sense first secured ; yet this latter was it which I had
in my aime.'
When once the psalm is understood, the help of the critic
'
will but incumber the instructed Christian '
; it must be laid
aside, and changed for the endeavour to apprehend and
taste for himself, Enlarging his thoughts, and inflaming his
zeal on each occasion that the periods of the Psalm shall
severally suggest, and the good Spirit of God excite in him,
whether in relation to himselfe or others.'

JoHANN Heinrich Michaelis (1668-1738), Profcssor of

Theology at Halle, and a commentator on the Psalms, is referred
to in the notes on xxix.

Hermann Venema (1697-1787) was Professor of Theology

at Franeker in Friesland, a place that has ceased to be a Uni-
versity, but is still a seat of education. He was one of the
disciples of Vitringa (165 9-1 722), the commentator on Isaiah.
His exposition of the Psalms was pubHshed in six parts, 1762-

1767, at Leeuwarden.
J. G. Carpzov, a German Professor, was the first to call
attention (17 21) to the import of the colophon to Ixxii 'The
prayers of David, son of Jesse, are ended.' This observation
drew attention to the stratification of the Psalter, and the
successive stages of its formation, and shook the old idea that
David was the author of nearly all the Psalms.
XX 3lntrotiuction

Robert Lowth (17 10-1787), when Professor of Poetry in

Oxford (1741)5 delivered Praelectiones Academicae de Sacra Poesi

Hebraeoriim, which were pubHshed in 1753, and opened a new
era in the study of Hebrew poetry. In 1762 he published A
Short hitrodiiction to English Grammar; and in yi^Z Isaiah,
a new Translation, with a Preliminary Dissertation, and Notes.
It was his criticism of the poetry of the Psalms that kindled

the enthusiasm of Herder. An important and permanent result

of his work was his discovery of the Parallelism of Hebrew
poetry ; for the significance of which I refer the reader to Dr.
Driver's Introduction, p. 340 ff. He was successively Bishop
of St. David's, of Oxford, and of London.
JoHANN Gottfried von Herder (1744- 1803) without
soon displayed talents which won him
early advantages patrons.

By such help he went in 1762 to Konigsberg, where he heard

Kant. In 1768 he met Goethe (five years his junior), and
their friendshiphad important consequences. It was through
Goethe that Herder became Hofprediger at Weimar (1776),
'
'

which was then the Athens of Germany. He promoted the

historical and literary exegesis of Scripture, and his Spirit of '

Hebrew Poetry' {Geist der Hebraischen Poesie) appeared in

1782. In that work he said: 'Not only by its contents, but

also by its form, the use of the Book of Psalms is beneficial

to the spirit of man. No lyric poet of Greece or Rome affords

so much instruction or comfort, and in none is there such a

rich variety of the poetic mood. These flowers can be trans-
planted to every soil, and they blossom afresh everywhere.
Expressing the most manifold feelings by means of the simplest
lyric notes, it is a book of song for all ages.' Delitzsch gives
Herder credit for having rescued the exposition of the Psalms
from the then prevailing insipidity.

JoHANN Gottfried Eichhorn (1752-1827) succeeded

Michaelis (Johann David, 171 7-1 791) as Professor at Gottingen
in 1788. In biblical criticism, he it was who first started that

naturalistic interpretation which in later times was matured by

the school of Tiibingen. He is the middle term in the series
 Cf)e }E)ct)retD Psalter xxi

of the three famous Gottingen orientaUsts : MichaeHs, Eichhorn,

Ewald.
Ernst Friedrich Karl Rosenmuller, an important
commentator though but a compiler. His judicious selections
from forgotten expositors, his sober judgment and exegetical
tact, his clear and even attractive diction (though in Latin),

give to his Scholia on the Psalms (i 798-1 804) a certain charm

as of originality. In 182 1-3 appeared the second edition, to
which De Wette continually refers.
W. M. L. De Wette (i 780-1 849), when at the Gymnasium
at Weimar, came under the influence of Herder, as he himself
gratefully testified in later years. In 18 19 he was deprived of
his office (Professor of Theology in Berlin), and banished
from Prussia, for having written a letter of consolation to
the mother of Sand, the slayer of Kotzebue. In that letter

he had drawn a distinction between the morality of the deed

and that of the doer. In 1822 he became Professor of
Theology at Basel, where he remained for the rest of his life.

He was a man of remarkably independent judgment. His

Comtnentar iiber die Psalmen (181 1) passed through several
editions; the fifth appeared in 1856, His great exegetical
skill is set off to advantage by a peculiar gift of succinct and
felicitous diction.

Delitzsch, who is by no means in full sympathy with De

Wette, allows that, after the example of Herder, he imported
taste into the exposition of the Psalms, and grammatical
accuracy under the influence of Gesenius.
As to the dates of psalms, De Wette formulated the follow-
ing general Canon :
' that the harderand more impracticable
a psalm is in the matter, the more pregnant, pointed, and con-
densed in the thoughts, the older will that psalm be ; in pro-

portion as a psalm is of easy, pleasing, limpid diction, and its

contents are transparent, consecutive, and straightforward, in

the same proportion should that psalm be of late date.'^ But

Ich mochte die Behauptung wagen ; je schwerer, unbeholfner

^ ' in der
Sache, je gehaltvoller, ktihner, gedrungener in Gedanken, desto alter sey
b
xxii 3|ntroDuction

on the whole he was chary of assigning dates; as seen in

Iv.^ He was perhaps the first to make a stand against un-

poetical reahsm. See on xxix, Ixxxiii.

The edition which I have used is the second (1823), in

which he withdrew his former recognition of Maccabaean

psalms ; because he held it for historical that the Canon had
been closed by Ezra. To follow De Wette through the shifts by

which he evades the admission of Maccabaean psalms, e.g.

Ixxiv, Ixxix, Ixxxiii, is a schooling in the opposite opinion.

H. G. A. V. EwALD (1803-1875) was a pupil of Eichhorn
(1820) at Gottingen. In 1837 he was one of the seven pro-
fessors who were expelled from Gottingen for a constitutional
protest against the King of Hanover; and in the following

year he was called to Tiibingen. Early in his sojourn at

Tubingen, he published his commentaries on the Poetical Books
of the Old Testament, 1839-40 (ed. 2, 1866). During the ten
years of his exile, he contracted a bitter feud with F. C. Baur
and the rest of the Tiibingen critical school. He was honour-
ably recalled to Gottingen in 1848.
The peculiar character of his mind was intuitive rather than
inductive. For the art (or instinct) of grasping a wide circle
of complicated facts, and divining the focus of their unity, he
was unrivalled. Coming after a long succession of destructive

critics, Ewald's task was the happier one of reconstruction .

and in the case of the Psalter, he showed that if it could no

longer be taken as a record of one man's spiritual experience,
it became all the more precious as reflecting the sorrows and
aspirations of the nation.
Not that Ewald surrendered the claim of the Psalter to con-

tain psalms by David. While dealing quite freely with the

Inscriptions as subsequent annotations, he still held to the tra-

dition that the Psalter is based in the psalmody of David. '

There
is a series of psalms, of peculiarly powerful genius, and unique
ein ; je leichter, gefalliger, fliessender in der Sprache, je durchsich-
Psalm
tiger,geordneter, planer im Inhalt, desto spater.' Commentar {\%2'i) p. 23.
1 '
wird besser thun, die Situation unbestimmt zu lassen.' This may
Man
be regarded as a typical utterance.
 C6e ^ebteto IPsalter xxhi

in the elevation of their sentiment, which, according to the

coincidence of all indications, can spring from no other and no
less a poet than David himself. . . . The result of all my oft-

repeated investigations is that Pss. iii. iv. vii. viii. xi. (xv.)

xviii. xix. xxiv. i-6, xxiv. 7-10, xxix. xxxii. ci. actually bear on

them this genuine stamp of their derivation from David him-

self, and point, in unmistakable features, to that greatest poet.'

And if he would not surrender David to modern scepticism,

neither would he admit any psalms to be later than the Persian
age. In a Preface, which was written in 1866, he said
'
Nothing can be more untrue and perverse than the opinion
that there are any Maccabaean psalms at all in the Psalter
and now forsooth the greater part of the psalms are assigned
to that period; nay, some even to the last century before
Christ, as compositions of the utterly dissolute Hasmonean
King Jannaeus
referring to the work of Hitzig his old pupil.
! '

Ferdinand Hitzig, pupil of Ewald, is the very embodi-

ment of scientific analysis, and of reahstic identification. He
was exasperated at the late reproduction of De Wette's work
on the Psalms. In his 1863 Preface he wrote: 'It is no
disgrace to a man if he rises not in knowledge above the level
of his time; but whether it be not injurious to the well-
grounded fame of De Wette to revive the memory of an
unphilological age by a new edition of his Commentary on the
Psalms, may at least be questioned. Certainly the bare fact
that this book, a book that was once a beacon of progress, and
forty years ago stood on the pinnacle of science, the bare
fact, I say, that book could be republished in the present
this

decade, is evidence how far some people dare venture upon

the indulgence of their contemporaries.' This is not calm and
judicial criticism ; but (partly at least) jealous rivalry.

In the oft-recurring debate whether a given psalm is the

utterance of a historical occasion, or whether it only expresses
the general religious experience and sentiments, Hitzig is almost
as sure to be found on the side of those who make it occasional,
as Reuss is to be on the other side. He is prompt to discover
xxiv jmtouuction

a precise occasion and a personal authorship for a psalm,

assigning many to Jeremiah, or Isaiah, or Judas Maccabaeus at

definite conjunctures. Cheyne protests :

'
This fancy for giving
authors' names to the nameless psalms is a mark of weakness
and not of strength.' And yet he cannot ignore the fascination

of '
the too ingenious Hitzig,' as he calls him in the moment of
difference ;
but when he would avail himself of his suffrage,

then he is '
the too brilliant but keen-eyed Hitzig.'
In the later stages of the Psalter he grows more and more
documentary, makes the order of the psalms ma.rch part passu
with the record of events in i Mace. ;
see, for example, his
preface to cxx. The chief key to Hitzig's exposition is Realism.
In viii. 2 '
Out of the mouth of very babes and sucklings ' etc.

he finds historic evidence of connection with the event related

in I Sam, xxx. 2, where the Amalekites who took Ziklag slew
not the women and children, but carried them away. In xxix.

he adheres tenaciously to the thunderstorm as the event

which furnished the occasion of the psalm. His rebuke of
the opposite opinion is characteristic and instructive. ^ In cxlii.

9,
'
Bring my soul out of prison,' he takes the '
prison '
literally.

H. HuPFELD is the reverse of Hitzig in most things. His

commentary appeared 1855-62 (ed. 2, with valuable additions
by Riehm, 1867-71). Hupfeld not only rejects the Titles as
untrustworthy, but he also insists that the occasions of the
several psalms are as unimportant as they are irrecoverable.
'Who,' he asks, 'in a Christian congregation troubles himself

to enquire about the authorship of the hymns which he finds

so edifying ? The worshipper leaves such enquiries to those
who have the curiosity to pursue them.' In maintaining this
sentiment, he sets himself against that realism which violates
the very principle of poetry. For instance he does not think
much of the thunderstorm theory in xxix,^ and he agrees with
De Wette in regard to the catalogue in Ixxxiii. His opponents
I quote the last sentence of
1 Dem Ungeiste, welcher von der
it. '

concreten Wirklichkeit iiberall wegzuckt, mangelt fiir den hebraischen

Geist, der in dieselbe ergossen und an sie gebunden ist.'
- That xxix was suggested by a thunderstorm he holds to be at best an
 Cfte !J)et)teto Psalter xxv

charge him with swamping everything in vague generaUty

(' Hupfeld verschwemmt auch hier alles in vage Allgemeinheit'
DeUtzsch on cxviii.)

For the chronology of the psalms, he falls back entirely on

internal evidence. First, there are a few broad historical

traces. Some imply the existence of the Kingdom, some reflect

the Captivity, some the time after the Return. All that remains
is the evidence of language and the poetic art. The more
rugged psalms are older, the more polished are later. Those
which exhibit artificial arrangement, as the alphabetic psalms,
are late. Those which show a liturgic motive are late. So
also are those which contain Chaldaisms and Aramaisms. Such
are his chief canons.
Justus Olshausen is a succinct expositor, who constantly
gravitates towards the Maccabaean period, the attraction of
which for him is irresistible. A Canon on which he much
relies is this, that *
the meek ' so often mentioned, as in Ixxvi.

9,
'
the meek of the earth ' (f*^X"'py), is an expression which
indicates suffering Israel, and must always belong to a post-
Exile date. On this ground he will not admit that Ixxvi can
refer to the destruction of Sennacherib's host.

Edouard Reuss, the eminent professor of Strasburg,

won early laurels by his Dissertation on Psalm Ixviii.^
This work drew notice at the time forits smartness and

novelty of treatment with a sure and independent touch.

Since then he has been well known as a translator and
commentator, not only of the Psalter, but of the Bible at large.

His commentary on the Psalter (1875 ^d. 2, 1879) forms the

Fifth Part of his Bible Commentary, which is written in

French (' La Bible ; Traduction Nouvelle, avec Introductions
et Commentaires ').^

He designates the Psalter as the Book of Canticles of the

unprofitablehypothesis, da die Schilderung sich natiirlich immer auf

'

Anschauung und Erfahrung griindet.'

^ Der acht und sechsigste Psalm. Ein Denkmal exegetischer Noth und
Kunst, zu Ehren unsrer ganzen Zunft, errichtet von Ed. Reuss, Jena, 1851.
2 This book seems to have had an important influence upon Hippolyte
xxvi 31ntroliuction

Synagogue ('Le Psautier, ou Le Livre de Cantiques de la

Synagogue'). And this designation corresponds to his governing

principle, that the Psalter belongs to a comparatively recent

date in Hebrew literature. He claimed to be the first who

ever started the question whether any truly Davidic Psalms
have come down to us.

Reuss has an eye for poetical effects rather than for historical
indications. He cares not to assign a date to every psalm;
when a psalm contains nothing to rest historic inference upon,
he is not slow to say so ; he leans rather to a figurative than to
a realistic interpretation. He has a strong preference for the
national and liturgical view over the personal the speaker in
nearly every psalm is the community, Israel personified he
rarely admits that a psalm is the voice of private devotion.
This Canon he applies even to such psalms as v. and xiii. It

is indeed the most marked characteristic of his exegesis, and it

is quite sufficient to explain the antipathy which the Bishop

of Derry in his Bainpton Lectures expressed for Reuss's treat-
ment of the Psalter ; Dr. Alexander being strongly attached to
the personal interpretation.
Dr. H. Graetz, Professor at Breslau, stands rather apart
from the general procession of learned Germans. A zealous
Jew, he disallowed all Messianic interpretation. He dealt
very freely with the text in the way of emendation. In his
Kritischer Conwientar zii den Psalmen (1882) he said of Reuss
who had written a book of 106 pages on Psalm Ixviii
' Reuss
makes himself merry at the expense of his predecessors ; but he

Adolphe Taine. The following is an extract from the French article in

The Times of March 8, 1893
M. Taine's Protestant funeral, which has puzzled many people, is
explained by the Temps. Both he and his wife were nominally Catholics,
but, feeling the necessity of religious teaching for their children, they sent
for the Catholic catechism most used in Paris, that of the Abbe Gaume.
'
Mywife and I read it together from beginning to end. There were
assertions in it so contrary to the very foundations of modern culture that

we judged it impossible to subject our children's minds to such a discipline.

We consequently resolved to confide them to a Protestant pastor. I had

long been reading M. Reuss's Bible in my family, and this had inspired
me with respect for Protestantism.'
 Cbe ctiretti Psalter xxvii

was not able to bring out a natural and straightforward sense,

because he confined himself slavishly to the received text.' ^
His leading exegetical idea is that the '
poor ' and '
meek-
hearted '
and '
trusters in God and
'
'
chasidim ' are one and
the same, and that they are the poor Levites, whose condition
under the later kings was deplorable. Coining the Hebrew
word for '
poor into a designation
' for this class, he calls them
'
Anawiten,' and he measures many psalms by their supposed
relation to the 'Anawiten-Gemeinde.' This is a powerful
Canon of historical interpretation, and it guides him to place
many psalms under the later kings of Judah, from Hezekiah to
the Captivity. With the aid of this Canon, the interpretation
of the difficult Psalm cix becomes for him quite easy.
William Kay (1820-1886), a conservative critic, of great
learning, taste, and feeling. At the early age of sixteen he
gained one of two open scholarships at Lincoln College,
Oxford ; James Fraser (afterwards Bishop of Manchester) being
the companion of his success. In 1842 he gained the Pusey and
EUerton Hebrew scholarship, and a year or two later he was

appointed by Dr. Pusey to take the elementary classes in

Hebrew.^ In 1864 appeared The Psalms. Translated from the
Hebrew, with Notes ; at the press of Bishop's College, Calcutta,

where he was Principal much enlarged, Rivingtons 187 1

(ed. 2,

ed. 3, 1877). William Kay was one of the Old Testament

revisers (1870). He contributed to the Speakers Bible com-
mentaries on Isaiah (1875) and on Ep. Hebrews (1881).^
Franz Delitzsch, Professor of Theology at Leipsic, eminent
for learning and piety, not only carried back the origin of the
Psalter to Samuel, whom he regarded as the father of psalm-

^ In xxxvi. I Graetz put D"'y3 (pleasant) for DW

(oracle) ; and Cheyne
(1884) adopted it, rendering thus ' Pleasant is transgression to the wicked.'
:

2 was under Kay that I learned Hebrew Grammar. Then I attended

It
Dr. Pusey's Lectures and I well remember the courses in Isaiah and
;

the Minor Prophets. This was between 1846 and 1852. In 1852 it
became my lot as college tutor to lecture on the Old Testament, and
in the following years I acquired an interest in biblical criticism.
3 Further particulars in the Memoir by Dr. Greenhill, Dictionary of

National Biography (Smith, Elder and Co.)

xxviii 3|ntronuction

poetry, but also accepted the attribution of xc to Moses. In

his exposition he took the Titles for a chief guide; partly
because he believed them to be (in many instances) a veritable

record of fact ; but partly also because he thought (as he him-

self says on lii) that their place cannot now be supplied by any-
thing more trustworthy. But, beyond this, he regarded the
Davidic origin as inseparable from the Messianic motive of
certain psalms, attributing to David not only a deep conscious-
ness that he is the Lord's anointed, but even a habit of looking
upon himself sub specie Christi (on cxix. cxx.), and inditing
psalms in this frame of mind. In short, when the Messianic
view is called in question, as it often is even by orthodox critics,
we may understand Delitzsch as the representative of that
extreme Messianic theory which is controverted.
As a natural consequence of this view, Delitzsch asserts in
a very decided tone the priority of the Psalms to the Prophets,
almost as often as this question comes forward ; e.g. Ixxv.

Yet his support of the Titles is not inflexibly rigid, as appears

in his treatment of xiv and liii, in the relations of which he
finds a plain proof that even psalms which were recast from
David's, or composed after the model of his, were without
scruple entitled Pdavid. In certain cases, as in Ixv, he even
sets aside the Title :
' for we too hold it to be uncritical to
derive from David all the psalms entitled Pdavid.' But many
which he did not derive from David he still called '
Davidic
in a sense of his own.
Though Delitzsch was a champion for Davidic Titles, yet
was he ready to acknowledge post-exilic psalms and he was
among the warmest in their praise. He says on xcvi
'
All these post-exilic songs stand much nearer the spirit of the New
Testament than the pre-exilic for the New Testament, which is the
;

Old Testament emancipated from its barriers, is gradually

spirituality of the
growing throughout the Old, and the Exile was one of the most important
turning-points in this development.'

But there is in Delitzsch a rich vein of mysticism or pro-

phecy which enables him to find rest in trains of reasoning other
than scientific. In the discussion whether viii could have
 Cfje etJteto Psalter xxix

been composed by David in his shepherd days, he rejects the

idea, and for this reason :

' as the New Testament contains
no discourses by our Lord before His baptism, nor any
writings by the Apostles before Pentecost, so the Canon of
O. T, contains no psalms of David that were composed by
him prior to his anointing. Not before he is the anointed
of God does he become the sweet singer of Israel, 2 Sam.
xxiii. I f.'

T. K. Cheyne, Oriel Professor of the Interpretation of

Holy Scripture, published in 1884 a translation of the
Psalms; and in 1891 The Origin and Religious Contents of the
Psalter (Bampton Lectures for 1889). He claims to occupy
ground of his own ; for although Olshausen, Hitzig, and Reuss
did to a certain extent hold similar critical views, yet he has
now advanced them more argumentative proof, and with
with
a more comprehensive and systematic treatment of the whole
subject.
Beginning his examination with Books iv. and v., he thinks
they were collected by Simon the Maccabee (142-135 B.C.);
originally as a substantive work, and nobly was it introduced
'

by Psalm xc ; but then came the thought of joining it on to

'

Books i.-iii., and breaking it in two so as to produce a Davidic

Pentateuch. Simon (he conjectures) reconstituted the Temple
psalmody, availed himself of Greek music, and gave the
Psalter its complete and final shape.

And if these sixty-one latter psalms represent Maccabaean

psalm-literature, what shall be said of the preceding eighty-nine
psalms which constitute the body of the Psalter? Cheyne's
answer is, that the bulk of the Collection '
represents the various
stages of the pre-Maccabaean part of the post-Exile period. No
single psalm in it is either pre-Exilic or Exilic' The historic

David is quite excluded. His utmost concession is this

' it is

not unnatural to imagine a Davidic element in Pss. xviii. and Ix.'

For he has erected a Canon, to the effect that psalms being

the voice of the Church-nation, and there being no Church

sentiment until after the Exile, psalms could not be produced.
XXX 31nttotiuction

This seems rather too confident an assumption, when we re-

member the 7000 of faithful Israel in Elijah's time.

The historic David being thus excluded, it is after all found

necessary to fill his place. '
Indeed, I feel bound to assume
the existence of a " David" (using the name in a symbolic sense)
subsequently to the poet -king, to account for the hterary
character of the Book of Amos. . . . The grand fault of the'

elder orthodoxy is that it identifies these two Davids.'

Cheyne has assigned a date to every single psalm, although
he acknowledges that there are many psalms without any
historical indication in their contents. This course is justified

under the following canon

'
It is when certain psalms, all of which agree
a canon of criticism that
in some leading and positively disagree in none, have come to us
features,
from ancient times in one group, we are bound to assign them to the same
period, though it is only in one instance that we can from internal evidence
speak positively as to the date.' Origin, 18 f.

In his psalm-chronology he inclines much to the latter part

of the Persian domination ; the Maccabaean are his latest.
If it be objected that the Hebrew of the Psalms is too pure
for so late a date, he answers :
The' relative purity of the
Hebrew of these psalms is explained by the sanctity already
attaching to the earlier writings, which became literary models
to the temple-poets.'

About the chronology of the psalms, there is great diversity

of opinion. To aid my own apprehension of the case I made
a tabular conspectus; and as I have found this apparatus
useful to myself, I here commend it to the reader. I use
the numerals from i to 8 as symbols of the main periods.
1. This figure is a symbol not only for the reigns of Saul

and David and Solomon, but also for the prior time in which
xc is placed by Delitzsch and other expositors.
2. The time of the divided monarchy, down to the Exile.

The brightest points are the reigns of Hezekiah and Josiah.

For the reign of Hezekiah and the best of Josiah's days I use
the symbol 2*. The last troublous times of the kingdom
before the Captivity, I have marked 2!. When the simple 2 is

used, it corresponds to the '

pre-exilic ' of the critics.

3. The Exile. This is rather a favourite date with Graetz

who says, that the Exile is specially the period of psalms that
breathe Penitence, for the guilt of past idolatry now sank deep
into the conscience. This he erects into a canon : for instance,

he assigns all penitential psalms to this period. Cheyne

admits no psalms of the Exile, but he so far agrees with
Graetz as to say :
' during the Exile the tone of faithful
Israel was penitential (see Lamentations).' Towards the close
of the Captivity, the hopes of Israel were raised by the
conquests of Cyrus, and they eagerly looked for a change
in their favour. This latter part of the Exile, characterized
by anticipations of the fall of Babylon and the deliverance
of Israel, is discriminated by the symbol 3*.
4. The Return. Under the decree of Cyrus faithful

Israelites returned to the land of their fathers, under the

leadership of Zerubbabel and Jeshua. They had to contend
with the hostihty of neighbouring nations supported by the
Persian governor Tatnai, who opposed them at the Persian
court, and imperilled the rebuilding of the city and Temple.
But, encouraged by their leaders, and incited by the prophets
Haggai and Zachariah, they re-edified the Temple and
celebrated the Consecration. Their difficulties were various
and prolonged before the newly-formed community began to

taste of prosperity.With reference to these early struggles, I

use the modified symbol 4!. Psalms that seem to exhibit the
national exultation when the Temple was restored, and
proselytes began to flock in, are indicated by the symbol 4*.

5. The remainder of the Persian supremacy. This was the

latest period to which Ewald assigned any psalms ; his ' Last
Songs ' fall far within the end of the Persian age. The second
Return under Ezra (458 B.C.) and the government of Nehemiah
(445 B.C.) are included under the symbol 5.

The last century of the Persian rule was a gloomy time of

xxxii 31ntronuction

oppression, which grew worse and worse. Persian satraps and

their deputies plundered the land, and a succession of Persian
armies on march to Egypt reduced the people nearly to famine
by their requisitions of supplies. About 383 B.C. a miserable
blood -feud in the family of the High Priest afforded new
occasion against the Jews to the Persian governor Bagoses, who
greatly oppressed them (Josephus, Ant. xi. 7. i) for seven
years. Between 358 and 350, the Jews joined other nations
in revolt against Persia. In the outburst of Persian revenge,
Judaea became a prey to the spoiler, and Jewish captives were
carried away to Egypt, Babylonia, and even to Hyrcania by
the Caspian Sea. Cheyne calls this '
the third of Israel's great
captivities.' This last stage of the Persian domination is

indicated by the symbol 5!.

6. The Greek Period ; dating from the death of Alexander,
323 B.C. The land of the Jews lay in the midst between the
two Greek kingdoms of Egypt and Syria, and they were some-
times under the one, and sometimes under the other dominion.
They were under Egyptian sway for nearly 100 years to 220
B.C., and then a fifty years war between the two powers (220-
167 B.C.) ended by bringing them under the Seleucidae, who
reigned at Antioch. The rebellion of the Jews under Jason
was punished in the most manner by Antiochus
ferocious
Epiphanes. He entered the Temple and stripped it of its
golden fittings, which he carried off along with the sacred
vessels. Thousands of Jews were massacred or enslaved.
During his fourth Egyptian campaign (168 B.C.), there was
another rising in favour of the Ptolemies, and he sent his
general Apollonius, who repeated the work of destruction,
slaughter, and rapine. Then came his mad attempt to extin-
guish the religion of Israel, and to force the Jews to adopt the
customs of the Greeks. An Olympian Zeus was erected
altar to

on the altar of burnt-offering, and the Jews were compelled to

sacrifice to the heathen deity (167 B.C.) In this policy the
foreign master was supported by the High Priest and chiefs of
the people who led the hellenizing party, and against these were
 C6e ^etiretu Psalter xxxiii

arrayed those who were zealous for the Law, the oft-named
Chasidim. In their passive resistance to this persecution, they

underwent extreme sufferings, and this latter period is sym-

bolized by 6t, the Greek period until then being represented
by simple 6.

7. The Maccabees. At length internal faction burst into

open war (167 B.C.), and the faithful Jews made a successful
resistance to the tyrannical propagandism of the Syrian
monarch. Under Judas Maccabaeus, they defeated their
oppressors, and gained a position of comparative independence.
He recovered Jerusalem out of the hand of the enemy, and
proceeded at once to restore the Temple worship. He purified,
and repaired, and restored, and at length just three years after

its profanation, the Temple was re-dedicated (Dec. 165). The

feast was kept for eight days with a general illumination, and
took rank with the most sacred annual festivals. One of its

names was The Feast of Lights ; and

'
neither Solomon's nor
Zerubbabel's dedication ever acquired an equal sanctity. It is

mentioned in the New Testament (John x. 22). This great

deliverer died in 161 B.C. He was succeeded by his brother
Jonathan (160-143 B.C.), after whom reigned another brother
Simon, who died 135 B.C. The symbol 7 reaches down to
this date : and where it appears (in the Table) repeated by a
consensus of critics in the case of certain psalms, it is just in
those psalms that the Psalter exhibits the most distinct of its

historical indications.

8. The successor of Simon was his son John Hyrcanus, the

founder of the Asmonean dynasty, which blended at length

with the Herodian family, so well and unfavourably known.

Some of the commentators (more especially Hitzig) assign
psalms to Asmonean times and therefore a few of the names
;

with their dates may be useful here. John Hyrcanus 135-107

B.C. ; Aristobulus (Judas) I, 107-105 B.C. ; Alexander Jannaeus
(Jonathan) 105-79 B.C. ; Salome Alexandra (his widow) 79-69
B.C., in whose reign Graetz dates cxxxiv-cxxxvi.
 I add a list of other Symbols used in the following Table

^pmtjols more or legs Cfironological

D = Davidic (of which there are 73). is written only in places where
M = assigned to Moses (xc). else there would be a blank. It
S = Solomon. issometimes of great significance
A = Asaph. as a counterpoise to the guesses
H = Heman. of bolder critics.
E = Ethan. (,) a comma used to represent 'or.'
is
K = Sons of Korah. [ ]. When a symbol of time is included
H = Hezekiah. in square brackets, it signifies
Is = Isaiah. that the author has not categori-
Is- = Second Isaiah. cally expressed such an opinion ;

Jr or J = Jeremiah. but such is my interpretation of

X = psalm of the E.xile. his drift.
pX = post-Exilic. (:) a colon standing between two sym-
A = AiaffTTopd, the Dispersion of the bols distinguishes two opinions of
Jews in Gentile lands. This the author in different editions.
symbol
refers a psalm to an When an Arabic numeral occurs in the
author living out of Palestine. firstcolumn, it refers to the
Q = date left doubtful, between two opinion of some patristic critic,
hypotheses. such as Theodore of Mopsuestia
= early. (d. 429), or Theodoret (d.
457).
/=late. (Where this is added to When two time-symbols are combined,
another time-symbol, it means one open, and one m parenthesis,
late in the period indicated the latter always belongs to an
Thus, 7/= late in the Maccabean earlier date, and indicates that a
period 8/= late in the Asmonean
; fragment of earlier date is em-
period. bodied. Thus 2(1) means that
//=:one of the latest psalms. the psalm is of period 2, with a
^?/~ the Hebrew date is questioned. fragment of period i at its close :

o (the cypher) indicates that the author and (1)2 the same, except that
has not dated the psalm. This the embodied piece is in the be-
mark is always implied where ginning of the psalm.
there is no time-symbol but it ;

^pmt)ol0 not Chronological

11
= the psalm (in the opinion of the thought, rather than a present
author)
is a combination of two
situation. The opposite of Occa-
psalms or parts of psalms. sional.
C = Composite, i.e. psalm composed of L= Liturgical.
older pieces, but not now plainly /= Personal; signifies that the psalm
separable. springs from the personal ex-
'
D ' =: Davidic in a secondary sense,
'
'

periences of the psalmist.

as echoes of David (Delitzsch). /L signifies that the topics have risen
Et= Elegy. from Personal experiences, though
NEt= National Elegy. the psalm was composed for, or
= Occasional, i.e. springing out of applied to. Liturgical use.
the actual situation, or some N=: National, opposed to Personal;
recent event. especially as to grounds of com-
G= of a General nature, i.e. expressing plaint or lamentation or impreca-
a long experience or habit of tion.
 ^bt etJteto Psalter

Psalm.
 Jnttotiuction

XXXI D 2tJr. Jr. .^7 3 5t

xxxii D I
J:2 NL 3* 5t
xxxiii 5 J:2 L?7 4 7
xxxiv D 3 J:2 L?7 3 5t
XXXV D 3 Jr. L 6 3 5t
xxxvi D 2t J:2t .? L 2t (5)5t
xxxvii D 2t J:2t 6 L 3* 5t
xxxviii D 3 Jr. L 3 5t
xxxix D Jr.(?) L7 X,pX 5t
xl D Jr. L?7 3 II 3 5t
xli D J:^ /3 5t
xlii K 6 3 , 7 2 6
xliii 6 3 , 7 2 6
xliv K7 7 N 7 7 7N 7
xlv K 2 (?) 6
xlvi K Is. o
5
xlvii K7 Is. 8 4* 4
xlviii K Is. ?7 5
xlix K 3 e L ? 6 5

1 A 2t 3* /
5
li D 3^ Is2. N 6 5
lii D 2t J:4 / 6 L 5t
liii D 3 Jr. 7 5t
liv D 2t J:4 /L 6
Iv D? 2t 2tjr. 6 St
Ivi D7 2t p 6 N 6 St
Ivii D? 2t / 6 3,6L St
Iviii D; 2t 6 7 L St
lix D; NE 2t 7 N 7 L St
Ix D7 ? 7 (0 5 7 7 7
 Cfte 5)et)reto Psalter

Psalm.
 3lntroDuction

Psalm.
 C6e etiteto psalter

Psalm.
xi 3introtiuction

A glance at this Table will quickly convey what it would take

many pages to describe. For instance, in the case of the

Second Psalm, we catch at a glance the wide diversity of

criticalopinion on this important psalm. How it is tradition-
ally anonymous, and how Ewald ascribed it to David, Graetz

to Hezekiah, Cheyne to the Persian or Greek domination,

Hitzig and Olshausen to the time of the Asmoneans ; how De
Wette, Reuss, and Delitzsch declined to fix a date ; only the,
two latter saw in it the reflection of an actual occasion, when
the political situation was such as the psalm indicates. All

this may be learnt, or may be recalled to mind, by glancing

through a single line ; and I fancy this will be such a help as
will repay the trouble of acquiring familiarity with the sym-
bolic notation which I have employed.
It must, I think, be allowed that the Psalms are not a very
promising subject for the exercise of that critical art which
determines dates by internal evidence. For in the first place
there are many psalms of such a general and universal cast as

to afford no note of time ;

and secondly it often happens that
when we have found a note of time, we cannot be sure of the
relation borne by such a note of time to the whole composition.
We know that many of the psalms have not preserved their
original form, that they have suffered readaptation involving
alterations and additions ; and therefore we require some diffused
and pervading evidence ; we cannot be sure that any particular
expression is a true key to the nature of the psalm in its present
form.
A conviction is growing that the bulk of the Psalter was
produced in the Exile or after it, and the truth of this opinion
is confirmed by a variety of considerations, among others this
that it gives the Psalms a chronological place in the Canon
which harmonizes with the formula in the New Testament
'The Law of Moses and the Prophets and the Psalms (Luke '

xxiv. 44). There is no reason why we should discard the old

tradition which traces Hebrew psalmody up to David ; at the
same time the nearer approach of the Psalter (as a whole) to
 Cl)e ^etretu Psalter xh
the New Testament will perhaps soon be accepted as a gain
by many who have been reluctant to admit the change of view.
Perhaps they will find that a sense of their own nearness to
the Psalter, which though they had not formulated, they had
often implicitly felt, is now explained and justified.
Cheyne says (p. 276): 'What is necessary to preserve for
the Psalms the affections of Christendom is a historical back-
ground.' And in another place he writes: 'if we are to
realize and vitalize this group of psalms, it can only be by the
historic imagination.' These words may well symbolize the
pervading spirit of that critical enquiry to which this section
has been devoted. I understand them as addressed only to
students ; as having little scope beyond the scholastic circle.

Nay, even to the scholastic mind it applies only when the

scholastic mood is on ;
in moments of want and fear and
aspiration and hope, the historic imagination is dismissed, and
its results are with few exceptions forgotten. Worshippers of
all conditions meet on a common spiritual level ; they yield
their minds to the divine influence of the spirit of the psalm,
and those words are realized then 'high and low, rich and
poor, one with another.'
Throughout this whole Hebrew study there runs a tacit

assumption, which must not be allowed to pass unquestioned

as if it were a matter of course. It seems to be assumed that
the Hebrew Psalter is the absolute standard and only measure
of the Christian Psalter : as if in all doubtful points the ulti-
mate appeal were to Hebrew philology.
But it
may be asked Did the Psalter then cease to grow
from the moment that its form was completed and its Canon
was closed ? Continually in growth before that date did the
vital movement instantly cease ? In Acts ii., Hebrews i., and
other well-known places of the New Testament psalms are used
in ways that leave the original text far behind. It is not to
be supposed that serious teachers started instruction or argu-
ment from interpretations of their own, or indeed from any
interpretation but the approved and current one. The spiritual
xiii 3|nttonuction

sense was continually growing to the Advent of Christ, and

His revelation gave it new impulse. It belongs to the sub-
jective nature of a lyric poem, to represent not outward
phenomena but inward sentiment, and the song that lives in

popular use and represents a cherished national aspiration, is

capable of expansion with that aspiration even while its text

remains fixed. And therefore a living psalm is not a mere
Urtext, but rather it is what the national mind at any moment
understands it to mean.^

Ill

The English Psalter

This Section will fall naturally into three sub-sections : viz.

I.The relation of our Psalter to the Greek (Latin) and

Hebrew Psalters; 2. The import of our Psalter in English
literature; 3. The function of the English. Psalter in the
Church.

I. The relation of our Psalter to the Greek {Latm) and Hebrew.

We have now to consider the relation of our English Psalter to

the two eras which have occupied the previous Sections, that
before and that since the Revival of Letters. The Psalter of

1539 stands in the midst between the old time and the new, in
such a way that while its foundations are deeply laid in the old
exegesis, it stands in the presence of the new, and gives earnest
heed to it. This is a fact which cannot escape notice. It

forces itself even upon the casual glance by strong typographic

signs ; the chief type representing the Hebrew text, while the
Greek (Latin) additions are bracketed and in reduced lettering.

A convenient place for verifying this arrangement is xxix. i,

and I choose this text because it has sometimes been quoted

In xlv. 12 the power of transfiguration has added a word to the text,

1

which is part of the Christian though not of the Hebrew Psalter. The
Hebrew (according to Reuss) simply says, ' Puisqu'il est ton maitre '

the Christian says 'for He is thy Lord God.' Even 161 1 and 1885,
which purport to represent the Hebrew text, overpass it when they print
'
Lord with a capital.
'
 Cf)e OBngUsl) IPsalter xiiii

by modern Hebraists in depreciation of Coverdale's work. If

we read this verse in the chief type only, it runs thus :
Bring
'

unto the Lord, O ye mighty : ascribe unto the Lord worship

and strength '
which agrees substantially with the Revision of
1885. This typographic distinction having been dropped in
the usual prints of the Common Prayer Book,^ a conflate
rendering became current which has been wrongly turned to
the discredit of Coverdale. He lived on the confines of the
two great eras of exegesis, the prophetic and the scientific
being educated in the elder, but embracing the new light of
the younger, and he represents the best scholarship of his time.
His plan to make the variations of the Hebrew from the Greek
authority promptly visible to the eye gives his Psalter the
character of a critical work, the first of the kind in English
literature.^

The Psalter had continually been the subject, either in

whole or in parts, of vernacular translation, to a degree not
shared by any other part of Scripture, not even by the Gospels.
Indeed it would hardly be too much to say that the Psalms
were the only part of Scripture in current circulation and in

popular use during the Middle Ages. It naturally followed

that efforts of translation were almost exclusively devoted to
the Psalter. From the tenth century onwards, the extant
glosses and versions of the Psalms are so numerous as to
warrant the inference that they were translated more or less in
every part of the country and in every generation. There is a
remarkable translation and commentary in the dialect of York-
shire from the former half of the fourteenth century by Richard
Rolle, the hermit of Hampole, who died in 1349. The editor
of thisbook (Clarendon Press 1884), the Rev. H. R. Bramley,
gives specimens from no less than fourteen extant manuscripts.
The Uterary excellence of the English Bible was no sudden pro-
duct, it grew out of the long -continued exercise upon the

1 Though retained in the Standard Book of 1662.

2 Other important instances are vii. 12 ; xi. 5 : ; xiv. 5 ; xlv. 12 ; Ixx.
Inscription ; Ixxxi. Inscr. ; cxi. 10 ; cxxxii. 4 ; cxxxvii. Inscr. ; cxliii. Inscr.
cxlvi. Inscr. ; cxlvii. 8.
xHv 3|ntrotiuction

Psalms, and this affords a natural explanation of the singular

ease and voluble melodious rhythm of our liturgical Psalter.
In his description of the Bible of 1611, Dr. Scrivener com-
plained of 'the prosaic tone of its version of the Psalms,
which, however exact and elaborate, is so spiritless as to be
willinglyused by but few that are familiar with the version in
the Book of Common Prayer, a recension which, though
derived immediately from the Great Bible, is in substance the
work of that consummate master of rhythmical prose, Bishop
^
Miles Coverdale.'
One source of divergence in the two versions arises from a
remarkable peculiarity of the Hebrew, This oriental language
is not clear and well-defined in its verbal tenses. The ideas of

Present and Preterite are not kept distinct; even Preterite

and Future run into one another. This is a cause of difference
which is constant in its operation. A few examples will be
useful here. In cxvi. 10, 'I believed, and therefore will I

speak' (1539) became in 161 1 'I believed, therefore have I

spoken'; in 1885 we return to the Future as in 1539, but

with another change in the leading verb from Preterite to
Present, thus :
'
I believe, for I will speak '
; with an alternative
rendering in the margin: 'Or, / believed, when I spake thus.'
This cause of uncertainty is continually recurring. In the
first same psalm, where 1885 has 'I love the
verse of the
Lord, because he hath heard my voice,' the American Com-
pany thought it of sufficient importance to record their prefer-
ence for '
heareth ' instead of '
hath heard.'
In civ. 6, 'the waters stand in the hills' (1539) became in
161 1 and 1885 'the waters stood above the mountains,'
whereas in the three ancient versions Sept. Vulg. Jerome
it is uniformly future {arrja-ovTai,, stabunf).
In cxxii. 2 the tense is vital to the date of the psalm. We
have in 1539 and 161 1 'our feet shall stand'; both Vulg. and
Jer. have a past tense stantes erant ; yet the moderns agree
'
'

1 The Authorized Edition of the English Bible 161 1, p. 139.

 :U nglisf) Psalter xlv

in preferring the Present tense, '

our feet stand at last' (Cheyne);
*our feet are standing' 1885.
The Psalter of the Great Bible was carefully revised for the
new edition that appeared in the following year with Cranmer's
Preface; and in the few places where our Standard of 1662
markedly differs from 1539, the change will generally be found
in 1540. I will give a few examples.

1539 1540
ii. I. Why do the heathen grudge so furiously rage together.
together.
ix. 6. Destructions are come to are come to a perpetual end.
an end.
xi. 5. eyehds
his behold the tryeth the children of men.
children of men.
xii. 2. dissemble in their heart. in their double heart.
xii. 5. the complaint of the poor. the deep sighing of the poor.
xvii. 10. maintain their own are enclosed in their own fat.
wealthiness.
xviii. 3 the brooks of ungodliness. the overflowings of ungodliness,
xxvii. 5. in the secret place of shall he hide me.
hisdweUing shall he keep me.
XXX. 5. and his pleasure is in life. and in his pleasure is life.
xxxi. 15. every man abhorreth me. fear is on every side.
xxxi. 21. O
how plentiful are thy O how plentiful is thy goodness.
goods.
xxxii. 7. in due season. in a time when thou mayest be
found,
xxxiii. 7. in secret. as in a treasure-house,
xxxv. 17. from the wicked from the calamities which they
rumours of them. bring on me.
xcii. 7. all the works of wickedness. all the workers of wickedness,
cxxvii. 3. and take no rest, but and so late take rest, and eat.
eat.
cxxix. 6. even as the hay upon even as the grass growing upon the
the housetops. housetops,
cxxxvii. 8. thou shalt come to wasted with misery.
misery thyself.
cxliii. 3. as the dead men of the as the men that have been long
world. dead.

Thus we have reason to believe that the work of Coverdale

passed under the revision of that master of lyrical and liturgical

prose, Archbishop Cranmer.

But to whatever hand the alterations of 1540 are due, this

general assertion may be made, that they all testify to the

progress of Hebrew scholarship.

xivi jntronuction

In the early days of the Hebrew renaissance, a more than

proportionate value was assigned to Rabbinical comments, and
we find traces of this in our Psalter. Some interpretations

which were then accepted on Jewish authority still hold their

ground, at least with some critics ; thus Delitzsch still maintains

'lowly in his own eyes' xv. 4, which was relinquished in 161

(1885).
Others are now universally abandoned; thus 'him that
rideth upon the heavens' Ixviii. 4, though kept in 161 1, was no
longer defended even by Delitzsch, and is now altered in 1885,

thus :
'
cast up a highway for him that rideth through the

deserts.'

2. This Psalter a landmark in English Literature.

The great depression of English after the Norman Conquest

ended in the latter half of the fourteenth century. The poetry
of PiersPlowman, Chaucer, and Gower, besides the Wiclififian
translation of the whole Bible in two successive editions,
powerfully demonstrated the restitution of the mother tongue
to her natural rights. And this brought with it an incident
which was an augury for the future. The boys in Grammar
Schools had been accustomed to render their Latin into French
but now the practice was changed, and they turned their bits

of Latin into English. This was the best preparation for a

literary use of English. And in the fifteenth century the fruit

is seen in the copiousness of English prose. The compass and

quality of this literary prose was further improved by the new
Scripture translations of Tyndale and Coverdale.
Over all these translations Coverdale's Psalter holds an
eminent place. Exercise in Scriptural translation had for

centuries been almost entirely confined to the Psalms, and

consequently there was a store of traditional diction for

rendering the Psalms which existed not for any other part of
Scripture. The rest of Scripture was however the easier to
 Cfte OBnglisl) Psalter xivii

translate by reason of that familiarity with the Psalms which

were in a peculiar degree fitted by their nature to prepare the

way for the whole undertaking.

In this Psalter we take the English language at its happiest

moment. The Psalter of 1539 is the mellowed product of

the whole medieval period, and there is just enough of the
influence of the New Learning perceptible in it to make us
aware by what a hair's breadth escape it stands apart from
the ordinary modish type of sixteenth century English. It is a

choice sample from the school of Tyndale and Coverdale and

their companions. And as Tyndale took not new English, but
an old and ripe and settled diction such as was used by plain
staid men in discoursing of serious matters, therefore his language

belongs to the generation of those that taught him, and it carries

us back some way into the fifteenth century. But while we

recognize the strain from which it descends, we at the same
time discover in it something of a new departure. We cannot
quite identify it with anything higher up. It is utterly unlike

the language of Wiclif. The nearest approach to ancestral

likeness is seen in the Paston Letters, and in the English of
Sir John Fortescue. In the novelty of the diction we see a
reflection of the high purpose which evoked the effort. Our
Bible translation actually generated a new dialect in the
English Language ; it produced the happiest type of diction
that ever grew upon the prolific stock of our mother tongue.
I could conceive that Tyndale owed something of it uncon-
sciously to John Colet who lectured in Oxford on the New
Testament from 1496 to 1505, of whom Erasmus said that he
had a happy art of expressing with ease what others could
hardly express with the greatest labour.
And this new dialect, for which such a future was in store,
had by the end of the reign of Henry VIII. reached such a
maturity and perfection, as made it the broad and solid
platform of modern English. Capable of any amount of
modification or embellishment, it has been subject to many
surface alterations, but it has never been superseded. It
xiviii jntroDuction

remains now as then the pervading element, the personal

identity of the English language.

The position which had gained as the Scripture medium
it

tended to ensure its Only ten years later it was

stability.

employed in the translation of the Breviary and other liturgical

texts for the Book of Common Prayer, in
composition of the
1549. we look at the new contributions which were
And if

then added, we shall have a fair means of judging how the

English language of that day shewed in original composition
of the highest and most difficult kind. Let any one consider
the language of the Collects for the Second and Third Sundays
in Advent, St. Stephen's Day, vi after Epiphany, Easter Even
and for a palmary specimen of the English of 1549 we may
exhibit the Benediction next the close of the Visitation of the
Sick; which for purity, strength, clearness, simplicity, and
tenderness, may well be offered as a sample by any Englishman
who is proud of his native tongue :
The
' Almighty Lord,
who is a most ' etc.

But however much it was renovated and reinforced, it lost

not its character as a venerable diction, connected with a long

tradition in the past. This we perceive by the archaisms it

has brought down with it; archaisms of a strange old-world

aspect, and little to be looked for so near to the middle of the
sixteenth century. I will begin with three instances, and they
are such that they would certainly have carried with them a
savour of antiquity in the days when Colet was lecturing.
The first is an hye, where now we have on high Thou art :
'

gone vp an hye,' Ixviii. 18. The peculiar archaism of this lies

in the form of the preposition an, the same old form of which

we have a relic in the compound anon, where an is a preposition

governing the numeral one. The more usual form in this
Psalter is o?i hye, as xviii. 34.

The second of these archaisms is at God, where now we

have from God
'
' :
'
The lyons roaring after theyr praye to seke
theyr mete at God,' civ. 21. This is a fine old construction
which we have lost and may well regret. In Beowulf 629,
when the hero receives the hall-cup at the hands of Wealhtheow
the queen, the original has 'set Wealhtheon.'
The third is the word /oave for 'praise' in cvii. 32. 'That
they wolde exalte him also in the congregacyon of the people,
and loave him in the seat of the elders,' A derivative verb
from the Saxon substantive /of, and the equivalent of the
German verb, /oden.
But, notwithstanding these and a few other archaisms, the
language of the Psalter is not on the whole an antiquated
language, much less obsolete. Indeed, when we remember its

date, we must allow that it is remarkably free from the

obscurities of antiquity. This is due partly to the long and
careful selection which had preceded the original work, and
partly to its genuine simplicity, for it is precisely the language
of crudeness and affectation that inherits an early senility.

Such are some of the internal causes of its perpetual freshness :

there is also an external cause, namely, that continual use

which has kept it in daily touch with the mind of the nation.
Among other relics of antiquity worthy to be noticed, there
is one which may even claim to rank with the three above
enumerated. The plural verb in -e//i, though not obsolete in

i539> was already becoming very rare in the written language.

It occurs once :
' the wylde beastes of the felde devoureth it

Ixxx. 13.

The conspicuous words of the vocabulary belong largely to

that old French era which was now past, rather than to the new
classic period which had already begun, but had not yet
diffused its influence. In almost all the instances of subsequent
change, we shall find that the alteration has been in a Latin

direction. That this diction belongs to the vocabulary

of an expiring era is betokened by such a French word as
mowes XXXV. 15, which has been superseded by a word mechani-
cally near to it, viz. mouths ' making mouths at me.' More
important, however, is the general observation that the peculiar
forms of words are naturalized French ; and where they look
strange to our eyes, it is because we are used to the relatinized
 1 3lntrotiuction

form. Thus promes cv. 41 is F. promesse, and our present

promise is retouched with 'L.proffiissutn. Such are also comening

(communing) xxxv. 20 ; encrease (increase), endytmg (inditing)

xlv. I, and other instances of en- where we now use in- ; sprete

everywhere for '

spirit '
; sparsed for '
dispersed ' cxii. 9. These
and many more have since been relatinized.

Of the Syntax there is not much to say. One item, how-

ever, would not omit, because it is archaic, and purely
I

English, being quite independent of the ancient languages. I

speak of the Periodic structure, which in 1539 is already

rare. It occurs in xxxviii. 20, 'because I folowe the thynge
that good is.' This structure is retained in 161 1, but modern-
ized in 1885 :
'because I follow the thing that is good.' The
same has happened in Matthew xx. 14, where 'Take that
thine is' (161 1) becomes in the Revision of 1881, 'Take up
that which is thine.' ^ Another instance is 1. 12, 'and all that
therein is' ; altered before 1662 to 'all that is therein.'
Among Symbolic words, the most interesting in this Psalter
are, shall, will, may. In cxxx. 3,
'
who may abide it,' we see
?nay in its earliest sense '
to be able,' in which sense it has been
now superseded by can, and if we translate this question into
modern English, it takes the form who can abide it ? This '
'

earliest sense of may is now little used in prose; with the

exception of a few set phrases, it survives only in poetical

diction.
The optative use of may occurs in cxxiv. i 'now may
Israel say,' and cxxix. i '
may Israel now say.' I imagine that
both these are commonly understood as indicatives, and ih the
sense of can, so that they are taken as if they said '
Israel may
well say,' or 'Israel can justly say.' A comparison oi' the
metrical versions will satisfy any enquirer that the autho rs of
these, both Old and New, took 7iiay here as no ways diff Jrent

from can. But 1 have little doubt that Coverdale meant ;;/ y in
the optative sense, as in the line, '
Long may she reign !
' And
1 I have treated the subject of the Periodic sentence in English
Chapter ii, p. 84 ff.
 Cf)e OBnglisj) Wmttt li

ifso, it is interesting, because I am not yet aware of any

example of the optative may before Coverdale's time.^ The

previous word was mo^e. Thus Skelton, ed. Dyce, i. 292 'so
mote I go.' Dunbar has mot thow be (Skeat,
: and'
thankit '

Specimens iii, p. 116). To this mofe the optative may was

succedaneous, and its early instances seem liable to indistinct-
ness. Uncouth and immature, this optative appears in
Surrey's ^neid ii. 704, 'According thanks the gods may
yeld to thee,' where we could not have been sure of it if we
had not the original to guide us persolvant grates dignas
(1. 537). By the end of the century it was common enough
as may be seen in Schmidt's Shakspeare Lexicoti.
But that which here calls for special and expanded notice is

shall and will. In the earlier stages of English the uses of

shall and will are always worthy of particular attention, and
this is still the case in the former part of the sixteenth century.
The historical relation of these two Symbols to each other
is simply this : that shall is the elder, and will the younger
symbol of futurity. Our usage of shall has something in com-
mon with the German usage of sollen whereas the German ;

wollen has nothing whatever in common with our auxiliary use

of will. In all the places where we use auxiliary will, they use

not wollen, but iverden. In short, our symbolic will is an

entirely insular evolution, and has no parallel in any other
Teutonic language (unless it be Danish?) Already at the
time of our colonizing Britain, shall had made some way in its

symbolic career. But the use of will as an auxiliary is far

more recent. It hardly is to be found in Saxon times it is

even strange to Wiclif in the fourteenth century it is not

finally estabhshed in the Bible of 1539. It is encroaching

upon shall and driving it back, but its limits are not yet
determined. And this aggressiveness of will, which has long

^ I called Professor Skeat's attention to this point, particularly asking

him if in his Chaucer work he found the optative may. He informed me

that he did not ; adding that, as far as he could guess, this use appeared to
have come in between 1500 and ISS^-
Hi 3|ntroDuction

ceased in the central places of the language, is still moving at

the extremities, like the flapping of the waves on the shore

after the subsiding of a storm at sea.^

A comparison of our liturgical Psalter with the Bible version

shows that shall is very much more frequent in 1539, and will
in 161 1. There is no feature in the diction of the Psalter
that is more striking than this variety in the usage of shall and
will ; and it is of importance to observe that when versions
differ in this particular, it is rarely from any diversity of inter-

pretation, but almost always from a difference of habit in the

English language. The difference in the usage of shall and
will is matter of time, and it is one of the most interesting
indications of the progress of the language.
(The case of cxviii. 17 is peculiar :
'
I will not dye but
lyve,' this is nothing short of a Kelticism.)
But to illustrate this by examples, here are all the instances
that I have observed of the divergence in the matter of shall
and will.
C!)e emim Psaltet
liv 3|nttot)uction

influence upon English rhythm and diction as our liturgical

Psalter has had. Employed for a purpose widely independent
of the literary motive, the influence has been unobserved,
and on that account all the more pervading. The tone
of our Psalter is embedded in the innermost tissue of English
literature. It has been entering the national mind through
every avenue of mental assimilation eyes, ears, organs of
speech ; and we must add, the tongue's helpful ornament of
music.
It is acknowledged that the English Bible has been the
great beam of stability to the English language. And if we
consider how vast is the influence exerted upon our habits of

speech by that which we speak how much more our speech
forms our speech than does our passive hearing or our silent
reading, it will appear probable that of all the English Scriptures
no part has exercised so constant an influence upon the course
of the English language as the Psalter of 1539.

3. The function of the English Psalter in the Church.

Profitable as is the instruction conveyed to us in every word of Scripture,

yet the Psalms have been the most directly and visibly useful part of the
whole volume, having been the prayer-book of the Church ever since they
were written ; and have done more (as far as we dare judge) to prepare
souls for heaven, than any of the inspired books, except the Gospels.
J. H. Newman.

There is no reason to doubt, and there is every reason to

believe, that the use now made of the Psalter in the Church of
England is entirely in accordance with the original motive of
its collection. The collection of the Whole (and perhaps also

of the constituent Parts) was occasioned by the requirements

of congregational psalmody and when the Psalms are sung
; or
said in regular course, when they are applied or adapted to
particular offices and special commemorations, there is nothing
new-fangled or arbitrary in this practice ; it is in perfect
harmony with the lyric nature of the Psalms, and it sustains

the original intention wherewith the Psalter was brought

 Cfje (2Bngli0f) IPsalter iv

together. It is in the Enghsh language and through the

Psalter of the Great Bible that this original intention is now
most completely sustained in Christendom.
That the bulk of the Psalms in the later parts of the Psalter
were purposely composed for liturgical use is an opinion which
gains ground. It is admitted by many critics who refuse their
assent to such a view in the case of Thissome earlier psalms.
broad difference in the general complexion of the two extremes
of the Collection seems to suggest the inference that this strain
of sacred poetry took its rise in lyrics of private devotion, that
they were gradually adopted by the community, and that the
tone of private meditation was thus communicated to the whole
series. A striking characteristic of the Psalter, and one that
has often been observed with admiration, is its equal fitness
for either use, public or private. This equal sympathy in two
directions may be congenital, if the Psalter as a public Hymn
Book has grown out of lyrical utterances of private origin.
Scientists have sometimes manifested impatience at the
supremacy of the Psalms, and have been zealous to claim
parity of rank for Babylonian or Vedic hymns. Those who
are in quest of new historical material may be right enough in
setting Babylonian or Vedic hymns even above the Psalms,
because those are more remote, barbaric, and rare. The
comparison has its utility for the science of the origins of sacred
song. But for the rest it is rather barren, because in all that
constitutes the chief interest of the Psalms, those archaic
specimens have no part. What raises the Psalms above all

cognate examples is this fact, that posterity has not suffered

them to fall into oblivion. The difference between the
Psalms and the Vedic hymns is like the difference between
living animals and the extinct species of palaeontology. The
comparison has a scientific interest and no other.^

^ ' Half the sympathy which we bring to the Psalter would reveal un-

suspected beauties in the much older sacred songs of Chaldaea.' Origin,

etc. p. 267. This is entirely in the sphere of abstract speculation it is based ;

on the speculative hypothesis, 'if the essential conditions of the case were
not what they are.
ivi 3lntrotiuction

The Vedic hymns and the Psalms are interesting for

opposite reasons. The former are interesting because they

have been long dead; the latter are precious because they
cannot die. It is because the poetry of the Veda is what '

you call savage, uncouth, stupid, horrible, it is for that very

reason ' says one of its chief exponents ' that it was worth
while to dig ' for it. The interest of the Psalms is of another

sort. It is this :
that from the date of their production
hitherto they have been kept alive by the constant warmth of
human sympathy; that they are recited from generation to
generation, and that they continue not only to survive, but

also to grow in meaning and to acquire more fulness of

harmony with the spiritual experience of mankind.
The most definite and most characteristic type of a psalm,

is a necessitous cry shaping itself to prayer growing into

prophetic hope and praise. The course of a typical psalm is

like those lines of Milton {Paradise Lost xi. 149) where Adam
unfolds to Eve his experience of the action of prayer

For since I sought

By prayer th' offended Deity to appease,
Kneel'd and before him humbl'd all my heart,
Methought I saw him placable and mild,
Bending his ear persuasion in me grew
;

That I was heard with favour ; peace return'd

Home to my breast, and to my memory
His promise, that thy Seed shall bruise our Foe ;

Which, then not minded in dismay, yet now

Assures me
that the bitterness of death
Is past, and we shall live.

Good for a representative specimen is xiii. ; wherein the six

verses pair off and rise by three ascending steps out of the depths
of natural anxiety, through the prayer of faith, into the serener
air of trust and praise. Or (as imaged by Delitzsch) the hymn
advances in waves that are constantly decreasing in length, as
in the subsiding of a storm on the sea. '
Five lines of lamenta-
tion and four of supplication are followed by three of joy.'

The aim of those who guided the English Reformation was

to minimize the breach with the Past, and to retain the main
 Cbe OBngllsl) P0altet ivii

outlines of ancient Catholic worship. The new Liturgy was

based, not upon rejection of the old, but upon selection and
reconstruction. Our liturgical use of the Psalms harmonized
not with the scientific exegesis which was beginning at the
time of the Reformation, but rather with that prescientific and
prophetic appreciation which characterized the earlier ages of
Christianity. Antiquated as to many people seems that
manner of interpretation in face of the fact that it is called
mystic by many who understand '
mystic ' to mean opposed to
common sense nevertheless this is the spirit in which it is

still used in the sacred offices of the English Church. Hooker

ishonoured by many as the advocate or even the apostle of
Reason Matthew Arnold honoured him as the one man who
;

had above others or before others the sense of historic develop-

ment in religion ; and the one as well as the other is true ;
yet
he has left us an appreciation of the Psalms in the prophetic
spirit which .is unsurpassed in religious literature. He is

answering the objection to the liturgical use of the Psalter

which was then made by the Puritans, and which is not yet
extinct among their successors, though nobody enjoys the
Psalms more than they do when they come to church, and
many of them wish they had the practice among themselves.

The complaint which they make about Psalms and Hymns, might as
well be overpast without any answer, as it is without any cause brought
forth. But our desire is to content them, if it may be, and to yield them a
just reason, even of the least things, wherein undeservedly they have but as
much as dreamed or suspected that we do amiss. They seem sometimes so
to speak, as if it greatly offended them, that such Hymns and Psalms as are
Scripture, should in Common Prayer be otherwise used, than the rest of the
Scripture is wont ; sometimes displeased they are at the artificial Musick
which we add unto Psalms of this kind, or of any other nature else ; some-
time the plainest and the most intelligible rehearsal of them, yet they savour
not, because it is done by Interlocution, and with a mutual return of sentences
from side to side.
They are not ignorant what difference there is between other parts of
Scripture and Psalms. The choice and flower of all things profitable in
other Books, the Psalms do both more briefly contain, and more movingly
also express, by reason of that Poetical Form wherewith they are ^vritten.
The Ancients, when they speak of the Book of Psalms, use to fall into large
Discourses, shewing how this part above the rest doth of purpose set forth
and celebrate all the considerations and operations which belong to God ;
it magnifieth the holy Meditations and Actions of Divine Men ; it is of things
iviii 3[ntrotiuction

heavenly an Universal Declaration, working in them, vi^hose hearts God

inspireth with the due consideration thereof, an habit or disposition of mind
whereby they are made fit Vessels both for receipt and for delivery of
whatsoever spiritual perfection. What is there necessary for man to know,
which the Psalms are not able to teach ? They are to beginners an easie
and familiar Introduction, a mighty Augmentation of all Vertue and Know-
ledge in such as are entred before, a strong confirmation to the most perfect
amongst others. Heroical Magnanimity, exquisite Justice, grave Modera-
tion, exact Wisdom, Repentance unfeigned, unwearied Patience, the
Mysteries of God, the Sufferings of Christ, the Terrors of Wrath, the
Comforts of Grace, the Works of Providence over this World, and the
promised Joys of that World which is to come, all good necessarily to be
either known, or done, or had, this one Celestial Fountain yieldeth. Let
there be any grief or disease incident unto the Soul of Man, any wound or
sickness named, for which there is not in this Treasure-house, a present
comfortable remedy at all times ready to be found. Hereof it is, that we
covet to make the Psalms especially familiar unto all. This is the very
cause, why we iterate the Psalms oftner than any other part of Scripture
besides ; the cause wherefore we inure the people together with their
Minister, and not the Minister alone, to read them as other parts of Scripture
he doth. Of the Law i of Ecclesiastical Polity, Book v. 37.

The weekly recitation of the whole Psalter has still a

nominal and unabrogated position in the Roman ritual. But
though never theoretically abandoned, it has from one cause
and another practically shrunk, and the larger half of the Psalms
are never recited by the Roman priest at all. Sometimes the
Breviary has the Psalter bound out, and the lay member of the
Roman Church can do without the Psalter altogether : whereas
we, who have long ago given up the priestly theory of the
weekly recitation, have kept up the monthly recitation, and a
member of the English Church would not know his Common
Prayer Book with the Psalms shut out.-^
- In the Anglican Use the Psalter is divided into sixty portions
for Matins and Evensong throughout the month. The whole
Psalter is given (or restored) to the whole congregation in
Common Prayer. After the solemn preliminary act of approach
by a general Confession, the whole Congregation engages in
reading or chanting the Psalms, for the most part in order as
they come without selection. The essence is in them all, and
that essence is not in the literary performance or in the historical
1 'Je sais des lieux ou Ton a fait
retrancher par le relieur le'psautier de
la semaine des Breviaires tout neufs, pour diminuer le poids des volumes. '
Lettres Parisiennes, p. 25 quoted in Christian Remembrancer vol. xxxiii.
:

P- 507-
 Cf)e ngU0t) Psalter hx
contents, but it is in the spirit of prayer and of prophecy. And
hereby the whole congregation is lifted into another sphere,
out of the transient into the eternal, by a gentle pervading
inspiration, which exalts the pitch of their minds into the
prayerful and prophetic mood, so that for the moment all the
Lord's people are prophets. Such is the tuning of the congre-
gation for the public reading of Scripture. So, of old, the
schools of the prophets prepared themselves by sacred song to
receive inspired communications.^
For this noblest use of the Psalms, the rendering of the
sixteenth century is better than the Revision of the seventeenth,
and likewise better than anything that has been or can be done
in the nineteenth. It was preferred in 1661, it was preferred
when the question was again mooted in 1689, the sentiment
of the Church has been with it from first to last, and that
sentiment is still supported by representative names of our own
time, such as Dr. Scrivener and Bishop Westcott. But
Professor Cheyne is adverse to it, manifesting a strange un-
kindliness towards our domestic Psalter, keener to see its

superficial defects in regard of grammatico - historic sense,

than to hear the deep sound of its far -derived harmonies.
He sets down the men of the sixteenth century at less than
their worth, while he magnifies the power and the profit of

scientific criticism. On this matter I am content to agree with

his reviewer in the Quarterly Review (October 1884), though I

think that writer has conceded too much, and has overstated
the defects of our Psalter. He allowed that Cheyne had
succeeded in his first aim of enabling the reader to understand
the Psalms better ; but as to reading them with pleasure, he
thought that those who are familiar with the rolling rhythm of
the Psalter from the Great Bible '
will still turn to their Prayer
Book when they wish to read the Psalms for devotion or
enjoyment, in spite of the bold paraphrases and not unfrequent
mistranslations and even grave blemishes, which characterize
this version.'

^ I Sam. X. 5.
ix 31ntrotiuction

'
No version will ever supersede ' that of the Great Bible,

but we may wish to see that version revised '

with a gentle and
reverent hand, not obliterating any of its characteristic features,

but merely removing such blemishes as by common consent

are a disfigurement of a precious treasure.'
The position assigned to the Psalter in our Book of
Common Prayer was a distinctive mark of the English as
compared with other reformed Churches. The Church of
England alone directed the constant recital of the prose
Psalter, thus preserving continuity with the ideal practice of

entire Christendom. It was in fact a restoration of the Psalter

to that position which it had once held in the universal

Church, but from which it had fallen The beauty
by neglect.
of Coverdale's translation must have counted for much with
Cranmer and his associates in the institution of the monthly
recital of the whole Psalter, and in reconciling congregations

to the practice. The Genevan influence, powerful as it was

among us for a long period, never superseded the prose
recital, save for a few years under the Commonwealth. But
one important effect it had, namely, that of introducing the
Psalter in duplicate, in the metrical form for singing, at first in
the Old Version which was begun by Sternhold, and then in
the New Version of Tate and Brady. Through these two
forms, prose and verse, the Psalter supplied our public
worship with its psalmody and hymnody, until the art of
original hymn-writing was developed among us, and metrical
psalms were superseded.
Our modern hymn-books, even their more original parts,
are still in the line of descent from the Psalter. Original
hymns were first developed in the Eastern Church. In the
fourth century the Latin Church, guided at first by Hilary,
Bishop of Poictiers, and after him by Ambrose, Bishop of
Milan, began to imitate and assimilate Greek hymnody. All
hymnologists agree in tracing to Ambrose the systematic
institution of hymnody in the West. The Empress Justina
having demanded the use of one of the churches in Milan
 Cj)e OBngUgf) Psaltet ixi

for Arian worship (a.d. 385), Ambrose having refused to

comply was in danger of personal violence, whereupon the
people guarded his house and kept watch day and night in his
church to protect him from capture. The relays of watchers
were by him organized into relays of worshippers ; with courses
of prayers and hymns, which once established became a
permanent institution. The use of the Ambrosian hymns was
enjoined upon the monks by Benedict in the sixth century, and
so it formed a signal element in the Anglo-Saxon ritual.

The period between the conversion of England and the

Norman Conquest was a period of hymn-production, wherever
learning flourished. One of the hymn-writers was Beda, who,
among other pieces, has left two long hymns, irregularly rhymed,
on the Day of Judgment, which are of high merit in parts.^
Another was Hrabanus Maurus, Alcuin's pupil, who was
Abp. Mentz (847-856). Among the anonymous hymns of
this period Lord Selborne finds three of great beauty, the
influence of which is still traceable in modern hymnody. One of
these. Alleluia dulce carf?ien, is found in Anglo-Saxon hymnaries
which are certainly older than the Norman Conquest.^
St. Bernard of Clairvaux (1091-1153), the proclaimer of the
second crusade, 'the father, in Latin hymnody, of that warm

and passionate form of devotion, which some may consider to

apply too freely to Divine Objects the language of human

affection,' produced four hymns beginning with ^/esus dulcis

memoria^ {^Jesu, the very thought of Thee''), a series which

has been a prolific source of later hymns.
Another Bernard of less renown, namely, Bernard of
Morlaix, wrote (about 1150) a singular poem on 'Contempt of
the World ' in a curiously elaborate '
leonine dactylic ' metre,
from which Dr. Neale drew those popular hymns, '
Brief life

is here our portion^ and ^Jerusalem the Golden.^

1 These were translated into the vernacular Anglo-Saxon, and they have

been edited by Dr. Rawson Lumby (Early English Text Society).

2 Hymns, Their History and Development in the Greek and Latin
Churches, Germany, and Great Britain. By Roundell, Earl of Selborne,
1892, p. 48.
ixii 3|ntroDuction

Abp. Trench and Dr. Neale are agreed in ranking Adam

of St.Victor (died before 1194) as 'the most fertile and the
greatest of the Latin hymnographers of the Middle Ages.'
The next age brought forth two of the most celebrated hymns,
'
Dies irae,"by Thomas de Celano (d. 1226); and Stabat mater '

dolorosa,' by Jacobus de Benedictis, both Franciscans. Then

came the four sacramental hymns of Thomas Aquinas, the best
'
known of which is Pange lingua gloriosi corporis mysteriu7n ;
'

hymns united in their origin with that new institution of the

thirteenth century, the festival of Corpus Christi, a festival

which became highly popular and out of whose annual enter-

tainments the English drama was developed ; and whose name
moreover signalizes a College in each of our ancient Universities.
The observance of this festival was decreed by Urban IV.
(1261-1264) at the instance of Thomas Aquinas.
Of these '
poet- schoolmen '
of the twelfth and thirteenth
centuries Lord Selborne says :
' Their tone is contemplative,
didactic, theological ; they are especially fertile and ingenious
in the field of mystical interpretation.' Three monasteries
were chief centres of Latin hymnology, St. Gall near Constance
(one of the most famous seats of medieval culture), Clugny in
Burgundy, and St. Victor near Paris. St. Gall was the home
of thatNotker (840-912) who invented the so-called Sequences,
originally an irregular rhythmical prose in continuation of the
Alleluia between Epistle and Gospel. From him or his school
proceeded the AUeluiatic Sequence, '
Cantemus cuncti melodum
nunc Alleluia^ now best known through Dr. Neale's recast
'
The strain upraise of joy and praise, Alleluia ! Clugny was '

the home of Bernard of Morlaix.

After the Reformation Latin hymns were still used, even by
Protestants, in parts both of Germany and England, especially
in the universities and colleges. Several of the old hymns are
included in the Hymnary of the University Church at Oxford.
New ones have also been composed in both countries such ;

is that Ambrosian hymn of the seventeenth century, Te Deum '

Patrem colinms,' which is sung early in the morning every May-

 Cf)e (2Bngli0!) Psalter ixni

day on the top of Magdalen tower. Luther was a musician

and hymn-writer ; he employed what he called the beautiful '

ornament of music in his work of reformation. The new

'

manner of worship, divested of liturgy, needed an element of

common action to impart a congregational character, and this
was supplied by the hymns, which were many of them set to
tunes already familiar. His most famous hymn is based on
Psalm xlvi. The practice of Luther became a custom and a
tradition ; and among the hymn-writers of the next generation
was Hans Sachs the cobbler-bard of Longfellow. Lutheran
'
'

hymnody reached its acme in Paul Gerhardt (1606-1676), and

it has found an English interpreter in Miss Catherine Winkworth,
the author of Christian Singers in Germany.
The original hymns of the Lutheran worship constituted a
feature which distinguished it from that of the Calvinistic or
'
Reformed branch of the continental Protestants ; these latter
'

insisting upon a scriptural source for their singing, and so con-

fining themselves to metrical versions of the Psalms.

We pass now to British hymnody. In the rudimentary

liturgies that were put out in Henry VHL's time there was a
tendency towards English versions of the old Latin hymns, as
well as some rude original efforts in English rhyme. There is

an almost forgotten work by Miles Coverdale, of which one

copy only is known to exist, and that is preserved in the
Library of Queen's College, Oxford.^ The title is, ' Goostly
Psalmes and spirituall songes drawen out of the holy Scripture
for the co7nfort and consolacyon of soch as loue to reioyse in God
and his worde.' It contains metrical versions of the Veni
Creator and other Latin originals, of the Lord's Prayer, the
Ten Commandments, and the Creed; also a selection of
psalms.
As a specimen I take a few lines from cxxxvii :

^ I have to record my thanks to the Provost (Dr. Magrath) for the

kind way in which he facihtated my examination of this unique and
interesting book.
ixiv 31nttotiuction

To whom we answered soberly,

Beholde now are we in your honde ;

How shulde we vnder captiuite

Synge to the lorde in a straunge londe ?

Hierusalem I say to the

Yf I remembre the not truly
My honde playe on the harpe nomore.

The colophon says :

' Imprinted by me Johan Gough Cum
Privilegio RegaH.' The date is supposed to be about 1549.
The Acts of Uniformity of Edward VI. and Queen.
Elizabeth afforded cause of debate what manner of singing
was allowed and at what parts of Divine Service. In the
Revision (1661-1662) of the Book of Common Prayer after the
Restoration, a new Rubric was inserted after the Third
Collect :

H In Quires and places where they sing here
'

followeth the Anthem.' Thus we are met again by that

ancient term Antiphon in a new form
'
and in those' ;

unmetrical selections of Scripture which are used in Cathedrals

(as they were set to music by Purcell and others), which we
now call '
Anthems,' the sentiment of the ancient Antiphons is

often felt.

In 1703 a 'Supplement' of hymns was added to the New

Version of the Psalms, and among them a variation of The
Humble Lamentation of a Sinner^ the 'excellent' Benedicite
from the Old Version of 1562, and one hymn which 'greatly
exceeded the rest in merit,' namely, While Shepherds watched
their flocks by night. These were sanctioned by an Order in
Council ; and that of Queen Anne in 1703 is the latest instance
of permission by public authority for the use of hymns in Divine
Service.
It was only natural that those who were without a traditional
Liturgy should be the first to discover the need of hymns in
united worship. The pressure of this want produced many
hymn-writers in the course of the seventeenth century, but to
none was it given to understand its nature and find the way to
satisfy it, until Dr. hymns in 1707.
Watts began to publish

Through him the Congregationalists have the honour of being

the founders of modern English hymnody. He struck the
 mt m\m ipsaitet ixv

true note of spiritual communion in united worship, and he

found what was fitting for congregational use. '
When I survey
the wondrous Cross^ Jesus shall reign where er the sun,''
^ '
There is

a land ofpure delight,' O God, our help in ages past^ are hymns
'

of which Lord Selborne says 'As long as pure nervous English,

:

unaffected fervour, strong simplicity, and liquid yet manly

sweetness, are admitted to be characteristics of a good hymn,
works such as these must command admiration.'
About 1738 came the first great burst of sacred song in the
Church of England. It was connected with the religious

revival which was begun in Oxford by two brothers, John

Wesley, a Fellow of Lincoki College, and Charles, an under-
graduate of Christ Church. The Methodist movement broke
at length into two bands, one under John Wesley, the other
under Whitfield as leader, and Selina, Countess of Huntingdon,
as their patron. These latter were Calvinists, and they
imputed Arminianism to the followers of Wesley. Each section
had its hymn-writers : the Wesleyans had, among others, one
who was the best of all, Charles Wesley ; the Calvinists had a
largernumber, and among them Toplady, Berridge, John Newton
(Curate of Olney), and William Cowper.
Charles Wesley's poems were much influenced by German
hymnody, especially by the works of Paul Gerhardt and his
successors. The warm and tender feeling of his hymns makes
them very popular, as in 'Happy soul, thy days are ended^ and

'Jesus, lover of my soul.' John Wesley does not appear to

have written any original hymns, but he translated some from
the German.
Augustus Montague Toplady, who ranked with the
Calvinistic Methodists, was the author of that universal
favourite 'Rock of Ages' The greatest product of this school
was the Olney Hymns, in which '
Glorious things of thee are
spoken ' is by John Newton ; and among Cowper's are '
Far
from the World,' and '
God moves in a mysterious way.' The
best of his contributions according to Lord Selborne is

^
Ifark, my soul I it is the Lord.'
ixvi 3[ntrotiuction

Among the hymn-writers of the first quarter of the present

century, the one who holds the most prominent place in our
hymn-books is James Montgomery, whose version of Ixxii,

'
Hail to the Lord's Anointed,' is a general favourite, as also

the hymn For '

ever with the Lord I
While hymns were thus increasing in number, they were
rarely used in churches save where the clergy were Evangelical.
Old-fashioned churchmen still clung to the idea that hymns
(other than a prose anthem after the Third Collect) could not
be rightly used in Divine Service without express authority.
The simultaneous appearance in 1827 of Heber's Hytnns and
Keble's Christian Year broke down this barrier between the
ecclesiastical parties, and the new movement was forwarded
by Bishop Mant and Henry Francis Lyte, Curate of Charlton
Lower Brixham.
near Kingsbridge, and later Vicar of
The best known of Heber's are Holy, Holy, Holy, Lord :
'

God Almighty,' The Son of God goes forth to war,' and From
' '

Greenland s icy mountains'

The Christian Year, though not a hymn - book, has con-
tributed some hymns of great mark, especially those for Morning
and Evening, and The voice that breath'd o'er Eden^ which
'

stands alone in the Book of Praise under the heading Holy '

Matrimony.'
Many of the pieces in Lyte's Spirit of the Psalms (1834)
retain a congregational position, but his most conspicuous
hymn is 'Abide with ??ie,' in which he has added a worthy
third to the Evening Hymns of Ken and Keble.
A further impulse was given by the publication of Bunsen's
Gesangbuch (1833), and by that revived interest in ancient
hymnody out of which came the Lyra Apostolica. This book
contained 'Lead, kindly Light' by J. H. Newman of Oriel
College (afterwards Cardinal).

To illustrate the abiding influence of the Psalter on our

congregational hymnody, it may be useful to bring together,
without any pretence to completeness, some examples of
 C})e OBnglist) Psalter ixvii

Hymns in present use which are in a greater or less degree

derived from Psalms. The abbreviations for Old Version and
New Version will readily be apprehended; 'BP.' stands for
the Book of Praise ;
'
A& M for Hymtis Ancieftt and Modern
'
;

and Univ. Oxon.'

'
refers to the Hymn-Book used at University

Sermon in Oxford.

Ps. viii. O Thou to whom all creatures bow (NV.

O Lord, how good, how great art Thou (Lyte) BP. 53.
Ps. xi. My trust is in the Lord (Lyte) BP. 235.
Ps. xviii. The Lord descended from above (OV. Univ. Oxon.
)

Ps. xix. The heavens declare Thy glory, Lord (NV.)

The spacious firmament on high (Addison) BP. 13.
Behold the morning sun (Watts) BP. 106.
The starry firmament on high (Grant) BP. 107.
Ps. xxiii. The Lord my pasture shall prepare (Addison) BP. 216.
My Shepherd will supply my need (Watts) BP. 217.
The Lord my Shepherd is (Watts) BP. 218.
The King of Love my Shepherd is (Baker) A & M. 197.
Ps. xxiv. Erect your heads, eternal gates (NV.
Ps. XXV. Thy mercies manifold (Sternhold OV.) Univ. Oxon.
;

Ps. xxxi. My spirit on thy care (Lyte) BP. 188.

Ps. xxxiv. Through all the changing scenes of life (NV.) A & AL 290.
Ps. xlii. As pants the hart for cooling streams (NV.
Ps. xlvi. God is our refuge, tried and proved (Lyte) BP. 236.
Ps. li. Have mercy. Lord, on me (NV.
Ps. Ixiii. Early, my God, without delay (NV.) BP. 390.
O God, Thou art my God alone (Montgomery) BP. 170.
Ps. Ixv. On God the race of man depends (Watts) BP. 15.
Ps. Ixvii. To bless Thy chosen race (NV.) Univ. Oxon.
Ps. Ixxii. Jesus shall reign where'er the sun (Watts) BP. 82.
Great God, whose universal sway (Watts) BP. 83.
Hail to the Lord's Anointed (Montgomery) BP. 80.
Ps. Ixxxi. Sing to the Lord, our might (Lyte) BP. 315.
Ps. Ixxxiv. O God of Hosts, the mighty Lord (NV.)
Lord of the worlds above (Watts) BP. 133.
Pleasant are Thy courts above (Lyte) BP. 132.
Ps. Ixxxvii. Glorious things of thee are spoken (Newton) BP. 116.
Ps. xc. O God, our help in ages past (Watts) BP. 168.
Ps. xci. There is a safe and secret place (Lyte) BP. 237.
Ps. xcii. Sweet is the work, my God, my King (Watts) BP. 314.
Ps. xciii. The Lord Jehovah reigns (Watts) BP. 9.
With glory clad, with strength arrayed (Watts) Univ. Oxon.
Ps, xcv. O come, loud anthems let us sing (NV.) Univ. Oxon.
Ps. xcviii. Joy to the world, the Lord is come (Watts) BP. 44.
Ps. c. All people that on earth do dwell (John Hopkins ; OV.)
Before Jehovah's awful throne (Watts) BP. 8.
Be joyful in God, all ye lands of the earth (Montgomery).
Ps. ciii. My soul, inspired with sacred love (NV.) Univ. Oxon.
My soul, repeat His praise (Watts) BP. 142.
Praise, my soul, the King of heaven (Lyte) BP. 23.
Ps. civ. Oh, worship the King (Grant) BP. 21.
ixviii JntroDuction
Ps. cxv. Not unto us, Almighty Lord (Lyte) BP. ii.
Ps. cxvi. Redeem'd from guilt, redeem'd from fears (Lyte) BP. 173.
Ps. cxvii. From all that dwell below the skies (Watts) BP. 245.
Ps. cxxi. Up to the hills mine eyes (Watts) BP. 233.
I lift
Ps. cxxx. From lowest depths of woe (NV.) Univ. Oxon.
Ps. cxxxi. Quiet, Lord, my froward heart (Newton) BP. 199.
Jesus, cast a look on me (Berridge) BP. 200.
Ps. cxxxvii. Far from my heavenly home (Lyte) BP. 365.
Ps. cxxxix. Thou Lord by strictest search hast known (NV.)
Ps. cxlv. My God, my King, Thy various praise (Watts) BP. 171.
Ps. cxlvi. Happy the man whose hopes rely (Watts) BP. 12.
Ps. cxlviii. Praise the Lord ye heavens, adore Him (Bp. Mant) Univ.
!

Oxon.
Ps. cxlix. Ye boundless realms of joy (NV.) Univ. Oxon.

The Psalter is common ground between high and low, rich

and poor, intellectual and ignorant ; it tends to neutralize these
distinctions in the house of God. And if the literary and
intellectual study were so engrained into any scholar's mind,
that he were incapable of kindling at the sound of chanted or
recited Psalms, he would indeed have laboured for the wind.

No head knowledge could compensate a man for loss of

congregational sympathy. I cannot share the desire to see the
liturgical psalms posted up to the front of the latest Hebrew
learning ; rather they should remain on their original lines
derived from that Greek version which the New Testament
has consecrated for us. The Christian development of the
Psalms must indeed be excluded from the scientific analysis of
the orientalist; but it may well be embraced heartily by the
prophetic mind of the Christian congregation.
 THE PSALMES OF DAUID.

BEATVS VIR QVI NON ABUT.

leflen 10 tfte ma, tbat 6atf)
not toalfeeti in tf)e coun=
cell of tbe tjngotilp, net
Gonne in tbe tuape of fp=
ner0, ann Satf) not fptt in
tfte feate of tbe fcornefull
^IBnt Jp0 Helpte is in tfte
lato of tbe lorDe, (j in f)i0 lato toill 6e erercife
j)im felf nape $ nigfit '^nti be lijaltJe Ip^

lie a tre planted bp tfte tnaterfgoe, tf)at topll

ftrpnge fortf) l)i0 ftute in Due feafon, *^i0
leaffe alfo ftall not toitfter: $ lolie tofiat foe^

uer f)e not!), it fljall ptofpere, '30 for tSe

t)ngotilp, it i0 not fo W tbem : tiut tbep are
Ipfee tbe cftaffe, tobicf) t{)e topno fcateretf) a=

toape (from tfje face of tf)e caul).) ^ ^ftetfOte g^

tjngotilp ftall not tie aftle to flao in tbe iutJ=
2 pfalme it

gement, netjet t6e fanners in tbe congrega^

cion of ttt rpg!)teou0. ^15ut p^ LorDe feno=
toetl) gf toape of fte rpgftteous, (j fte Uiape
of tte tjugotife ftall perpft,

Ci)e . it . J&lalme.
QVARE FREMVERVNT GENTES?
!j)p DO tte ij)eatf)en grunge toge^
tf)eti' anti toftp Do tbz people pmagi=
ne a tiapne tbgngej* 'Cfte fepngeg
of tbe eartj) anD tbe rulers take
flanoe Dp,
councell together agapnfl tfte LorDe, anD
agapnft 1)^0 anopnteD ^Let t)0 trealie
tbeir tionDes afunoer, anD caft atoape tfteir

coarDes fro t)0 'lj)e tbat Dtoelletl) in 6ea^

uen, ftall laugj) tfiem to fcome: fte HorDe
ftall toue tf)em in Derpfpon ^C6en ftall
l)e Cpeafee Dnto tl)em in ftps toratfe, anD Dere
tl)em in ftps fore Dgfpleafure* 'get baue 31
fet mp Itpnge tjpon mg f)Olp fell of ^pon.
'31 topll preacF) tf)e lato, toljerof tfie HorD

ftatt) fapDe t)nto me. Cbou art mp fonne,

tbis Dape l)aue 31 begotten tbe. ^Defpre of
me, anD 31 ftall geut)e g^ t&e ij)eat6en for tftine
enberitaunce, aD tfte tJttemoft partes of tbe
eartb for tbp ^Cftou
polTeflio. ftalt ftrufe

tSem toitf) a roDDe of pron, anD brealie tfiem

in peces Ipfee a potters tielTelL ''iBz topfe
 Pfalme iit 3

notti tfterfore, D pe lipngeg, tie toarnen, pe

tJjat ate iungeg of tfte eartb. ^'^erue tfje
JLotDe in feare, anti teiopfe (bnto Dm) ttiptl)

reuerece. ^^IRglfe tfte fonne, left f)e fie an=

grpe, anti fo pe perpft from tfte (rMijt) toape
pf j)ps toratl) tie fepnoieti tiut a Iptie: tJlefleo

are all tbep tliat put t&eir truft in fipm.

tIDlje . lit . j^falme.

DOMINE, QVID MVLTIPLICATI.
a Pfalme of Dauin tnfien 6e fleooe from
tbe face of atifalom fiis fonne.

^HDrOe, fioto are tbep increafeo, tjiat

M manp are tbep, tbat

troutile mei* rpfe
^agapnft me. ^^anp one tliere be,
tftat fape of mp foule : tber is no belpe for J)im
in (f'i^)
(^00. ^ela, 'IBwt tftou (D
lome) art mp oefenoer: tbou art mp toor^
ftippe, ^ tfte ipfter tip of mp bean. *3I ngo
call tjpon tbe Lortie ttiptb mp uopce, ano be
beam me out of bp0 bolp bplL ^ela.
'31 lapeo me ootone anti flepte, anD
rofe tip agapne, for tbe Lorn fuftepneo me.
'31 topll not be afrapeti for ten tboufan^
ties of tbe people, tbat baue fet tbem felues
agapft me rounoe about. 'Op ilortie ao
belpe me (D mp mt}:} for tbou fmpteft all^
4 IPfalme iiil

mpne enempesi tipo tbe cbefee tjone: tftou

fjali tJtofee tbe teetb of tU tingonip, ^^al=

uacion tielongetl) tinto t6e Lome, ann tbp
tJleflpnge is tjpon tl)p people.

Cl)e . tut . i^Ialme.

CVM INVOCAREM.
Co Wm tbat ercelletl) in a^ufick,
a pfalme of DauiD.

(2Bare me, toben 31 call (D 000) of

mp rigftteoufneg : tl)ou baft fet me at
libertpe ttiftan 31 tnas in trouble : ba^
ue mercg tipon me, ^ berfeen tmto mp prater*
' pe fonnes of men, botti longe topll pe
blaCpbeme mpne bonourf an baue focb plea=
fure in tianpte, ano feke after lefpng f ^ela
'Enotoe tbps alfo, tbat tbe Lome batb
cbofen to bpm felfe tbe man tbat is gooip:
toben 31 call tjpon tbe Lome, be topll beare
me. ^^tonoe in atoe, ann fpnne not: co=
men toptb poure atone berte, and in pure
cbambre, ano be ftpll ^ela. 'ffre tbe
facrifice of rpgbteoufnes, an put poure truft
in tbe Loroe. 'Cbere be manp tbat fape:
tobo topll Ibetoe tis anp goooi^ 'Lome Ipfte
tbou tip tbe ligbt of tbp countenaunce tjpon
t)s. 'Cbou baft put glaOneOe in mp bart,
 IPfalme t), 5

fence tbe tpme tftat tbeit come (j togne (ant.

oEie) increafeD. '3| topU lape me notone in

peace, ann take mp reft for : it is tbou lortie
onelp, t&at mafeefl me ntnell in fafetge,

VERBA MEA AVRIBVS.

Co f)im tfjat ercelletf) in fonges of
^uficfe a pfalme of Dauiti.

HDntire mp tnotneg (HD LotD) con=

fpDre mp menitacion, 'D Serfeen p"
unto tU tjopce of mp callpnge, mp
fepng anD mp (^on, for tinto tfte topU 31 ma=
lie mp praper* '^p tiopce (ijalt t{)ou fieare
bp tpmes (D lorne) earlp in tbe mornpnge
topll 31 uirecte (mp prater) tinto tbe, $ topll

Me ijp. 'Jfor tbou art p^ (^oD t&at tatj)

no pleafure in topcfeeDnelTe, netfter all anp

euell ntoell ttJitft tbe* '^ocl) as tie fooliflj,

ftall not ftanne in tl)p fpgftt, tbou tatefi

all tljem tSat ttiorfee uanpte,'Cl)ou ftalt
neflrope tftem tfiat fpealie lefpge: tbe LorDe
Uipll ati&orre fiotft tbe tiloutip, tfjprUpe ano
Difceatfull man. '
IBut as for me, 31 toill co^

me into t6p l)Oufe, euen tjpon tbe multptuDe

of tf)p mercp: atj in tfe feare topll 31 toor^

ftippe totoarDe tftp iolp temple. 'JLeane

6 IPfalme toi.

me (i) Lottie) in ftp rggbteoufneffe, tiecau-

fe of mpne enempe^: make ftp toape

plapne tiefote mp face. 'J?or ftete is no
faiftfulneffe in W moutft: fteir intoam
partes ate t)etp topckennefle : ''tfteit tbtote
is an open fepulftte: t^ep flattet toift tbeit
tonge. '^Defltope tf)ou tbem (D (^OD) let
tfjem petpU) tjototoe tfjeit attine pmagina=
cions : cafi tftem out in tfte multitude of tbeit
tJngoniinelTe, for tbep baue rebelleti againfl
tbe. ''anti let all tfiem tjjat put tfieir trufl

intfte, reiopfe: tftep ftall euer tie geupnge of

tftanfees, fiecaufe tijou Defenoefl t&em: tbep
tftat loue name, ftall tie iopfull in tf)e.
tj)p

''jFot tf)ou lorne tnilt geue tbp tJleflpnge

tjnto tj)e rpgf)fteous: ann toitft tbp fauora-
tile kptjnes ttiplt tbou oefenn f)im, as toitf)

a ffiploe.

DOMINE NE.
Co hm ftat ercelletf) in a^uficfe,
t)pon tbe infitumet of eigftt Cringes.

JLorOe retiufee me not in tjp int)ig=

nacpon: neptfter ftaflen me in tftp

opfpleafure. -l&aue mercp Dpo me

(D Lome) for 31 am toeafee: D Lorn fteale
 Pfalme \}il 7

me for mp tones are tjeren, '^p foule alfo

10 fore troutleo, but Lome bote longe toplt
i\m punpflje mef ^Curne tbe (HD lome)
3: nelpuer mp foule : SDS faue me for tbp mer=
cpes falie. 'jFor in neatft no man remem-
fireft t{)e : ann tofto topU geue tfte ftanfees in
t{)e ppt f '
31 am toeerg of mp gronpng : eue^
rp npgf)t toaft 31 mp tjetitie, ano toater mp
coucbe toitf) mp teares, 'a^p tettitie 10 go-
ne for tierp trouble, $ toorne atoap tecaufe
of all mpne enempes. 'a ttiape fro me
all pe ttat toorfee tianpte: for tfje Loro 6att
beam tfte uopce of mp toeping* '
Cbe Lorn
6at6 ftearne mp peticion, t6e Lome topll re=
ceaue mp prater* 'ail mpne enemies ftal-
tje confounueD anD foore t3ereD: tfteg ftallje

turnen tjacfee ann put to ftame, fonenlp,

DOMINE DEVS MEVS.

^igaion of Dauin, tofjicf) be
fang tinto tfte Lome in p^ ftufpnes
of Cf)U0 tf)e fonne of 31emini*

Lome mp (^on, in p^ ftaue 31 put mp

trufl : faue me from all tfte tjat per-
fecute me, ann nelguer me* 'Leflfte
neuoure mp foule Iplie a ipon, ann teare it
8 ipfalme \)iu

in peceg, toftple t&ere 10 none to ftelpe. 'HD

Lome mp (^00, gf 31 ftaue none anp foci)

tftpng, or pf ftete tie anp ttiicfeetineire in mp

bantie^, '3f 31 Jaue retuarneu eupU tonto

J)im t[)at nealt ftenoip toit6 me : (pee 3[ fiaue

Delpuereo fern, tjat ttij^tft out anp caufe 10
mgnz enempe,) 'Cl)en let mpne enempe
perfecute mp foule, ano take me: pe let l)pm
treane mp Ipfe ootone upon tfte tmb (j lape
mpne Sonoure in tf)e null* ^ela, '^tatie
t)p(D Lome) in tfe toratf), ano Ipfte tjp tfe
felfe tiecaufe of tbe intipgnacpong of mpne
enemies: arpfe tip (for me) in tfte iutige=

ment, p^ tbou ftaft ptompfeo, 'anO fo ftall

tj)e congtegacion of tbe people come aboute
tfte, for tbeir falieg tberfore Ipfte tjp tftpfelfe
agape* 'Cl)e Lorn liiall iunge tfie people:
geue fentence toitl) me ( Loroe) accoropng
to mp rpgj)teoufne0, ann accortipnge to tfte

innocencge p< is in me. 'Dft let tfte tngclieti^

nejs of gf VJngoOlp come to an enne : tiut gupn

tbou tbe in% ''jTor tfte xmUtom ^ox^ trietf)

t})e t)erp bertes ann tfte regnes. "o^p 6elpe

commetl) of (^on, tofticl) preferuetb tbe tbat
are true of berte. ''(^on i0 a rpgbteous
iunge (arong anti patient,) ann (Son i0 prouo=
feen euerp nape. ''
31f man ttiill not turne, be
toill tobett U^ fttiearn : be batb bet U^ boto,
ann mane it reanp. ''i^e batb preparen bpm
 IPfalme WU 9

tfje inftrumenteg of tJeatft: f)e ortienetf) J)ps

atotoes agapnft tfte perCecutours. ''T5e=
boltie f)e trauapletl) toitft mifcbefe, be baft
coceaueD foroto, anti trougbt fortl) tingoti^

Ipnefle. ''J&e ftatb grauen anti niggen tip

a pptte, aD Is fallen Um felf into tfte tjel!ruc=

cion tjjat l)e maDe (for ofter). ''jFor 610 tra^

uapll Hall come tjpon 610 atone Sean $ W
ttiicketine0 fljall fall tipon 650 atxine pate.
''31 topll geue tl)anfee0 tinto tfte ILorrie ac^
cortjpng to })i0 rigl)teoufne0, aD ttipll prapfe
tfte name of tfte lorOe tfje mod 6pea

CI)e * tout . |0(alme.

DOMINE DOMINVS NOSTER.
Co Sim tftat ercelletft in 6itl)itf),
a pfalme of Dauiti

Home oure gouernoure, Sotoe ercellet

10 ti)p name in all tfte triorin, tbou tbat
J)afl fett tte glorp aboue tf)e hzmtm^
'HDut of tjje moutb of tjerp t)af)e0 anti

fucfelpnge0 6afl tbou ortiepneti flrengtl)

tjecaufe of tbpne enempe0, tbat tftou mpgb=

teft ftill tl)e enempe anti tbe auenger. 'Jfor
31 ttjpll coCpnre tbp l)eaue0, euen t6e toorcke
of tj)p fpnger0 : tf)e moone u p^ ftarre0 to&icf)

tbou l)afl ornepnen. 'mt^t i0 man, tbat

 10 Pfalme ix.

tfiou art mpnUfull of Jjim f anti t&e fonne of

man, tftat tbou tJifptefl temj' 'Cfjou ma=
Deft f)im lottjer tften tfte aungels, to ctotone
fiim toitf) glorp $ toorfljippe, 'C6ou ma=
Iteft bim to f)aue nompion in tfte tootkes of
tftp fianoes: anD tftou fiaft put all tinges
in futiieccion tintier W fete, "ail fljepe ano
oren, pee ann tfte teaftes of tbe felDe. '
C6e
foulesoftfte apte, ann tbe fpfft of tfie fee an
to&atfoeuet toalclietf) tftototo tfte patbes of
tbe fee0. ') Lottie oure gouemoure, botti
ercellent is thv name in all t6e toorioe.

CONFITEBOR TIBI DOMINE.

Co 6im tbat ercelletf) tjpon aimutft
LatJlien, a IPfalme of DauiD.
2Bpll geue tftafees t)nto ps HD Loro
toitb mp ttJ|)ole Serte, 31 tnpll fpealie
of all tftp maruelous toorcfees. '3|
topll tie glan, ann reiopfe in t&e, pee mp fon=
gestt)ill3l malie of tfe name, D t!)ou mooft
fjpeft. 'C23bple mpne enempe0 are nrpen
ftaclie, tf)ep fljall fall, (j peril!) at tfe prefence.
'JFor tt)ou 6aft mapntenen mp rpgjt ann
mp caufe: tftou art fett i tfte tbrone tbat iun=
geft rpgbt ^C6ou jjaft retufeen p^ ^eptbe,
an neftropen tSe tjngonip, tftou ftaft put out
 IPfalme ix. n
tfteit name for euer anD euer. 'D tf)ou ene=
mpe: tiefituccpons are come to an entie, euen
as ttie cities WicJ) tbou Jafi neflropen: tfieir

memoriall is periHeti toitb tftem. 'IBixt tU

lorne ftall entiure for euer, jje 6atf) alfo pre=
paren Ws feate for iutigemet: 'jfor fje ftall
iucige tfje tcorin in rpgf)teoufnes, antJ mini=
iJer true iutgement tinto tfje people. 'Cfte
LorD alfo ttipltje a nefence for tfte opprelTeD:
eue a refuge in nue tpme of trouble. ''
antJ
tf)ep pt fenoto tte name, twpll put tbeir trufi

intfje: for tfjou (Lome) 6afl neuer fallen tfie,

t&at fefee tbe. ''SD pragfe tbe LortJ, tofiicb

Dtoellet!) in ^pon, ftetoe tfte people of f)ps

Doinges. ''JFor tnften fje mafeetft inquifp=
cion fortJlouDe, be remembretb tftem: $ for=

gettetft not tbe complapnte of tbe poore.

''ij)aue mercp t)pon me (D Lome) confp=
Dre tbe trouble tobicb 31 fuffre of tbem tbat
bate me, tbou tbat liftefl me tip fro tbe ga=
tes of ueatb. ''Cbat 31 mape ftetoe all tbp
prapfes toptb in tbe portes of tbe naugbter
of ^pon, 3 toill reiopfe in tbp faluacion.
''^bt i&egtben are funcfeen notune in tbe
pptte tbat tbep mane in tbe fame nett tnbicb
:

tbep bpDD prpuelp, is tbeir atone foote take.

''^U Home is fenotone to erecute iuDge=
ment: tbe tjngouip is trappen in tbe toorclte

of bis atone banes : 3 confineracion. ^ela.

 12 Pfalme x,

''
Cfje topcfeeti fljall tie tumeti tinto bell, an
all people tftat forget (^on, ''jFot tfte poore
ftall not tie all toape forgotten, tjje paciet
atipopnge of tbe mefee ftall not perpfte for
euer ''
Op Lome, am let not man baue tbe
tjpper l)antie, let tf)e egtto tie iungen in
tte fpgftt '"Put tftem in feare (D Lome)
tftat t&e i^eptben mage fenotoe tftem felues
to fie tut men, ^ela.

VT QVID DOMINE.
1^5 flonnefi p fo farre of (D Lorn)
an Wnefl tfe face in tgme of trou=
tJlef 'Cbe iingonip for Sis otone
luft, notj) perfecute tf)e poore: let

tbem fie taken in tfie craftpe ttJilp^

neflfe p^ tfiep fiaue pmaginen. 'jTor tfie m-

gonip fiatl) mane fioaft of fips attine fiertes
neCpre $ fpeafeetfi goon of tfie couetou^, tofio
(^on afifiorretfi, '^Cfie tingonip is fo proun
tfiat fie caretfi not for (^on, netfier i0 (^on in
fii0 tfiougfit, ^it)is toages are alltoape
greuou$, tfip iungemente^ are farre out of
fii0 fpgfit, ann tfierfore nefpetfi fie all fiis ene=
mpe0, '
jTor fie fiatfi fagen in fiis fiert : Culfi
31 Ifiall neuer fie cafl nottine, tfier Ifial no
 Pfalme x. 13

batme happen tjnto me- '\^i^ mouft 10

full of curfpng, anti Difceate anu fraune : tin-

Her W tonge 10 tjngonipneire anti t)anite

'l^e fpttetf) lurkpge in tbe flretes;, atiD

priuelp notb murftut p^ innocent

fje : W eges
are fet agapnU tfte poore. 'jTor
fje Ipetf)

toaptinge Cecretlp (euen as a Ipon Imkzth bt

in f)i0 Denne) tf)at be map rauift tbe poore.
^
^e notb rauifl) tbe poore, Wen fje gettetf)

f)im in to {)i0 nett ''^e falletb tiotone

ann l)umt)letj) ftpm felfe, tbat tfte congrega^

cion of t!)e poore mape fall in to tfte ftanne of

f)i0 captapes. '-e batb fageD in ftis Serte:

Cull), 600 6atl) forgotte, J)e fenetb atoape
1)10 face, ant) be ttipll neuer fe it. ^^arpfe (D
Loroe (S5ot),) anD Ipfte t)p tfene ban, forget

not tbe poore. '' mberfore ftulDe tbe ttipc^

feeD blaCpbeme (^ot), tribple be ootb Cape in

U^ berte: tuft, tbou carefl not for it? ''^u=
relp tbou ball fene it. jTor p" beboioefl m-
gonipnelTe ann toronge. ^'Cbat tbou
mapefl take tbe matter in to tbp banoe: tbe
poore comittetb bpm Celfe ijnto tbe, for p" art

tbe belper of tbe frenoielTe. ^"iBreafee tbou

tbe potner of tbe t)ngoDlp anD malicious,

take atoape U?> anD tbou
t)ngor)lpneire,

Ibalt fpnDe none, ''^ht lorDe i0 kpnge for

euer, anD euer, anD tbe etben are perplbeD

out of tbe lanDe. ^'LorDe, tbou baft bearD

 14 Pfalme xu
fte Defpre of fte poote: tftou preparefl tftept
6ett ann tftpne eare ftetfeenetfi tbmo. 'Co
6elpe tbe fatberlefle ^ poore tinto tjjeit ngf)t
tSat t&0 man of t6e erfte tie no more eralten
agapnfl tftem.

IN DOMINO CONFIDO.
Co t&e c6aunter, a Pfalme of DauiD,

B pe lorDe put 31 mp ttufl: fjoto fape

pe tben to mp foule : tftat flje lljultie
fle a0 a tprtie tjpon poure 6pUf*
'Jfot lo, tf)e ungooip tientie tfteir tiotoe,
an
make teaDp tfteir atotoes in tfte quiuet: tbat
tbep mape ptpuelp ftote at t&em,
tofjicfi ate
true of Sett, ^jFot pe foGtiacions ttiiltie
cafl Dottine, $ tubat batb pe rpgftteoug none f
^Cbe Lorti 10 in ftps ftolp temple tfte
Lotties feate i0 in fteauen : '^p0 epes confpote
(tf)e poore) ao fjis ege Iptioes tieboioe tbe c6il=
nren of men. '
Cbe loto alotoetb p^ rpg{)=
teou0: bm tfte tingoDlp, an 6im
tftat Oelptetli
in toicfeeones, Dot{) foule
fiig abftotte. ^Fpo
tf)e longotilp be ftall rapne fnares, fpte, ana
titpmflone, flotme anD tempefl: tftps ftalbe
tbeir porcion to orpncfee. jrot pe rigfjteous
 IPfalme xil 15

LorD louetf) rpgfiteoufneg : J)is countenaiice

SALWM ME FAC DOMINE.

Co bim tbat ejcceUeft tjpon an m=
flrumet of eigftt fltiges, a IPfalme
ofDauiD.

lpe (me) ILortie, for tjete 10 not one

I gotilp man left for tfje fapftfull ate

mpniCfljetJ from amonge tfte cbiinren
of men. 'C^ep talfee of tjanpte, euerpone
togtf) ftps ne2crt)boure, tJ)ep no tut flatter to^

tfteir Ipppes ana tipflemtile in tfieir berte.

'Cbe Lome ftall rote out all ngfceatfull

Ipppeg, antJ tfie tonge tf)at fpeafeetft proune
tl)pnge0. '2Bf)icl) f)aue fapD: tot oure tonge
toill toe preuaple: toe are tbep tftat ougbt to
fpeafee, tol)0 10 lortie ouer t)0. 'j|3oto for tfie
trouble0 fafee of tbe neatipe, $ tiecaufe of p^
coplait of p^ poore, '3 toill tip (fapetf) p^ JLorti)

5 toill belpe euerp one, fro Wm tfiat ftoelletb

agapnst i)i, (j toill fet tbe at refi. '

CSe toor=

rie0 of tfte Lome are pure toome0 euen a0 p^

fpluer, tofticft from eartf) i0 trpeD anD puri-
fpen feuen tpme0 in tfte fpre. '
Cbou IJalt

liepe M (HD Lome) p" ftalt preferue Wm

1 Pfalme xiit

from ftps generacpon for euer, 'Cbe Dn--

gotJlp ttjalfee on euerp fptie: tofian ftep are

eralteti, g^ cbiltire of men are put to reliufee.

VSQVEQVO DOMINE.
Co t{)e cl)aunter, a pcalme of Dauiti.

HDttie longe toplt tftou forget me (SD

ilortie^^ for euer i' ftoto longe ttiilt tftou

f)ptie tf)p face fro mef 'otoe longe

(ijaUJfefee councell in mp foulef $ tiefo tje=

ren in mpne bert f fioto longe ftall nipne ene=

mpe triumpf)e ouer mej* 'Confgtire, anD
teare me (2D Lome mp (^oti) Ipgbten mpne
epes, tftat 31 fleape not in neatf). '
Lefl mp-
ne enempe fape: 31 6aue preuaplen agapnfl
i)im : for pf 3 tJe call notone, tbep pt trouble
me Ml reiopfe at it '15ut mp trufi is in

t{)p mercg, ann mp tert is iopfuU in tfe fal-

uacion '31 toill finge of tje LorDe tJecaufe
Ije batf) nealt fo loupnglp ttiitf)me. (^ez

3f toill pragCE tlje name of tfje ILortic tt)t moofl iJEeU.)

1 pfalme x\).

faluacion twere geuen tinto 3ICrael out of

mon, mbm tbz JLorti tumetfj p^ captiuite

of 6^0 people, tften ftall 3lacoti reiopfe, ann

31frael ftal be glati

DOMINE QVIS HABITABIT.

!3Dttie, to!)0 ftall titoell in tbp tatet^

naclei" tofto ftall refi tipon tfjp f)Olp

j)gUj> ^oBue 6e tjjat leaoet!) an t)n=

corrupt Ipfe, $ Ootf) pe tbinge tofticft is rpgftt,

anD tbat fpeaketfj tfte trutfte from ftert, W

'De t!)at fiatft tJfeti no Hifceat inbps tonge
ner none euell to W nepgbtiour, an iiatb not
fclaunnren Jjis nepgfttours* '^e tftat fet=

tetb not tjp tern felfe, but mafeetb mocf) of

tfjemtftat feare tt)e Lome: 'i)z tfiat ftoearetFj

unto bis nepgf)t)oure, an nifapointetf) jjpm

not '^e tftat ftatb not geuen l)is monep
t)pon tJfurp, ner taken retoarne agapnfl tJ)e

innocet '
mbo Co notj) tbefe tbinges ftall
neuer fali.
 pmime x\}l 19

CONSERVA ME DOMINE.
Cbe (tiatige or armes) of Dauiti*

^Eeferue me () (^oD) for in f 6aue 31

^
i put mp trulJ, 31 '
ftaue fapo tjnto p^

S lorn tbou art mp

: (^on, mp goones
are notfjpnge tinto tfte. '3U mp Delate is

tjpon tbe fapnctes tftat are in thz eartb, ann

tipon foci) as ercell in tjertue. '15ut tftep p^

runne after another (^on, ftall fiaue greate

troutile- 'Cbeir nrincfe offringes of tilouti

toill not 31 offre, netber make mecion of tfteir

names toptfipn mp Ipppes. 'Cbe Lome

Jim felfe is thz porcion of mpne enfteritauce
^ of mp cuppe : tf)ou Iljalt magntene mp lott
'
C|)e lot is falle t^nto me in a fapre groflo,
pee 31 6aue a goooip heritage- '31 toill tf)a=

fee tfte Lome for geupng me toampge: mp

repnes alfo cjjalien me in tfte npgbt feafon,
'31 fjaue fet (^oD aUtoapes before me, for 6e
is on mp rpgf)t fjanti, tfterfore 31 ftal not fall*

'ai)erfore mp bert reiopceD, ati mp tunge

toas glan, mp fleft alfo ftall refl in ftope,
"jFor tojjpj^ tJ)ou IJjalt not leaue mp foule
in tell, netfter ftalt tbou fuffre tfe fjofe one
to fe corrupcpon. ''Cl)Ou ftalt ftetoe me p^
20 ipfalme xUU
patl) of Ipfe : in t&p ptefence is tbe fulneflfe of
iope, ann at tftp rpgj)t banti ftete is pleafure
for euermore*

EXAVDI DOMINE IVSTICIAM.

aprapetofDauio,
(2Bare tbz rpgftt (D Home) confpote
mp complapnte: an Jerken tinto mp
prapet, tftat goetJ) not out of fapneD
Ipppes, 'Let mp fentence come fortft from
tftp preCence : ano let tf)ine epes lolte t)pon tbe
tj)inge tbat is equall. 'Cbou fjafl ptoueD
ano t)i{iteti mpe })ert in npgbt feafon p"
tfte :

JaG trpeo me <$ ftalt fpnoe no ttJicfeeones in

me : for 31 am tJtterlp purpofen, p^ nip moutb
ftal not offenoe* '15ecaufe of mens toor^
kes tbat are none agapnfl tjje forties of tftp

lippes 31 ftaue kepte me fro tfte toapes of p^

tiilJroper. 'HD ftolDe p" tjp mp goinges in tftp

patbes : tbat mp fote fleppes flippe not '

31

baue calleti t)pon tfte (HD (^oo) for tftou ftalt

fieare me : enclpne tbine eare to me : an Serken
tjnto mp tooroes* '^beto tbp maruelous
loupng kptineire, (p" tbat art tbe ^aupour
of tbe ttibicb put tbeir trufi in tbe) from focb
as refifl tbp rpgbt bantie. 'i^epe me as tbe
 ipcalme jctjii. 21

apple of an epe, teue me tinner tie fljarjoto

of ftp toinge^. 'JFro p^ tingoDlp p^ trouble

me* a^pne enemies copalTe me roGne about,
to take atnape mp foule ^''Cfiep mapn=
tepne tfteir atone toeltWnelTe, u tfieir moutb
fpeafeetl) proune tftinges, ^'Cbep ipe toap=

tinge in oure toape on euerp fpne, turnpnge

tbeir ege0 oottine to tfte grounn, ''Like as
pf i0 greop of prap, an as toere a
a Ipon ftis it

Ipos tobelpe lurcfepg in fecrete places. ''Fp

lorD, Difapointe bim, $ call ootone: Wm tie=

Ipuer mp foule from tfte tmgotilp, ttibicl) is

as a ftoeroe of tftine. ''jFrom inen of tftp f

ftano (i) Loroe) from tbe men of tbe toorin,
tof)ic{) baue tbeir portion in tWs Ipfe : toftofe

tjelpes tftou fplleli W ttp treafure. ^^Cftep

l)aue cftiioren at tfteir tiefpre, $ leaue tte refle
of tbeir futJfiaunce for tbeir babes. ''
^ut
as for me, 3[ toill bebolo tbp prefece in rpgb=
teoufnes: anti toben 31 atoafee tjp after tbp
lirftneOe, 31 ftall be fatiffien.
22 pmime x\)iil

DILIGAM TE DOMINE.
Co tbe cSauntet of DauitJ t6e Ceruaunt of
fte Lome, tntecfi fpafee tinto tfte Home tbe
toomes of tf)i0 foge, (in tf)e nape p tfte lorn
oelpuereu fjpm from tbe ftann of all 610 ene=
mpeg, ano fro tbe banti of ^aul) $ fte fapne

mpll loue tfte (SD Lorn) mp ftrengtl).

Cbe Lorn is mp
mp fionpe rocke $
mp ^aupour mp (5on, an mp
nefece, :

migbt i tnfjo 31 ttiill trufl mp tjucfeler, p^ {)or=

:

ne alfo of mp faluacpon, $ mp refuge, 31

'

topll call tjpon t{)e Lome tubicft 10 toortbp

to tie pragfen, fo ffiall 31 ^t fafe fro mpne ene=

mpe0 'CJ)e forotoes of neatl) compaflen
me, an tbe broofees of tjngonignes mane me
afrapen. 'CJ)e papnes of bell came about
me, tbe fnares of neatb ouertofee me, '3ln
mp trouble topll 3( call tipon tbe Lome, ann
coplape tmto mp (^on, '^o Hall be beare
mp tjopce out of bps (do^) temple, an mp
complapnte ftall come before bpm euen in
to bps eare0. '^bz eartb tremblen ann
quafeen, tbe tierp founnacpong alfo of p^ bpl=
les Ibofee an ttiere remouen, becaufe be tnas
torotb. '
Cbere toet a fmolie out of W no=
 IPfalme Mil 23

llrel0, ^ a confuminge fpre out of W moutb

fo tftat coales toere fepnien at it 'JJ)e to-
tueti tfte t)eauen,s alCo antJ came notone, anti

it toa0 Darcfee tinner Ws fete '

^e roue tjpo
tfte cfterulJins anti npo flpe: be came flpenge
txiitt) t6e topnges of tj)e ttjpnne, ''
^e mane
oarcfenelTe W pauplion rounoe about f)pm,
ttiptb Darclie toater ano tbpcke cloutie^ to

couer 6im. ''at p^ tirigbtnes of big preCence

bis cloutie.0 remouen, tnitb ba^le ftones ano
coales of fpre. ''^f)z Lorn alfo tbontireD
out of tbe beaue, $ tbe bpefi gaue big tbonre
toitb baple flones ann coaler of fpre* ''^e
fent out W arotoes an fcatretJ tbem, be call
fortb Ipgbteninges ann nelJropet) tbem*
''
&z fpringes of toaters tnere fene, an tbe
founnacios of tbe rouno ttiorine toere nifco^

uereD at tbp cbptipg (HD Lome) at tbe bla--

flpnge of tbe bretb of tbp nifpleafure, ''S)e

ftall fenn Dotone fro tbe bepgtb to fetcb me,

$ Iball take me out of manp toaterg, ''
JJ)e

ftall nelpuer me fro mg flrongefl enempe, (j

fro tbe tobicb bate me, for tbep are to migbtp

for me- ''
\^z^ preuenten me in tbe tiape of
mp trouble, but tbe JLorUe toas mp Defence.
''JJ)e brougbt me fortb alfo into a place of li=

bertpe: be brougbt me fortb, euen becaufe be

bad a fauoure tmto me. ''
^U LortJ Iball re^
txiarti me after mp rpgbteous Dealing: accor^
24 pmime rtJiii-

Ding to fte clennelTe of mp ftanes ftall be re=

copefe me. '' "Becaufe 31 ftaue liepte p^ toapes
of tfte Lome anti baue not tieftaueD mp felfe

topcfeenip agapfl mp aoo. ''jTor 3 fiaue

an epe t)nto all Ws latoes, ann topll not caft

out f)is commaunnmente0 fto me. ''31 teas

alfo tjncorrupte before ftim, $ efcJ)ueD mpne
atone topefeetine^. '^Cfterfote ftall p^ Lome
retoaroe me after mp rpgbteous; Dealing, $
accoroing tinto t{)e clennelTe of mp Santies in
f)i$ epe imbu ''
mitb tbe 6olp tbou ftalt tie

f)olp, an toitft a perfecte man p" lljalt tie per=

''
fecte. mitt) tl)e cleane t!)ou fljalt tie cleane,
ann ttiit!) tbe frotoaroe tbou ftalt lerne fro^
-'
tnaroenesi. jFor p" ftalt faue tfie people p^
are in aouerfite, ano lljalt tiringe Dotone tfje

bpe loofees of tbe prouoe. -'Cf)ou alfo ftalt

Ipgbte mp cantile, tbe JLortie mp (^oo all
malte mp oarcfeenes to be Ipgftt. ''jfor in pe
31 ftall Oifconfpte an J)ofl of men : ano W tfte

6elpe of mp aoo 31 ftall leape ouer tfte toall

'
Cf)e tnape of (^oo i0 an tjnoefpleD toape
tlie tooroe of tfte ilortie alfo i0 trpeo in tfte

fpre : Ije is p^ oefeoer of all tfie p^ put tfieir truft

in Wm. ''JFor to&o is (^oo, but tbe Lorof

r, tobo fiatb anp flregtb, ercepte our (^oo.
''3lt i0 (S^oD tbat gproetb me ttiitl) Gregtf),
of toarre, ann maketl) mp toape perfecte.
''e malietf) mp fete ipfee bertes fete, ^ fet==
 IPfalme rtJiii. 25

tztf) me t)p on Ijpe, ''\^z teactetf) mpne j)a=

1)00 to fpg!)t, ano mpne armes ftaU fttealte

euen a tiotoe of Gele. ''
Cbou fiafl geuen me
tije Defence of tbp faluacion : ftp rpgbt &anti
alfo ftall f)olDe me tip, ann t&p loupnge cot^
reccion lljaU make me greate ''Cfjou ftalt
make rotume pnougb DnOer me for to go, p^
mp fote fleppes ftall not flptie* ''31 Ml fo=

Jotoe tjpon mpne enemies, $ ouer take tfje,

netljer 31 \x)il\ 31 tutne agapne, tpll 3 ftaue

nefiropen tbe. ''31 toill fmpte tl)e, tftat tjep
ftall not tie able to flanoe, but fall tmoet mp
fete, ''Cbou bafl gproeti me toptb flrengtb
tmto tbe battel, tbou ftalt tbrotoe ootone
mpne enemies tmoer me ''Cbou bafl ma=
oe mine enemies alfo to toutne tbeir backer
t)pon;me, ao 31 ftall neilrope tbem tbat bate
me, ''^bzi^ ftall crpe, but tbere fljalbe no=
ne to belpe tbem: pee euen tjnto tbe Lome,
ftall tbep crpe, but be ftall not beare tbem.
''3 Ml beate tbem as fmall as tbe riufi be=
fote tbe topntie, 31 topll cafl tbem out as tbe
clape in tbe flretes. ''Cbou lljalt helper
me from tbe iJrpuinges of tbe people, $ tbou
ftalt make me tbe bean of tbe eitben.
""3 people tobom 31 baue not knoMe, Iball

ferue me. ''aflbne as tbep beare of me,

tbep fljall obep me, but tbe firaunge cbiltiren

all Dpffemble tot me. '':bt firaunge cbil^

26 IPfalme xix.

Dren lijaU faple, anti fte frapen out of tfteir

ftatJitacions. ''C6e LotDe Iguetf): anti tilef^

feti tie mp fttonge helper, anti prapCeD tie tfte

<5oD of mp faluacio, ''Cue t&e (^on tofiicl)

feeti) tbat 31 te auengeD, f futnuetf) tfje peo=

pie tjnto me. ''31t 10 fte tjat oelperetft me
from mp (crueii) enempeg, ann fettetf) me tip

atjoue mpne aDuerfaries: tbou ftalt rpnti me

from tf)e topcfeeo man. '"jFor tftps caufe
31 topll geue tbanfees unto tfte (D Lome) a=
monge tjje gentile0, t fing prapfes tmto tbp
name. ''(Create profperite geuetfj 6e tm=
to 610 fepnge, ao ftetoetj) loupnge fepntmelTe
tjnto Dauio tes anopnteo, aD unto 610 feDe
for euermore.

CELI ENARRANT.
Co tbe cftaunter, a Pfalme of Dauin.

^e fteauens Declare t6e glorp of

0OD, anQ tbe firmamet ftetoetb ^0
banope toorcfee. 'Dne Dape tel-
letf) another, ano one npgbt certifpetf) ano=
tfter. 'Cljere 10 netber fpeacf) ner lan=
guage, tiut tbeir t)opce0 are teroe amog tbe.
'Cbeir founoe 10 gone out in to all
lanDe0, ano tbeir toorDe0 in to tDe entie0 of p^
 IPfalme xix. 27

toorlDe. '
3In tbem fjatf) bt fett a tabernacle
for tbt ^unne, tobicf) comett) fortb as a titp^
Degtome out of f)is cfjamtJte, ^ reiopfetl) as
a giaunt to tGne f)is coutfe, '
3lt goetf) fottb
from tbt tJttemofl parte of tbe fteauen, anD
runnetft about tinto tbe enDe of agapne, d it

tbere is notbinge fen from tbt btatt tbttot

'
^bt latti of tfte LorD is a DntiefpleD lato
conuerting tbt foule. ^bt tefiimonp of tbe
iLorD is fure, anti geuetb toifDome tinto tbe
fpmple* '
Cte ftatutes of p^ lorD are rigbt
anD reiopfe tbe berte: tbe commaunDement
of tbt LorDe is pure, anD geuetb Imbt tinto
tbt epes, '
C{)e feare of tbt LorD is cleane,
anD enDuretf) for euer tbt iuDgmentes of p^
:

LorDe are true anD rpgbteous all together-

'
a^ore to bt DefpreD are tbep tfjen golDe,
pee tben mocb fpne golDe: ftoeter alfo tben
ftonp,$ tbt tonp combe, ''a^orouer, bp tbe
is tbp feruaunt taugbt, $ in feeping of tbem

tbere is greate retoarDe. ''2Bbo can tell,

boto oft be offenDetb ^ HDb clenfe tbou me fro
(m^) fecrete fautes. ''Eepe tbp feruaiit alfo
from prefumptuous Cannes, left tbep get tbe
Dominion ouer me: Co lijall 31 be tjnDefpleD,
anD innocent from tbe greate offence. ''Let
tbe toorDes of mp moutb, anD tbe meDitacio
of mp berte be i&imm) acceptable in tbp
figbt, " LorD, mp ftrengtb $ mp reDemer.
28 pcalmerr.

EXAVDIAT TE DOMINVS.
Co tU cfjauntct, a pfalme of DauiD*

^e Lort)e beate tbt in tfje Dape of

trouble, tbt name of tbe (^oD of
Jacob Oefeno tbe. '^enoe tbe
belpe from tbe ^antuarp, ano
flrengtb tbe out of ^ion 'lae^
membre all tbp ofiferpngeg, ana accepte tbp
brent facrifpce* ^ela. '(^raunte tbe tbp
bertes! Oefpre, $ fulfill all tbp mpnoe. 'me
ttiill reiopfe in tbp faluacion, $ triumpbe in
tbe name of tbe lorDe oure (^oD : tbe loroe
perfourme all tbp peticio0. 'JBoto fenotoe

31, tbat tbe lorDe belpetb hi9^ anopnteo, ann

toill beare bpm from bps bolg beauen: euen
toitb p^ tobolfome iJregtb of bi?i rigbt baDe*
'^ome put tbepr trufl in cbarettes, ano
Come in borfeis: but toe topll remembre tbe
name of tbe JLoroe oure (^ot) '^btv are
brougbt Dotone So fallen, but toe are rpfen,
ano ftanoe tip rigbt '^aue, Loroe, ano be
are t3S, HD fepng, toben toe call (mn tue.)
 IPfalme xxl 29

DOMINE IN VIRTVTE TVA.

Co tbe cfjauntet, a pcalme of Dauiti.

l^e fepng: ftall reiopce in tbp fttegtfj

D LotOe, erceatipnge glaD ftaU be

tie Ciiou taU ge=
of tbp faluacio, '

uen bm
Ws bertes Defpre, anD bafl not De=
nieo t)pm tbe tequefl of tes Ipppeg. ^ela
'
jTot tfjou ftalt pteuente Mm tuitf) 5^ mu
fpngesi of gootineg, aD ftalt fet a crotone of
pure golDe tipon hi^ teaoe. 'e affeeD Ipfe

of anD tftou gauefi

tf)e, Mm
a longe Ipfe, eue
for euet ano euet. '^i^ bonoure Is gteate
in tbp faluacion: glotp ano great tnorfljipe
ftalt tdou lape tipon Mm, 'jTor tdou ftalt
geue bim euerlaflpge felpcite, $ make f)pm
glaD ttjptb tf)e iope of tbp countenaunce,
^anD tobpj' fiecaufe tf)e fepnge puttetf) Ms
trufl in tfje LorDe, $ in mere? of tht molJ
tf)e

MeG f)e ftall not mgfcarp, 'au tMne ene^

mpes ftall fele tf)p tanD tbp rigM MD ftall
:

fpnDe out tbem tbat bate tbe, 'C()ou IJjalt

make tMm Ipfee a fprpe one in tpme of tf)P
toratfi: tbe LorDe lijaU Deflroge tbem in tes
DiCpleaCure, anD tfje fpre Qjall cofume tfiem.
30 pcalme xxit

'
Cf)eit ftute ftalt p roote out of p^ eattf),
anD tbeir feDe from amonge tbt cbplDren of
men. ''jFor tbep inteoeD mpCcbefe agapnfl
tf)e, an pmagpneD focb a Deupce, as tbep are
''
not atJle to perfourme. Cberfore ftalt p"
put tf)em to aigbt, anO tbe firpnges of tftp

tjotoe aalt tt)Ou make reatjp agapnfl tbe fa-

ces of tfjem. ''IBt t{)Ou eralteo, Loroe, in
ttene atone ftrengtb: fo topll toe fpnge anD
prapfe tbp potoer.

DEVS DEVS MEVS.

Co t&e Ct)aunter tjpon tfie 6pnDe of
tfte oatonpnge a pcalme of DauiD.

g (^00, mp ^00 (lo&e bpon me) toj)?

taft tt)Ou forfaken me : aD art fo farre

fro mp ftealtf), ano from tbe tooroes of
mp complapntef 'HD mp (^on, 3( crpe in p^
nape tpme, but tbou bearefl not: and in tbe
nigbt feafon alfo 31 take no refl. '
ano tbou
contpnuefl bolp, 2D tbou toorftpppe of 31^
raeL 'HDur fatbers bopeo in tbe: tbep tru=
UeD in tbe, anD tbou DpDDefi Delpuer tbem.
'
W^z^ calleD t)pon tbe, anD toere belpeD
tbep put tbeir truft in tbe, anD toere not con^
 IPfalmerni. 31

founDeti. 'IBnt as for me, 31 am a toorme ^

no ma : a Derp fcorne of men ^ tbe outcafl of
the people. '
ail tbep pt fe me, laugf) me to
fcorne : tt)ep IJote out tbeit lippes, an ftafee pe
tjeane. 'e ttufleo in (^oD, let ftim Delp=
uer bim : let Dim oelpuer 6im, pf fte hmz
topll
bim. ' IBnt p art fie f tofee me out of mp
motbers toomlje: tbou toaft mp tope, toften
3[ JangeD pet tjpon mp mothers brelies.
''
31 baue bene left tinto p^ euer fence 31 toas

tome: tbou art mp (^oD, euen fro mp mo=

tfiers toomtie. ''
i) go not fro me, for troto=
tie 10 tame at tanoe, <$ tere is none to telpe
me. ''(Create oren are come about me, fatt
tulles of 15afan clofe me in on euerp fpDe.
''Ctep gape tjpo me toitt tbeir moutbes,
as it toere a ramppnge ano roarpnge Ipon.
''31 am potxireo out Ipfee tnater, $ all mp
tones are out of iopnt, mp bert alfo in tbe
miUDefl of mp toop i?i euen Iplie meltpnge
toare. ''9@p Gregtb is orpeD tip Iplie a pot=
fteroe, $ mp tfige cleuetb to mp goomes: anti
tbou alt bring me into tbe null of Oeatb.
''jFor (manp) Ooggcs are come about
me, f tbe coQcell of tbe IwicfeeD lape feage a=
gapnll me. ''^bti^ pearfeD mp banDes
ano mp fete, 31 niape tell all mp tones, tbep
ftonoe iJarpnge ano lofepnge tjpon me.
''^bt]^ parte mp garmetes amog tbem.
32 pfalmerrii.

anD call lotm tjpon mp tjefiute. '''But te

not p" fatte fro me, HD lorn : tftou att mp fuc=
coure, tafte tf)e to fteipe me. '"Delpuet mp
foule from tfje ftoearne, mp Deatlpng fro tbe
potuer of tbe Dogge. -'^aue me fro tbt
Ipons moutf): tf)Ou ball fiearD me alfo from
amoge tfie ftorneg of tbe t)nicome0. ''
3 topU
Declare tfjp name tmto mp tiretfiren: in tbe
mgDCiefl of pf cogregacio ttipU 31 prapfe tbe.
''
D prapfe p^ LorD j>e p^ feare U : ^agnifpe
f)im all pe of p^ feDe of 3lacoti, $ feare t)i all pe
fene of 3lfrael -'JFor fie Datf) not oefppfeti
ner atifiorreo p^ lotoe eftate of p^ poore : fie fiatfi

not fipti fits face from film, fiut ttifie fie calleD
tmto film, fie fieroe film.
''
a^p prapfe 10 of p^
in tfie greate cogregacio, mp Dotoes ttiill 31

perfourme in tfie (igfit of tfiem pt feare fipm.

''
^bt poore ftall eate, ^ fie fatiffpeo : tfiep
pt fefee after tfie Lorn, Ifiall pragfe fiim: pour
''
fierte Ifiall Ipue for euer. ail p^ enties of v'
toorine Ifiall remefire tfiem Celues, ao fie tur=
neO unto tfie lorn, $ all p^ fepnreDs of tfie na
cions, ftall toorlfiippe fiefore fiim. ''jFor tfie

kpngDom is p^ JLortJes, ano fie i0 tfie gouer=

noure among p^ people. ''
ail focfi a0 fie fat
tjpon eartfi fiaue eate (j toorfljippen. 'ail
tfiep pt go Dotone into p^ Dufl, $ Ipue fo fiaro^
Ip, ftall knele fiefore fit ''{mv) ^eoe ftall
ferue fiim : tfiep ftalfie counteti unto p^ LorDe
 IPfalme xxiil 33

for a genetacpon. ''mbti^ fljaU come ano

(tDe Deauens) fljall Dcclate t)ts tggbteoufnes
tonto a people tfiat ftall be tome, toJ)om fte
loroe f)atf) maDe.

DOMINVS REGIT ME.

lj)e LorDe 10 mp ftepftetDe, tf)etfote ca
31 lack nothing. '
e Uall feoe me in a
1 gcene paliure, $ leaoe me fortft tjeCgoe

tbe toaters of comfotte, 'e fljaU conuette

mp foule, $ titpng me fottfj in tU patfjes of
rggbteoufnes fot fes nameg fake, 'gee
ttiougf) 31 ttjalke ftorotti p^ tiaUep of tbt fta=
Dotn of neatt), 3 ttiiU feate no eueU, fot tbou
art tot me : tbp tonne ^ thv Gaffe cofotte me,
'Cbou ftalt ptepate a table befote me a=
gapnli tbem pt ttouble me : p" ball anopnteti
mp bean toitb ogle, (j mp cuppe Halbe full
''ISut (tw) loupnge kpnnnes ann metcp
fljall folotoe me all tbe napes of mp Ipfe: ^ 3
tuill ntuell in tbe bouCe of tbe Lorn fot euer
34 IPfalme xxiiil

Cl)e , xxiiii * i^Ialme,

DOMINI EST TERRA.

^e eatti) 10 t&e Lornes, aD all tbat

I tfjetin 10 : tfje compafe of tfje ttJOtlD, $

tf)ep tbat Dtoell tberin. '
jFot ht fjat^
fountieD it tjpon tbe feeg, 5 ptepareti it tipon
tbe floutieg. 'mbo Iljall afccntie into p^ f)ill

of tj)e ILott)>^ 2Dr, tDf)0 fljall tpfe Dp in fjis 60=

'
Ip placed OBuen l)e tbat ftatb cleane fjannes u
a pure btxt : $ p^ fjatf) not lifte t)p {)is mpntie
tjnto Danpte, net ftoorne to DiCceaue fee
neEBoure.) '^0 ftall tZCtmt tf)t blZK^XlQt ftO
tbe Lome, anti rigbteoufnelTe from tbt aoD
of J)i0 faluacion, ':bi^ is tfte genetacion
of tbem tbat fefee bim, cum of tbt v^ fefee tfjp

face, f) 3lacot). ^ela, 'Lift tip po"^ 6ea=

ties D pe gates, $ te pe lift tip, pe euetlaftig
Dores, anD tbt kpng of glorp ftall come in.
'
mbo is tbis fepng of glotp f 3lt i$ tbt Lorn
flronge ^ mpgfttie, euen tfte Lome migbtpe
in tiatell 'Lift tip poure beaDes (HD pe ga=
tes) anti tie pe lift tip pe euerlaflpng nores, ^
t6e fepnge of glorp IJjall come in. 'C23bo is
 Pfalme rrt), 35

t!)0 Itpng of glorpi' mn tfte Lotti of ^00=

000, U 10 tf)e fepng of glorp, ^ela

AD TE DOMINE LEV AVI.

Df DauiD.

Jl^to tf)e { LorD) toill 31 Ipft t)P mp

foule. a^p (5oti, 31 fiaue put mp ttuft
in tbc : i) lett me not tie cofounOeD,
nztbtt let mpne enempes triumpbe ouet me
'jfot all tftep tf)at ftope in tbe, all not
tie a ftameo : tiut focb as ttanfgtelTe toitbout
a caufe, Uall tie put to cofufion, '^fjeUie
me tte ttiape0, D Loro, ao teacf) me tbp pa=
tl)e0, 'LeaDe me fortf) in tte truetf), $ let=
ne me, for tfjou art tbe (^oD of mp faluacion
in tfje fjatt) tiene mp f)ope all tbe nape longe
'Call to rememtiraunce (D Loro) tfjp te=

0et metcpeg, ano tbg loupnge fegnDnefleg,

tofiict) fjaue tiene euer of olDe,
' Df) tememtite not p^ fpnneg $ offences of
mp poutt), tjut accorDpnge tmto tbv nietcp
tbpnfee tjpo me (HD Lorn) for tbp gooDnefle,
^
Gracious (j tpgbteoug is tbe LorDe, tf)er=

fore toill bt teacb fgnners in tfje toape.

'
Cbe pt tje mefee, ftall fie gpDe in iuDgemet
36 IPfalme xx\).

anD foct) as be gentle, tbem lljall U letne ftis

toape. '
ail tf)e patf)es of p^ Lome are met=
cp ^ ttutbe, tjnto foct) as liepe 610 couenaCit

^ f)is tefltmone0 ''JFot tbp names fafee,

i) LotD, fje metcpfull tinto mp fpnne, for it

is greate*
''
mb^t ma is fte tbat fearett) tbe
Loroe f f)im ftall bt teacf) in ttie toape tbat 5e
ftall cf)ofe. ''is foule lljall Dtoell at eafe,
anD tis feoe ftall inberet tbe lanti*
''
Cbe fe=

Crete of tbe Loroe is among tbem tbat feare

f)im aci be toill ftettie tbem is couenaunt,
''
ei^pne epes are euer lofegnge tmto p^ Lor=
De, for be Oiall pluclie mp fete out of tbe net.
''
Curne me, anD baue merc]? t)po
tbe tjnto
me 31 am Defolate, anD in miferp. ^bt
''
: for
forotties of mp berte are enlargeD 2D brpng :

tbou me out of mp troubles. ''Lofee tipon

mpne aDuerfpte anD miferp, anD forgeue me
all mp fpnne. ''ConfpDre mpne enemies
boto manp tbep are, anD beare a malicious
bate agapnfl me. '' Itepe mp foule, anD

Delpuer me : let me not be confounDeD, for J

baue put mp trufl in tbe. ''ilet perfectnelTe
anD rpgbtuous Dealpnge ttiapte upon me,
for mp bope batb bene in tbt. Delguer 3If=
''

rael, (^oD out of all bis troubles.

 Pfalme xM. 37

IVDICA ME DOMINE.
(a m&lme) HDf DaUiD, (afore i)e teas ettbalmeU.)

tf)ou mp iunge, HD LotDe, for 31

f)aue ttialkeD inocetlp: mp trufl f)atf)

I tiene alfo in tbe LorDe, tfjerfore ftall

31 not fall. 'OBrame me, D lorD,

$ ptoue me : trie out mp repnes ao mp f)ert.

'JFor tbp loupng kinDnefle is before mgne

epes, $ 31 toill ttialfee in tb? truetf). '
31 ftaue
not titoelt W tjagne perfonnes, netber topll

31 baue fellilljipe toptf) tbe Ciifceatfull '31

taue fiateD tbe congregacion of tbe toicfeeo,

anD Ml not fpt amonge p^ tingoDlp. '31

toill toafte mp tiaDes in innocecp, HD lorD,

anD fo Ml 31 so to tbpne aulter. '
Cftat 31

map ftetoe tbe t)opce of tbankes geupng,

ann tell of all tfjp toonDerous ttiorcfees.
'
florD, 31 baue loueD tbe fjatiitacion of tt)p

boufe, (J tbe place tobere tbp bonoure Dtoel-

let!). 'D ftutt not tip mp foule to^ tfte fpn^

ner0, ner mp Ipfe txiitb tbe tJlouOtburflpe.

'3|n tobofe banties is topcfeeDnelTe (j tbeir

rpgbt banDe is full of gpftes. ''T5ut as for

me 31 topll toalcfee innocently: D Delpuer
38 ipfalme rruii.

me, anD bz metcpfull unto me, ''9@p fote

flanDetf) tigbt: 31 ttipll prapfe tbt LotDe in
tbe congtegacions.

DOMINVS ILLVMINATIO.
Df DauiD.
;a'7rvc
e lotDe is mp lpgt)t anD mp fal=

I uacion: toftom thm ftall 3[ featei' t^e

LotDe is tbe flrengtf) of mp Ipfe : for
of tntio tben all 31 tie afrapeoi' "mbm tbt
togckeD (euen mpne enempes anD mp foes)
came t)pon me, to eate tip mp fleU), tf)ep ao=
WeD ^ fell 'CJjougf) an boolJ of me tuere
lapetJ agapnfl me, pet IJjall not mp bert tie

afrapeO: and tfjougf) tbete rofe tjp toatte a-

gapnfl me, pet topll 31 put mp trufl in t)pm.
'Dne tbpnge bmt 31 DefiteO of p^ lorD,
tDf)icf) 31 "i^^il requpte : euen pt 31 map Dtoell
in tbe ftoufe of p^ JLotoe all tbt Dapes of mp
ipfe, to tjeboioe tbt fapte teutie of tbe Horn,
ano to tjpfet f)is temple* 'jFor in tbe tpme
of trouble bt ftall bptie me in bis tat)er=

nacle, pee in tbe Cecrete place of bis otoellpng

ftall be feepe me, (j fet me tip tjpon a rocke
of aone. 'anD noto ftall be Ipft t)p mp
 IPfalme xx\)it 39

JjeaD about mpne enempes tounoe atjoute

me. 'Cftetfote topU bps
31 offte in mtl
Ipnge, tf)e oblacion of tMfeefgeugng : 3( toill

fpnge anD fpeake prapfeg Dnto tfte LotDe.

'^etlten t)nto mp tiopce, flD Lottie, toben
31 ctpe unto tht : baue metcpe upon me, ano
beate me. '
a^p bttt batb talfeeti of p^ : ^efee
pe mp face : LotDe topU 31 feke.
tbp face
'
HD fjpDe not g" tftp face fto me, net cafi tbp
fetuaut atoape in tJiQjleafute. ''Cbou bafi
tjene mp fuccoute, leaue me not, netbet fot^
fake me, D (^oD of mp COfjan
faluacpon. ''

mp fatbet ano mg motbet fotfake me, tbe

LotD taketb me t)p. ''Ceacb me tbp toape
D lotD, (J leaoe me tbe tpgbt toape, becaufe
of mpne enemies. ''Delguet me not ouet
into tbe toill of mpne aDuetfatpeg, fot tbete
ate falfe toptnefles tpfen tip agapnfi me, aD
focb as fpeafee ttitonge. ''31 beleue tjetelp

to Ce tbe gooDnelTe of tbe lotDe in tbe lanDe

''
of tbe Ipuing. HD tatp tbou p^ lotDes lep=

fute be fltonge, anD be ftall cofotte tbpne

bett, ano put tbou tbp ttufl in tbe itotDe.
40 Pfalme xxWu

AD TE DOMINE CLAMABO.
a Pfalme of DauiD,

mo tht topU 31 ctpe, i) ILottie mp

flregtf) : tbpnclie no fcome of me, lefl,

gf tf)ou make tbe as tbougf) tf)ou fter^

Defi not, 31 tecome Igfee tbe, tf)at go ootune
into tbe pptte* "5)eate tbe Dopce of mp fjfi^

tJle peticions, tofjen 31 crpe t)nto tfte, tnM 31

J)olDe tjp mp f)aties tottiattie tbe metcp feate

of tbp {)olp teple, ' HD plucfee me not atoape
{ntmx Bettrore me) tOitJ) tJje DnjODlp (J tOIC^

feeo Doers tobpcb fpeake frenDlp to tfiepr

nepgbtjouts, bm pmaggn mpfcftefe in tfjeir

ftettes* 'EetoatDe tf)em accotDpnge to

tbeit oeoes, ano accotOgnge to tfte topckeD^
nefle of tfteir atone inuencions. 'Eecom=
penfe tbem after tbe toorcfee of tbeir fiaoes:
page tbem that tbep ftaue Deferueo, 'jTor
tfjep regaroe not tfje toorcfees of tfte Loroe,
ner tbt operacio of f)is banoes : tberfbre ftall
bt tjreafee tbe ootone, $ not tiuplDe tbem tjp,

'PrapfeD be tbe Lome, for be batb beroe

tbe tJopce of mpne bumble peticpons.
'
^bt LorDe is mp ftrengtb, ^ mp ftplDe
 pcalme xxix, 41

mp 6ert tatf) ttufteD in Wm, $ 31 am fjelpeD

tfietfore mp ftette Daunfett for iope, antJ in
tnp fonge topll 3 ptapfe fern, 'Cbe iLot==

tie is tfteit fltengt!) anD be is fte tobolCome

nefece of bis anopnten, ''2D ^aue t6p peo=
pie, ^ geue tbp tJlefling tinto tbpne enbeti==
taunce : feDe tbem, $ fett tbem t)p for euer.

AFFERTE DOMINO.
'' '''
a Pfalmeof DauiD. tZr^^^'^''

Eing Dnto tbe LotDe (D pe migbtie)

(bring pone rantmes bnto tijc JLorUe) afCtiOe

i LorDe toorlijippe <$ flrengtb.

t)nto tbe
'(^eue tbe LotD tbe bonoute tiue tinto bis
name: ttiorlbippe tbe HotD toitb bolp ttiot^
ftippe. '31t is tbe LorDe tbat commaun==

netb v^ toaters: 31t is tU glorious ^oD tbat

maltetb tbe tbontier: Mt is tbe lorD tbat ru^
letb tbe fee ^bt t)opce of tbe Lortie is
migbtpe in operation, tbe tjopee of tbe Lor^
tie is a glorious tjopce. '^bt tiopce of

tbe LorDe breafeetb tbe Cetire trees: m

tbe LorDe breafeetb tbe CeDers of libanus.
'\^t made tbem alfo to ffepppe Ipfee a
42 IPfalme xxx,

Calfe: litanus alfo, anD Option Ipke a

ponge tjnpcotne. 'Cbe tjopce of tbz lot=
De DeupDetf) tbe flames of fpte: tbe Dopce
of tfje HotOe, ftafeetft tfje toilDernelTe, pee
tbe LotD Iljaketf) tbt toilDernefle of Caoes*
'
C&e t)opce of tbe LotD maketb tbe bpn=
Des to brig fottb pofig $ oifcouetetb v^ tbicfee
buOjes : in bis teple Dotb euerp ma fpeake of
bi$ bonoute. '^bt lorD fittetb aboue tbe
triater flouDe, ^ tbe LorD remapnetb a lipng
for zmt. ''
^bt ilotD ftall geue litegtb ^n-
to bis people, tbe lorD ftall geue bis people
tbe bleflgnge of peace.

EXALTABO TE DOMINE.
a Pfalme anD fonge of tbe Oeoicacpon of
tbeboufeofDauin,

mpll magnifie tbe, Horn, for

tbou baft fet me ^ not
tjp, maoe
mp foes to triumpbe ouer me.
'
D loro mp eon, 31 crieo t)n^

to tbe, anD tbou baft bealeD me.

'
Cbou LorD baft brougbt mp foule out of
bell : p" bafte feepte mp from tbem tbat go
Ipfe,

Dotone to tbe pptte. '^inge prapfes tinto

 IPfalme xxx. 43

tjje lorD (D pe fainter of f)is), u pue tbafees

Unto f)im for a tememtJtaunce of tii^ f)olp=
nelTe. 'jFot bps toratft entiutetf) but tbe
tttJincling of an
$ 6is pleafute is in Ipfe
epe,
fteupnelTe mape enDute fot a nig&t, tjut iope
cometf) in t()e mornpnge '^nD in mp pto=
fperite, 3i fapDe : 31 ftall neuer tz temoueo : p"
iLotD of thv gootineire batifi mace mg bill

fo fltonge. 'Cf)ou DpDDefl turne tbp face

(fro me) auD 31 txjas ttoutJleD^ 'Cben ctpeD
31 unto tf)e, HD lotDe, f gat me to mp Lottie
rig^t WtJlp. 'COftat profpt is tftete in mp
tilouDe, toljan 31 go Dotone to tf)e ppttef^

''%Wl tbe Dufl geue tbancfees tinto p^f HDr

fljal it Declare tt)p truetft f
''
eate, LotD,
anD baue mercp upon me lottie tbou mp : U
f)elpet, ''Cbou bad tutneo mp beupnelTe in
to iope : tbou bafi put off mp facfe clotb, f gir^

DeD me tu^ glaoneffe, ''Cbetfote fljall (eue=

rp gooD man) fpnge of tbp ptapfe tnitbout
ceaCSng: mp (^on, 31 topll geue tbancfees
tjnto tbe for euer.
 44 Pfalme xxxu

Clje . xvxi . ^ialmt.

IN TE DOMINE SPERAVI.
Co tf)e cfjaunter a Pfalme of Dauiti^

LotDe, fjaue 31 put mp trufi:

t6e, )
letme neuer bt put to cofufpon tJelp^ :

uer me i tftp rigf)teoumeire, 'T5otoe

Dotone tbine eare to me, make ftafte to Deli^
uer me : ' bz tfjou mp fltong tocfee anD a ftoufe
of defence, p^ tfiou mapefl faue me '
jTot p"
art mp flronge fjoloe, f mg callel: 15e tftou
alfo mp giDe, ^ leaoe me for t6p names fake
'Dratoe me out of tl)e nett tftat tbep fjaue
lapeD priuelp for me, for p" art mp ftrengtf),
'3nto tbv 6anDe0 31 comenDe mp (prete:
JFor tbou fjafl DelpuereD me, D LorDe tftou
eoD of truetb, '31 6aue ftateo M pt SolDe of
fuperflicious canities, (j mp trul! tetf) tene
in m iLoroe. '31 togll bt glao anD reiopfe
in tte mercp for p" ball confporeD mp
: trou=
ftle, anO 6afl fenotone mp foul in aDuerfpte.
'
Cl)ou l)al! not ftut me tjp in to t&e Mtie
of tf)e enempe, tjut f)afi fet mp fete in a large
rotome^ ''^mt mere? tipon me, ) ILoroe,
for 3[ am in trouble, $ mpne epe is cofumeD
for Derp fteugneOe, pee mp foule u mp boDp.
 Pfalme xxxi. 45

''JFot mp Ipfe is toaren olDe togtb beup^

nefle, ^ mp peates toitf) mournpnge. ''9@p
ftregtb fapletf) me tiecaufe of mpne iniquite,
aD mp tJones ate cortupte, ''3! tiecame a te=
ptofeamog all mpne enemies, tjut fpeciallp
among mp nepgl)t)out0, anD tbep of mpne
acquapntaunce tnete afrapeD of me: $ tftep

tf)at DIDme toitbout, couepeD tfjemfelues

fe

fro me ''31 am cleane forgotten ano out of

mpnoe, as a oeeD man 31 am tie come Ipke a :

''
tJtofee tjelTell jFor 31 ftaue terDe v^ t)lafp5e=
mp of p^ multituoe; euerp ma abborretf) me
totele tf)ep conippre together agapntt me, $
ate purpofeD to talie atoape mp Igfe, ''TBut
mp tope tte,
tatf) bene in
lotne, 3 taue D
fapeD: tbou att mp
aoD, ^'^p tpme is in
tl)p baDe Delpuet me ftom tbe MDe of mpne
:

enemies, antJ ftom tbem tbat petfecute me.

''
^betoe tbp fetuaut tbe ligbt of thv cou=
tenaunce, ao faue me fot tfjp metcpes fake.
''
let me not tie cofounDeD, LotDe, fot 3
6aue calleo tjpon tfte : let tbe tmgoDlg tie put
to confufion, aCi tie put to fplence in p^ gtaue.
'lLet ttje Ipenge Ipppes be put to fplence,
ttJbicb ctuellp, DifDapnfullp, $ Defpptefullp,
fpealie agapnfl p^ tigbteous. ''D botti ple^

tefull ate tbp gooties, tobicb tbou bafi lapeD

tip, fot tbem pt feate tbef anD tbat tbou ball
gt
ptepaten fot tbem, put tbeit ttull in ps eue
46 pfalme xxxih

before p^ fonnes of men ^ - Cfeou ftalt ftpDe

tbem priuelp ftp tWne atone ptefence fro tU

prouoltinges of all me : p" ftalt feepe tfjem fe=
cretlp in tftp tabernacle, fro tbe flrife of ton=
0e0, ''
C6anfee;5 be to tbe LorDe, for be batb
Ibetoeti me maruelous greate Itpntmefle in
a lironge citie^ ''anD toben 3[ maDe bafl, 31
fapDe: 31 am cafl out of tbp ligbt, ''I15euer=
t6ele0, tbou bertiefl tbe tjopce of mp praper,
ttiften 3[ crpeD unto tbe, ''D loue tbe lorn
(all pe W faincteg) for tbe lorD preferuetb
tbem tbat are faptbfull, ann plenteouflp re=
toarDetb U tbe prouDe Doer '^IBz flrog:,

(J be Iball flablitb pour beart, all pe tbat put

pour trufl in tbe orDe,

t!Dt)e . xxxii > J&Calme.

BEATI QVORVM.
an inftruccpon of HDauiD,

lefleD is be, tobofe tmrpgbteoufnelTe

is forgeuen, anti tobofe fpnne is coue=

reD. ma, tmto tobo

'Q5leireD is tbe
tbe lortie imputetb no fpnne, ano in tobofe
ftjrete tbere is no gple, 'jFor tobile 31 btioz
mp tonge, mp bones conCumeD atoape tbo^
roto mp Daplpe complapnpnge. 'jFor tbp
 Pfalme xxxiU 47

ftantie 10 fjeug upon me nape anD npgjbt, an

mp mopfiure 10 Iplte, tbe nroutl) in ^om=
met. ^ela. '31 topU fenotolenge mp fpnne
tjnto tfte, ann mpne nntpgfjteoufneire ftaue
31 not f)pD. '31 fapD: 3 topll confelTe mp
fpnnes tinto tf)e HotDe, ann fo thou forga^
ueli t6e topcfeeDnefle of mp fpnne. ^ela
'
JFor tf)ls ffiall euetp one pt 10 gonip, make
})P0 praper nnto tbe in Due feafon, but
in tbe greate toater floutieg tftep Iljall not
come npe i)im 'Cbou art mp nefece, tbou
ftalt preferue me from troutJle: tf)ou ftalt
compafle me atiout toptb fonges of Delpue=
raunce. ^ela, '31 topll enfourme tbe, ann
teacf) tfte in tbe toape toberin tf)Ou ftalt go:
anD 3 topll gpDe tfte tnptb mpne epe '15e
not pe Ipke anD mule, tobpcb f)aue no
f)orfe

tJnDerMDpnge. WWt
moutbeg mufl be
bolDe ttiptf) bpt anD brpDle, leli tbep fall npo
tbe. ''(Create plages remapne for tbe nn=
goDlp, but tobo fo puttetb bp0 truft in tbe
LorDe, mercp embracetb bpm on euerp fpDe.
''IBz glaD, D pe rigbteous, anD reiopfe in
tbe LorDe : anD be iopfull all pe tbat are true
of bert
48 pralme xxxiiu

%fft . xxviii * i^falme.

EXVLTATE IVSTI IN DOMINO.

(jBiopfe in p^ lorDe, D pe rigjbteous,

for it commeft tnell tfte iufi
t)e to tie

tf)anfefull 'Prapfe tfie lotD toptf)

fiarpe: fpnge pfalme^ tjnto fern toptl) tbe

lute, $ infitumet of ten fltpnge0 '^pnge
tjnto tfte iLotDe a neto fonge, fpnge ptapfes;
luflelp (bnto i)Em) ttiptl) a gooD corage*
'
jfot tbe tnorne of tbe Lottie I0 true, and
all f)p0 tDorcltes ate faptftfull '^e louetb
tpgf)teoufne0 anD iuDgmet: tfie eattl) 10 full

of tf)e goonnelTe of tl)e lottie* '15p tfte

ttjotne of tfte Lottie tnete tiie Seaueg maoe,

antJ all t&e ooGeg of tbem tip tfie titetl) of
J)ij5 mout6- 'e gatfietetf) tf)e tnatet^ of pe
fee togetbet asi it ttiete tjpon a fteape, ano
lapetf) tjp gf oepe in fectet. '
Let all p^ eattb
feate tfje Lottie: (iantie in attie of f)pm, all

pe tfiat titoell in tbe ttiotltie. 'jFot bt

Qjafee, anD it toas Done : 6e commauntieD, ao
it liotie fan, ''C6e LotDe titpgetft t6e
councell of t6e eitften to naught, ano ma^
feetf) tfie Deuiceg of p^ people, to be of none ef^

feCte. (anu calletf) out tfje counccle of )PrEncc0)

 IPCalme xxxiiU 49

''Cl)e councell of tbe lorne Hall ennure

for euet, ann tbe tfjougfttes of fits ftette from
generacpon to generacpon. ''TBlefletJ are
tbt people ttit)ofe ^on is tfte Lorn Jiebouab,
ann tJlelTetJ are tfte folclie tfiat fiaue cftofen
Fjpm to bt tftepr infientaunce. ''Cfie LorDe
lofeeo Dotone from fieauen, anD hzbzM all

tf)e cf)pltJren of men : from tf)e tjatJitacpon of

()ps Dtoellpnge, fte confptiretl) all tbem tbat

Dttiell in tf)e ertl)
''
e faftponetf) all r f)^t=

tes of tbem, $ tmoerGonDetf) all tfteir triors

fees.
''
Cftere is no fepng ttiat can tie faueti
tip tf)e multptune of an fiooG, netfter is anp
migbtpe man DelpuereD tip moc6 flrengtb
''a fiorfe is counten tiut a Dapne tfipng to
faue a man, neitjier ftall fje Delpuer anp ma
tip (lis greate flrengtt), ''l5tbo% tbe epe of
tte Lome is tjpon tbem tbat feare bpm, anD

tjpon tbem tbat put tbeir trufl in bps mer^

cp. ''Co nelpuer tbepr foules from tieatb,
$ to feDe tbem in tbe tpme of Deartb. ''
Dure
foule batb pacientlp tarieD for p^ HorD, for be
is oure belpe anD oure ftplDe* ''jFor oure
berte ffiall bpm, becaufe toe baue
reiopfe in
bopeD in bps bolp name, ''let tbp mercp=
full fepnDnefle, 2D LorD, be tipon I3S, Ipfee as
toe baue put oure truG in tbe.
so Pfalme xxxiiil

BENEDICAM DOMINVM.
Df Dauin, tofien U cbaungeD bps Cpecfte
before ^bimelecb: tDbicb Uroue 6pm
attiape anD be tJeparteti,

I Will alltoape geue tbancfees tjnto tbe

Lottie, bp0 prapfe Iljall euer be in mp
moutb. '^p foule ftall make bet
boafl in tbe Lotti : tbe bubie ftall beare tbet=
of, ann be glati. 'D prapCe tbe Lotne toitb
me, anD let t)0 magnifie bi^ name togetbet.
'
fougbt pf Lorti, $ be beatne me, pee be
31

DelpueteD me out of all mp feare. '^bt^

baD an epe tmto bim, ^ tnere ItgbteneD, ann
tbeit face0 toere not afljameti, 'lo g^ poote
ctpetb, (J tbe Lottie bearetb bpm, pee anti fa=
uetb bpm out of all bps troubles, '^bt
aungell of tbe lorti tarietb rountie aboute
tbem tbat feare bim, ann oelpueretb tbem.
'
i) tafle ano fe, botti gracious tbe lorDe 10,
bleffeo 10 pe man tbat trufietb in bpm. '
SD
feare tbe Loro, pe tbat be U^ fapntes: for
tbep tbat feare bim, lacfee notbinge. ''^bt
Ipons Do lacfee, ann fuffre bunger, but tbep
tobicb fefee tbe JLoro, ftall toant no maner of
 PCalme xxxiiil 5

tbing tljat Is goon. ''

Come pe cbiiure, au J)er=

ken tJnto me, 3i toill teacb pou p^ feate of tf)e

iLortJ. ''2jQf)at ma is t)e p^ i^uetf) to Ipue,

^ toolDe fapne fee gooD napes i' ''i^epe tbp

tonge from euell, (j ftp Ipppes, p^ tbep fpeafee
no gile. ''
OBfcfjue euell, <$ to goon : felie peace
''
anti enfue it. :bt epes of p^ Lord are ouer
tbe righteous, $ f)is eares are ope tjuto tteir
prapers. ''Cte coutenaQce of tf)e Lome is
agapnft tbem pt to euell, to rote out p^ reme=
'"
firaunce of tbe fro of tfte eartf). Cfje rigf)==

teous crpe, ^ t6e Lort fjearetf) tbe, u telpue=

retf) t&em out of all tbeir troutiles. ''Cfje
lort is npe t)nto t6e pt are of a cotrpte fjert,

at ttiill faue foci) as te of an hnmblt fprete.

''(Create are p^ troubles of tbe righteous,
but tbe lorte telpueretb bpm out of all
'"
e feepetf) all Ws bones, Co tbat not one
of tbem is broken. ''15ut mpffortune ftall
flape tbe tmgotlp, ant tbep tbat bate tbe
rpgbteous, ftalbe tefolate. ''^bt Lorte
telpueretb tht foules of bps feruauntes: at
all tbep tbat put tbepr trufl i bim Iballnot
be teflitute.
52 pcalme xxx\).

IVDICA DOMINE NOCENTES.

HDf DauiD*

Heate tfiou mp caufe, i) lotD, ttiitf)

tfjem tf)at flrpue toitf) me : ann fpgfjt

tf)ou agapnfl M tJjat fpgOt agapnft

me* 'ILage tanDe tjpon tbe Iljpltie aD ftuli^

let, ann ftaoe tip to ftelpe me, '15tmg fort!)

tf)e fpeare, ^ fioppe tbe toape agapnfl tbem

tjjat petCecute me fape tmto mp foule 3[ am
: :

tbv faluacpon, 'Let tfiem fte confountieti

anD put to ftame, tbat fefee after mp foule:
let tbem tie tutneD anu ftrougbt
tiacit, to co^

fufpon, tfiat pmagpn mgfcftefe for me.

'jdet M hz a0 tbe nufl before g^ topnne,
anD tf)e aungell of tfje Lome fcatergng tbe.
^Let tbepr toape tie Darclte ann flppperp,
anD let tfee aungell of tfieLoroe perfecute
tf)em. 'jFor tfiep fiaue prpelp lapeo tbeir
net to Deflrope me ttitout a caufe, pee eue W-
out a caufe taue tbep mane a pptte for mp
foule. 'Let a fonen neftruccgon come tipon

hm tmatnares: $ fes net p^ je batfi lapen

priuelp, catci) fem felfe, tjiat be mape fall

into te0 aUine mpfcbefe. '^nn mp foule

 Pfalme xxx\). 53

be topfull in tfte Lorn : it ftall teiopfe in fiig

faluacpon. ''M mp ftones ftall fage: Lor^
tje, tnj)0 ps Ipke tjnto t&ei^ tntecl) Delpue^
reft tbe poore from tern t})at is to fironge
for J)pm, pee tfte poore anti {jpm tbat Is in
miferp, fro bim p^ fpopletl) f)!. "jFalfe ttipt^

nefle DpD rpfe tip: ttep lapetJ to mp charge,

tfjinges tfjat 3[ Itnotoe not ''Cfiep rettiar^
Deti me euell for gooti, to tfte greate npfcom^
forte of mp foule. '' Jl^euertbelelTe, toften
tbep toere fpck, 31 put on a facfe clotb: ano
})umt)leD mp foule topti) falipnge, ann mp
praper Hall tume into mpne atone liofome
''
31 tebaueD mp felfe as tftougft it ban bene
mp frenDe or mp brother, 3( toente fieuelp,
as one tbat mournetft for ftps motber.
''15ut in mpne aDuerfpte tbep reiopfeU, at)

gatberen tbem together: gee tbe tierp at)-

iectescame together agapnfi me tjnatna^

res,makpnge motoes at me, ano cealTeD
not ''mptb tf)e aatrers toere tJufp moc^
kers, tobicf) gnaffteD tjpon me topt!) tftepr

teetf); 'LorDe, botri long toplt tt)0u loke

tjpon ttpsf HD Cielpuer mp foule from
tbe topckeD rumoures of tbem, aD mp Dear=
Ipng from tbe Iponsj* ''^0 topll 3[ geue
tbe tbankes in tbe greate congregacpon, 31

topll prapfe tbe amonge mocbe people^

''^ let not tbem tbat are mpne enempes
54 pfalme xxx\),

triumpfte ouet me for naugftt: netfiet let

tfjem topncfee tuptf) tf)egr epe0, tftat bate

me txjptbout a caufe, '"^nD totej* tftept

comening 10 not for peace, but tbep pmag=

gpn Difceatfull toorDes agapnfl tftem tfjat
are qupet in tbe lanDe* ''Cftep gapeD tjpon
me tnptf) tf)epr mout{)e0, ano fapD: fpe on
on tt)e, fpe on tbe: toe DpH fe it toptf) oure
epe0. '-Cte0 tbou ftafl Cene, HD Lome:
{)OlDe not tf)p tonge tfjen, go not farre fro
me, ) LotDe, '^atoafee anD iJantie tip:
auege tf)ou mp caufe, mp (5oD, ao mp Hor^
tie ''3|uDge me, HD LorDe mp (^on, accor=
Dpnge to tbv rig&tuoufnefle, anD iet thtm
not trpfipbe ouer me. -'let tftem not fape
in tbepr t)ertes: tbere tf)ere, fo tnolDe toe
fjaue it : netfter lett tfjem fape : toe baue ouer^
come tem. '%et tjjem bt put to cofufion $
ftame, pt together reiopfe at mp trouble: let

tbem tie clotben toitf) reljufee aD DiOjonoure,

tftat boaft tbem felueg agapnfl me. ''Let
tftem tie glan ann reiopfe, tftat fauoure mp
rpgi)teou0 nealpnge: pee let tbem fape all=

toape: tJleOeti tie tbe Lorn, toftpc!) Satfj plea=

fure in t6e profperpte of Jps feruaunt.
-'ann a0 for mp tonge, it ftaltie talking
of tte rpgf)teoufneire antJ of tftp prapfe all
tbe Dape long.
 Pfalme xxM. 55

DIXIT INIVSTVS.
Co tfje Cfiaunter, of DauiD tbe Cer-
uaunt of tl)e LorDe.

g fiett ftetoetft me tfte topcfeetmeffe of

tl)0 tjngooip, tfiat tf)ere 10 no feate
of (^oti tiefore ftps epes* '
jFor be fla=

tretl) f)pm felfe in

bps ottine fpgbt, tgll 6ps
at)f)ompnat)le fpnne be fountie out 'Cbe
ttjornes of 610 moutfj ate tinrggbteous, ao
full of tiifceate : be batb left of to bebaue bm
felfe toell ano to 00 goon, '^e pmagp^
netb mpfcbefe tjpon bps beoo, ano batb fet

bpm felfe in no goon toape, netber notb be

refufe anp tbpnge tbat is euell 'Cbp
metcp, SD Lome reacbetb unto tbe beauen,
ano tbp faptbfulnefle tinto tbe clouoes,

'^hi^ rpgbtuoufnelTe fianoetb Ipfee tbe

Grog mountapnes: tbp iuDgemetes ate Ipfee

tbe gteate oepe. 'Cbou Lotoe tnplt pte=

fetue botb man ano beeG, ^otu ercellent
is tbp metcp, (^00 j*
anD tbe cbpinten of
men ftall put tbeit ttufl tmoet tbe tbaootoe
of tbp topnges, '^bti^ lijalbe fatiffpeo

ttiptb tbe plenteoufnefle of tbp boufe, ano

56 Pfalme xxxW.
tl)ou ftalt geue tjjem Drpncfee of tj)p plea^
fure0, as out of t&e rpuer. 'jfor toitf) t{)e

is tfte toell of Ipfe, anti in tte Ipgbt, fijall trie

fe Ipgbt. 'D fpreoe fottb tbp loupng fepnri==

nefle tinto tbem tijat knottie tbe, anD tljp

rggfttuoufneOe tinto tbem tbat ate true of

!)ert " i) let not tfte fote of ptptie come a--

gaplJ me : anD let not tfte fjano of the t)n^

goDlp cafl me Dotone. ''C()ere ate tbep
fallen (au) tbat tootcke topcfeetineire ; tftep ate
cafi Dotone, anD ftall not te atJle to llanDe-

NOLI EMVLARI.
a ipcalme of DauiD.

iRet not tftp felf tecaufe of tU m-

goDlp: netbet be p" enupous agapnlJ
tbe euell Doets, 'jFot tbep fljall foone bz cut
Dotone Ipke p^ gtalTe, anD fte toptfteteD euen
as tbe gtene bettie. 'Put tftou tf)p ttufl in

t6e LotDe, anD tie Doinge gooD: Dtoell in tbe

lanDe, anD t)etelp tf)Ou lljalt hz feDD. 'De^
Ipte tf)Ou in tbe lotDe, anD bz ftall geue the
tt)p !)ettes Defpte, 'Commptte tbp toape
tinto tf)e LotDe, anD put tf)p ttufl in fjpm, u
!)e ftall tJtpnge it to pafle* '^e lljall make
 IPfalme xxx'oil sr

tfip rigbtuoumefle as cleate as tfte ligbt, aD

tbp iufl tiealing noone Dape.
as tfte'^oine
tf)e iJpll in tbe LotDe, anD atpDe pacpentlj)
tjpon t)im: but gteue not tfjp felfe at fjpm,
tobofe toape Dotb ptofpere, anD tbat Dotb
after euell councels* 'leaue of fro toratb,
anD let go Difpleafure, frett not tftp felf,

els ftalt tfjou tie moueD to Do euell '

rapc=
feeD Doers ftaltJe roteD out: aD tfjeg tfjat pa=
cpentlp atjpDe tbe LorDe, ftall enberet tbt
lanDe. ''get a'lptle tofele, aD tfte tingoDlp
fljalbe dene gone: tbou ftalt lofee after f)ps
place, anD fje ftaltje atoape, ''15ut tbe me^
fee fpreteD ftall poflfelTe tf)e eartl), anD ftalfte
refreflljeD in mocf) xtH. ''Cbe tingoDlp fe=

feetb councell agapnft tfte iuft, aD gnaffljetf)

tipo l)pm ttJitf) bis tetbe. ^'Cfte LorD ftall

laugfie fipm to fcorne, for f}t tatf) fene, tbat

f)is Dape is compnge. ''Cf)e tjngoDlp baue
Dratwen out tbe ftuerDe, anD taue tienDeD
tbeir tjotoe, to cad Dotoe tf)e poore anD ne=
Dpe, anD to flape foci) as tie of a rpgftt con=
uerfacion, ''CJeir ftoerDe ftall go tf)orotrie

tfjeir atone fterte, aD tbeir tJOtoe IJjalfje tro^

ken. ''a fmall tftinge tftat tbe rigbtuous
batj), is better tben greate rpcbes of tbe tjn^

goDlp, ''JFor tbe armes of tbe tingoDlp

fljalbe broken, anD tbe lorDe tjpbolDetb tbe
rpgbtuous, ''Cbe LorDe knotoetb v' napes
58 pfalme rrjctJil

of tbe gonip, ann tfjeit infjeritauce ftall m-

Dure for euer, ''Cj)ep ftall not te confoun^
DeD in ti)e petelous tpme, an in t^z Dapes of
nertf) tbep ftall baue pnougf). 'as for tbe
tjngoDlp, tfjep ftall perpfte: aD tbe enempeiS
of tbe Lorrje ftall confume, as tbe fatt
of lambes: pee euen as tbe fmolie ftaU tbep
confume atoape, ''^bt tingoDlp bototoetb
ann papetb not agapne, but tbe cigbtuous
Is mercpfuU $ Ipberall -^ocb as be blef=
feD of (^oD, ftall pofleflTe tbe lantie, anD tbep
tbat be cutfleD ofbpm, ftalbe roten out
''^bt Lorn otntetb a goon man's goinge,
an mafeetb bis ttiape acceptable to bpm felfe.

-'Cbougb be fall, be ftall not be cafl a-

toape, for tbe Lorn Dpboinetb bim toitb bis
banne. ''31 baue bene ponge, ann noto am
oine : an pet fatoe 31 neuer tbe rigbtuous for=

fafeen, ner bps fene to fefee tbepr brean.

''^bt rpgbtuouseuer mercpfull,
is $
lennetb, ann bis fene is bleflen. jFle from -'

euell, ann no tbe tbpnge tbat is goon, ann

nttiell for euer. ''jFor tbe Lome louetb tbe
tbpnge tbat is rpgbt, be forfafeetb not bps
pt be gonip, but tbeg are preferuen for euer^
more :
^'^
{Zi)e t)nrig|)teou0 ftalbe pungOjcti) aS fOr
tbe fene of tbe vingonip, it ftalbe roten out.
''^bt rpgbtuous ftall inberett tbe lanne,
ann ntoell tberin for euer. ''^bt moutb
 Pfalme xxxW. 59

of t6e ngj)tuous is ererciCeti in twpfrjome,

anti i)is! tonge triiltie talfepg of iuDgment.
''
Cbe latoe of bis (^OD is in t)is J)ett, anli
l)is gopnges ftall not flpDe. ''Cfte t)ngon=
Ip feptf) tf)e anD fefeetf) occafpon
tpgjjtuous,
to aape t)pm*''C6e lorn topU not leaue
tern in Ops ftanDe, net connempne Um tobe
be is iungcD. ''^ope tbou in tbe Lorn, anD
liepe bis ttiape an be ftall promote tbe, tbat

tbou ftalt poffeOe tbe lanne: toben tbe m-

gonip perilbe, tbou
fljall Ibalt fe it. ''31 mp
felfe baue fene tbe Dngotilp in great potoer,
anti floriftinge Iplte a grene bape tree: ''ann

31 toent bp, anD lo, be toas gone: 31 fougbt

bim, but (m place) coulDe no tobere be fouD

=^'lBiepe innocencp, anD tafee beDe tjnto tbe
tbpnge tbat is rpgbt, for tbat ftall brpge
a man peace at tbe lafl.
''
as for tbe tranf=
greflburs, tbep (ball perpfte togetber, anD
tbe tmgoDlp ftall be roteD out at tbe lafl.

''IBnt tbe faluacio of tbe rggbtuous com=

metb of tbe lorD, tobicb is alfo tbeir flregtb
in tbe tpme of trouble. '^anD tbe LorDe
ftall GanDe bp tbem, anD faue tbem be ftall :

Delpuer tbem from tbe tjngoDlg, anD Uall

faue tbem, becaufe tbep put tbegr trufl in

bpm.
6o Pfalme xxxioiiu

DOMINE NE IN FVRORE.
a Pfalme of Damn for rememtraunce.

Ot mc not to reliuke (D lortie)

in tbine anger: netber ct)aflen me in
tftp f)eup Oifpleafure. -Jfor tfigne arotnes
flpcfe faft in me, ano tbp banDe preflfetf) me
fore, 'Ctjere i0 no ftealtf) in mp fleft, ht-
caufe of tf)p DiQjleafure : netfter is tfjere anpe
refl in mp tones, bp reafon of mp fpnne,
'jFor mp topcltenneires are gone ouer mp
fteane, ann are Ipke a fore ijurtften, to 6eup
for me to teare, 'ap tnountes ftpncfee $
are corrupt, tftorotti mp folpftnelTe, '31 am
tirougbt into fo greate trouble anD miferp,
tftat 3[ go mournpnge all tfte nape longe.
'jFor mp lopes are fallen toitf) a fore tii=

feafe, ann tftere is no tobole parte in mp tio^

np, '31 am fetJle ann fore fmptten, 31 baue

roaren for tbe tierp nifqupetnes of mp ^ert.
'lorne, tbou knotoefl all mp nefpre, ^ mp
gronpnge is not ^n from p^.
''
^p ftert pa=
tett), mp flregbt tatl) faplen me, (j tbe fpgbt
of mpne epes is gone fro me, '' a@p
louers
 pcalme jcrrtJiii. 6i

anD mp neggbtiours d^d flaDe lokpnge tjpo

mp trouble, (j mp fepnfmen fioDe a farte ot
'-
Cf)ep alCo tt)at fougftt after mp life, lapeD
fnares for me : anD tftep tbat toent atjoute to
DO me euell, tallteD of toicfeeDnefle, $ pmagi=
neD oifceate all p^ nape longe. ''
as for me,
31 tnag Ipfee a Deafe ma $ fterDe not : $ as one
pt 10 Domme, tofjict Dott) not ope f)ts moutf)*
''
31 became eue as a man tftat fjearetb not
anD in tobofe moutj) are no reprofes, ''jFor
m tf)e,
LorDe, taue 31 put mp trufl, tfiou
ftalt anftnere for me, SD HorD mp (S5oD. '*'3I

6aue requireD, gt tbep (eucn m^ mzmm) ftulD

not triumpf) ouer me: for toOa mp fote flpp==

te, tbep reiopfeD greatlp agagnfl me. ''anD

31 trulp am fet in tfje plage, aD mp fteuineflfe
is euer in mp fpgbt* ''JFor 3 tnpll confelTe
mp toicfeeDnelTe, anD te Corp for mp fpnne.
''15utmpne enemies Ipue (j are mig&tie: <$

tfiep tjat bate me torongfullp, are manp in

nomtire. -Cf)ep alfo tbat rettiarD euell for

gooD are agapnfl me, becaufe 3 folotne tfte

ttenge tbat gooD is. ''JForfake me not (

JLorDe mp (^oD.) IBz not tbou farre fro me.
"afle tbe to belpe me, LorD (oti) mp
faluacion.
62 IPfalme xxxix.

DIXI, CVSTODIAM VIAS.

Co tfte cjjauntet 3letiutl)un,

alPfalmeofDauiti,

^apDe: 3f Ml take Wot to mp toapes,

pt
31 offenn not in mg tonge, '
3i toiU
feepe mp moutf) (as it toet ttit a btioit)
tobile tf)e tjngonip 10 in mp fig&t. '3| beine
mp tonge, (j fpafee nothing, 31 feepte fplence
pee euen fro gooD toorues, but it toas papne
$ grefe to me, '^^ btn tnas bote ttiitbin

me, anD to&ple 31 teas tftus mufpng, t{)e fpre

RgnnieO: anD (at tije lall) 31 ^'pafee toitf) mp
tonge: 'LorO, let me fenoto mpne entie,
anti tf)e nomtire of mp napes tf)at 31 map fie :

cettpfien fioto long 31 fiaue to Ipue, '16e=

fioioe, tl)ou bafl mane mp napes as it tnete a
fpanne long, ann mpne age is euen as no=
tbing in refpecte of tfie : $ tierelp euerp man
Ipuig is all together tianite, ^elaft, 'jFor
man toalfeetb in a tiapne ftanotoe, ann nif=

Quietetfi film felf in tjapne : fje fieapetf) t)p tU

cbes ann can not tell ttifio Iljall gather tbe,
'ann noto Lome Uifiat is mp fiopef ttulpe
mp Jope is euen in tfte, 'Delpuer me from
 IPfalme jcl. e^

all mpne offenceg, an make me not a retjulie

tinto tbe foolifl). ''% became nomme, (j ope=

net) not mp moutb, for it tnas tftp tiopnge.
''
Cake tte plage attiape fro me : 31 am eue
confumeti ftp tbe meaner of tbp fteupe ftann
''
9Bt)en tbou toitf) rebufeeg tiofl cbafien ma
for finne, tjou makel! 610 tietotpe to coCume
attiape, like as it toete a motbe. Cuetp man
tfterfote Is tiut tianite, ^elal). ''^eate
mp prapet, D Lottie, anD toitj) tbpne eares
conCgUre mp callpnge: f)oine not tj)p peace at
mp teares. '*jFot 3 am a ftrauget ttiitf) tfte

ann a fogeoumer, as all mp fathers toete*

''
HDl) fpare me a Iptle, tbat 31 mape tecouet
mp flrengtb, before 31 goo bence, ann be no=
more fene.

%\)t . ;cl . jatalme.

EXPECTANS EXPECTAVI.
Co tbe cbaunter, a ipcalme of DauiD.

mapten pacientlp for tbe Lorn, $

be enclpen tjnto me: ann bearne
mp calling. '$)e brougbt me al=

fo out of tbe borrible pitte, out of

tbe mper $ clape, ann fett mp fete

ijpon tbe rocke, ann ornren m gopnges*

64 pcalme xl
'
anD 6e J)at6 put a neto fog in mp moutt),
euen a tbancfefgeupnge t)nto oure (^on.
'
9anp ftall Ce it, anti feate, antJ fljall put
tfteit ttufl in tbe Lome. 'IBMfO is tfte

man, tfiat batb fette f)psi bope in tfte LotDe,

ann tutneti not tjnto tf)z prouDe, ann to focb
as go atjoute tnitf) Ipes. 'D LorD mp (^oD
greate ate tbp toontierous ttjorckes, toWcft
tf)ou ftafl none: like as tie alfo tftp tftougfites
tobicf) are to tis toarne: ann pet tftere is no
man tftat ornretb tjem tmto tl)e 'gf
3 ttJOine Declare tfjem, ant) fpeafee of tftem,
t!)ep ftuioe te moo tften 31 am atle to tx-
prelTe. 'Sacrifice ann meat offerpnge
tl)ou tnoinefi not f)aue, tjut mpne
eares ftafl tbou openen: 'tiurnt offerpnges
n facrifice for fpnne bafl tf)Ou not tequiren.
''
Cben fagn 31 : Lo, 3! come 31n p^ t)olu=

me of tbe tjoke it is Written of me, p^ 31 (jjujtje

fulfill tf)p ttJill, HD mp (^on : 31 am content to

no it : pee tbp latoe is toun mp Sett* ''
31 ftaue
nedaren tt)p rggfituoufnefle in tfte great co^
gregacion: Lo, 31 ^i^i not refrapne mp lip=

pes, Lorn, an pt pu fenottiea '-3I baue not

i)pn tbv rpgttuoufnes toitWn mp !)ert, mp
tallipnge bat!) bene of tf)p trut& $ of t6p fal^
''
uacio 31 baue not kept back tbp loulg mercp,
(J ttutf) fro tbe greate cogregacion. ''2Bitf)=
nrato not tbou tbv ittercp fro me D Horn, let
 IPfalme jcl. 65

Ijbp louinge fepnDnelTe an tf)p trutf) altoape

ptefetue me, ''jFor innumeratJle troubles
are come aboute me: mp fpnes Jjaue taken
focf) l)oine upon me, tbat 3| am not able to

lolie top pee t})ep are mo in nombre tben tbe

:

l)eeres of mp ftean, ano mp bert fiat}) faplen

me- ''
D LorDe, let it be tftp pleafure to tie=

liuer me, make ftafle (HD Loroe) to ftelpe me,

'^
Let tbem be afljameD anD cofounnen toge=
t&er tbat felie after mp foule to Deflrope
it: let tbem fall bacfetoarne ann be put to re=
bulie, tbat taift me euell ''let tbem be De^
folate $ retoarneti tot (Ijame, tbat fape unto
me : fpe tjpon tbe, fpe tipon tbe, ''
let all tbo^

fe tbat felie tbe, be iopfull anti glan in tbe : aD

let focb as loue tbp faluacion, fape alltoape:
tbe Lorti be prapfeD, 'as for me, 31 am
poore <$ neaoie, but tbe LorDe caretb for me,
-'Cbou art mp belper anti retiemer: make
no longe tarpinge {^ mp (^oD.)
^6 pcalme x\i,

Cl)e . ;rli . i^talme.

BEATVS QVI INTELLIGIT.
Co tbe cftauntet, a Pfalme of DauiD.

HeffeD Is f)e pt cofgnretf) p^ poore

(anti nzm) LotHe ftaU Delguet ftim
g^
in tfte tpme of ttoutJle. ' Cbe lotDe
ptefetue 6im, u feepe l)im aliue :
pt fje mape hz
tilelTeti tjpon eartb, an Delpuer not tf)ou f)im
in to tf)e tnill of bis enempes, '
Cfje lorDe
comforte tpm, ttifjen be Ipetb fgcit tjpon W
tieDD : make tbou all bis beun in bis ficfeneOe.
'
3 LorD be mercpfull tjnto me, beale
fapne :

mp 31 baue fpnnen agagnfl tbe.

foule, for
'
a^pne enemies fpeafee euell of me toben :

Iball be Dge, $ bis name petilb f '

anD pf be
come to fe me, be fpeafeetb tjanite, $ bis bart
coceauetb falfljotie ttiitbin bim felfe: $ tnban
be commetb furtb, be telletb it. 'ail mpne
enemies tobifpet to-getber agapnft me: eue
agapnft me no tbeg pmagin tbis euell '
Let
tbe fentence of giltpneflfe proceane agapnfi
bim: (jnoto tbat be Ipetb, let bim rpfetjp no^
more* 'gee, euen mine atone familiet ftenn
tnbo 3( ttuflen (tobicb npn alfo eate of mp
bten) batb lapen greate toapte for me.
 IPfalme xlil 67
''
15ut tie tl)OU mercpfull tjnto me (HD Lorn)
rapfe p" me tip agapne, ann 31 ftall tetoarne

tliem. ''IB^ tW 31 fenoto tbou fauourefi me,

tfiat mp enempe Dotfi not triumpbe agapfl
me ''
ann toba 3 am inmp bealtb, g" tipjiol^
neli me, anD ftalt fet me tiefote tjip face for
euer* ''
iBMzr} tie tie ilortie (^oD of 3fraeU
toorine toitliout enne, amen, ^ amen.

QVEMADMODVM.
Co tiie cliaunter, a monicpon of tfie

fonnes of Corafi,

3fee as gf bert nefpretj p^ toater broo^

fees, fo longetF) mp foule after tbe (D
(^on,) ' a^p foule 10 a tfiurile for
(^otJ, pee euen for tte Ipuing (^on : ttibe UiaU
3 come, to appeare before p^ prefece of (^oD f
'9^p teares Jiaue tiene mp meate nape (j
nigbt, tnligle tJiep naplie fape tmto me ttifie^ :

re 10 notD tbp (S^onf" 'Jl^oto tnjien 3 tfiincfee

t&ere tipo 31 pottire out mp bert tip mp felf:

for 3 toent toitb p^ multitune, $ brought tbe

fortbtinto tbe boufe of (5oti, in tbe tiopce of
prapfe anti tbancfeefgeupng, among focb as
feepe bolp nape, 'mbp art tbou fo full of
68 Pfalme xlil

fteupnes; (HD mp foule) ann tnjjp art tfiou fo

tjnqiuiete toitf)m mef ^IPut ftp ttufl i (5oD,
for 31 Ml pet geue f)im tbankeg, for tfte Selp
of U^ coGtenaunce* '^p (^on, mp foule
is tjereti tnitfjin me: tberfore tnill 3 remem^
lire tfte cocernpng t{)e lanti of 3lortiane, and
tf)e litle tell of !J)ermomm. 'Dne nepe cal=
letf)another becaufe of p^ nopfe of tfe tt)a==
ter pipes: all tfjp ttiaues (j flormes are gone
ouer me, ''
Cfje LorD fiatft graGteti W loufg
feintmefle on p^ Dape tpme, ^ in tbe nigjt fea^
fon OiU 31 fing of l)im, $ maOe mp praper t)n=

to tbe (^on of mp ipfe, ''

31 tuill fape tmto p^
(^on of mp flregt{) tofe Sail p forgotte me
tote go 31 tl)us teuelp, tnf)ile tf)e enempe op-
prelTetf) mei^ ''o^p liones are fmptten afun-
tier, totele mine enempes {mt trouble me) caft
me in p^ tetfte, ''
l^amelp, toftile tftep fape nailie
tjnto me : toftere is noto tte ^on .^
''
COte art
P" fo tiereti (D mp foule) ad tote art p" fo oif-
quieten toitWn mei* ''HD put tte truft i (^od,
for 31 toill pet tftanfee 6im toWcf) is tfje ftelpe
of mp countenaunce, and mp aod.
 pcalme xMil eg

Ci)e . xXiii . 0(alme.

IVDICA ME DEVS, ET.

(2Bue Centence W me (C> (5oti) $ nefen^

tie mp caufe agapnfl p^ tingotilp peo^

pie : HDJ) uelpuet me fro fte tifceatfuU

aD toicketi man* ' jFot p" art tbe (^otJ of mp

flrengtS: tote Jafl p" put me
from tftej* ann
tote P 31 fo beuelp, tobpl^ P^ enempe oppref^
fet6 mei" ^Dl) fen out tfe Mht $ tbp truetb
pt tf)ep mape leane me $ tirpnge me tmto tfe
f)olp bill, aD to tte Dtoellpng. ^anti tfjat 31

mage go tinto tf)e aulter of (5oD, euen tjnto

tf)e (Son of mp iope ao glaonefle, auD tjpon

tfte 6arpe topU 3i geue tftanfees tinto tbe (HD
(SoD) mp (Son* 'SjQte art p fo 6eup (D
mp foule) (J tote art tl)Ou fo nifqupeteD toi=

tWn mef" ^D put tte trufl in (Son for 31

toill pet geue bim t&anfees toWcf) is tbe 6elp

of mp countenaunce, ann mp (Son*
70. Pfalme rliiit

Ci)e . xrltiit . i&falme.

DEVS AVRIBVS NOSTRIS.
Co tfte cftaunter an mfltuccion of
t!)e fonnes of Cora!),

OB &aue beto to^ oute eareg (D (^oti)

oure fatjerg baue toio t)0, toftat

tbou tali none in tfteir tpme of olo.

'
oto p ftali orpuen out tj)e ei=
tften tot t{)p ftanoe, ao planteo tj)em in : f)Oto p"

baft Oeftropeo tfte nacions, <% caft tftem out

'jFor tbep gat not tfte lanOe in polTeflion
tbototoe tfteit atone ftoertie, netber toas it

tfteir atone arme pt i^elperi tbem, 'TBut tftp

tpgbt fiano, an tftpne atme, anti tfte Ipgljt of

tl)p cofitenaunce, becaufe tf)ou Satitieft a fa=
uoure vinto tbe, 'Cbou art mp Itpng: (i2D

(^00) fenoe lielpe tinto Jacob, 'Cboroto

tbe, topU toe ouertbrotoe oure enempe^, (j in
tbp name topll toe trean tbe tinner tbat rpfe
tjp agapnft t)0. ^jFor 31 topU not truft in
mp tjotoe, it \% not mp ftoeroe tftat ftall belp
me. 'I5ut it \% tbou tbat faueft t)0 from
oure enempeg, ano putteft tftem to cofufpon
tftat bate \s%. ' 223e make oure toaft of (^oo
all tbe nape longe, ano toill prapfe tbp name
 Pfaime xMiil 71

for euer, ^ela. '"IBnt noto ftou art farre

of, anU putteli m to confufpon, antJ goefl
not fortf) tnptl) oure armpes*
''Cl)ou mafeeft t),s to turne oure tacfees
tjpon oure enempe, fo tftat tftep tobpcb bate
t)0, fpople oure goones.
''
Cf)ou lettea t)s tJe eaten tip Ipfee ftepe, au
baft fcatretJ W among tJe JDeitben. ''Cfjou
fellefl tftp people for naugftt, (j tafeeft no mo-
''
nepe for tjje. CF)Ou malteG t)S to tie retiu^

feeti of oure ne^gfibours, to bz laugbeti to

fcome $ batJ in Derifion, of tbem pt are rounD
about t)0* ''Cf)ou mafeell t)S to be a tjp

toortie among tbe ^eitften, f tjat tf)e people

''
Uafee tbeir beanes at tJS. a^p confufpon 10

naplpe before me, $ p^ lljame of mp face batb

coueren me. ''jFor tbe tiogce of tbe fclauntie^
rer (j blafpbemer, for tbe enempe (j auenger.
^'
antJ tftougf) all tftig be come upon tJS, pet
no toe not forgette gs ner bebaue oure felues
frottiartilp in tbp couenaunt.
''
ure bert is
not turnetJ bacfee, netber oure ileppes gone
out of tbp toape. ''
Bo not toban tbou baft
fmitten tis in to tbe place of Dragons, $ co^
''
ueren tjs toitb tbe fljatotti of neetb. 3lf toe

baue forgotte tbe name of oure (^on, (j bol=

tie tip our baties to enp ftraug <3or}. %>M

not (S5oti fearcb it out*^ for be fenotoetb p^ t)erp
fecretes of tbe bert. ^^^
jFor tbp fake alfo are
72 pfalme rlt).

toe fepllen all tbe Dage long, an ate counten

as ftepe apopnteD to bz flapne* ''
Op Lotue
Uil)p flepefi p" f atoafee, ^ tie not abfent from
m for euer -'
mfterfore ftpoefl tbou tftp face,

^ forgettefl oure mpferp (j troubled ''jFor

oure foule is brought lotoe eue tinto p^ Dufi:
oure fjelp cleueti) tinto tj)e grounn, '^arpfe
an ftelpe t)S, ^ oelpuer tjs for tfip mercp fafee.

ERVCTAVIT COR MEVM.

Co Um tf)at ercelletf) amonge t&e
lilies, an inftruccion of tfje cbiltiren

of Coral), a fonge of loue.

|g fjert is entipting of a gooo matter

31 fpeafee of tbe tWnges, tofjic!) 31 U-
ue matJe tjnto tfte Itpng :
'
aip tong is
tbe penne of a reatip torpter. 'CJ)ou art
faprer tfjen tfte cftilDren of men, full of grace
are tftp ipppes, tecaufe (^oo batb iJlelTeti tU
for euer, '
(^proe tbe w tfe ftoeroe t)pon tf)p

ttegb ( p" mofl migbtpe) accorninge to tftp

toorljjipe an renotone* '(^ooo lucfee ftaue p"
Ujt tljine Ijonour, rpDe on tjecaufe of tfte toortj
of treuet6, of mefeenelTe antj rigbteoufnes : an
t6p rpgbt bann ftall teacft tbe terrible tbgn^
 IPfalme rlt). 73

ge0, 'Cbp arotoes are t)etp fljarpe, ann tbe

people fljaltie fufitiueD t)nto tbe, euen in tbe
mpnneil amonge tht fepnges enemies*
'Cte ^t^tz {D (^oD) entiuret!) for euer:
tbe fcepter of tf)p kpngtiome Is a rigftt fcep=
ter. 'Cbou baft ioueti rigftteoufnefle, anti

ftateD iniQuite: tofterfore <3ox\ (eue tl)p 0oli)

ftatl) anopnten tbe toitt) tfte ople of glatines
atoue tf)g felotoes, 'au tfjp gatmentes
fmell of mprce, ^loes ann Caflia, out of tfte

puerpe palaces, tober tip tbep jjaue mane tbe

glan. 'Epnge0 tiaugftters toere tbp amog
honorable toeme: tjpon tf)p rpgbt banne npD
fiaue gf quene in a Deflure of golD (tDtougut
about toitfj Druerfe colours.) '' ij)etfee (HD Uaugbtet)
anD confpnte: enclpne tbine eare: forget alfo
tftine atone people, $ tbp fathers boufe* ''
^0
ftall tbe king 6aue pleafure in tbg ftetotpe,

for be i0 tl)p lorDe (^ou) $ ttiorfljippe tftou

i)im.
''
ann p^ naugbter of Cite lljall tie tftete

Wa gpfte, Igfee as tbe rpcfte alfo amonge tbe

people ftall make tbeir fupplicacion before
tbe^ ''Cbe kpnges naugbter is all glorpous
toitbin, ber clotbpng is of ttirougbt goine.

''^beftalbe brougbt tinto tbe kpng in rap=

ment of nenie toorfee : tbe tjirgins ^^ be bir fe=
lotoes, Iball beare bir company, ann ftalbe
''
brougbt ipnto tbe. Witi) iope an glannelTe
ftall tbep be brougbt, an ftall entre into tbe
74 Pfalme rtoi.

''
fepnges palace. 3ln fleatie of tbp fathers! p"
fljalt F)aue cWinten, tobom tftou mapefl ma=
ke princes in all lanDes. ''31 tnill rememtte
tl)p name from one generacpon to another
tfterfore fljall tbe people geue tbanlieg tinto

fte, toorloe tnitbout enlie.

DEVS NOSTER REFVGIVM.

Co tfje cftaunter, a fonge for tbe cUl-
Dren of Coral) tipon aiamotb.

|DD Is our bope <$ iJregt!) : a tierp pre=

Cent belpe i trouble. '
Cberfore toill

ttie not feare, tbougb tbe ertb be mo=

uetJ, $ tbougb tbe bplles be carpeo in p^ mpn^
Defl of tbe fee. 'Cbougb f toaters tber^
of rage ann ftoell, 5 tbougb tbe moGtapnes
Qjafee at tbe tepefl of p^ fame. ^ela. '
^bz
rpuers of p^ floune tberof ftall make glan pe
cptie of (^oD, gf bolp place of p^ tabernacles of
p^ moii bpefl. '
(^on is in p^ mponefl of ber,
tberfore (ball flje not be remouen: (S5oti ftall
belp ber, $ pt rigbt earlp. '
.\\t i&eitbe make
mocb a Doo $ p? kpngoomes are moueti: but
(^oti batb IbettJeti bis tiopce, $ p^ eartb ftall
melt atnape. '
^U Lorn of ofles is W tJS,
 IPfalme rltJii, 75

tbz (3oD of 3lacot) is oure refuge, ^ela. '

2D
come fiiftet, anD tie&oltie tbe Uiorckes of tbe
LorDe, toftat tieflruccpons l)e batfj brought
tjpon tbe eattl). '^e mafeeft toatres to
ceaOe in all p^ tootlDe : Ije tirealietj) tfte tioto $
fenappetft tfte fpeate in fonDet, <$ fjurnetf) tf)e

cljarettes in tht fpte. ''

T5e flill tbm ^ fenotti

tfiat 31 am (^oD : 3! ttipll te eralten amog tfte

eitften, antJ J topll tie eralten in tbz eartj.

''
Cl)e Lome of ofles is toitl) t)s, ti)e 0oti
of Jacob is oure Defence, ^ela.

OMNES GENTES PLAVDITE.

Co tbe cftaunter, a Pfalme for tfte

cbilDren of Coral).

Clappe poure MDes together (all pe

people) HD fpng tinto (^otJ toitf) tfte

tjopce of meloope* '

jFor tht JLortJ is
J)pe ano to bz feareti, be is tbe great Itpge
tjpon all gf eartf). '
lj)e ftall futitiue p^ people
tmoer ano tbe nacions tanner our fete.
tJS,
*
\^z ftall cfiofe out an heritage for tJS eue :

t6e ttjorfljippe of 3lacot) tobom 6e loueo.

^ela. ' (^00 is gone tip toitft a merp nopfe,
ano tbe Lome toitft tbe fotonoe of tbe trope.
7^ Pfalme x\\m.
'D fing prapCes, fing pragCes tinto (outc)

(^OD: i) fpnge ptapfes, fpnge ptapfeis tinto

oure Itpng, '
jFor <^oli is fepng of all p^ eartl)

Cpnge pe ptapfes to^ tmnerflanDing* '(^on

rapgnetb ouet t6e beit&en, (^on fpttetl) tjpo

t)ps j)olp feate* '

CJ)e prmce^ of tbe people
are iopneo tjnto ^ people of p^ (5oD of atita^
f)a: for (^on (Wic6 Is tierp ftpe eralteti) Dotb
nefentie tfje eartl), as it toere toitft a ftgine.

MAGNVS DOMINVS.
a fonge of a pcalme of t&e cWlDren of

CDOraf), {ya. tf?e feconnc uage of oure Sabbatl))

Eeate \% tbe Home, anti ftpelpe to tie

prapfeti, in tbe cptie of oure 0oli, eue
tjpon f)is f)Olp J)pll 'Cbe Fjpll of
^ion is a fapre place, $ tl)e iope of tfje \qW
le eartl) : t)pon tl)e nortf) fpne Ipetb tfie cptie
of tbe greate fepng. (^oo is toell fenotone
in ber palaces, as a fure refuge* '
jFor lo, tbe
lipnges (of t\>z tm^) are gatf)ereti, $ gone 6p
together. 'Cbep maruelen, to fe foci) tftin^

ges: tf)ep toere aflonieo, anD fonenlp call no^

tone* '
jFeare came tftere t)pon t&em, (j fo=
rotoe, as t)pon a tooman in fter trauaple*
 IPfalme x\ix. 77
'
C60U aalt fareafee fte ftpppes of tbe fee,
tftototo tl)e eafl topntie* '
Lpfee as toe ftaue
J)ert), fo f)aue toe fene in tbe cptie of tfte lorn
of ^ofies, in tjje cptie of oute (^on, (Son t)p=

ftoinet!) pf fame for euer. ^ela. '

Wt tnapte
for tt)p louing fepnnnelTe (D (Son) in p^ mpn^
nefl of tbp teple, ' (HD (Son) accoming tjn=

to tte name, fo is tbp pragfe tmto p^ toorl=

nes enne: tip rigjbt ftann is full of rigbteouf^
nes* 'JLet tbe mount ^ion reiopfe, ann t&e
naugf)ters of Juna te glan becaufe of tfip

iungemetes, ''
SBalfee about ^ion, ann go
rounn atiout 6er, ann tell tfte totnres tberof.
''a^arcfee toell fter bultoarfees, fet tip ber
boufes, tf)at ge mape tell tftem tbat come af=

ter, ''jFor tjjis (Son is oure (Son for euer u

euer, 6e (ijall be oure gpne tmto neatb*

AVDITE HAEC GENTES.

Co tbe cbaunter, a Pfalme for tbe

cWinren of Corab*

5)eare tl)is, all pe people : ponnre it W

poure eares, all pe tbat ntnell in tbe
toorine. '
pe ann lotoe, rgcbe ann
poore, one tnitf) another, '^p moutb ftall
78 Pfalme xlix,

fpeafee of toiftjome, ann mg fjert ftall mute

of tjnrjerfiannpng. '31 toill enclpe mpne
eate to tbe parable, $ fteto mp oatcfee fpeacf)
tjpon tbe ftatpe. 'COfterfore ftulDe 31 fearc
in tbc napes of tupckeDnelTe, anti ttJften tfee

topcketmefle of mp teles copafletl) me rounti

about f 'Cftete be fome pt put tfteir ttuft i

tfteir goones, (j boafl tbe felues in tbe multi=

tune of tbeir x^tW* 'IBut no ma mage ne=
Ipuet W btotbet, net make agrement tmto
(^on for 6im, 'jFor it coftetf) more to re^

neme tbeir foules, fo tbat be mufl let pt alone

foreuer. 'gee tbougb be Ipe longe, ann
''
fe not tbe graue. jFor be feetb, tbat toife
men alfo npe, ann perpljje to-getber, as toell

as tbe ignoraunt an folptb, ann leaue tbeir

ricbes for otber. ''^nn pet tbep tbinlie, ftat

tbeir boufes ftall continue for euer, ann tbat

tbeir ntuelling places ftall ennure from one
generacion to anotber, an call tbe lannes af^
ter tbeir atone names* '' Jl^euertbeleflfe, man
topllnot abpne in bonour, fepng be mape be
comparen nnto tbe beafles tbat perpfte: tbis
''
is tbe toape of tbem. Cbis is tbeir folift^
neflfe, ann tbeir poflerite prapfe tbeir fapeng
^ela ''
Wdt^ Ipe in pe bell Ipfee fljepe, neatb
gnatoetb Dpo tbem, ann tbe rpgbteous Iball
baue nominacpon of tbem in tbe mornpnge:
tbeir betotpe ftall confume in tbe fepulcbre
 IPfalme I. 79

out of tfteit Dtoellpge, ''iBnt (^oD ftaU

Helper mp from tfte place of bell, for
Coule
6e ftall receaue me, ^ela, ''
iBz not t&ou
afrapeti ftougl) one te mane rgcbe, or pf tfte
glorp of f)ls boufe te increafeti.
''jTor be fljall carp nothing alnape toitf)

j)pm tofjen 6e Dpetf), netber ftall 1)^0 pompe

''
folotne t)im, jFor tobple 6e Ipueti, be coun=
teD bimfelfe an bappie man: anti fo longe
a0 p" Doefl toell tinto tbp felfe, me toill fpea^
ke goot) of tbe, '"
^e ftall folotoe tbe gene=
racions of U^ fatberg, $ ftall neuer fe ligbt.
''a^an bepge in bonoure batb no tJnDer^
ftanting, but is comparen tmto tbe beafies,
tbat perpUie.

DEVS DEORVM DOMINVS.

a pfalme of afapb.

e LorDe euen tbe moft mpgbtie

0on batb fpolien, anti calleti tbe
from tbe rpfing tjp of tbe
tnorlti

fonne tjnto tbe gopnge notone

tberof, 'Dut of ^pon batb
aot) apeareti in perfect betotpe.
'Dure (^oD fljall come, anti (ball not lte=
80 IPfalme I

pe fplence: tftete lljaU go before bim a conCu=

mpnge fpre, ann a migfitpe tempeft ftaltie

fleten t)p rountie atioute tern.

'
e ftall call tfte beauen from atjoue, ann
tjje eartl), tftat fje map iutige 6ps people^
'(^atber mp fapnctes together tinto me,
ftofe tbat Jaue maoe a couenaunt toift me,
ttiitf) facrifice, "^nD tbe fteauens ftal ne^
Clare ftps rpgbteoufnelTe, for (^oo is iuoge
f)pm felfe, ^ela.
'
^eare, D mp people : ann 31 toill fpeafee, 31

mp felfe toil teflifpe agapnfl tfte, i) 3ICrael,

jTor 31 am eoti, eue iW ^ot"- '

31 Wl not
reproue tbe tecaufe of tftp facrificeg, or for
tl)g burnt offringes, becaufe tftep toere not
alltoape before me- '3 tnill take no bul^
lock out of tbp fjoufe, ner be goates out of
'
tjjp foltie;5 jFor all tjje beafles of p^ foreli
are mpne, (j fo are tbe catell Dpo a tboufann
6plle0. ''3 knotoe all tbe foules t)pon tbe
mountapnes, $ tbe toilDe beafles of tbe felt
are in mg figbt, ''
3f 3 be bongrpe 3 tupll
not tell tbe: for p^ tobole toorloe \% mpne,
ann all tbat tberin is.
^'
Cbinfeeft tbou, tbat
31 toill eat bulles flelb ann nrinclie tbe bloun
of goatesj* ^*i)ffre ijnto (^on tbancltefge=
upnge, ann page tbp tiotoes tinto tbe moll
bpea ''
ann call Dpo me in p^ time of trou^
ble, fo toill 3 beare tbe, ann tbou ftalt prapfe
 IPfalmeL si

me. '"15ut tjnto tbe tingoUlp fapeti 6oD.

Wf)^ noeG tftou preacb mp latueg, $ tafeefi

mp couenaunt in tbp moutf) i'

''
COftere a^ p"
fjatefl to tJ0 refoutmeD, aD bafl cafl mp toor^
ties tjebpnt) tbef ''SBfjan tftou fatocil a tf)e=

fe, tbou cofentetieG tinto tim, anD fjaft time

partaker tnitf) p^ aDuoutererg. ''Cbou Jjafl

let tte moutf) fpeafee ttiickeDnefle, ano toitft

tf)p tong tf)ou feafl fet fortf) tiifceat 'Cf)Ou

fattefl anD fpafeefl agapnft tbp tirotfjer, pee
^ ftafi fclafiDreD tbine atone mothers fonne.
''
Cfjefe tfjinges 6afl tbou none, ^ 31 belDe
mp tonge: an p" tfjougbtefl (toicscmg) tfjat 31

am eue focf) a one as tbp felfe : but 31 toill re=

proue tt)e, an fet tiefore tbe, tbt tftingesi tbat

tf)ou tjafl none. - HD confgnre ttls, pe pt fot=
get <^on : left 31 plucfee pou atoape, ann ttere
be none to nelpuer pou. "-'
Who fo offretb me
tbacfees ann pragfe, be bonouretb me: ann to

f)im pt ornretj) bis conuerfacion rigbt, toill 31

fteto tbe faluacion of (^on.

82 ipcalme It

MISERERE MEI DEVS.

Co tbt cftaunter, a ipfalme of Dauin,
ttjf)en tbe propfiet n^atfjan came tjnto
f)i after bz teas gone i to TBetbfabe.

aue mercp upon me (D (^oD) after

tj)p (create) gootine^ : accortiing tjnto
p^ multitune of tbp mercies, to atoap
mine offences. 'W^\b me t&orotolp fro mp
toicfeeoneffe, (j me fro mp finne. 'jFor
clenfe

31 fenotuleg mp fautes, $ mp fpnne is euer

tiefore me. '^gapnfi tie onelp baue 3 fin^
nen, anD none tW euell in tfip fpgbt: pt tftou
mpgbtel! be iufiifpeo in tbp fapinge, $ cleare
tofien p" art iuDgeti. 'T5e6oltie, 31 tuas fta^
pen in toicfeeDneffe, ^ in fpnne ftatb mp mo^
tber conceaueo me. 'IBut lo, tbou requirefi
treutb in tbe intnaro partes, ann ftait make
me to tinDerflooe toiftiome fecretlp. '
CJjou
ftalt pourge me toitl) 3Ifope, ann 31 ftal lie

cleane: tbou ftalt Uiaft me, an 31 ftalbe \xi)U

ter tben fnotoe :
'
Ct)ou ftalt make me beare
of iope atj glatineffe, tbat tbe bones tobicb P"
ban broken, mape reiopfe. 'Cume tbp face
from mp Cannes, (j put out all mp mifDeties.
 Pfalme It 83
''
^alte me a cleane ftett (SD mt}) $ tenue
a rpgbt fprete toitbrn me. '^
Cafi me not a=
toape from tf)p prefence, u take not thv Mv
Qjtete from me. ''SD geue me tbe comforte
of t!)p ftelpe agapne, an flatJlift me toitf) tbp
''
fre fprete. Cf)en aall 31 teact) tt)p toapes
tjnto tl)e toicfeen, anD fpnners djaU fie couer=
ten tinto tbe. ''Delpuer me from tilouD gil=
tpnefle ( (5oD) tbou tfiat are g^ (^oD of mp
fjealtf), ann mp tonge ftall fpng of tbp ngf)=
teoufnefle. ''Cl)ou lljalt ope mp Ipppeg (2D
LorD) mp mouti) ftall lijetti tbp prapfe.
''jFor tbou nefprefi no facrifice, els tooltie

31 geue it p^ : tjut tfjou nelgtefl not in liurnt^

offerpnge. ''
Cbe facrifice of aotJ is a trou=
tileti fprete, a broken anti a cotrite fiert (
<3ox\) ffialt tf)ou not nefppfe. ''D fie fauora=
file aD gracious tmto ^ion, fiuplUe tfiou tfie
''
ttialles of 31erufalem. Cfien lljalt tfiou fie

pleafeD toitfi p^ facrifice of rigfiteoufnefle,

toitfi tfie fiumtofferpnges <$ ofilacions: tfien

ftall tfiep offre ponge fiullockes tipon tfipne

aulter.
84 Pfalme lit

Ci)e . Hi . j^talme.
QVID GLORIARIS IN MALITIA.
Co t&e cbaunter, an erortacion of Da^
uiD, toben Doeg tfte came to
OBtiompte
^aul, ano fljetoeO bim, fapinge DauiD :

is come to tbe ftoufe of abimelecf).

^p tioaflea tbou tte f^lf. tbon Cp=

taunt, t&at tl)Ou canft Do mpfcbefef
'
{Kltete a0 p^ gootmelTe of (^oti zn-

tiutetF) pet naiUe. '

CJjp toge ?ma=
ginetb topcfeetmefle, ati ttiitf) Ipes tfjou cut=

teli Ipfee a ftarpe rafoure. 'Cfjou iafl lo=

ueO Dngracioufnefle more tf)en gootines, at)

to tallie of Ipes more tben rigbteoufnefle.
^ela. 'C&ou 6afi loueD to fpeafee all lor=

Des tf)at mape no f)urt, 2D tftou falfe tonge.

'Cftetfore ftall (^oD neftroge p^ for euer:
be ftall take p^ (j plucfee g^ out of tbp Dtoellig,

f rote tbe out of tbt lao of tbe liuing. ^ela.

'
C&e righteous alfo ftall fe tW, (j feare, (j

fljall laugf) 6im to fcorne. '

Lo, tftig is p^ ma
that tofee not (^on for J)is flregtf), tiut tru=
fieD tjnto tf)e multitune of W ricfjes, $ flre=

gtf)eri i)im felf in J)is toicfeeDnefle. 'as for

me, 3( am Iplte a grene olpue tre in p^ ftoufe of

 Pfalme Mil 85

0OD : mp ttufl is in tbe tenDer mercp of (5on

'
for euer $ euet. 31 toiU altuape geue tban=
fees t)nto p^ for p^ pu jjau Done : ao 3[ toill f)ope
in tbp name, for tbv fapnctes Ipfee it toell.

DIXIT INSIPIENS.

Co tbe cbauntet tipon a^abalatb,

an infltuccion of DauiD.

JJ)e fooliU) toDpe batb fageo in fjis

t)ett : tbere is no (^on, '

Cortupte are
become atjjjompnatile in tbeir
tbep, (J

toiclietineire is none tbat Dotf)

: tftere goon.
'(Sod lokeD Dottine from fteauen tipon tbe
cWIDren of men, to fe pf tfiere toere enp tbat
tDOlDe tinDerlianDe, anD fefee after (Sod.
'T5ut tbep are all gone out of tbe toape,
tbe^ are all together become abbompnable;
tbere is alfo none tbat Dotb gooD, no not one.
'3re not tbep ttiitbout tJnDerflaDig gt toorc=
fee ttJicfeeDnes, eatpge tip mp people as pf
tbep toolDe eat breaDi^ tbep baue not calleD
tjpon (Sod. '^bti^ toere afrapeD, tobere no
feare teas: for (Sod batb brofee tbe bones of
bim tbat befegeD tbe : p" bafl put tbem to co=
fufion, becaufe (Sod batb DefpifeD tbem.
86 IPfalme liiit

'Dl) tl)at tf)e faluacion toere geuen tjnto

31Crael out of
Delpuet J)is
^ion : m
people out of captiuite-
ftat tbe LorD tooin

'Cben ftultie 31acot) reiopfe, anD 31ftael

fljulDe tie tpgftt glati.

DEVS IN NOMINE TVO.

Co ti)e cbauntet in meloDie^, an infttuc^

cpon of Dauin, tofjen tte ^epbites came
anD fapne tinto ^aul : att) not DauiD
ten Wm felfe amongefl t)s i*

aue me (D (^ou) for tfjp nameis fa=

fee, anti auenge me in tbp llregtf).

'
eare mp ptapet (D (5otJ) (j 6et==

feen imto tbe tuottieg of mp moutb. 'jFor

fltaungers ate rgfen tip agapft me, antJ ti=

taunted (tofecl) taue not (^oD tefote tfteit

epe0) fefee after mp foule. ^ela. 'IBe^

i)olDe, (^oD is mp helper: tbe Lome is to^

tf)em tf)at tjpfioltie mp foule. 'J^e all

tetoame euell t)nto mpne enemies: Deflroge
tbou tftem in tfe 'an offerpnge of
trueti).

a fre bart toill 31 geue tfje, $ prapfe tbp name

(HD ILorDe) becaufe it is fo comfortable.
 Pfalme It). 87

'
JFot be fjatl) DelpueteD me out of all mp
trouble, $ mpne epe Fjatb fene Ws mm tjpon
mpe enempeg.

Ci)e . It) . jafalme.

EXAVDI DEVS.
Co thz cFjauntet in meloDpes, an in-
ftruccionofDauiD.

Care mp prapet ( aon) anti teDe

not tte felfe fro mp peticion. 'Ca=
ke bene tinto me anD ^eare me, ijotoe

31mourne in mp praper anti am tJereti.

'Cbe enempe crpetl) fo, ann tfte tmgoDlp
commetf) on fo fafl: for ttiep are mpnoeD to
Do me fome mpfcftef, fo maliciouflp are tUv
fet agapnft me. 'a^p berte is oifqupeted
ttiitbpn me, ann tbe feare of Oeatf) is fallen
tjpon me. 'JFearfulnelTe and tremtilinge
are come tjpon me, $ an fjorrpftle DreDe ftatf)

ouertofielmeD me. '^nD 31 fapti: SD ttiat 3

f)aD toinges like a Done, for tfjen toolD 3 flpe

atoape, ann be at refi. 'lo, tften toolDe 3

get me atnape farre of, $ remapne in tje toil=

Dernefle. ^ela. '3 toolDe make baft to

efcape, becaufe of tfje liormp tninti ano tem=
pen. 'Defirope tbeir tonges () Lome) $
88 pfalme it).

DeupQe rtem, for 31 taue fppeD t)ntpg{)te=

oufneg anD fltpfe in tbe cptie. 'Dape auD

nigftt go tftep atjout toitbin t!)e toalles tf)er=

of: mpfcbefe alfo, anti foroto ate in tht mpD=

Defl of it " COpcfeeDnelTe i0 tberin, tiifceate

ano gple go not out of htt flretes.

''
jFor it i0 not an open enemge g^ ftatf) Done
me t})g0 Diftonoute: for tfjen 31 couine l)aue
tiome it: ''neither tuas it mine anuerfarp, tftat

tjpti magnifpe f)im felfe agapnfl me: for tften

(paratiuenture) 3 tDOlDe ftaue feo mg felf ftom
^im '"25ut it tnas euen tbou mp compa^
nion, mp gioe ^ mpne atone familier frenne.
''&Ilt tolie ftoete councell together an toal^
ken in tbe 6oufe of (^oD as frenties. ''lett
Deatf) come ftaflelp tipon tftem, aD lett tfiem
goo notone qupcfe into f)ell, for topcfeeones
i0 in tfjeir ntoellpnges, ano among tbem.
''as for me, 3 togU call tjnto (^on, aD tbe
Lome ftall faue me ''3n tSe euenpnge, ano
mornpng ano at noon nape toill 31 prape ($
tjat inflantlp) antJ be ftall beare mp t)opce.
''3t is f)e tbat bat!) oelguereD mp foule in
peace, from tbe tiatell tbat toas agapnfl me:
for tbere toere manp to^ me. '"gee euen (^oD
pt ennuretb for euer, ftall beare me, ano bring
tbem ootone. ^ela. jFor tbep topll not
turne, ner feare (^oo. ''^e lapen bis ba=
oes tjpon focb as be at peace toitb bim, ann
 Pfalme M, 89

1)0 drake tts couenaunt "Cf)e toorDes of

61s moutb toete foftet tfien butter, baupnge
tnarre in bis bart: bps tnorties toere fmo=
tber tben ople, aD pet be tbeg t)erp ftoerDes.
''i) cafl tbp burtben, i^pon tbe LorDe anrj

be ftall norplb tbe, $ not Cuffre tbe rigbteous

to fall for euer. ''3nD as for tbem, tbou (2D
(^oQ) ffialt bringe tbem into tbe pgtte of rie=

firuccion* ''^U blouti tbruiJpe ann nifceat=

full men ftall not Igue out balfe tbeir Dapes.
jBeuertbeleire, mp trull fljalbe i p^ (2d nom.)

MISERERE MEI DEVS, QVONIAM.

Co tbe cbaunter ^ tipon tbe noue
=^

of bpm tbat toas Domme in a farre

countre: tbe baDg (or armes) of Da=
uiD, toben tbe PbiliUines tofee hm
in ($etb.

OB mercpfull tinto me (2D (^oH) for

man goetb aboute to Deuoure me : be

^is naplp fpgbtpnge anD troublpnge
me. '
Q^pne enempes are tiaplpe in banoe to

ftoalottie me tjp : for tbep be manp tbat fpgbt

agapnll me, p" mofl bpeU. ' l^euertbelefle
tbougb 31 am fomtpme afrapeD pet put 31 mp
90 IPfalme M,
trufi i gf, '31 )a}m ptapfe (^on becaufe of W
tDorti, 3[ baue put mp trufl in (^on, an topU
not feare, tobat fleft ca Do unto me, 'Cbep
nailp miliafee mp tootDes: all pt tbep pmag^in
is to DO me euell 'Cbep tolDe all together,
f Itepe tbe felues; clofe : anD matcfee mp liep^

pe0, toban tbep lape toapte for mp foule.

'^fjall tbep efcape for tfjeit topcfeeDnelTei'

P" (D (^oD) i tbp Difpleafure ftalt call tftem

Dotone, 'Cfjou tellefl mp flpttpngeg, put
mp teate0 in tte tiottell: are not ttefe tjjpn^
ges noteD in tfe bokt^ '
Soften foeuer 3[ call

tjpon tt)e, tfjen ftall mpne enemies hz put

to flpgbt: ti)p.s 31 fenotoe, for <3ot\ is on mp
fpDe. ''3(n goDes toorDe tupll 31 reiopfe, in
tfje LorDes toorDe toill 3i comforte me.
" gee in (^oD Saue 31 put mp trufl, 31 topll

not tie afrapeD tojat man can Do tjnto me.

'-23nto gf ( (^oD) topll 31 page mp t)o=

toes, tjnto tie toill 31 geue tjjanfees. ''JFor

tbou bafl DelpuereD mp foule from Deatl),

anD mp fete from fallpnge, pt 31 mape toalfee

before ^oD in tbe ipgbt of tbe ipuinge.

 Pfalme ItJii. 91

MISERERE MEI DEVS MISE.

Co tbe cbaunter ^
neflrope not Cfje ^^
ftaDge ot atmes of DauiD, toben U fleD

from ^aul into tbt caue.

mercpfull tinto me () (^oD) tie

metcifull tjnto me, for mp foule tru=

fletb in tbe: ano tinDer tbe lijaDoto
of tbp toinge^ lijaltie mp refuge, tjntill tbps
tirannpe be ouer pafi, '31 toill call tjnto p^
mofl tee (^oD, eue to tfie <3ot} tbat fljall per=
fourme tfte caufe tobicb 3 ftaue in banDe.
'
^e IJall fenoe ftom beauen, ano faue me
from tbe reprofe of tent tbat toolDe eate me
tip. ^ela. '(^OD ftall fenoe to mer=
fortf)

cp ano truetf). ^p foule is among Ipons

'
ano 31 Ipe euen amonge tt)e cbilDren of men,
(tbat are feton fpre) tobofe tetbe are fpeares
ano arotoes, ano tbeir tonge a (ijerpe ftoero,
'
^et tip tbp felfe (SD (^oD) aboue tbt bea=
uen0, and tte fflorp atioue all tbe eartlj*
'
^ht^ baue lapeo a neet for mp fete, ano
preflfeD Ootnne mp foule: tbep baue npggeD
a pptt before me, ao are fallen into tbe mpD=
Des of it tbem felues. ^ela. '^p bert
92 pcalme Mil
is fpretJ (S) (^on), mp bett is fpreti : 31 ttipU

fpnge ann geue prapfe. 'atoalte, D mp

glorp, atoafee lute ann t)arpe, 31 mp felf toill

attiafee rpgfjt eatlp. ''31 toill geue tbafees

tjnto tbe (HD lotne) amonge tte people, ann

31 toill fpnge tjnto tbe amonge tbe naciong.
"jFot tt)e greatnes of tbp mere? reacftetb
unto tbt teaueng, ano tf)p ttuetb tinto tbe
clouDe0 ''^et tjp tte felfe (HD 0oD) atjoue
tbe f)eauen0, (j tf)p glorp atioue all tf)e eattb.

SI VERE VTIQVE IVSTICIAM.

Co tf)e cbaunter Delirope not. Cbe
tjatige ot armes of Dauin.

^'Ee poute mpntieg fet t)pon tigbteouf^

^^ nefle D pe congregacion ^ anD oo pe

iuoge tf)e tftpnge tbat is rpgbt, D pe
fonnes of meni^ 'gee, pe pmagin mpfcftefe
in poute bette tipon eattf), anU poure ftanties;

neale tnitf) ttJicfeeOnelTe. 'Cbe tjngooip are

frotoatoe, euen from tbeir motbers toombe:
as Coon as tbep be botne, tbep go a fltape
anD fpeafee Ipes. '^bzi^ ate as tienpmous
as tbe popCon of a ferpent, euen Iplte tbe oeaf
aner tbat floppetb bet beates.
 IPfalme Mil 93
'
WUcb refufetl) to Scare tbt tiopce of tU
cftarmet, cbarme bz neuet fo topCelp.
^'Breafee tbtit tttb (^ <^oti) in tbeit mou-
tf)e0, fmpte tbe cftatoe tione^ of tbt Ipons
(HD Lortie.) Let tbem fall attiape Ipfee

tnater tftat runnett a pace: ano ttJftcn tbcp

arotoes, let tbem be roteD out
fljote tbeir

"Let tbem confume atoape Ipfee a fnaple,

ano be Ipfee tbe tintpmelp frute of a tooma,
aD let tbem not fe tbe fonne. ' Dt euet pour
potter be maoe tnbot toitb tbornes, fo let in-

Dignacion tiere bim, euen as a tbinge tbat is

rattle, '^bz rigbteous Iball reiopfe tube

be feptb tbe uengeaunce: be ftall toaft bps
fote fieppeg in tbe bloune of tbe tingoDlp.
'
^0 tbat a man ftall fape : tierelp tbere is

a retuaroe for tbe rpgbteous: ooutles, tbere

is a (500 tbat iuDgetb in tbe eartb.
94 IPfalme \ix.

Cl)e . lix . J&lalme.

ERIPE ME DE INIMICIS.

Co tfte cbaunter Dellrope not Cl)e

tjaDge (or atmes) of Dauin, toften

^aul fent ano ftep Dpo toatcj) t&e

})Oufe to fepU l)im.

](JBIpuer me fro mp enempe^ (o (^oD)

nefenne me from tbem tF)at rpfe tjp
1 agapnfl me. D Uelpuet me from
'

tbz toicfeet) Doer0, faue me from fte t)louO=

<$

tfturftp men. 'jTor lo, tbep Ipe toaptpnge

for mp mpgbtp men are gatftereD
Coule: tbe
together agapnft me, toitl)out anp offence or
faute of me (D JLorDe.) 'Ctep runne, ano
prepare tbem felues, toitl) out mp faute: 3=
rpfe, tftou tfterfore to belpe me, ano fieftolDe.
'^^tanoe t)p (i) Loroe (^oD) of ofles,
tbou (^00 of ifrael to t3pfet all ^eptbe : (j te
not mercpfull tmto tjjem t&at offeno of ma=
Ipcious topcfeetineffe. ^ela. ^ *^Cf)ep=^
go to anO fro in tf)e eueninge, tbep grenne lp=

lie a Dogg, anfi runne atoute, tboroto tfte cp=

tie ^'BebolDe, tbep fpeafee ttiitf) tfteir moutfj

aD Ctoeroes are in tbeir Ipppeg,
'OBut
^ for tot)0
Dotl) ftearef tbou () JLorDe) ftalt
 ipcalme Ur. 95

taue tftem in Derifion, anD tbou fljalt laugb

all lj>eitf)en to fcorne. 'a^p fitengtf) topll 31

afctitie tjnto tbe, for tbou att tbe (5oti of mp

refuge. '6oti ftetoetf) me bis gootines ple^
teouflp, anti (^oD ftall lett me fe mp oefpte
tjpon mpne enemges* ''^lape tbem not, lefl

mp people forget it : but fcatre tbem abroatie

among tbp people, anD put tbem ootone (
''
Loroe) oure Defence. jFor tbe fpnne of tbeir
moutb, ij for tbe UiorDes of tbeir lippes tbep
ftalbe taken in tbeir prpDe, anD tobp*^ tbeir
preacbinge is of curfgnge anD lpe0.
''Confume tbem in tbp toratb, confume
tbem tbat tbep mape perift, anD knotoe tbat
it is (^oD, tnbicb ruletb in Jacob anD tjnto g^
enDes of tbe toorlDe. ^ela. ''3nD in tbe
euenig tbep toill returne: grenne Ipke a Dogg
anD topll go aboute tbe cite, ''^hti^ topll
runne bere anD tbere for meate, anD gruDge
pf tbep be not fatiffieD. '' as for me, 3[ toill
fpnge of tbp pottier, $ tnill pragfe tbp mercp
bp tpmes in tbe morning for tbou bafl bene :

mp Defence $ refuge in tbe Dape of mp trou=

ble. ''
Onto tbe (HD mp ftregtb) toill 31 finge,
for tbou (D (5oD) art mp refuge, $ mp mer^
cpfull 0OD.
96 Pfalme \x*

%\^t . lie . i&lalme.

DEVS REPVLISTI NOS.
Co tl)e cbaunter, tjpon tU rofe of ttipt=

neffe, tbe tiaDge (or atme0) of Dauiu, for to

teacfje : toften f)e fought agapnft a^efopota^
mia, ^ ^pria of ^otia: ano tojjen 3[oatJ tut=

neo tiacfee, ao flue ttoelue tftoufano riomp=

t00, in tf)e fait tiallep,

(S5oti, tf)ou tl)at f)afl cafl t)s! out $

fcateteD t)s atitoati: tf)ou tafl al=

fo fiene nifpleafeD, ^ tutne tfte

tjnto m agapne. -
Cf)ou Jafl
moueti tbe lanoe ann neuptien it, beale tfte fo^

res! tfeerof, for it ftafeett)* 'C&ou bafl fl)e=

toeo tte People f)eup tbpnges, tfjou fjall

geuen t)S a Otpncfee of DeeDlpe topne,

'
Cf)ou bafl geue a token for focb as feare
tbe, tfjat tftep mape triumpbe tiecaufe of tfte

truetl)^ ^ela. '

Cf)erfore toere tftp tielo^

ueD oelpuereD, telpe me toitt) tf)p rpgbt 6aD,

anD fieare me, '(^on batj Qjoken in f)p0

bolpnefle: 3[ anO Oeupoe ^idbe,

toill reiopce
ano mete out tbe tiallep of ^ucbotb. '<^U
leao \% mpne, ^ apanafles is mine: OBpftraim
alfo is tj)e flrengtf) of mp fteao, 31ulia is
 ipmime \xu 97

mp latD geuer. 'a^oati is mp toaftpotte,

ouer OEDo Ml 31 caft out mp IJjoo, IPbilpfiea
be tbou glaD of me. '
mho ttipU leaoe me
imo tf)e lironge citef OTbo Ml brpng me
imo OBtiomf '^afl not tfiou cafl 13$ out (HD
(5oD) toilt not tf)ou (HD (^oD) go out Mf)
out Jjooliesi' ''D fie tbou oute ftelpe i trou=
tile, for tiapne is tbe ftelpe of man. ''
Cl)o=
roto (^oD toe Ijjal no gteate actes, for it is l)e

tbat ftall treaoe Dotone our enemies.

EXAVDI DEVS DEPRECA.

Co tbe cbauntet in tbe meloDies of Dauin.

|"^g^(2Bare mp crpinge (D (^OO) geue eare

I mp
I ^S
tjnto prapet. '
jFro tbe enoes of
1^^ tf)e eattf) toill 31 call tmto p^, toben mp
fterte is in beupneffe :
'
HDb fet me tjp tipon tbe
toclte pt ig; bpet tben 31* JFor tbou baft bene
mp bope, (J a ftrong totoer for me agapnft p^
enempe. '
31 Ml Otoell in tbp tabernacle for
euer, $ mp truft ftalbe tmoer p^ coueringe of
tbp topnges. ^ela. '
jFor p" (D Lord) baft
beroe mp oefpres, an baft geuen an beritage
t3nto tbofe pt feare tbp name, '
Cbou (bait
graunt tbe fepng a loge Ipfe, tbat U^ peares
map ennure tboroto out all generations.
98 Pfalme Ixil

'
l^t ftall ntoell before aon for euer : m-
pare ftp louinge mercp anD faitfifulnes tfjat

tfjep mage preCerue f)i. '

%o toill 31 alltnape
fpng prapfes t)nto ftp name, ftat 31 mage
0aplp perfourme mp t)otDe0.

NONNE DEO SVBIECTA.

Co fte ftaunter, jfor 3leliuftun

aPfalmeofDauiD*

g foule trulp tDapteft fliil tipo (^on

for of J)im commeft mp faluacion.
'
l^e tierelp 10 mp llrengft, $ mp fal=

uacion : JE)e 10 mp nefence, Co ftat 31 ftall not

greatip fall '^oto longe toill pe pmagpn
mpfftefe agapnft euerp mai* pe fljalbe flap=

ne all fte forte of pou : pee as a tottring toall

(Ijall pe be, ann like a broken fteDge. '
CJeir
neupce is onelp ftoto to put {jpm out tobom
($ot! Ml eralte: tbeir oelpte is in Ipes: tftep
geue gooD toomes W tbeir mouft, but curfe
toitj) ttjeir Jert. ^ela, '
iBeuertbelefle, mp
foule ttiapte ftou flill tjpo (5oD, for bopemp
is in bint. '
g)e trulp is mp ftrengtb, anO mp
faluacio : be is mp Defence : fo tbat 31 ftall not
fall '3ln (^oti is mp bealtb, ano mp glorp,
 IPfalme Ixiil 99

tbe rocfee of mp migbt, <$ in <3oh is mp truft

'
put poure truU in fjim aUtoape (pe peo=
pie) potore out gour ftettes before Wm, for
aod is oure 6ope ^ela, '
as for tfte cl)pl=
nren of men, tfiep are tjut tiapne, t5e cWltren
of men are nifceatfUU: tipon rt)e tneggfttes
tf)ep are all together Ipgjbter tftan tjangte it

felfe. ' trufl not in tnrong and rotiberp,

geue not poure felues tjnto tianpte : pf riches
encreafe, fet not poure Jjert tipon tfte.
''
($oD
fpalie once ano ttnpfe : 31 ftaue alfo fiearoe tf)e
fame : tftat pottier tielongetf) tinto (^on.

''ano tfjat tl)ou lortie art mercpfuU: for

tfjou retoaroel! euerp man accoropnge to
bi^ toorcfee.

Cl)e . Inii . i&talme.

DEVS DEVS MEVS.
a Pfalme of DauiD, toften fie toas in
tfieMtiernesofJutia.

(^00, tbou art mp (5oli : earlp topll 31

fefee tjje, 'm^ foule tfjurflett) for

tU mp : flefl) alfo longetl) after tfje in
a fiaren ano urge lanoe, tubere no toater is

'Cf)us fiaue 3 lofeen for tbe in fiolpneOe

tbat 31 rnggftt fiebolDe tftp potoer ann glorp.
100 Pfalme IxiiU

'JFot tte louinge lipntineire 10 tiettet tften

Ipfe it felfe: mp Ipppes ftall prapfe tbe.
5
as longe as 31 Ipue ttipU 31 magnifpe fte
on tW maner, ann Ipft up mp Santieg in tftp
name. '
9p foule ftaltie fatiffien euen as it
toete tut matp anti fatneOe, toften mp moutb
ptapCetf) tfte toitf) iopfuU Ipppes.
'
^aue 3 not rememtiteti tbe in mp fteim, $
tbougbt tjpon tfte, totan 31 toas toafepngef*
'I5ecaufe tfiou f)afl bene mp F)elper, tber^

fore unner tf)e lljanottie of tfjp topnges toill

3 reiopfe. 'o^p Coule ftagetj t)pon tfte, tbp

rpgftt ftanti batb tipftoine me. ''CfteCe alfo

tSat felie tfte f)urt of mp foule, tfjep ftall p

tinner tfte eartb* " let tf)e fall tipon p^ eoge

of tbe fttierti, p^ tjep mape te a porcion for fo=

res.
''
TBut pf kpng (Ijall reiopfe in (^00 : all

tbep alfo pt ftneate ftp l)im, djalte comennet

for pe moutf) of tbem t6at fpeafee Ipes, ftalfte
floppeti.
 pmime IxiiiU loi

Cl)e . Ixiiii . i^falme.

EXAVDI DEVS ORATIONEM.
Co tbe cljauntet, a Pfalme of Dauio,

teare mp tiopce (SD (^oD) i mp ptaper

^
preferue mp Ipfe fro feare of t5e ene=

i mpe. '
JJ)prie me from the gatSetinge
together of tfte frotoaro, $ from tte infutre^
ction of toicfeeD tioers, 'mUcb fjaue toftett

tfieit tonge Ipfee a ftoetne, $ ftote out fteit

arotoes : euen tiittet toortieg. '
Cftat tjep
map preuelp fljote at Wm toWcft 10 perfecte:
fooenlp DO tftep J)it l)im $ feate not, 'CJep
couragetbem felues in mifcbefe, anti com=
mune amonge tbem felue0, Soto tftep map
lape fnares : f fape, tftat no man ftall fe tfte.
'
Cfiep pmagin toicfeeune^, at) practice it pt
tf)ep kepe fecrete amonge tftem felues, euerp
man in p^ Depe of l)is bert. '
T5ut (5oD ftall
fotjenlp lljote at tbem toit!) a ftoift aroto, pt
tbep fljaltie toounoen. 'gee tfteir atone ton=
ges lijall mafee tfem fall, in fo moc5 p^ tofjo

fo feetl) tftem, ftall laugft tfjem to fcome,

'
ano all men tfiat fe it, ftall fape : tW ftatft

aon none, for tftep fljall perceaue tbat it is

ftps toorcfee. 'C6e rpgftteous ftall reiopfe

102 pmime ljct)

in tbe Lome, (j put W trufl in Um : (j all tfjep

ftat are true of bert, ftaltie glati.

TE DECET HIMNVS.
Co tbe cSaunter, a Pfalme ann fonge
ofDauio.

'^^^^ou (> eon) art prapfen in ^pon, $

tinto tfje ftall p^ tjoto tie perfourmen.
(in i^icmfaiem,) '
CJou tjat ftearel!

tht praper: t)nto tj)e ftall all fleft come.

'a^p miftieues preuaple agapl! me: SD!)

te tftou mercpfull unto oure fpnneg* '15lef''

feD is ti)e man tobom tfiou cbofefl ann recea-

uefl t)nto tfte : 6e ftall ntoell in tfip court : ann
Ualbe fatiffpetJ \x)itb tfte pleafureg of tbp
boufe, eue of tbp Solp temple. 'C6ou fljalt

lijetrie 13S toonnerfull twinges in rpgljteou^

nefle (D (^on) of oure faluacion : tbou pt art
tbe bope of all tbe ennes of tfte eartb, ann of
M pt remapne in tbe tiroane fee f '
Wbitt in
})is flrengtb Cettetf) fall the mountapnes, an
is ggrnen aboute tot potoer. 'WUch (lilletf)

tl)e raging of tbe fee, (j tbe nopfe of bis toa^

ue0, ann t&e manneffe of tlje people. 'Cfiep
alfo pt ntoel in tf)e ijttermoofl partes (of tfte
 Pfalme IrtJi. 103

tttb) aftapen at tf)p tokens, tjjou

mafeefl
IJjaltje

tbe ^ outgoinges of tte

tftat

morning'^
ant) euenpng to ptapft tfie. 'Ct)Ou tiifitefl

tbe eartft, anti tJleOefi it : tJ)ou mafeeft it tietp

plenteous^ 'Cf)e tpuet of (^oD Is full of
toater, tjou prepateU tbeit corne: for fo tftou
prouitieft for tbe eartl). '^CJjou toaterefl
i)et fototoes, tbou fentiefl rapne i to tbe litle
tjalleps tberof: tbou malieft it foft toitb tbe
Droppes of rapne, auD bleflefl tbe incteafe of
it ^'Cbou crotonetl tbe peate w tbp gooti=
nelTe: $ tbp clouoes tiroppe fatnefle. ''^bt^
(ball oroppe tjpon tbe Dtnellpnges of p^ M=
Hemes: ann tbe Iptle bplles ftall teiopfe on
euerp fpDe. ''
Cbe foioes ftalbe full of (bepe,
tbe tjalleps alfo ftall fianoe fo tbpcfee toptb
come, tbat tbep tball laugb ann fpnge*

IVBILATE DEO.

Co tbe cbaunter : Cbe fonge of a Pfalme.

IBz iopfull in <^oli, all pe lanues,

finge ptapfes tjnto tbe bonout of bis
name, make bps ptapfe to be glo=
rpous* '^ape tJnto (^00 : botoe ttion^

nerfull art tbou in tbp toorcfeesf tboroto tbe

104 IPfalme IrtJi.

greameffe of tl)p potoer ftall tfjine enempes

tie founDe ipets t)nto tfte. 'jFor all p^ toorine

ftall tDorlJjippe tfte, fpnge of tfte, ao prapCe

ftp name. ^ela. 'HD come fjitfter ann
beijoltie tU tnotcfees of (^oo, ftoto toontier^

full fje 10 in 610 oopng totoaroe fte cftpltiren

of men. 'e turneo tjje fee into urge lao,

fo tfjat ttjep ttiet ftoroto tbe toatet on fote:
ftere Din toe reiopfe tberof. '5)e tuletj) toitf)

f)i0 potoet for euet, f)is epe^ tie^olD p^ people

ano foci) as toill not fteleue, ftall not tie atJle

to eralte tf)em felues. ^ela. ^D prapfe

oure (^on (pe people) ano make tbe tiopce of
f)is ptapfe to tje fteato. 'WUt\^ ftoltietj) our
foule in Ipfe, ann fuffretl) not our fete to flppp.

"JTor tf)ou ( (^oti) l)afl proueo W: tf)ou

alfo f)afl trpen tis iplie as fpluer is trpeo.

'"Cbou tjrougbtefl tjs into tbe fnare, ann
lapeD trout)le t)po oure lopnes. "Cftou fuf=

freoeft men to rpoe ouer oure Jeaties, toe

toent tljoroto fpre (j toater: ann p" tirougbteli
t)S out in to a toeltbg place. ^'31 toill go in=
to t{)p {)Oufe toitj) tirentoffrpnges, ano topll
page tJe mp tootoes, to{)icj) 3 prompfeo
toitl) mp lippes, ano fpafee toitf) mp moutb,
toben 31 toas in trouble. " 31 topll offre t)n=

to tfte, fatt tiretfacrifices toitb tU incenfe of

rammes. 3 toill offre tiullocfees ann goates.
^ela ''
come
: ^ fiitfjer ano Derlien, all pe pt
 IPfalme IMU 105

fcare eou : ann 3| MI tell pou, tofiat j)c batfj

tone for mp foule. ''31 called tinto Mm toitb
mp moutf), ann gaue bpm prapfes ttiitl) mp
tunge. ''3lf 31 enclpne ijnto toprftetmeffe
toitf) mp 6erte, tbe Lome topll not fteate me,
''1l5ut 0OD fjatb fjearlie me, anti confptireli

tbt tjopce of mp ptaper, ''IPtapfeD tie (^oD

tof)icl) bat!) not call out mp ptaper, ner tut*
neti W mercp fro me.

DEVS MISEREATVR NOSTRI.

Co tfte cf)aunter, in meloDpes : a
IPCalme and a fonge,

D tie mercpfull tjnto t)s, anD blefle

t)0, ano IJiete t)0 tfje Ipgfjt of big cofl*

tenaunce (* 6c mcrcgfun bnto t)0) ^ela.

'Cbat tf)p ttiape mape tie fenotone tjpon
eartb, thv fauing bealtf) among all nacios,
'
Let tbe people prapfe tfje, D (SoD, pee let

all people prapfe the. 'D let tfje nacios re*

iopfe anD tie glaD, jFor tbou lljalt iuDge tbe
folfee rpgftteouflp, ano gouerne tbe nacpons;
t)pon eartf), ^ela, 'let tfte people prapfe
pc, HD (^oD, let all tfje people pragfe tbe. '
Cben
ftall the ertf) tiring furtft Wr increafe, f aoD,
io6 Pfalme IxWl
euen oute atone (Soti ftall geue tJS J)is tlef^

Cpnge, '(^oti ftall tilefle t)0, (j all tbe enueis

of tjje txjotlDe ftall feare Wm.

EXVRGAT DEVS.

Co tbe cfiaunter, a ipcalme anD

fongeofDauiD.

<Bt (^oD atpfe, ano let tis enemies

fae fcatteretJ : let tbe alfo tbnt bate tint,
flpe before Wm, ' Lplte as tbe fmolie
Danpftett), fo ftalt tf)ou tirpe tbe atoape:
anD Ipfeeas toare meltetl) at tbe fpte, fo let

tf)e tjngonip petpU) at tbe ptefence of <^ot).

'T5ut let tj)e tpgbteous be glaD (j reiopfe

before (^oQ : let tbe alfo be merp ano topfull

'm fpnge tjnto eoD, anD fpnge prapfes

tinto bps name: magnifpe tbat rpDetb bm
tjpon tbe beauens as it toere t)pon a borfe:
prapfe pe bim in bis name ia aD reiopfe

before bpm, '^e is a fatber of f fatber=

leOe, anD DefenDetb tbe caufe of topDDotoes :

euen (^oD in bis bolp babitacpon. '5)e is p^

(^oD tbat mafeetb men to be of one mpnDe in
a boufe, anD bringetb tbe prefoners out of
captiupte, but lettetb tbe rennagates contp^
 ipcalme \M\l 107

nue in fcatcenefle. 'D (^on, toben tbou

toenteli fottb Moxz tfte people, toben tfiou
toenteli tbototo tte topinemefle, ^ela,
'Clje eattt) ftofee, ann tbe beauens urop^
peD at tbe pretence of (5oti, euen a^ ^inai

alfo toas moueD at p^ pretence of (^on, tobicb

10 tbe 0OD of 31frael 'Cbou HD (5oti fen=
HeUft a gracpou0 rapne tjpon tbpne enberi^
taunce, ann refreffljeDft it, tobe it toas ttiee-

rge 'Cbp congregacpon IJjaU DttieU tbe^

rin : jFor tbou (HD aoti) bafl of tbv gooDneOe
preparer) for tbe poore. ''
-l)t iLorti gaue p^

toorDe: greate tuag tbe company of tbe

preacber0. ^'Epnges toitb tbeir armpe^
niD flpe, antJ tuere DifcomfiteD, ann tbep of v'
bouftolD neupoeti tbe fpople* ''Cbougb
pe baue Ipen among p^ potte0, pet ftall pe be
a0 p<^ topnges of a Doue tbat i0 coueretJ ttJitb

fpluer ttipnges, anD bir fetbers Ipfee goloe*

'^mben tbe aimigbtp fcattren Itpngeg for
tbeir fafee, tben ttiere tbep as tobite m fnotoe
in 5almo ''
as p^ bpU of 15afan fo is (^ons
bpll euen a bpe bill, as tbe bill of TBafan.
''
:

32lbp boppe pe fo ^ pe bpe bpUes f ^^

Cbis is (^oDs bill, in p^ tobicb it pleafetb
bim to titoell: pee tbe Home topU abptie in it
for euer. ''^bt cbarettes of (^oD are ttoe=
tpe tboufanDe, euen tboufanDes of angels,
and tbe Lome is amonge tbem as in tbe bo=
io8 IPfalme IrtJiii,

Ip place of ^imU ''C6ou art gone t)p an

Ijpe,tbou tea leD captiupte captpue, and tt-
ceaueD gpftes for men: gee euen fot tbpne
enemies, tbat t&e Lore (^oo mpgbt otoell
amog tbem. ''PrapfeD bt tfte Lord oaplp,
euen tfte (^oD toftic!) {)elpet!) t)S, and poutetb
f)i0 tjenefptes tipon t30. ^ela '^e is oure
(^od, eue tbe (^od of ttif)om commetf) falua=
cpon: (3oX\ is tfje Lord tip toJ)om toe eCcape
deati). ''(^od ftall tooGde tbe fteade of f)pis

enemies, and tbe bearie fcalpe of foct) one as

goetb on IJill i f)is topcfeednes* ''Cfte Lord
batf) fapde: 31 Ml
brpng mp people agapne
as 31 dpd from TBafan: mpne otone topll 31
tjrpnge agapne as 31 dpd fomtpme from tf)e
depe of tbe fee. Cbat ftp fote map be dip=
''

ped in tfte tJloud of tfjpne enempes, and tbat

tf)e tog of tf)p dogges mape ht reed tboroUi
fte fame.
''
3t is toell fene, D (^od, boto p"
goefl, Joto tf)Ou mp (^od and fepng goelJ in
tlje ^anctuarp. ''
Cbe fpngers go before,
tfje mpnfirels foloto after: in tbe mpddes
are tbe damofels plapeng W tbe tpmbrels.
''
(3tm tbalies i) 3lfrael, tjnto <^od v' ^o^-
de in the congregations from tbe ground of
tbe bart. ''
Cbere is Iptle 15en 3lamin tbeir
ruler: and tbe IPrpnces of 31uda, tbeir coun=
cell : tbe Princes of ^abulon, and tbe princes
of iBepbtbali. ''&i^ eod batb fent fortb
 IPfalme IrtJiii* 109

flrengt& fot tfie, flatJipU) tfje tbing, D 0on,

tfjat tbou fjafl toroug{)t in t)S, ''jFot tbp
temples fafee at 3l^tufalem: fo ftall fepnges
tJtpnge ptefentes tjnto tbe* ''Wtm p^
companp of tfte Qieate men anti multitune
of tfje migjbtpe are fcatreD atiroane amonge
tbz fteafies of tbe people (fo tljat tbep bum^
flip bring peces of fpluer) anD ttiba be batb
fcatreD p^ people p^ Delpte in toarre* ''
Cben
(ball tbe IPrpncesi come oute of Cgppte, tbe
a^orpas lanD (ball foone ftretcb out ber ba=
ties tjnto (^oD* ''^pnge tjnto (^oD, pe
fepngnomes of p^ eartb : i) fpng prapfes t)n^
to tbe LorD ^ela. '^mbicb fpttetb in tbe
beauens ouer all from tbe begpnnpnge: Lo,
be Dotb izn'ot out bps tjopce, pee ann tbat a
migbtpe tiopce, '*afcrpbe pe p^ potoer t)n=

to (^on, ouer 31ftael :

''
W toorftippe u iJregtb
isi in tbe clounes* (^on, toontierfull art
tbou in tbp bolp places : euen tbe (^oD of 3f=
rael, be topll geue flrengtb anD potoer tJnto
bis people. TSlefleD be (^oD.
no Pfalme Irir.

SALVVM ME FAC DEVS.

Co tlje cfjaunter tipon ^ ^o=

fanimofDauiD,

aue me, i) (^ou, for tbe toateris are

come in eue tinto mp foule, '
31 flicfee

fafi in gf oepe mpre, ttJftete no grounD

i0: 31 am come into Depe toaterg, fo tbat tbz
flouoes renne ouet me* '31 am toeerp of
crping, mp tbrote i0 otpe, mp fpgjbt fapietl)

me, for toaptinge fo longe t)pon mp aoo.

*C6ep tljat bate me tnitbout a caufe, are
mo then tU l)eetes of mp fteao ; tftep tftat are
mpne enemies ano tooIDe Deflrope me gilt=

lefle are migfjtpe: ^^ ^31 papeo tfjem tbe tbin^

ge0 tbat 31 neuer tolte. <^on, tf)ou fenottieft

mp fpmpleneflTe, anu mp fautes are not bpo

from tfte, 'let not tljem tbat trull in tfte,

D Lorn (500 of ^ooftes, bz aftameo for mp

caufe: let not tbofe tbat felte tJ)e, tie confoun^
Oeo tboroto me, D (S5oD of 3frael 'ano
tof)p*^ for tbp fake tone 31 fuffreo reprofe,
ftame batb couereo mp face, '31 am become
a firaGger tjnto mp ftretbren: eue an aleaQt
tmto mp motberg cbiioren. 'jFor tbt ^ele
 IPfalme Irir. 1 1

of tftpne l)oufe ftatb euen eaten me, anD tfte

retiuto of tftem tftat reftulieD fte are fallen

tjponme. '3I anD cftafleneH mp felfe
toepte
toitl) anD tfjat teas turneD to mp
faftpnge,

31 put on a facfe clotf) alfo, $ tftep

^'
reprofe.
lefleD tjpon me. ''
Cbep tfjat fitte in p^ gate,
fpealte agapnfi me, anD tSe DroncliarDes
mafee fongeg t)po me. ^'15ut LotD 31 make
mp prapet unto tbe in an acceptatile tpme.
''^eate me,
(5oD, in p^ multituDe of tbp
mercp euen in tbe tmttb of tfip faluacion.
^'
Cafee me out of tbt mgre, tfjat 3i fpnclie
not Dt) let me fie DelpueteD from t6em tftat

bate me, anD out of t5e Depe toaterg. ''

Let
not tfje ttiater flouD Drotone me : net&er let pe
Depe ftoolotue me tip, anD let not tfje pptte
ftut Ijer moutj) t)pon me. ''l^eare me, ffl)

lorDe, for loupng fepnDnelTe is coforta=

tfjp

l)le: tume tbe tmto me accorDpnge tjnto the

multituDe of tbv mercpes. '^anD ijpDe not
t{)p face from tbi^ feruafit, for 31 am in trou^
file: D fjafie tie, anD tere me. ''Dratoe npe
tjnto
Ijecaufe
mp foule,
of mpne
anD faue it: m Delpuer me
enemies. 'Cf)ou !)aa
fenotoen mp reprofe, mp Ijjame anD mp Dpf^
honour: mpne aDuerfaries are all i tbp figftt.
''
C6e retJulie batb trolten mp berte, 31 am
full of !)eupne0 : 31 lofeeD for fome to baue pi=
tpe tjpon me, ftut tftere toas no man netfter :
112 IPfalme Ixix.

fofiDe 3i anpe to cofotte me. ''Cbep gaue

me gall to eate, ^ toben 31 ttias tterflp, tftep

gaue me tiineger to orinlie. ''Let tbeir ta=

iJle fte mane a fnare to take tbe felues tnptf)

all, anu let tU tbinges (tbat UulD baue bene

for tbeit toeltb) be t)nto tbem an occaiion of
falling. ''Let tbeir epe^ be blinliet), pt tbep
fenot: ano euet botoe p" Dotone tbeir backer.
''Potore out tbpne intiignacion t)pon tbe,
anu let tbp toratbfull Difpleafure take bolDe
of tbem. ''Let tbeir babitacion be tJopDe,
anti no man to titoell in tbeir tenter. ''jFor
tbep perfecute bpm tobom tbou ball fmpte,
(J tbep talke boto tbep mape tiere tbe tobom
tbou baft toounoen. ''Let tbem fall fro one
topckeDnelTe to anotber, ano not come into
tbp rigbteoufnefle. ''Let tbem be toppeD
out of tte bofee of tbe Ipuing, <=t not be torpt=
ten among tbe rigbteou0. ''as for me, toba
31 am
poore anD in beupnelTe, tbp belpe (
0on) all ipfte me tip. ''
31 topll prapfe tbe

name of (^on toitb a fonge, ano magnifpe it

W tbanfeefgeuing. ''^bi& alfo ftall pleafe

tbe Lome better tben a bullocfee, tbat batb
bornes ann boofes. ''^\^z bflble ftall con=
fpDre tbis, anD be glaD fefee pe after (^on, an
:

poure foule ftall ipue. ''jFor tbe Lome bea=

retb tbe poore, an nefppfetb not W pre=
foners. '' Let beauen ann eartb pra^fe bpm.
 IPfalmeto- 113

''
tfje fee $ all tfjat mouetf) tfterin, iFor eoti
ttjpll faue ^ion, ana tupltie p^ cpties of 3lu=
Da, tbat men map ntoell tfjere, anti ftaue it in
polTeflion, ''^U pofietite alfo of Ws fet=
uauntes ftall infjeret it: <$ tbep tljat loue ftps
name, ftall uttiell tfterin.

%\ft . Ivv . j&Ialme.

DEVS IN ADIVTORIVM.
Co tje cfiauntet, of Dauin to litinge to w
memlJtaUnCe* (bccaure m Home TaucB mc.)

afle tbe, i) eon, to tielpuet me:

make ftafle to belpe me, HD LorD
'
Let tjem te ftamen $ con=
foGoeD tbat felie after mp foule:
let t&em tie turneD tjactoaroe, $
put to confufion, tftat topli) me eupll 'Let
tbe (for tljeir retoaroe) te foone tirougftt to

ftame, pt crpe ouer me: tftere, tjjere* 'IBut

let all tfiofe tbat fefee tbe, tie iopfull ano glao
in tbe : ano let all focb as Delate in tbp falua^
cion, fape altoape : tbe Lorn be prapfen,
'
as for me, 31 am poore $ in miferp, bafte
gf tmto me (HD (^on,) '
Cbou art mp belpe,
ann mp renemer: HD Lome, make no longe
tarpenge.
114 ipralmelrri.

IN TE DOMINE SPERAVI.
515 tj)e i) LorD, ftaue 31 put mp trull

let me neuer be put to confufpon, but

rpntje me, anti nelpuer me in tj)p rig{)=

teoufnelTe: enclpne tbpne eare unto me, antJ

faue me 'I5e tftou mp flrog boloe (tof)ere
tmto 31 mape alltoape reCorte) tftou ball pro

mpfen to belpe me: for tftou art mp fioufe of

Defence ao mp caflelL 'Delpuer me, m

(^00, out of tlje banti of tjje tingonip, out of

tjje bantje of tbe tjnrigbteous anti cruell ma

'jFor tbou, ) JLortie (Sot), art tbe tftpnge

tftat 31 longe for, tftou art mp fjope euen fro

mp poutft, 'CboroUi tbe 6aue i bene bol^

nen tip euer fence 3 tnas! borne tbou art be
tbat toke me out of mp motbers toombe,
mp prapfe (balbe all ttiape of tbe, '31 am
become as it toere a monlJer tjnto manp:
but mp fure trull Is in tbe 'Db let mp
moutb be fallen toitb tbg prapfe (ti^at j v^m
im of m mt) anti bonour all tbe na^e longe,
can me not atoape in p^ tpme of age, for^
'

fake me not toben mp firengtb fapletb me

jFor mpne enemies fpeake agapnfl me $
' :

tbep pt lape toapte for mp foule, take tbepr

 IPfalme ijcrl us
councell together, fapenge: (^OD fiatf) forfa=

ken l)pm, petfecute fjpm, anti take ftpm, for

'"
tbere is none to Delpuer J)i. (^o not farte
fro me, D 0oti : mp (^on, ftafle tJ)e to belpe
me ''let tbem tie confounoeti ano perpft,
tftat agapfl mp foule let tftem tie coue-
are :

reD ftame ano Dplljonoure, tbat Me to

ttiitb

Do me euell ''^0 for me, 31 toill pac^entlp

atipDe all ttiape, ann topll prapfe tbe more $
more. ''Q^p moutf) ftall uaplpe fpeafee of
tbv rpgbteoufneOe ^ faluacio, for i fenotue
''
no enoe tt)erof. 31 ttiill go fortf) i p^ firegtft

of pf Loro (^00, (J toill make mecpon of t6p

ngf)teoufneire onelp. ''Cliou, 2D (^oO, ftafl

taugbt me fro mg poutf) tip tintgll nolo,

tfterfore topll 31 tell of tte toooerous tnorc^
ke0. ''jForfafee me not, D (^oo, in mgne
olDe age, toben 31 am grap beaoeo, Dntpll 31

baue ftetoen tbg flrengtb tmto tftis gene=

ration, ano t&p potoer to all t6em tljat are
pet for to come* ''Cfip rpgbteoufnes (2D
<3ox\) is tjerp fee, ano greate tinges are
tftep pt ti)OU f)afl none 2D (^oo, tofto Is
: Ipfee

tmto tftef* ''2D tofiat great troubles an an=

uerfpties ball tbou ftetoeo mei* anD pet Dp=
Deli tbou turne ao refrellj me: pee $ brougb=
ten me from tbe Depe of tbe eartb (mme)
''Cbou bafi brougbt me to great bonour,
anD comforteD me on euerp fpDe. ''Cf)er=
ii6 Pfalmelrnt
fore tnill 3I pragfe t&e an tte faptftfulnefle,
D (^oD, placing upon an inflrumet of mu=
ficfe, tjnto tbe ttipU 31 fpnge tjpon tbe ftarpe,
HD ftou !)olp one of 3Iftael. ''a^p Ipppeis
toiltie fapne, to&an 31 fpnge tinto tfte: antJ fo
ttipU mp foule tobom tbou baft nelpuereti.
''^p tonge altti ftall talfee of tbp rpgl)=
teoufnelTe all tbe uape longe, for tbep are co^
founDeD ant) tirougftt tjnto ftame, tftat felte

to DO me euelL

Cl)e . Ixxii * i&f alme.

DEVS IVDICIVM TVVM.

(a faime) jFor ^alottton,

ue tbe fepnge tbp iutigementeg (HD

(^oti) anti tbp rigbteoufnefle tinto tbe

fepges fonne, 'Cben ftall be iutige

tbp people accorning tjnto rpgbt ann tie=

fenoe tbe poore. '.f)t mountapnes alfo

fljall brpnge peace, an tbe Iptle bplles rigb=
teoufnelTe tinto tbe people, '^e Iball liepe
pf fgmple folfee bp tbeir rpgbt, nefenne p^ cbil=
uren of tbe poore, ann punplb tbe toronge
noer, '^f)t^ ftall feare tbe as long as tbe
fonne ann mone ennuretb, from one genera^
cpo to anotber, '!&e ftall come notone lilte
 Pfalmelrrit 117

tie rape into a flefe of tuoUe, euen as tbe

tJtoppes tbat toatet p^ eattb* '31n W tpme
ftall tfte rpgStuous flotpft, pee ann aboun-
Daunce of peace, fo longe as tje mone entiu=

xtQ). 'JJ)is oompnio ftalfte alCo from tbe

one fee to t6e otftet, ann from tfte flouD tinto
tfie tnorioes entie. 'Cbep tbat OtoeU in tbe
togioernes ftall fenele before 61, Sis ene^
mies ftaU Ipcfee tfje tiufl, 'Cl)e fepnges
of CftarCls ann of tfte 311^3 ftall geue prefen
tes, tbe fepnges of arabp ano ^aba ftall
brpng: gpftes. ''au felges ftall fall ootone
before Wm: all nations ftall 00 bim ferupce,
''jTor be (ball oelpuer tbe poore toben be
crpetb : bpm tbat batb no
tbe neatip alfo ann
belper ''^t fljalbe fauorable to tbe fimple
ann neanp: ann all preferue tbe foules of
tbe poore- ''l^e ftall nelpuer tbeir foules fro

falftene ann toronge, ann neare ffiall tbepr

bloun be in U^ fpgbt ''
J&e (ball ipue, $ m-
to bim Ibalbe geuen of tbe goine of Arabia
Prater ftalbe mane euer tjnto bi, an naplpe
ftall be be prapfen, ''
Cbere ftalbe an beape
of corne in tbe eartb bpe tipon tbe billes, U&
frute ftall ftafee Ipfee Jlibanus, ann Ibalbe
grene in tbe cite, Igfee grafle tjpon tbe eartb*
''is name (ball ennure for euer, bis na=
me (ball remapne tjnner tbe funne amonge
tbe poflerites, tnbicb (balbe blelTen tborotn
II IPfalmelrnil

Wm, ann aU tU ^eatften ftaU prapCe 6im.

''
iBleOeD tie tfte LorDe (^on, euen fte (^on
of 3lCtael tobpcl) onelp notl) toonnerougi
tftinges. ''^nti tJieffeti tie tfte name of l)ps
maieftp for euet, aD all tje ertf) lljaltie filleD

Voitf) J)is maieftpe^ amen, amen.

l^ere enne tbe praperg of Dauin
tijefonneofjfai.

QVAM BONVS ISRAEL.

a Pfalme of afapb.
acE
Eulp (^on 10 loupnge tmto Jfrael:
euen tinto foc6 as are of a cleane bertf*
'
jBeuertftelelTe, mp fete toere almofl

gone, mp treaupnges Jan toell npe flppte.

^ann ttJftp 31 toas greueD at p^ toicfeeD, 3|

no fe alfo p^ tmgonip i focj) profperite. ^ jfor

ti)ep are in no parell of neatf), tjut are luflp
antJ flrong 'Cftep come in no mpffortune
Ipfee otl)er folfee, netfter are tftep plagen ipke
otfter me 'ann tWs is tfte caufe t&at tftep

fie fo boinen toitfj prpDe, anD ouertofjelmeD

togtf) cruelte. 'Cbeir epes ftoell for fat^

nelTe, ann tbep no euen ttiftat tfiep Ipft.

'
Cfiep corrupte otfier $ fpeafee of toiclien
 ipmime IxxiiU 119

tilafpSemie : tftept taifepnge Is agapnft tbt

mofl bpefl. 'jFor ftep fltetcb fortft tfiepr
moutf) tinto tfte fteauen, anD tbept tonge
goeti) tftoroto tbt ttjorin. '"Cftetfote fall

tf)e people tinto rtem, (j ftete out inckz ftep

no fmall aDuaGtage. ''Cuft (fape tftep)

6oto HjuID (^od perceaue iti^ is tftere fenoto=

lege in t6e moofl ftpefii* ''lLo,tl)efe ate fte
tingoDlp, tfteCe profpere m tfte toorine, anti

tbzit ftaue rpc^es in polTeiHon* (anti fa^uc,)

C6en baue 31 cleCeO mp fterte in tiapne ano

toafljen mp ftantieg in innocencpf ''311 tbe
Dape long ftaue 31 liene punifljeti, ano cftafie^

neti euerp mompgef" ''gee an 31 ftao al=

moG fapDe eue as tbep: fjut lo, tftcn ftulD 31

fjaue connemneD tfte genetacpon of tftp cWl^

nren. ''Cben tftougfjt 31 to t)ntietflant)e
''
tl)i0, tjut it ttias! to 6arDe for me, Ontpll 31

toente into tfie ^actuatp of ^oD, tf)en tjn=

Derflooe 31 P^ ^tie of tftefe men ''
l^amelp,
j)oto tl)ou nofl fett tfjem in flipperp places,
anti cailefl tbem Dotone an oeflropefl t&em.
''D boto fooenlp do tftep cofume, petifti,
$ come to a featfull entief ''gee euen Igfee
as a Dteame tofte one atoafeetft, fo Iljalt tfiou
^ make ^ tfteit pmage to tjanplj out of tfte

cite,
''
Cfjus mp ftett toas gteueo, it (j toete
euen tljototo mp repnes, "^0 folpflj toas
31 anD ignoraunt, euen as it toere a tieaft bt-
1 20 pcalme Ixxiiit

fore tht. ''BznmhtMt, 31 am all liiape bp

ti)e, me Ijp mp tigbt ftantie,
for p" bafl boinen
''Cbou ffialt gpne me tngtl) tfe councell,
ann aftectoattie receaue me toitj) glorp,
''mhom baue 31 in fteauen but ftej^ ann
tf)ere none tjpon eartt), tftat 31 ueCpte in
is

compatpfon of t6e '' ^p fleaft $ mp |)ert

fapletb, but <^oti is fte fltengtf) of mp fjert,

ann mp portion for euer. ''jFor lo, tftep

tbat forfafee tfte ftall perift: tf)ou bafl ne=

firopen all tftem tftat commptte fornicacion
agapnfl tbe, ''IBut it is goou for me, to

toine me fail bp (^00, to put mp trufl in tlje

Home (^00, an to fpeafee of all tfip ttiorfees*

(in tije catea of tije Uaucijtcr Sion.)

VT QVID DEVS REPVLISTI.

an inflruccpon of acapb*

(^on, ttjfterfore art tftou atfent fro

t)0 Co logf toi)p Is tte toratf) fo f)ote

agapnfl tfje ftiepe of ttp palluref
-D ttenfee Upon tfip congregacpon, tnbo
tbou baft purcbafen anD renemeD of oloe:
'
Cbinfee tjpo tbe trpbe of tbpne enjeritafice
ann mout ^ion toberin tbou baft ntoelt
 Pfalme Ixxiiiu 121

'fiitt tjp t{)p fete, tf)at tf)ou mapefi tJttet^

Ip Deflto^e euerp enempe tuWcf) baft none

euell in tU ^anctuarp. 'CJjpe atiuetCa=
ties roare in tfje mpnnes of ftp congrega=
cion0, ann banners for tokens,
fet tjp fteir
^^ jj)e tpmbre afote out of p^
tbat betoeo
fticit trees, tuas fenotone to brpng it to an

ercellent toorfee. ^15ut noto tbep breafee

notone all p^ carueo
toorcfee tberof ares $ ^
bammers. '^tti^ baue fet fpre tipo ftp
bolp places, ano baue oefpleo fte Dttiellpnge
place of tbp name, euen tjnto tl}z grounoe.
'gee tbep fapeo i tbeir bertes: let t)S make
bauolie of tbem alltogetber: tbus baue tbep
brent tip all tbe boufes of (^oo in tbe lanoe.
''Wt it not oure tofees, tber is not one
Propbet more, no not one is tber among t)S

tbat tmoerlianoetb enp more. ''

(^on,
boto long ftall tbe aouerfarp 00 tbis iiifl)o=

nourei' boto loge ftall tbe enemp blafpbeme

tbp namef jFor euerf ''^bp UJitburatoefl p
tbpne baof tobp plucfeefl tbou not tbp rigbt
banoe out of tbp bofome, to confume p^ ene=
mpef' ''JFor (^00 is mp fepnge of oloe: tbe
belpe tbat is none tjpon eartb, be ooft it

bim felfe. '*Cbou oponett Deupoe tbe fee

ftorotri ftp potoer, tbou brafeeft fte beaoes
of tbe Dragons in tbe toaters. ''Cbou
fmotefl tbe beaoes of iLeuiatban in peces,
122 Pfalme IxxiiiU

anti geuefl fipm to bz meate for tfie people in

tfte toploetneOe, ''Cftou tirougbtefl out
foumapne0 aD toaters out of p^ fjaroe roc=
fees: tf)ou nrpeDll tip migbtpe toaterg,
''
Cfte Dape is tfjpne, $ tfte npgftt is tfipne
tf)OU Sal! ptepateD tfte ligftt anD tbe fonne,
''Ct)ou fjaft fett all p^ tiotDers of p^ eartf),
tftou f)afi maue fommet ano topntet ''Ee=
memto tfiis, HD LorD, t)oto tbe enemie ftatf)

tetJukeD, f f)otD tfje folpft people batb tilaf^

pftemeti tfe name, ''^ oelpuer not p^ foule

of tte turtle Doue tinto tbe multitutie of tbe
enemies: anti forget not tfte cogregacpon of
tbe poore for euer, ''ilofee i^pon tfte coue=
naunt, for all tbe eartf) is full of oarfenes, t
cruell ftatiitacios* ''HD let not tf)z fpmple go
atoape afljameti, tiut let tbe poore anD neDp
geue prapfe t)nto tbv name, -'arpfe, HE)

(^OD, mapntepne tfjpne atone caufe: re=

memtre ftotxi tlie folgft man tJlafpbemetb p^
tiaplp. tU t)opce of tWne ene=
''jForget not
mpes: prefumpcpon of tbem ttat bate p^
tf)e

increafetb euer more ann more.

 IPfalme IrjrtJ. 123

Ci)e > Ivx'o > pialmt.

CONFITEBIMVR TIBI DEVS.

Co tbt cf)auntet, DelJrope not,

a IPfalme $ fonge of afapf).

Jl^to tl)e (D (^00) DO toe geue tbafeeg,

m
name
tJnto tfje Ho ttie geue tftanltes :
'
tf)p

alfo 10 fo npe, <$ tbat Do tf)p too^

Detous tnotclieg Declare. 'WU 3 receaue

tfte congtegacion, 31 ftall iuDge accorDpnge
tinto rpgl)t 'Cte eattft is toeafee anD all

tije ibatiitets tftetof, 31 tJeare tip v' PiU^tg of

it '31 fapDe t)nto tbe fooler: Deale not fo
maDlp, anD to tfie tingoDlp: fet not tip pour
borne, '^et not tip poure borne on 6pe, $
Qjeafee not toitf) a Ggf necfee. 'jTor pronto^
cpon commetb netber from tbe OBafl, ner fro
tfte toefi, ner pet from p^ iontt '
anD ttil)p i*

aoD is tfte 3IuDge: he puttetf) Dotone one,

anD fettetf) tip another. 'jFor in tbe ftanDe
of tSe LorD ttere is a cuppe, <$ p^ ttipne

is reDD, 3(t is full mirte, (j it pouretb out of

tfje fame. ''
as for tfje Dregges tberof, all p^

tmgoDlp of tbe eartf) Ujall Drpncke tjjem, aD

fuclie tbem out. "IBut 31 topll talfee of tfte

<^oD of 31acot), anD prapfe ijpm for euer.

124 Pfalme \xx\)u

^'au tbt 6orne0 of tbe tingotilp alfo tnpU

31 bteafee, anti tfje tjotnes of tSe rggSteous
ftalte eralten.

NOTVS IN IVDEA.
Co tbe cj)auntet, in melotipeis, a
pcalme, $ fonge of amp6

B Jetorpe is (^oD Itnottine, bis name

is greate in 3ifrael 'at ^cfiale
is f)is talietnacle, anti fiis Dtoellpng
in ^ion. 'CSete tJtafee be tbe arotties of
tbe botwe, tbe IbplDe, tbe Cttiertie anD p^ bat^
taple ^ela 'Cbou art of more bonour
ano mpgbt tben tbe bplles of robbers*
'
^U
prouoe are robbeti tbep baue flepte :

tbeir flepe: ann all tbe men (tobofe banties

ttiere migbtie) baue founn notbinge* 'at
tbp rebufee (HD (^otJ of Jacob) botb tbe cba=
ret ano borfe is fallen. 'Cbou, euen tbou
art to be fearen : ann tnbo map flantie in tbp
fpgbt, toben tbou art angrpei* 'Cbou DiD=
Deft caufe tbp iuogement to be berDe from
beauen, tbe ertb trembleti ann teas ftpll
'
Hben ($on aroCe to iuogement, $ to belpe
all tbe melie tjpon eartb* ^ela
 ipmime IrrtJit 125

fearcenefle of ma Hall tutne to tbv ptapCe:

ano tf)t fearcenefle of otfiet ftalt tftou xz-
frapne^ ''IPrompfe tjnto fte loroe poure
(^oD $ feepe iu all pe tbat tie toGtie about
l)pm: txvm prefentes tinto bm Mt ougbt
to tie feateD, ''\^z lljall refragne tfte fprete
of Prpce0, antJ is ttioDetfull amongc tbz
fepnges of tfie eartft.

VOCE MEA AD DOMINVM.

Co tbe Cftaunter, for 3leDutt)un
alPfalmeofacapl).

mill crpe tJnto (^oD W mp tjopce,

euen tjnto <^oD togll 31 crie toitf) mp
tjopce, ano fje ftall Serlten tjnto me,
In tU
' tpme of mp trouble 31 fougfjt tfte
Lome mp : fore ranne ano ceafl*eD not in tfte
npgbt ceafon : mp foule refufeo comforte*
'
mhzn 31 am in 6eupnefl*e, 3[ topll tbpnfee

tjpon aoo: toSen mp 6ert is tiereo, 3[ topli

complapne. ^ela, 'Cf)Ou bolDell mpne
epes toalipnge, 31 am fo fetile, tftat 31 cannot
Qjealte, '
3 6aue cofptireti tjje napes of oioe,
ano tfie peares tfjat are pafi. '31 call to re=

metjraunce mp fonge : ano in tfte npgbt 31 co=

126 pfalme IjcrtJii.

mune toitfi mpne atone bett, anti fearcft out

mp fpretes* '
KpU
Lorn atJfent 6im felfe g^

for tiizx$ be tie no more itreateoi'

atiD toill

'310 t)is mercp dene gone for eueri* ano

is Wprompfe come titterlp to an enoe for
euermoref 'J^atft (^on forgotte to tie gra=
cpousj" ant) toill te ftutt tjp f)is loupnge
fepnoneflfe in Dpfpleafuref ^ela ^anD 31

Capne : 31t is mpne atone infirmpte : IBut 31

topU rememtre tbe peares of tbe rigbt 6aDe

of tfie moofl ftpefl. ''31 topU rememtre tbe
toorcfees of t6e Lome, ano call to mpnue
tf)p toonners of oloe tpme ''3 toill tbpnlie
alfo of all toorckes, anD mp talfepnge
ftaltje of tte
tt)p

ooinges. ^ ''Cbp toape, ^^

D gon, is t)olp : tobo is Co greate a (^oD as
(oure) (^00 f ''C5ou art gf <^oD tbat tiotj)

toonners, au ftafl Declareo tfe potoer amog

people* ''Cbou bafl mpgbtelp Delperen
tte people, euen tfte fonnes of 3lacot) ao 31o=

fep6. ^ela. ''Cbe toaters fatoe tbe, D

(5oti, tbe toaters fatoe tbe, $ toere afrapeH:
p<^ Deaptbes alfo toere troubleo. ''^l)z clou=

ties poureti out toater, tbe aper tbonoereo, (j

tbpne arotoes toent abroaoe. ''^bz tjopce

of tbp tbonoer toas beartie rountie aboute,
tbe Ipgbtenpnges (bone tipon tbe grounDe,
tbe eartb toas moueo ano ftoke toitball
19
^i)^ toape is in tbe fee, ano tbp patbes in
 IPfalme ixMiu 127

tU gteate toatets, ann tf)p fotefleppeg are

''
not fenottine, CJjou leutiefi tbv people Iplie

ftepe, ftp tbe fiantie of ^ofes ann 3aton

ATTENDITE POPVLE MEVS.

an infiruccpon of 3fapf).

(2Bate mp latoe, D mp people, enclp=

? ne poure eares tinto the taoroes of
mp moutt) '31 topll open mp
moutt) in a parable, 31 topll Declare barn fen=
tences of oloe. '
WUtb toe ftaue bertie ano
fenotone, anD focbe m oure fatbers Saue
toioe t)0- '
Cbat toe ftuloe not bpoe ftem
from tf)e cbpinren of tbe generations to co==

me: but to ftetoe tbe bonour of tbe Lome,

W migbt, ano toonoerfull toorcfees tbat be
batb tione- 'f^z mane a couenaGt toitb 31a=

cob aD gaue 3lftael a latoe tobicb be com^

maunetJ oure forefatbers to teacbe tbeir cbil^
nren 'Cbat tbeir pofierite mpgbt fenotoe
it, ann tbe cbiltire tobicb toere pet tinbome*
'
Co tbintent tbat tobe tbep came t)p, tbep
mpgbt ibetoe tbeir cbpltren tbe fame,
'
Cbat tbep mpgbt put tbegr truft i (^oo,
antJ not to forget tbe toorkes of (^00, but
128 Pfalme IxMiU
to feepe i)i0 comafinmete0. ^anti not to tie

as! tj)eir forefatbers a faitfjlefle ano ftutJ-

tjume generacion, a generacion tfiat fet not

tjjeir ftette a rggtt, ano tobofe fptete cleueD

not fleofafllp tinto (^oo. '"Lpfee as tte

cbplDren of aBpfttaim, tobicF) bepng barney
feo ano catpeg fiootoes, turneo tfjem felues
tjaclie in tfte oape of tatapU* " C6ep feepte

not tbe couenaunt of (^oD, anO ttioloe not

toalfee in 6p0 latoe '"But forgat toftat fje

J)ati' none, anO tbe toonoerfuU triorclies tfiat

i)z 6ao ilietoeo for tbe* ''a^aruelous t{)pn=
ge0 Dpo be in tbe fpgftt of oute fatjers in tfte
lanoe of OBgppte, euen in tbe felDe of 3oan.
''
5)e Deupoet) tbe fee, ano let tbe go tbo=
toto be mane tbe toaters to flaoe on a beape.
:

''
3ln tbe oape tpme alfo be ieo tbem toitb
a clouoe, ano all tbe npgbt tboroto W a ligbt
of fpre. ''
^e cloaue tbe bato rocfees in tbe
topirjerneffe, ano gaue tbem orincfee tberof,

as it bao bene out of tbe greate oeaptb*

''e btougbt toaters out of tbe flonp
tocfee, fo tbat it guflbeo out iplie tbe tpuers.
get for all tbis tbep fgnneo mote agapnfi
''

bpm, ano prouofeeo tbe mofl bpefl in tbe

togioernes* ''^ht^ tempteo 600 in tbept
bertes, ano requgreo meate for tbepr lufl.
'''Cbep fpalte agapnfl (fi5oo alfo fapenge:
^ball <^oo prepare a table in tbe toiioer^
 IPfalme IrrtJiii- 129

neflef ''^z fmote tbe aonp roclte in ticDe, pt

tt)e toatet guCfteD out, ann tbt flreames
flotocD ttJitftall tiut can tt pue breti alfo, or
:

proupoe flea for U^ peopled ''mte p^ Lorn

ftearne tbis, f)e toas torotb: Co tfte fpre tuas
lipntileD in Jacob, $ tfter came Dp J)eup ti5C=

pleafure agapnfl 3Ifrael ''TBecaufe tftep

tjeleueD not in <3o'0, anD put not tbeir trufle

in f)is J)elpe ''^0 be commatiDeD tbe clou=
ties aboue, ano openeo tbe oores of beauen.
''J^e rapneo Dotone ^ana alfo tjpon tbe,
for to eate, ann gaue tbem fooDe fro bea=
uen. ''^0 man npn eate angels fone,
for be fent tbem meate pnougb. ''e cau=
fen tbe OBafl tognn to blottie tinner tbe bea==
uen, ann tboroto bps potoer be brougbt in p^
foutb Uiefl tnpnne* ''ij)e ragnen flelb tjpo
tbem as tbicfee as nufl, ann fetberen foules
Ipke as tbe fanne of tbe fee. ''
e let it fall

amonge tbeir rentes eue rotine aboute tbeir

babitacpon, '^o ii)zi^ nin eate, ann toere
toell fallen, for be gaue tbe tbeir atone ne^^

fpre. ^bzi^ toere not nifapognten of tbeir

lufl. '^iBut tobple tbe meate ttias pet in
tbeir moutbes: p^ beup toratb of (^on came
tjpon tbem, (j fletoe tbe toeltbiefi of tbe, pee
ann fmote notone, tbe cbofen men tbat toere
in 3Ifrael ''T5ut for all tbis tbep fpnnen
pet more, ann beleuen not bps toonnerous
130 Pfalmetot3iu.

tootckeg. ''Cbetfote, tbegt napes tipD be

confume in tjangte, aD tbeit peates in ttou=
biz. ''mbzn ht fletoe tdem, tbep fougbt
6pm, anti tumeti tftem earlp anD enquereD
after (^on ''3nD tbep remebreD tfjat aon
toag tt)ept ann tfjat tbe 6pe (^oD
fltengtf),

ttias tfteit reDemet^ '' l^euertfjelefle, tftep

DpD tjut flatter t)im toitb tfieir moutb, ann

Dpflemblen toitt) bm in tfteit tonge- ''jFot
tfjeir berte toas not toftole toitf) bpm, netbet
contpnueti tbep fletifaft in tes couenaunt
''
15ut t)e toas fo mercpfuU, tbat 6e fotgaue
tfteir mpfDeneg, ann nefltopen tbem not,
''gee manp a tpme tutnen ht f)p0 toratb
atoape, ann tooine not fuffre W Wole npf^
pt
pleafure to arpfe, 'jrot be confpneten
tbep toere but ann tbat tbep tuere, eue
fleflj:

a topnne tbat atoape, ann commetb

palTetb
not agapne, ''O^anp a tpme npn tbep pro=
uofee bpm in p^ ttipinernefle, ann greuen bim
in tbe nefette. Cbep tumen bacfee, $ tem^
''

pten (^on, ^ mouen tbe bolp one in 3lftael.

\)t2 tbougbt not of
''
bann, ann of p^ W
nape toben be nelpueren tbem from tbe bane
of tbe enempe. ''g)otP be ban totougbt hi%
mpracles in OBgipte, ann tnonners in tbe W
feme of 5oan. ''i^e tutnen tbeit tuaters
into bloune, fo tbat tbep mpgbt not nrpncfee
of tbe tpuets* ''^e Cent Ipce amonge tbe,
 Pfalme Irrtiiit 131

anD Dcuouteti tjem tjp anti frogges to De^

Grope tf)em. '^i^e gaue tfjeir frutes tinto p^
catprppUer, anti tbtix latioute tJnto t5e
gteftoppet. ''e nelJropeD tteit tjpnes tot

f)aple flones, anti tbeit multietp trees toptf)

tj)e frofl* ''ij)e fmote tfjeir catel alfo toitb

ftapIelJoneiS, (j tbeir floclieg toitf) Dote tfton^

Der tioltes, '^e cafi upon tbe tbe furpouf^
nefle of tes toratf), anger, nifpleafure anD
troutJle, anD fent euell angels among t5em.
''
g)e maDe a toape to bis inDignacion, anD
fpareD not tfteir foule from Deatf), tint gaue
ttepr Ipfe ouer to tje peflglence- ''^nD
fmote all tfje fprlJtiorne in OBgipt, tbe moofi
principall anD mpgbtpell ^ in p^ Dtoellpn= -^
ges of am, ''
iBut as for W atone people,
6e leaD tbem fortb Iplte ftepe, anD carieD tbe
in pe toilDernefle Igke a flocfee. ''l^e brought
tftem out fafelp, tfjat t6ep ftulDe not feare, u
ouertobelmeD tfjeir enemies toitf) tfte fee.

''anD trougbt tbem toitWn fiorDers of

i)is ^anctuarp : ^ eue to
tfte

tWs mountapne, ^^
tofticf) be purcbafeD toitf) f)is rpgf)t banDe.

''e cafl out tfje eatbe alfo before tbe,

caufeD tbeir lanDe to be DeupDeD amoge tbe
for an beritage, anD maDe tbe tribes of 3lf^

rael to Dtoell in tbeir tetes. "^0 tbep tem=

pteD anD DifpleafeD tbe mofl bge 0oD, anD
feepte not bgs teflimonpes. ''I5ut turneD
 132 IPfalme IrrtJiiu

tbtit backeg, anti fell atoape Ipke tfteit for=

fat})er0, flattpnge afptie Ipke a ttoke botoe.

''JFot tf)ep greueD Dpm toitft tbeit bill al^
tets!, anti prouokeD f)im to niCpleafute toptl)

tfjeir pmage0. ''mben (^on bearne tfjig, be

toas torotb, anti toke fore npCpleaCure at M'-
rael ''^o tbat be forfoke tbe Cabernacle
in ^ilo, euen tbe tent tbat be ban pitcbeti a^
mong men* ''5)e tielpueren tbeit potoet in-
to captiupte, anti tbeir beUitpe into tbe ene==

miesi bantie^ ''JJ)e gaue W people ouer alfo

into tbe ftoeme, antJ toas tototb toitb hi^ in--

berptaunce. ''Kbt fpte confumeti tbeir pog

men, ann tbeit mapDens toere not geuen to
manage. ''^Mt preaUeg ttiete flapne to^
tbe Ctoetne, anu tbere ttiere no toptitiotoes
to make lametacion. ''^o tbe Lome attia^
keD as one out of flepe, ann Ipke a gpaunte
refteflbentnitb topne. '^g)e fmote U^ ene=
mies in tbe bptier partes, and put tbem to a
^perpetuall ftame. ^ ''l^e refufeD tbe ta=

bernacle of 3lofepb, ann cbofe not tbe trpbe

of Cpbraim. ''IBut cbofe tbe ttpbe of 3lu=
na, euen tbe bpU of ^ion tobicb be louen.
''ann tbere be bupinen bi^ temple on bpe,
ann lagen tbe fofinacion of it ipke p^ gtoGne,
tobpcb be batb mane continually. ''\^z

cbofe 2Dauin alfo W feruaunt, ann toke

''30 be toas
bim
atoape from tbe fljepe foines.
 IPfalme \xxix. 133

folotoinge tbz etoes greate toitb poge ones,

bz tofee bm. ttjat Se mpgbt fetie 3lacotJ ftps
people, anti 3ICtael Ws enberitaunce. "^0
bt fed tfem toift a faptj)full anti true bert, u
ruletJtf)em pruDentlp toitf) all f)is potoer^

DEVS VENERVNT GENTES.

a Pfalmeofacapf).
(^on tbe eatben are come into tftp

infjeritaunce : tbp bolp teple baue ftep

nefpleD, an matie 3lerufalem an beape
of fiones, -Cbe DeeD tJODpeg of tbp fer^

uauntes Jaue tbep geuen to bz meate, unto

tfje fouler of t6e apre, ann tbe fleflj of tfe
fapncteg tjnto tbz tieafles of tt)e lantie.
'
Cbeir tilouD ftaue tbep ften Ipfee tuater on
euerg fptie of 3|erufalem, ann ttere triag no
man to tiurpe tbem. 'Wz ate become an
ope ftame tjnto oure enemies, a tierp fcorne

anD nerpfgon tinto tbem tbat are rountie

atioute t)0. 'Lome, boto longe toplt tbou
tje angrpei* ftall tbp geloufp tiurne Ipfee fpte
for euerf 'IPoure out t})pe intiignacio
tjpon the eatben tbat t)aue not fenotnne
tbz, ann tjpon tfte kpngnome tbat ftaue not
134 ipfalmelrnr*

calleti tjpon tbp name, 'jFot tl)ep !)aue tie=

uouren Jacob, anti lapetJ tuafle ftis Dtoel=

Ipnge place, ' rememtire not oute oine
fpnne0, tiut fiauemercp tjpon t)0, anD tbat
foone, for toe ate come to greate miferp,
'eipe t)0, SD (^OD of oure faluacion, for
tbe glorp of tfip name : SD Delpuer t)0, anD tie

mercpfuU unto oute fpnes for tbp names

fafee. ''mberfote no tbe eatfien cage:
ttjftete is nolo tbeit (SoDf ''D let tbe tien^
geaunce of tbp fetuauntes tiloutie tl)at I0
QjeD, tJe openlp ftetoeD t)pon tbe eatben in
oute fpgbt '') let t&e fototofull fpg&png
of tbe ptefonets come tiefote tbe: accotDpng
t)nto tbe gteatnefle of tbp potoet, ptefetue
t()ou tbofe pt ate appopnteD to Dpe, ''Hnti
fot tf)e iJlaQjbemp (tofjettoptft oute nepgb=
tjouts teue tlafpbemeD tbe) tettiatDe tbou
tfjem, D -iLotlie, feuen folDe into tbeit t)0=

fome ''
%o toe, tbat be tbg people anD ftepe
of tbp paGute, Uall geue tbe tbancfees fot
euet, anD topll alltoape be ftetoinge fottb
tbv ptapfe ftom genetacion to genetacion*
 IPfalmelrrr. 135

QVI REGIS ISRAEL.

Co tbe cfjaunter ^ Dpon ^ofanim,

a tefiimonge anD Pfalme of afapf).

^OBare p ftepfjetDe of 3frael,

j||tf)ou tfiat leaoefi 31oCep{) Ipfee a
r^lfljepe: ftetoe tbp felfe alfo t5ou
pt fpttefi tipon tf)e Cfterubpng,
Ul
min, ano ^anaflfes: fiete tip tfe fltengtf)
ano come f)elpe t)0. 'Cume t)0 agagne, SD
0oD, ftetoe tte Ipgl)t of tbp countenaunce,
and toe ftaltie ttiftole* ' LotDe (^oD of
ofle^, f)oto longe toilt tf)Ou tie angrp toitf)

tf)p people pt ptapet!) ^ '

Cbou fetiefl tbz
toitf) tfje tteti of teate0 anti geuefl tbem ple^
teoufnes of teares to ntpncfee, '
Cl)OU
l)afl mane t)0 a tietp Grpfe tinto oure nepgt)^
tjourg, an oure enemies laugf) t)S to fcotne*
^Curne Ds agagne, tbou (^on of ofieg,
ftetoe tfte Ipgbt of tfjp countenaunce, ao toe
ftaltie totole, 'Cj)ou ftafi lirougbt a tjpne
out of Cgppte, tbou baft ea=
cafl out tbe
tben, anD platen it 'Cbou maneft rotome
for it : ann toftan it ban taken rote, it fallen p^
136 Pfalme Ixxx.

'"
lantie. Cfte Jplles! toere couereD toptft tfje

ftanotoe of it, ann thz tiotoes tberof ttiere

Iplie tfte goonip CeDte tree0. "^J)e flret^

ct)eD out f)et tJtauncf)es tjnto tbt fee, ano fter
tiotneg tjnto tfje rpuet* ''
Wbi^ fialJ p" tben
titofeen Dotone Set fteoge, tbat all tUv ^Ucb
go lip, plucke of Set gtapejsf "C!)e toplDe
tiore out of tbz toooo Dotb rote it up, ao tl)e

ttiplDe beafles of tje feioe oeuoutetl) it

''
Cutne tfje agapne, tfjou <3ot\ of ^ofles,
lofee Dottine from fteauen, teboioe, ano t)pfet

t6i0 tjpne. ''ano tfje place of tbe tjpnparoe

tijat tbp rpgfit tiantie tatf) planted, anD tlje

brauncl) tfiat tl)ou maOeft fo flronge for

tf)p felfe, ''31t is firent toitf) fpre, anO cut
Dotone: ano tbep ftall perplj) at tfte

retjufee of tfe cofitenaGce. ''Let tfe Mti

be tjpon tbe man of tbp rpgbt tiantie, $ tjpon
tfje fonne of man tobom p" maoefl fo flrong
for tbpne atone felf* ''^nD fo toill not toe
go tiacli from tfje : 2Dj) let t}0Ipe, <$ toe ftall
call tjpon thv name- ''Curne tis agapne,
HD LorDe (^00 of l^ofles, lljetoe the lpgl)t of
tj)p countenaunce, <$ toe ftaltie toftole*
 Pfalmelrrn, 137

EXVLTATE DEO.
Co fte cbaunter ^ tjpon (^ittttf),
^c rtf.^^u (in ^^^ fiftl? ^^pc of
(aMme)0fafapt);j^3i,,rt,,)

3lng:e toe metelp tinto (^oD o^ fitengtt)

mafee a cbeatfuU nopfe tjnto tfte (^oD
of 3lacot), '
Cake tbt Pfalme, ttpng
Sptber tfte taliret, tbe merp fiarpe W tht lute.
'"Blotoe tjp gf ttompett in tte neto mone,
euen in tU tpme appopnteo, ano upon oure
folepne feafl Dape. 'jFot tWs toag mane a
ftatute for 31frael, ^ a latoe of pe (Sou of 3la=
cob. 'Ct)is bt oroeneo in 3[ofep5 for a te=

flpmonp, toben be came out of tbe lanoe of

Cgppt, ano ban bearoe a flcaunge laguage.
'
3[ eafeD bpis ftouioer from tbe burtben, $
bis banoes toere Oelpuereo from (making;)
tbe pottes. 'Cbou calleOG tipo me in trou=
ble0, ano 31 oelpuereo tbe, ano bearoe tbe
tobat tpme as tbe florme fell t)pon tbe,
'31 proueo tbe alfo at tbe toaters of flrpfe.
^ela. '^eare, ) mp people, ano 31 topll

alTure tbe Jfrael, pf tbou toplt berfee m-

to me. 'Cbere ftall no ftraunge (^00 be in
138 Pfalme Irrrii.

tf)e, nefter ftalt tbou tuorftpppe anp otfter

<^0D, '^31 am tfje Lottie tftp (S^oD, tobpcft
tirougJ)t tbe out of tfje lanoe of OBgppte open
tftp moutf) topDe, anD 3I (Ijall fpU it ''15ut
mp people toolD not })eare mp tjopce, aD 31^
rael ttJOlDe not obep me* ''^o 3 gaue
ti)em tjp tinto tbeir atone httm luft, aO let

tbtm folotoe tbeit atone gmaginacpons,

'*) tl)at mp people toolue baue fietfeeneD
tjnto me, for pf 3Iftael t)at) toalfeeo in mp
toape0 ''31 ftulOe foone 6aue put Ootone
tbeit enempeg, $ tumeo mpne tan agapnfl
tbeir aouerfaties. ''
Cbe fiatets of p^ Home
ftuioe ftaue bene founoe Ipats, tJut tfjeit

tpme ftuioe 6aue enouteD for mtt. '^^e

ftulD f)aue fen M alio tot tfte fpnefl tobeate
floure, an toitf) t)onp out of tbe flonp rofee
ftulDe 31 6aue fatiffpeD tfte.

DEVS STETIT IN SINAGOGA.

a Pfalme of afapfj*

HDD flannetf) in tfje congregacpon of

ptpnces: U i0 Juoge amonge (SoD=
De0. 'iJ)otti loge toill pe geue torog
iuogement, ano accepte tbe petfonnes of tfje
trngooipi' ^ela. 'Defenoe tbe poote ann
 pmime IjcrriiL 139

fatberlelTe, fe tftat iocb as hz in neoe ann ne=

ceflite f)aue 'Delpuet tbe outcafle $
rigftt
poote : faue tf)em from tf)e banne of tbe tjn^
goDlp. '
Cbep toill not tie lernetJ net tinDet^
flanne, tut toalcfee on flpll in natdtnelTe : all

tfte fountiacions of tf)e ettf) tie out of courfe,

'
31 6aue fapne : ^ pe are ^otiDes, anD pe
all are cbpioren of tfte moofl feefl, '15ut
pe fljall Dpe Ipfee men, anD fall Ipfee one of p^
princes, 'arpfe, SD (^on, ano iunge tl)ou p^
eartb, for tftou IJjalt tafee all ^zaM to tbine
enberitaunce,

DEVS QVIS SIMILIS.

a fonge anD Pfalme of afapl),

HDlDe not tbp tonge, HD 000, Itepe

not flgll fplece, refrapne not tfe felf

D (^00. -jFor lo tbpne enemies

malie a murmurpnge, ano tbep tbat bate p^
[)aue Ipft tjp tbeir fteaDe, '
-hzi^ baue pma=
gpneD craftelp agapnfl tf)p people: ano ta=
ken councell agapnll tbp fecrete ones,
'Ci)ep })aue fapoe: come, $ let tJS rote tfte

out ttat tftep fte nomore a people, ^ tbat tjje

name of 3|frael mape tie nomore in remem^
I40 pcalme \xxxiil

traunce. 'jTor tftep fiaue call tfteir ^eanesi

togeftec ttJitb one confent, ann are confene^
rate agapnfl tbe, '
CJje tatjernacles; of tfte

Domites anD Jfmaelpte^, tbe a^oatptes

ann ^agareneg. '(3ztaU ano ammon, ann
amalecb: p^ PWUflpnes toitf) tbem pt ntoeU
at Cpre* 'aiTur alfo is iopnen tjnto tbem,
ann baue Selpen tfte cbiinren of Lotf). ^ela.
'TBut no tt)ou to tjem as t)nto tbe a^a=
nianiteg, tJnto ^iCera, ann tjnto 31atiin at
t6e broke of l^pfon. ^'mfipcb perpften at
OBnnor, ann became as p^ nonge of p^ eartj),

''Q^ake tbem $ tfjepr Princes Ipfee Dret)

ann ^eti. gee make all tfteir Princes Ipke as
^etea ann ^almana, '' mUth Cape let ns :

take to oure felues tbe f)oufes of (^on in pof-

Ceirpon* ''D mp aon, make tfiem Ipke Dnto
a toftele, ann as tfte flutile before p^ ttipnne*
''
Lpke as a fpre tftat burnetj) tip tbe toon,
ann as tbe flame tftat confumetb tbe moun=
tagnes- ''Perfecute tbem euen fo toptb tbp
tempeU, ann make tbem afrapen toptb tbp
iJorme. ''a^ake tbepr faces aftamen,
Lome, tbat tbep mage
name, '' Let
feke tbv
tbem be confoGnen ann tjeren euer more an
more: let tbem be put to tbame ann periflj,
''ann tbep ftall knoto, tbat tbou (tobofe
name is ileboua) art onlp tbe mooft bpeft
ouer all tbe eartb*
 pralme Irrniit 141

t!Di)e . Ixvxiiii . i^talme.

QVAM DILECTA TABERNACVLA.
Co tfje dbaliter tjpon (^itWtf), a Pfal=
me of tbe fonnes of Cotat).

^oto ampatJle are tfjp Dtoellpnges,

tbou LorDe of ofleisi^ 'a^p foule
fiatl) a Hefpte ano long:inge to entre
into tbe courtes of tfie Lotoe : mp bert aD mp
fleft teiopfe in tbe liupng (^00, '
gee p^ fpa^
roto Jjatl) founDe f)et an ftoufe, anD tfie ftoa=
lotue a nefl, tntete fte mage lape f)et ponge:
euen tbp aultets HD LotOe of ofle^, mp
fepnge anD mp (^on. 'TBlefleti are tbep tbat
otoell i tbp fjoufe, tjjep toilbe all toape prap=
fpng tf)e. ^ela. '
IBleflfeti 10 tftat ma tofiofe

fitengtb 10 in tbe, in tofjofe fterte ate tbg

Ujape0 'C23!)pcl) goinge tftototti tbe tiale

of miferp tjfe it for a toell, anO tbe poles are

fplleD toitf) toater. '^bti^ top go from
flrengtb, ano tjnto tbe <^oti of (^otiDes ap=
peareti) euetp one of tbem in ^ion, 'D
Lome (^oD of l^olJes, beare mp praper : fjet^

lien D (^00 of 3lacot) ^ela, 'TBeOolO, ffl)

(^00 oure oefenDer, ano lofee tjpon tf)e face

of ttene anopnteo, ''jFor one Dape in tfe
142 Pfalme Irrru,

coutte0 is bttttt tban a ttouCanDe. ''31 ban

tatfter tie a Dore feeper in p^ fjouCe of mp (Son,
tben to Dtoell in tbt tentes of tjngoDlpnefle,
''jfor tfte iLotD (Son 10 a Ipgftt ano oefen^
ce, tbe lorn Ml geue grace anD ttiotljjppe

anD no gooD tbpnge ftall l)e ttJitboloe from

tfjem tbat Ipe a goDlp ipfe. ''D Lorn (Son
of JJ>olle0, tilelTen 10 tbe man, tbat puttetfj

J)P0 truft in tU*

BENEDIXISTI DOMINE.
Co tbe cftaunter, a IPfalme of tf)e

fonne0 of Coraft.

SDrne, tfiou art tjecome gracious tin-

to tbp lanne, tfiou fiaft turnen atoape
tbe captiuite of Jacobs '
CJiou bafl
forgeuen tfte offence of tftp people, ann co=
ueren all tbepr fpnnes ^elafi^ 'C6ou baft
taken attiape all tbp nifpleaCure, ann tutnen
tbg felfe from tbp toratfifull innignacion,

'Curne tis tben, ) (Son oure ^aupour,

ann let tbpne anger ceaffe from tis 'Wi^M
tbou be nifpleafen at tis for euerf* ann toplt

tbou ftretcb out tbp toratb from one genera-

cion to anotberf 'SBglt tbou not turne a-^
 IPfalme ixxx\yu 143

gapne (j qupclien tis, tbat tf)p people mage

reiopfe in tftef '^betoe us tfe metcp HD lorci

ant) graunt tJS tfe faIuacion '3i toill t)er=

ken toftat tte iLotti (^on toiU Cage: (concer-

ning me) for l)e Hall fpeafee peace tinto 610 peo=
pie anti to Ws fainctes, tl)at tfjep turne not
agapne. 'Jfor Ws faluacion is npe t6e tbat
feare 6im, tfiat glorp mape Dtoell i oute la=

He. '^ercp anti truetb are met together,

tpgl)tuoumeire anti peace fiaue feplTen ecte
otber. ''
Cruetb Qjall flotiU out of p^ eattt),

$ rpgfttuoufneire fiatf) lokeD Dottine fro f)ea=

uen ''gee, tbe Lome Hall flbetoe loupnge

Itpntineire, ano oure lanoe ftall geue ber en^^

creafe. Epgbteoufnefle ftall go before

^
''

bim, ano be IJall Directe bis gopng in

tbe tnape.

INCLINA DOMINE AVREM.

a Praper of DauiD.

toe Dotone tbpne eare, )2E) Lorn, an

beare me, for 31 am poore $ in miferp.
-
Preferue tbou mp foule, for 31 am
bolp: mp (^otJ faue tbp feruaunt, tbat put=
tetb W trufl in tbe. '15t mercpfull tinto
144 ipcalme IjcrrtJt

me ( LotDe) for 31 toill call tiaplp tjpon

tl)e, 'Comfotte t6e foule of tbv fetuaunt,
for mto tbe ( Lome) do 31 feft tjp mp cou^

le. 'jFor tJ)ou Lome art goon anti gra=

cious, anD of greate mercp tinto all tU tbat
call tjpon thz. '<3zm eare Lome mp
tjnto

praper, and ponore tbe tjopce ofmp ftum^

tjle rjefpre0. '3ln tfie tpme of mp trouble
31 toill call tjpon tbe, for tbou bearefl me.
'amonge tbe (S^oODeg tjjere is none lp=

fee tmto tbe (D Lome) tbere is not one tbat

can DO Doefl. 'ail nacions tobom
as tbou
tbou maDe, ftall come anD ttiorlbpppe
bafi
tbe ( LorDe) anD (ball glorifie tbp name.
'jfor tbou art great, aD Doefl tnonDerous
tbpnges, tbou art (^oD alone.
''
Ceacb me tbp toape, ) LorD anD 31 toill

toalfee in tbp truetb : fenptt mp bert tinto

tbe, tbat it mape feare tbp name. ''
31 tnpll

tbanfee tbe, D LorDe mp (SoD toitb all

mp bart, anD toill prapfe tbp name for euer.

mercp totuarDe me anD
''JFor great is tbp
tbou baft DeliuereD foule from tbe ne^ mp
tbermofl bell. ''D (^oD tbe prouDe are rp^
fen agapnfl me, anD tbe congregacions of
naugbtie men baue fougbt after mp foule,

anD baue not fet tbe before tbeir epes.

^^15ut tbou, D LorDe (^oD, art full of

compaflSon, anD mercp, loge fuffrpge, ple^
 IPfalme \xxx\)iU 145

teous in gooDnes anti txmtb* ''

turne tU
t{)m tinto me anti ftaue metcp tipon me: ge^
ue t6p flrengtf) tmto t6p feruaunt, anD belp
tfje ftinne of tfjpne f)antimapDe,
''^betoe fome token t3pon me for gooD,
ftat tfteg InWcf) bate me, mape fe it, ano tie

aftameD, tiecaufe tfiou LorD f)afl [jelpeti me,

and comforteti me.

FVNDAMENTA EIVS.

a IPfalme ano fonge of t6e fon=

nesofCoraf).

\t founuacions are tjpon tfje bolp

bplleg : tie lortie louetb tfte gates of
^pon more tten all tbe titoellinges
of 3lacol). 'Ferp ercellent tftpnges are fpo^
ken of t6e, tfjou cpte of eon. ^elab.
'31 tuill ttenke Upon IRaFjali anD 'JBatip^

Ion, toitft tbem tbat knottie me.

'"JBebolDe, pee tfte IPteliflineis alfo, ^ tbep
of Cpre W tbe a^orians. 0, tbere toas be
borne. 'Hno of ^pon it ftalbe reporten,
tbat be toasi borne in ber, aD tbe moofl bpefl
ftall Qablilb ber. '^bz JLortie all rebe^
arfe it, tnban be torptetb t)p tbe people, tbat
be toas borne tbere. ^elab.
146 IPfalme lrjcrt)ui,

'C6e fingers alfo anD tropetters ftal bt

tefteatCe^ ail mp freft Qjrpnges ftaltie in tbe-

DOMINE DEVS SALVTIS.

a fang anD IPfalme of i^t fonnes

of Coral), to p^ cbaunter tjpon
a^abelatl), to geue tl)an=
fees: anifiruccionof^e^
man tbe C^raljpte.

Lome eon of mp faluacion, 31 baue

crpeti Dape anD npgftt before tfte: D6
let mp praper entre into tftp prefence,
incline tbpne eare tjnto mp callpnge.
'jFor mp foule is full of trouble, anD mp
ipfe npe unto bell
nratoetb '31 am coGten

as one of tbe tbat go notone tmto p^ pptte, $

31 baue bene euen as a man
pt batb no ftregtb-

'jFre amonge tbe neeD, Ipfee tinto tbe tbat

be toounoeD Ipe in tbe graue, tobicb be out
of remembrance, ano are cut atoape fro tbp
bantie, 'Cbou bafl lapeD me in tbe lotoefl

pptt, in a place of narcfenefle anu in tbe nepe.

'Cbpne inoignacpon ipetb bartie tjpo me,

ann tbou bafl me

toitb all tbp flor^
tjeren

mes ^elab- 'Cbou bafl put atoape mp^

ne acqupantaGce farre fto me, ano mane me
 pralme Irrrtiiii. 147

to tie atJbotreti of tfjem: '31 am fo fafi in pte^

fon, tjat 3i can not get fortb. 'p fpgftt

fapletft for tjerp trouble: LorD 31 6aue calleo

uaplp tjpon tf)e, 31 baue flretcfjeo out mpne

ftanoes tjnto tbe. '"Doefi tbou ftetoe
toonoerg amonge tbe neeoi* Dr ftall tie
Deeo rpfe tip agapne, anti prapfe tbej*

^^^t)aU tbp loupng fepntines bt fljettiet) in

tlje graue, or tbv faptfifulnefle in oeflruccio i^

''%)Ml tfjp toonoerous toorlies tie ltno=

toen in tbe oarcfee, ano tf)p rpgbtuoufnes

^^ in tfie lantie 1^=- tobere all tfeingeg are for.
gotenf ''Onto tfie Jaue 31 crpeo D lorte,
ann earlp Qjall mp praper come before tbe.

''Loroe, tobp abborreft tbou mp foulef ao

bpDeft tbou tbp face fro mei" \'31 am in mi=
ferp, ano lifee tmto bpm tbat is at tbe popnt
to tipe (euen fro mp poutb tip) tbp terrouns
baue 31 fuffreD toitb a troubled mpnoe.
''Wbv toratbfull opfpleafure goetb ouer
me, ano tbe feare of tbe batb tjnoone me
''
^W came rotioe about me tiaglpe Iplie

toater, ano compafen me together on euerp

fpoe. ''9@p louer0 an frenoes bafl tbou put
attiape fro me, anO bpo mpne acquapntadce
out of mp fpgbt
148 IPfalme Irrnr.

MISERICORDIAS DOMINI.

an inflruccion of tf)an

g fonge Ualfte all toape of tfje

louing fepnDnelTe of tfie lorU, toitb

mp moutf) ttiill 31 euet tie ftetopng
tf)p truetl) from one generacion to
another. 'JTor 31 6aue fapoe: mercp ftallie
fet t)p for euer, tbv ttuetj) ftalt tt)ou flatilpll)

in tbe beaueng. '31 baue made a coue^

naunt toitJ) mp cbofen, 31 t)aue Ctoome tjnto
DauiD mp fetuaunt '^bv f^tie Ml 31

ftatJlill) for euer, ano fet tip tfjp trone from

one generacion to anotljer, ^ela. 'SD HorD
tfte tierp beaue^ ftall prapfe tbp toontie=

rou0 toorcfees, (j tbv truetl) in tbe congrega=

cion of tfte fainctes- '
jFor tofio is be amog
tj)e clouties, tbat ftall lie compared tjnto tbe
Loroi* ^anD tobat is be amoge tbe goo^
Des, tbat ftalbe Ipfee tjnto tbe iLoroef
'(^oD is Derp greatlp to be fearen in tbt
councell of tbe Caintes, ano to be ban in reue^
rence of all tbem tbat are aboute bpm.
 Pfalme Ixxxix. 149

'
i) LorD (^oD of J&olieg, tnfjo 10 Ipfee t3nto

tf)ef tbp truetf) (moil mpgfttie LotD) 10 on eue=

rp fptie. 'C6ou rulell tf)e tagpng of tbe
fee, tbou MizH tbe toaue^ tterof, toben tftep

atpfe. ''
Cbou fjafl futJtJueD Cgppte anti
DeliropeD it, p" bafl fcatreti tfjpne enempes!
atjroaD ttiitt) t{)p mpgitie arme. ''Cbe f)ea=

uens are tftpne, tl)e eattb alfo 10 tftpne: tbou

Ijafl lapeti tie fountiacion of t6e roGoe tootl'-

tje, ao all tftat tfierin is. ''Cbou maDe

fjafl

tje nortf) ann tbe foutf), Caljor ano ^etmo

ftall reiopfe in tfjp name. ''Cl)ou bafi a
mpgfttie atme, ftrong is tt)p tiantie, anD l)pe

is tte rpgftt JanDe. '' Eggfjteoufnes anti

equite is tbe ftatiitacion of tftp feate, metcp
anD truetf) ftall go tiefore thv face. ''15lef=
feD is tl)e people (D LorD) tbat can reiopfe
in p^ : tf)ep ftall toalfee in tfte ligftt of tftp cou-
tenaunce. ''Cbepr nelpte ftalte naplie in
tftp name, an in tftp rggbteoufnefle IJjal tbep
make tbepr tioafl.
''
jTor tf)ou art p^ glorp of
ttepr ftrengtf), u in tftp loupng fepntmefle p"
Ijjalt Ipft tip oure ftornes. ''JFor p^ Loro is

oure Defence, Cbe ftolp one of 3Irael is oure

Epng. ''Ct)OU fpafeefl fomtpme i tjpfpons
t)nto tip faictes, $ fapnefl 31 Saue
: lapeti 6elp

tjpo one pt is mpgfttp, 31 6aue eralteD one c!)o=

fen out of p^ people. ''

31 iJaue fofltie Da=
uiD mp feruaunt: toitfi mp bolp ople baue 31
150 ipcalme Irrrir*

anopnteti Um. '-a@p bam ftaU boine bm

fan, anD mpe atme ftall flrengtben bm*
''
C6e enemie ftall not hz able to to fern
t)iolence, tfte fonne of ttipcfeeDnelTe ftall not

j)utte Wm, ftall fmpte tiotone bps foes

''31

tjefore {jps face, anD plage tftat bate Wm, M

''
9p truetb alCo an mp mercp ftalbe toit!)
f)im, ann in mp name ftall 610 borne be tx-
alteD. ''31 ttiill fet bps Dominion alfo in

tbe fee, ann bp0 rpgbt banne in tbe flouues,

''
^e me tbou art mp fatber, mp
(ball call :

(^on mp flrong faluacion, ''ann 31 topll

^
make bim mp fptll borne, bper tben tbe l^pn^
ges of tbe eartb- ''a^p mercp txjill 31 iiepe
for bim for euermore, <$ mp couenaunt (ball
''
flanne faft ttiitb bim. is fene alfo toill 3
make to ennure for euer, ann bi^ trone as tbe
napes of beauen ''
I5\xt pf U^ cbiinren for
fafee mp latoe, ann toalke not in mp iunge^
metes. ''3f tbep breafee mp aatutes ann
liepe not mp commaunnementes-
3 toill tjpfet tbepr offences toitb tbe ron
ann tbepr fpnne ttiitb fcourges.
'' Jl^euertbeleffe, mp loupng fepnnneffe Ml
31 not take from bpm, ner fuffre mp
tJtterlp

truetb to faple. ''6^p couenaunt toill 31 not

brealie, nor alter tbe tbpnge tbat is gone out
of mp Ipppes* 3 baue ftoorne once bp mp
bolpneffe, tbat 3 twill not faple Dauin.
 IPfalme Irrrir* isi

''5)ps ^eDe ftall entiure for euer, anD bps

feate 10 Ipfee as tie funne before me.
''^e all flantie faft for euermore as tbe
moone, anD as tbe faptifuU toptneOe in
beauen* ^eiab, ''
I5m p" ball abborren (j for
fake tbpne anopnten, $ art tiifpleafeD at bl
''Cbou ban broken tf}t couenaunt of tbp
feruaunt, anD caG bis crotone to tbe groGoe.
''Cbou bafl ouertbrotone all bis beo^
ges, anD broken Dotone bis iironge bolDes.
'
ail tbep tbat goo bp, fpople bm aD be is
become a rebuke tinto bi?i nepgbbours.
''
Cbou bafl fett tip tbe rpgbt banDe of bps
enempes, anD maDe all bis aDuerfarpes to re=
iopfe, ''Cbou bafl take atoape tbe eDge of
bis ftoerDe, ao geuefl bim not l3ictorp in tbe
battaple* ''Cbou bafl put out bis glorp, $
cafl bps Crone Dotone to p^ grounoe.
''
-bz
Dapes of bis ^ontb bafl tbou ftorteneD, anD
couereD bim tot Diftonoure. ^elab. ''LorD,
boto loge toilt tbou bpDe tbp felf*^ jFor euerf
anD Iball tbp toratb burne Ipke fpref
''2D remebre, boto Iborte mp tpme i^, tober
fore bafl p" maDe all me for naugbtf ''CObat
man is be tbat Ipuetb, aD ftall not fe Deatbf
anD ftall be Delpuer bis atone foule fro tbe
banDe of belL^ ^elab. ''loroe, tobere are
tbp olDe loupng kpnDneffes, tobicb P" ftoorefl
tjnto DauiD in tbp treutbi^ '''iRemember
152 Pfalme xc.

(lortie) tht reljufee pt ftp fetuaeuntes baue $

fjoto 31 uo teate i mp Ijofome tfe retiufees of
manp people* '
SjOlberttJit!) tbpne enemies
{jaue tJlafpbemeti tbe, an fclaunoer fte fote=

fleppes of tbpne anopnteti. Ptapfen fie tbe

LorD for euetmore : 3men 3men, :

DOMINE REFVGIVM.
3 iptapet of a^ofes tbe man of (^on,

)rlie, tbou Jaft tiene oure refuge

from one generacion to anotftet
'15efore tbe mountapneg toere
tirougbt fortl), or euer tfie eartft an
tf)e ttJorlDe toere maoe, tbou art (5oti from
euerlaflpng ano toorlDe toitftout entie*
'Cbou turnefl man to tiefiruccion, agap=
ne, ti)ou fapell: come agapne pe cfiplDren of
men* 'jFor a tftoufanlie peares in thv
fpg!)t are tjut as pefleroape, fepnge tjjat is
paft as a tnatcf) in tfe npgftt 'as fone as
tftou fcatrefl tftem, tbep are euen as a flepe,
ano fane atoape fooenip Ipfee tbe gralTe,
'
3In tj)e mornpng it is grene ano grottietl)

tip, hm in tbe euenpnge it is cut Dotone

i^xm bp) ano toitftereo* ^JFor toe confu^
 Pfalme jcc. 153

me atoape in tbp DifpleaCute, $ ate aftapen

at tjp toraftfull inDignacpo, 'Cbou ialJ
fet oute mifnetieg tefote tbe, atiD oure it-

Crete fpnnes in tfje Ipgfit of tbp countenafi==

ce, 'jTor toben tfjou art angrpe, all oure
napes are gone : toe trpnge oure peares to an
enDe, as it tnere a tale tftat is tome,
''Cbe napes of oure age are tftre fcore pea=
res anD ten: anD tfjougl) men tie fo llronge
tjat tjjep come to foure fcore peares, pet is
tjepr iJrengtb tjen tjut lalioure an foroUie:
fo foone palTetf) it a toape, ann toe are gone*
"TBut tobo regarnetj) tbe potoer of tbp
toratl), for euen tberafter as a man feareft,
fo is ti)p nifpleafure. ''HD teacl) t)S to no^
tire oure napes, tftat toe mape applpe oure
t)ertes tJnto topfnome. ''Curne tbe agap^
ne ( Lome) at tbe laft, ann tie gracious
tmto tjjp feruauntes ") fatiffie t)s toitft
t!)p mercp, ann t&at foone fo ftall toe reiop^ :

fe ann be glan all tje napes of oure ipfe.

''Comforte ns agapne, noto after tfte tp=

me tjat tbou taft plagen t)s, an for tbe pea=

res tofierin toe 6aue fuffren anuerfpte,
''^ftetoe tf)p feruauntes t&p toorclie, ann
tbepr cbiinre tbp glorp. ''ann tfte glorpous
maieftp of t!)e Lome oure (^on bt npon t)s:

profpere tftou tfte toorcfee of our Janes tjpo

tjs, profpere tbou oure fiannp toorcfee.

154 ipcalme ra

QVI HABITAT.

^0 fo ntoelletj) mut tbe tiefence of

tbe moli teefl, IJjaU atiDe mux tbe
OjaDoto of gf ailmigbtpe. '
3( ttipll

fapetjnto tbe Lome: CJ)ou art mp=

tope, antJ mp flronge ftoltie, mp (^oD, in
5im toill 31 trufl. '
jFor be ftall Delpuet tjje

from tbe fnare of tbz bunter, anD fro tfte nop=

fome peftilence* 'e all Defentie tf)e t)n=
ner tes topnge^, ano tbou ftalt be Cafe tin-
Der J)psi fetberg: Ws faptbfulnefle ann truetb
ftall tie tbp Wtie ao buckler^ 'Cbou ftalt

not be aftapeo for enp terrour bp npgbt, ner

for tbe aroto tbat flpetb bp nape. 'jFor tbe
peflilece tbat toallietb in DarcfeneOe, ner
for tbe fpcknefle tbat oefiropetb in tbe noone
nape- 'a tboufanoe ftall fall befpoe tbe, $
ten tbofantie at tbp rpgbt bant), but it ftall

not come npe tbe. 'gee, toitb tbpne epes

ftalt tbou bebolDe, ann fe tbe retoarne of tbe
tjngonip. 'jFor tbou Loroe art mp bope,
tbou bad fet tbpne boufe of nefence tierp bpe.
''
Cbere Iball no euell bappen Dnto tbe, ne=

tber ftall enp plage come npe tbp ntnellpng.

 Pfalme jcdj. 155

''jFot be fljall geue Ws angefe cbarge 0=

uer tfje, to kepe tbe in all tbp toapes.
''Cfjep lijall Ijeate tbe in ftepr banDes,
tbat tt)ou butt not tbp fote agapnfl a iJone,
''Cbou ftalt go upon tfte Upon anti aD=
Der, tbe ponge Upon ana tbe Dragon ftalt
tbou treatie tjnuet tbp fete, ''OBecaufe be
batb fett bis loue tjpo me, tberfore ftall 31 tie

Ipuer bim : 3[ ftall fet bim tip, becaufe be batb

fenotone mp name, ''^e ftall call tipon
me, $ 31 toill beate bpm : pee 31 am Uiitb b?m
in trouble, 31 toill Uelpuer bpm, ano bringe
bpm to bonoure, ''mitb longe Ipfe topll 31
fatiffpe bpm, anD Ibetoe bgm mp faluacion.

BONVM EST CONFITERI.

a iprnime ano fonge for tbe

^abbotb nape.

C i0 a gooD tbing to geue tbanltes

unto tbe Lome, ano to fpnge prap=
fes tjnto tbp name, fiD molJ ^pefl,
'Co tell of tbp loupng fepnonelTe earlp in
tbe mompnge, an of tbp truetb in tbe npgbt
feafon, 'Opon an inflrument of ten flrpn^

geis, ot tjpo tbe lute: t)po a lototie infirumet.

156 Pfalme xtih

$ tjpo tbe ftarpe, 'jFot ? Lottie 6afl mane

me glaD tftototo tfe toorlteg, anD 31 ttipU re^
iopCe in geupng prapfe for tU operacpos of

tte iJaDe^, 'D Loro, fjotti glorious are tbp

toorcfees: tbp tfjougbtes are tierp oepe,
'an t)ntopfe man Dotf) not toell cofiDre tW,
anti a foole Dotf) not tjntierftanne it 'Wbei
tbe tjngotilp are grene as t!)e gralTe, an toba
all tbe ttiorcltes of topckeones Do florift, tbe
ftall tbep be Defiropen for euer. I5ut p Lor
ne art p^ mod bpefl for euermore. 'jFor lo,

tbpne enemies, Lorn, lo, tbpne enempes

ffiall perifte, ao all tbe toorcliers of tnpclteti'-

nes ftalbe DellropeD, 'iBm mp borne

ftal^
be eralteti like tbe borne of an ^nicorne, for

31 am anopnteo ttiitb freft ople,

'
^gne epe
alfo ftall fe bps luft of mpne enempes, anD
mpne eare ftall beare bps Defpre of tbe top=
cfeeD tbat rgfe tjp agapnfl me,
''it i^--
gbteous ftall palme tree, anti
florilb Ipke a
Iball fpreue abroane Iplie a Ceore in Liban^
''
^ocb as be planten in p^ boufe of tbe LorD
ftall florifte in p^ courtes (of ti,z mit) of oure
(^on, ''
\iz^ ftall alfo brpng fortb more fru^

^ ffialbe fatt aD toell Ipkege,

te in tbepr age,
''Cbat tbep mape Ibetoe, boto true p^ LorD
mp iJrengtb is, ann tbat tbere is no tjnrpgb^
tuoufnelTe in bpm.
 IPfalme jccuj. 157

Cl)e . xtiij . ^ialmt.

DOMINVS REGNAVIT.
^e lorn 10 Epnge, ant) ftatfi put on glo=
tpou0 apparell : t6e Lome ftatf) put on
f)ps apparell, an gptaeo fjpm felfe tnitft

firengtft :
'
bz ftatb mane tbe roGoe tootloe Co
Cure, tjjat it can not ht moueD '
OBuer fensi p^
torlD tiegane fjatf) tfe feate bene prepaten,
ti)ou art from euerlafipnge* 'Cbe flouties
are rpfen (D LorO) tfje flouoes ftaue Ipft tip
t|)epr nopfe, tfte flouues Ipft tjp tl)e toaues,
'
Cl)e tnaues of tfje fee are mpgfttxe, $ rage
l)orritiip: tiut pet tbe Home tbat Dtoelletf) on
tee, 10 mpgf)tier 'Cfip tefiimomes, HD
Lome are tierp fure, bolpnefle tjecommetft
tfene Soufe for euet

%tit > xtiiii . i&falme^

DEVS VLTIONVM.
Lord ($on to ttibo tiegeaunce fie

logetf): tfjou (^on to tobo tiengeafi^

ce tielogetft, ftetoe tfe felf. '
arpfe
tbou xuDge of tbe toorlD, $ retoaroe
prouDe after tbepr oeferupnge. 'Lome
158 ipmime xciiih

J)Oto longe ftall tbe tjngoDlp, l)Ot loge ftall

tl)e tjngomp triGpftei' 'J^oto long ftall all

toicfeeti tioers ftjeake CO DifDapnfullp, $ ma=

fee foci) prouoe tjoaflingf 'Cbep fmpte to=
tone t&p people, D LotD, anti trouble tftpne
ftetitage, murtbur tfie tupDDotoe u
'Cljep
tbe ftrager,ano put tbe fatberlefle to Deatb*
'
ano pet tbep Cape Cufte tbe LorD ftall :

not Ce, netber ftall p^ eon of Jacob regato it,

'Cafee betie, pe tintupCe amonge p^ people

) pe fooler, tnben topll pe tjnoerflantiei'

'lj)ept pianteo tbe eare, ftall be not beared
Dr be pt maoe tbe epe, ftall not be fef ''^t
pt nurturetb tbe eatbe it is be pt teacbetb
be
ma knotolege, ftal not be puniftj* ''Cbe
Lottie fenotoetb V' tbougbtes of men pt tbep

are but tjapne,

''
^lefleo is tbe man, tobom
p LorO) $ teacbeU bpm in tbp
cftaflenefl ()

latoe Cbat p" mapefl geue bpm paciece in

''

tpme of aouerfpte, tmtpll p^ pptt be opggeD

" jFor p^ Lorn topll not
t)P for tbe tjngooip,

faple bps people, netber topll be forfalie bps

inberitaunce* ''
Ontill rpgbteouCnes turne
agapne tmto iuogemet all Cocb as be true of
bert (ball folotoe it ^'^mbo topll rpCe tip
toitb me agapnft tbe tripclieni' r tobo toill
tafee mp parte agapnfl p^ euell tioers f 31f v ''

lorn bau not belpet) me it ban not failen, but

mp Coule ban bene put to fplence, ''T5ut
 IPfalme ret), 159

tobe 31 fapD : mp fote ftatb flpppeti, tbp mercp

(D LorD) me tip. ''3n tbe multitune
ftelDe

of tbe Corotoe0 p^ 3 fjatJ in mp bette, tftp com=

fortes baue refrelljeD mp foule, ''mat tfjou
Ijaue enp tfenge to Do toitj) p^ floole of top=
cfeeDnefle, toWcl) pmaginetf) mpfcftefe as a
latoei' '^C^ep gatjer the together agapnft
tbt foule of tbe rpgbteous, ano conemne tbe
innocet ftlouDe, ''
15ut tbe iLorU 10mp refu=
ge, $ mp <^oD is tt)e flrengtb of mp cofiDece,
''5)e ftall recompence tfteir topcfeeones M
anD Defirope tj)em in tfteit atone malpce, pee
tfje Lome oute (^on Hall oellrope tbem*

VENITE EXVLTEMVS.

Come, let tjs fpnge tmto p^ Lorn, lett

t3S bertelp reiopfe in tbe ftregtf) of oure

faluacio. '
Let t)s come before Ws pre=
fence tot tbancfeesgeupng, ^ ftetoe oure felfe

glao in bm tot pfalmes, 'jFor tbe Lorn is

a great <^oti, $ a greate lipnge atjoue all gon^

Ues- '31n f)is banoe are all tfte corners of tfte

eartf), an t6e flregtb of t6e bplles is Ws alfo,

'
Cbe fee is ftps, ao be mane it, (j bis banes
preparen tbe orpe lanDe. ' come, let t)s
 i6o pmime xCQh

tootftpppe ^ fall tJotone, ann Itnele tiefote pe

Lorn oure maker, ^jFot be is; (t^e lort.) cure

eon anD toe ate p^ people of f)p0 pafiute, aD
^
:

tlje fteppe of W baiie0. '

Co nape pf
pe toil fieare bis tjopce, tjatne not poure ttu
m as in gf prouokacio (j as I p^ nape of tepta-
cpon in tje toiinemes. 'Snije poute fattiers

tepten me, prouen me, an fatoe mp ttiorckes,

'"
jfourtp peates loge toas 31 greuen Vaitb pt
generation, $ fapn : it is a people pt do ette in
tftept ftettes: for tjep fjaue not knotone mp
toapes, ''^nto tobo 31 ftoare i mp Uiratf),

tftat tbep ftuine not enter in to mp refl.

CANTATE DOMINO.
^ ^pnge fpnge tjnto
tJnto tbe Lorn a netoe Conge,
Lome all tbe
tfte tubole
eart6 ' ^pnge tjnto tbe Lcrne, ann
prapfe bis name, tie tellpnge of bps faluacpo
from nape to nape. ^Declare bps bonoure
tmto tbe eatbe ann bps toonners tinto all
people. 'jFor tbe Lorn is great, ann can

not toortbelp be prapfen : be is more to be

fearen tben all gonnes. 'as for all tbe gon=

nes of tbe S)^atben, tbep be but 3nols, but

it is tbe Lome tfiat mane tbe beauens.
 ipcalme xcot i6i

'(Slotpe anD toorlljpppe are More f)pm,

pottieranD tonoure are in ^ps ^anctuarp,
'accrptie t3nto tbe Lorn, (HD pe kpnreties
of tf)e people) afcrpbe tinto tbe HorDe toor^
ftppe ann potoer, '^fcrptje tinto tbe LorD
tbe bonoure Due tinto bps name, brpnge pre=
fenteg, come into bps courted.
<$ ') ttJor=
ftipe tU lorD in tbe beutpe of bolpelTe, lett
tbe tobole eartb flanD in atoe of bpm,
''
Cell it out amonge tbe eatben tbat tbe
LorDe i0 fepnge ann tbat it is be ttibpcb batb
:

maoe tbe rounne toorine fo fau, tbat it can

not be mouen, ano boto tbat be ftall iunge
tbe people rpgbteouflp, ''Let tbe beauens
reiopfe, ann let tbe eartb be glan: let tbe fee
make a nopfe, ann all tbat tberin is.
''
let tbe feme be iogfull ann all tbat is in it,

tben (ball all tbe trees of tbe tnonn reiopce.

''
l5efore tbe Lorn, for be cometb : for be com^
metb to iunge tbe eartb: an toptb rpgbteouf-
neffe to iunge tbe toorine, $ tbe people toptb
bgs truetb-
1 62 ipfalme xMh

DOMINVS REGNAVIT.
^e Lome is fepnge, tbe eartf) mape fie

glan tfierof : pee, tbe multptuue of tbe

3lle;5 mape tie glan tlietoC 'CIou=
De0 ann narcfenefle ate tounne atioute 6pm,
rpgfiteoumeire ano iutigment ate tbe i^hU
tacpon of lips! feate. '
Cliete UiaU go a fpte
tiefote bpm, ann dutne t)p tips enempeg; on
euetp fpoe, *$)i0 Ipgfttenpnges gaue Hipne
tinto tlie tootlDe, tbt eattb fatoe it and toas
aftapeo^ 'Cbe lipUes melteD Ipke toare
at tbe ptefence of tbe Lottie, at tbe ptefence
of tbe LotD of tbe tobole eattb* '
^ht bea=
mm baue neclateo bps tpgbteoufnes, $ all
tbe people baue fene bpis glotp 'Con=
founoeD be all tbep p^ tootftppe carueD pma=
ge0, ann tbat nelpte in napne gonnes, ttiot^

ftppe bpm all pe gonnes, '^pon beatn

of it ann reiopfen : ann tbe naugbtets of 3lu=
na tnete glan becaufe of tbp iungementes,
> Lome. 'jFot tbou Lotne att bpet tben
all tbat ate in tbe eattb, tbou att eralten fat=
te aboue all gonnes. '" pe tbat loue tbe
Lotne, fe tbat pe bate tbe tbpnge tobpcb i?^

euell: tbe Lotne ptefetuetb tbe Coules of bv^

 Pfalme rctiuj. 163

fapnctes, be ftall nelpuer ftem fro tbe hm--

De of tbe tjngoDlp. ''Cftetc 10 Qjronge tip

a Ipgbt for tbe rpgbteous, ao a iopfuU glan^

nefle fot focb as be true betten, ''iRe=
iopfe in tbe Lotte, pe rpgbteous: ann geue
tbancto fot a remembtaunce of bps bolp^
nefle.

CANTATE DOMINO.
3 IPfalme (for Dauin)

^pnge tinto p^ Lorn a netoe Con=

ge, for be batb none marueloug tbm=
ges, 'aBitb bp0 atone rpgbt banoe
f toptb bi^ bolp arme batb be got=
ten bpm felfe tbe tiictorp. '
Cbe lorn oecla^
ten bps faluacpon, bis rpgbteoufnes batb be
openlp ftetoeD in tbe fpgbt of tbe eatben
* g)e batb remembreD bps mercp ano truetb
totoaroe tbe boufe of 3[frael : anti all tbe en=
oes of tbe toorioe baue fene tbe faluacpon
of oure (^00, '^betoe pourefelues iopfull
tjnto tbe lorn all pe lannes, fpnge, reiopfe,
ann geue tbanfee0 'Prapfe tbe Lome
npon tbe barpe, fpnge to tbe barpe toptb a
pfalme of tbancfeefgeupng. ^cajptb trorn^
1 64 pfalme xcix.

pettes alfo anti ftatomes: SD ftetne poure

felueg iopfull tiefore tbe LorDe tfje fepnge,
'
Let tfje fee mafee a nogfe anD all tbat tfte^
tin 10, tbt rounDe tootine, $ tf)ep tbat Dtoell
tftetin* 'Let tt)e flouties clappe tbegr ftan^
tje0, anti let tf)e Smiles be topfull together*
15efote tfje Lorti, for Je is come to iutige
t&e eattf), ''
mttb rpgfiteoufnes ftall 6e iuti=

ge tf)e tootioe, anD tfte people toitl) equite.

DOMINVS REGNAVIT.
a^j-^ v'ii:
^e Lome 10 fepnge, te t6e people nt-
uet fo tinpacient be fpttetb bettoene
fm I :

tbe Cberubing, be tbe eartb neuer fo

tjnoiuiet ^Kf)t LotDe 10 greate in ^ion,
ano b]?e aboue all people* 'Kf)t^ ftall geue
tbafee0 tjnto tbp name, tobicb 10 greate, too^
nerfull $ bolp. 'Cbe Iiinge0 potoer louetb
iungemet, tbou bafl prepareD equate, tbou
bafl erecuteD iuugmet ann rpgbteoufne0 in
Jacob, "S) magnifpe tbe Lome oure ^oti,
ann fall notone before W fote flole, for be i0

bolp. 'a@ofe0 ano aaro among bi?^ prea=

ann Samuel amonge focb a0 call tjpon
fle0,

U^ name: tbefe callen upon tbe Lome, ann

be beame tbem, '^e fpalie tmto tbem out
 IPfalme c. 165

of tbe cloutjp ppUer, for tbep kepte Ws teGi=

monies, ano t!)e latoe tftat 6e gaue tbem.
'C()ou beatoefl tbem Lorn oure (^oD) (HD
tbou fotgauefl ano punp^
tftcm, D (^on,
aeOft tftept atone inuencpons, 'D magni=
fpe tbe LorDe oure aoo, ano toorftpp ftpm
tjpon 6^0 jjolp tpH, for tbe lotoe oure (^00
10 Solp.

IVBILATE DEO.
a IPfalme for tftanfees geupnge*

IBt iopfuU in tbe Loroe (all

pe lanoes) ferue fte Loroe toitf)

glaones, ano come before ftps

prefence loptj) a Conge. -15e pe
Cure, tfjat tbe JLoroe l)e is (^00 :

3|t is t)e t[)at l)at{) maoe Ds, anO not toe oure
Celues : toe are bis people, ano tbe ftepe of Ws
paflure, ' go poure toape
into Sps ga=
tes toptft tftancfeeCgeupng, $ into ftps cour=
tes toptl) prapCe: hz t^anfeefull tJnto l)pm, ^
Cpealie good of ftps name. 'jFor tfie LorD
is gracpous, t)ps mercp is euerlalJpnge,
ano f)ps treutl) enouretf) from generacpo to
generacpon.
 66 Pfalme th

MISERICORDIAM ET.
a pcalme of DauiD,

g fonge ftaltie of mercp anD iuoge*

il ment: unto p^ (D Loro) Ml 31 fpnp

'
i) let me fiaue tintierftantipnge in
t6e toape of gotilpnelTe: '22JJ)an toplt tftou
come tjnto mei" 31 topll toalclte in mp f)oufe
toiti) a perfecte {)erte, '31 topll take no toic=

ken tljpnge in Jano. 31 Wt tjje fpnnes of t)n=

faptbfulnefle, tftere ftall no focf) cleue tmto

me, 'a frotnattie fjerte fljall Departe fro
me, 31 topU not Itnotoe a topclteD petfonne,
'2Bf)o fo preuelp UaQDretl) bps neggfttjou-
re, tem togll 31 nelirope :
'
3jat)0 fo Jjatft alfo a
prouoe ano an 6pe fiomacit, 31 topll not
lofee

fufifre tem, '9pne epes lofee tinto focb as

tie fatkull in tbe lanoe, tftat tfiep mape
Dtoell ttjptl) me :
'
tofto fo leaoetb a gooip Ipfe,
I)e Kialtie mp feruaunt. '"Cbere Qjall no
npfceatfuU perfonne titoell in mp f)oufe: be
tl)at telletl) Ipes, all not tarp in mp fpgfit.
" 31 ftall foone nefirope all p^ tmgotilp tbat
are in t^e lane, tbat 31 mape rote ok all toic^

feeo ooers from tfte cptie of tbe LoriDe.

 IPfalme dU 167

DOMINE EXAVDl ORATIONEM.

a prapet of t6e afflpct, tojjen fie fiatb an 6e=
up fiart, anD potoretl) out ^0 complapnte
before tfie lotoe*

are mp ptaper, D Lotue, anD lett

mp crpenge come in tjnto tbt*

2 lj)plie not tbp face fro me in tfie tp^

me of mp trouble: enclpe tfipne eares tinto

me toben 3[ call, 6eare me, anD tbat rpgfjt
foone, 'jFor mp oapejs are confumeo atoape
Ipfee fmofee, ano mp bones are brent tip, as it

toere a fpre branoe. 'a^p bert Is fmptten

nottine ann toptbereti ipfee grafle, fo tbat 31

forget to mp eate breo. 'jfor tbe tjopce of

mp gronpnge, mp bone topll Ccarfe cleue to

mp flell). 'i am become Ipfee a Pellpcane

of p^ toilDemes, u Ipfee an otole pt is in tbe De=
31 baue toatcbetJ, <$ am eue as it ttiere
'
ferte,

a Qjaroto, tbat fpttetb alone tipon tbe boufe

toppe '^pe enempes reuple me all ti^t
Dape longe ano tbep tbat are maOD tjpo me,
:

are ftnorne togetber agapnfl me, 'JFor 3

baue eaten albes as it toere breo, anD men=
1 68 ipmime tih

glen mp Drpncli toptb toeppnge* '3nD tftat

tiecaufe of tfene innignacion anD toratf), for

tl)ou fiafl taken me tip anCi cafl me Dottine*

''a^p Dapes ate gone Ipfee a IljatiotDe, antJ

31 am tDgtberen Igke gtafle. ^'OBut ftou, D

Lorti, ftalt enDure for euer, anD tftp remem=
tiraunce tboroto out all genetacios, ''Cf)ou
ftalt ann taue mere? tjpon ^pon, for
arpfe,
it is tpme tbat tf)ou Jjaue mercp tjpon ber,

pe, the tpme is come* ''^no ttiftp: tfjp fer=

uauntes tbpncli tjpon ber flones, anD it pp^
tietl) tl)em to fe ber in tf)e Dull. ''
Cf)e ^ea=
tfien ftall feare tbp name, HD lorDe, anD all

tf)e kpnges of tbe eartj thv maieflp. '' mfta

tfte LorDe ftall tJuplDe up ^pon, anD to&an
ftps glorp ftall apeare: ''mbm 6e turnetS
bpm t3nto tfte praper of tbe poore Detlitute, (j

Defppfetl) not tiepr Defpre, ^'Cfes ffialtie

torptten for tbofe tfiat come after: anD t6e

people totecl) ftaltie borne, ftall prapfe tbe
LorD* lofeeD Dotone from bis
''jFor be batft

^anctuarp, out of tbe beauen DpD tbe LorD

bebolDe tbe eartb. '"Cbat be mpgbt beare
tbe mournpnges of focb as be in captiuite, $
Delpuer tbe cbplDren appopnteD tmto Deatb.
''
Cbat tbep mape Declare tbe name of tbe
LorDe in ^pon, anD bps toorlbppe at 3leru=
falem: ''mbm tbe people are gatbereD to=
getber, anD tbe fepngDomes alCo to ferue tbe
 IPfalme ciih 169

lortie. ''IE)e tougftt tiotone mp firengtf)

in mp xournep, anti Iljorteneti mp Dapes,
'*
T5ut 31 CapeD : i) mp (^oD, take me not a=
ttiape in tfje mpntieft of mpne age : as for tf)p

peare0, tftep enDute tftoroto out all genera^

cio0. ''Cf)Ou lorD in tfje tiegpnnpng ftafl

lapeD tj)e founoacpon of tbe eartb, ano the

fteauens ate tlje toorcfee of tt)p ftanties.
''
^bti^ ftall perpfte, Ijut tbou ftalt ennure
tf)ep all (Ijall toere olDe as Dot!) a garment,
''ann as a tjefiure Ualt tbou cftaunge tbem, $
tf)ep ftaltie cbafigeli- "But tftou art tbe fa=
me, anD tfip peares ftal not faple, ''
Cfte cbil--

tten of tftp feruauntes ftall continue, anD

tbm feDe ftall llonne fall in tf)p fpgbt

Cl)e . tiii . ^ialmt.

BENEDIC ANIMA MEA.
m Dauiti.

laapfe tbe LortJ, C> mp foule, ann all

tbat is ttian me prapfe f)ps fjolp name*
1 '
Prapfe tbt LorD, 2D mp foule, anD
forget not all ftps ftenefptes- 'Wbvcb for=

geuetf) all tftp fpnne, anD fjealetb all tbpn in=

fptmities* '2]33l)pc6 fauett) tbp Ipfe from De=
liruccpon, anD crottinetl) tfje toptfj mercp ^
loupnge fegnDnefle, '9a3f)pcl) fatiffpetf) tljp
I/O pcalme tiii

moutt) toptft goon tftpnges, maltpng tbe

ponge ann luiJp as an aegle, 'Cbe lotue
erecutetb rpgbteoufnelTe ano iuDgment for
all tbem tfjat ate opprefleo togtf) toronge
'^e ftetoeo Dps toapes tinto a^ofesi, bpis
toorcfees tinto tf)e cbpioren of JfraeL
' Cfje Lome is full of copalTpon ano met*
cp, longe fuffetpnge, ano of gteat gooonefle*
'
e topll not alltoape U cbptJpnge, netftet
feepetib fie figs anget fot euet* 'l^e fiatb not
Dealt toptb t)0 after oute fpnnes, net tetoat*
DeD t)s accotDpng to oute topclietinefles.

"jFot lofee f)oto l)pe tie fieauen is in com*

patifon of tfie eattl), fo gteate is ftps metcp
alfo totoatDe tfiem pt feate tem '' Lofee l)oto
topoe alfo tf)e ftom tbe toefl, fo fatte
eafl is

fiatb bt fet oute fpnnes ftom tis, '' gee, Ipfee

as a fatbet pptietf) f)is atone cbplDten, eue fo
is tbt Lottie metcpfull tjnto tfie pt feate tpm*
''
JFot be Imotoetf) tofietof toe bz maOe, 6e
tememtJtetf) p^ toe ate tjut Dufl, ''
Cbe napes
of man ate but as gtafle, fot bt flotpftetb as
a floute of tfje feloe, ''jFot as foone as t6e
topnoe goetf) ouet it, it is gone, ao tbe place
tbetof ftall knotoe it nomote, ''^ut tfie

metcpfull gooDnelTe of p^ Lottie enoutetj at

euet <$ euet, tjpon tfiem that feate Dpm, <$ bis
tpgfiteoufnelTe tjpon cfipltiets cfipioten.
''
(Bum tjpon focb as feepe fes couenaCit, $
 IPfalme tiiih 171

tbinckt t)pon ftps commaunQementes to Do

tbtm. ''^bt orD Datb prepateo ftps Ceate
in fieauen, $ ftps lipngDome ruletb ouer all.
20
2D prapfe tfte lortie pe angels of fes, pe p^
ercell in Grengtb: pe rtat fulfill Ms comafi^
Dement, $ fterfeen tjnto tfte tjopce of ftps toor=

Des. ''
D prapfe tfte LorD all pe ftis iJ)ofles,

pe feruauntes of ftps, tftat do ftps pleafute.

''
D Ijjealie gooD of tfte lorDe all pe tootfees
of ftps, in all places of ftps Dompnion prapfe :

tftou tfte lotDe, HD mp foule.

CI)e . mil i&falme.

. (for 2Dauiti)
BENEDIC ANIMA.
IRapfe p^ lorD HD mp foule: HD iLotD
mp 0OD, tftou art ftecome erceaopng
glotpous, tftou art clotfteD toitft maie=
flp anD ftonoure. 'Cftou Deckefl tftp Celfe

toptft Ipgftt, as it toere toptft a garment, anD

fpreDefl out tfte fteauens Iplte a curtapne
'
mutb lapetft tfte fteames of ftps cftaftets
in tfte toaters, $ mafeetft tfte clouDes ftps cfta=
ret, i$ toalfeetft tipo tfte topnges of p^ topnDe.
'l^z malietft ftis aGgels fpretes, anD ftps
mpniflers a flampnge fpre. 'lj)e lapeD tfte

founDacpon of tfte eartft, tftat it neuer IftulDe

moue at enp tpme. 'Cftou couereDfl it toitft

172 ipcalme tiiih

tbt Depe Ipfee as toptf) a garmet: tbt ttiatets

ftanDe in tbe feUes^ 'at tbp rebuke tbep
flpe, at tfje Dopce of tbp tbontiet tbep are a=
frapen, 'Cfjep go tip as fee as ttje ftpUes,
ann Dotone to tfje tialleps fienetf): euen m-
to tbe place, tobpcf) tbou tjafl appopnteo for
tftem. 'Cfjou tafl fet tbem tbepr tjoun^
Oes, tD^cf) tfjep ftall not pafle : netber turne
affapne to couer tbe eartb. ''^z fenDetb tbe
fpringes into tbe rpuers, tnbpcb rGne amog
tbe bplles. ''
au beafles of tbe feloe orpncfee
tberof: ano tbe toplDe afles quencb tbepr
tbprfte, ''
iBtim tbem ftall tbe foules of p^
apre baue tbepr babitacion, $ fpnge amonge
tbe braucbes^ ''lj)e toatretb tbe bplles from
aboue, tbe eartb is fplleo toptb tbe frute of
tbp ''e brpngetb fortb grafle
toorcfees*

ann grene berbe for tbe feruice

for tbe cattell,
of men: ''tbat be mape brpnge fooe out of
tbe eartb: ann topne tbat malietb fflao tbe
berte of man, anu ople to make bpm a cbear=
full countenance, ann bren to flrengtb mans

berte. ''
^bt trees of tbe Lome alfo are full
of fappe, eue tbe Cenres of Libanus tobpcb
be batb planten. ''2Bberin tbe bprnes make
tbepr neftes, ann tbe fpre trees are a ntoel^
Ipng for tbe iiorcke, 'I ^bz bpe bpUes are a
refuge for tbe ttipine goates, ann fo are tbe
flonp rockes for tbe conpes. ''e appopn^
 IPfalme tiiih 173

teD tbt a^oone for cettapne feafons, ana tbe

%iinnt Itnotoetb f)ps ffopnge notone.
'
Cbou mafeefi Datcfenefle, tfiat it mape te
np0f)t, tDfjetin al! tbe fiealles of tbe forefi Do
moue. -'Cte I5O0 roaring after tbepr prape
to felie tbepr meate at (^on, -Cfte funne
arpfetf), anD tfjep get tbem atoape together
anD Ipe tde Dotone in tbepr Dennes, ''9@a
goetft fortb to tes toorcfee, ^ to tp0 latjoure
tJntpU tbe euenpng. ''D LorDe ftotu ma=
nifoine are tbp inorcliesf in ttjpftiome bafl p"
mane tf)em all: tbt eartfj ig full of th^ t^-
tW* ''
^0 i0 tbpg greate anD topDe fee alfo,
tf)erin are tftpnges aeppnge innumerable,
tiotf) fmall anD greate tJeafles* ''Cbere go
tbe ftpppeg, anD tftere \% tbat iLeuia=
tba, tobom tbou ball maDe, to take bp0 pa=
ftpme fterin, ''Cbefe tnapte all tjpon tU,
tbat tbou mapefl geue tbe meate in Due fea=
fon, ''mben tbou geuefl it tbem, tbep ga=
tber it: anD twben tbou openefl tbpne banD,
tbep are fplleD toptb gooD ^'
mben tbou bp=
DelJ tbp face, tbep are troubleD: toban tbou
tafeefl atoape tbepr bretb, tbep Dge, anD are
turneD agapne to tbepr Dufl. '9nben tbou
letteli tbp bretb goo fortb, tbep ftalbe maD,

anD tbou ftalt renue tbe face of tU eartb*

''
^bz glorpoug maieUp of tbe iLorDe ftall
enDure for euer, tbe lorDe ftall reiopfe in
174 IPfalme ct),

f)P0 tporcfees^ ''Cbe eartb ftall tremble, at

tf)e loolte of tern : pf be Do but toucb tbe bpl^
le0, tbep IjjaH fmofee* ''31 topU fpnge tjnto
tbe ILortie a0 longe as 31 Ipue, 31 topll prapCe
mp (^oti tobple 31 baue mp bepnge, ''3nD
fo ftaU mp ttiorDe0 pleafe bim : mp iope ftal=
be in tbe LorD. ''
as for fpnners, tbep ftalbe
confumen out of tbe eartb, anu tbe tJngotJlp

ftall come to an enoe: prapCe tbou p^ JLorD,

D mp foule, IPrapfe tbe Loroe,

IPrapfe tbe Lome,

CONFITEMINI DOMINO.
($eue tbanltes! unto tbe lorne, ann
cal t3po bps name : tell p^ people, tobat
tbpnges be batb Done* '
let poure
fonges be of bpm: ano prapfe bpm, anD let

poure talfepnge be of all bps tooDerous tDor=

cites. 'laeiopfe in bps bolp name, let tbe
bert of tbem reiopfe, tbat felie tbe LorDe.
'^efee tbe LorDe, anD bps flrengtb, felte

U9i face euermore. 'Eemembre tbe marue=

lous tnorclies tbat be batb Done, W tooDers
anD tbe iuDgementes of bps moutb* 'HD pe
feDe of abrabam bps Ceruaunt, pe cbilDre of
 pcalme co, 175

3lacot) l)ps ct)ofen. 'g)e is ftc Lottie oure

0OD fipis iungementes ate in all tte
: tootine.

'^e ftatj) bene altoa^e mpnDfull of b^%

couenaunt, anD ptompfe tftat be mane to a
tftoufanD genetacpons. 'uen tbe coue^
naunt tfjat bz mane toptb ai)taf)am, anti p^
ootb tf)at be Ctoate iinto 3lfal)ac 'anD
apopmeti tbe fame tjnto 3lacob fot a latoe,

ano to 3iftael fot an euetlalJpnge teflament,

''^apenge: tjnto tbe topll 31 geue tbe laoe
of Canaan, tbe lot of poute inbetptaunce,
''
mbm tbete toas pet Imt a fetoe of tbem,
anti tbep fttaungets in tbe lantie, ''mt^t
tpme agi tbep toent ftom one nacpon to ano=
tbet,ftom one kpngDome to anotbet people,
''
fuffteti no man to Do tbem totong,
^e
but teptoueD euen kpnges for tbepr fakes,
''
Coucb not mpne anopnteD, (j Do mp pro^
pbetes no barme. ''o^otouet, be calleD fot a
Dattb tjpon tbe lanDe, anD DefltopeD all tbe
ptouifpon of breaD ''15ut be baD fent a
man before tbem, euen 31ofepb tobpcb toas
folDe bonDe fetuaunt. '' mbofe fete
to be a
tbepburt in tbe floclies! tbe pron entreD in
to bps foule, ''2Intpll tbt tpme came p^

W caufe toas knotone, tbe tootDe of v^ LotD

trpeD bpm, ''^\>z king fent anD Delpue^
reD bpm, v' pnnce of tbe people let bim go fte,
S)e maDe bpm LorDe alfo of bps boufe, anD
''
176 ipfalme ct).

rulet of all tes futJftaGce. ~'

Cftat U mpgbt
enfourme ftps princes after bps toill, $ teacfr

tes ^enatours topfDome* ''31frael alfo

came into OBgppte, ant) 3[acol) toas a (lraun=

ger in tbe lanoe of ^am. ''3nti be increa^
fen tes people erceaoinglp, anD maoe tbem
flronger t\}m tftepr enempes, '^mbofe btxt
turneo, fo tfiat tftep fjateti tjps people, ^ Dealt
Dntrulp topt!) f)ps feruafites* ''Cljen Cent
J)e adores Ws feruaGt, ann aaron, tojom be
ban cbofen ''^nD tbefe lijetoeti ftps tokens
amonge tbem, ano toonoers in tbe lanoe of
g)a, ''e fent DarcfeneOe, ^ it toas Darcke,
ann tbep toere not obetipent tinto ftps
toortJe ''g)e turneti tbegr ttiaters into
bloutie, ann fletoe tbepr fgfte* ''Cbepr lao
firougftt fortb frogges, pee, eue in tftepr ltpn=
ges chambers* ''e fpalie tbe toortie, ano
tftepr came all maner of flpes, ano Igce in all
tbm quarters* ''^e gaue t6e bagle flones
for rapne, ano flammes of fpre in thm laoe
''
ij)e fmote tbepr tjines alCo ano fpge trees,
^ oelJropeo tbe trees tftat toere in tbepr coa^
lies, ''e fpake tbe tooroe, ao tie greljjop^
pers came, ano catprppllers innumerable,
ano opo eate tjp all tbe graflfe in tbeir lano,
anO oeuoureo tbe frute of tbepr grounoe.
''
^e fmote all tbe fprfl borne in tbepr lanOe,
euen tbe cbefe of all tbepr flrengtb. '' f^z
 ipcalme coi 177

t)raugf)t tftem fortb alfo tot fpiuet auD golDe,

tbttz toas not one fetJle petfonne amog tbeir
ttptie0 ''OBgppte teas glaD at tfjept tiepar^
tpng, for tftep toete aftapeti of tbem* ''^e
fpreD out a clouDe to tie a couerpng, ano fpre
''
to geue Ipgjbt in p^ npgbt ceafon. at tbeit
Derate, bt tirougfjt quaple.s, ann be fpUeti tbe
toptf) t5e tJreaD of fteauen. ''e openeD tbe
rocke of Gone, ano tbt toatets flottieD out : fo

tbat tpers came in tfje tirpe places* ''jFot

to!)pf fie tememtJteD figs fjolp ptomes, ann
atiratam, f)ps fetuaunt ''^nD 6e titougjt
fottb f)p0 people toitf) iope, anD W cfiofen tut
glatineire. ''
ann gaue tfiem tfte lanties of tbe
ij)eatt)en, ann tfjep tolte t6e labours of t6e
people in pofleflTpon. ''Cfiat tUv nrpgfit
Itepe figs flatutes, anD otiferue ftps latoes.

IPtapfe tfie iLorDe*

CONFITEMINI DOMINO.

Prapfe tf)e Lottie.

(^eue tl)ancfee0 tinto tfte Lorn, for

be i0 gracpou0, ann fjig metcp ennu-
mb for euer. '
Who can erprelTe p^
notJle actes of tfie Home, or ftettie
178 Pfalme coh
fortb all ftps ptapfei' 'ISlefleti ate tftep tJjat

allttiape feepe iutipmet, anD Do t^QhttonU

ne0 ^EememlJre me, HD Lottie, accotDpnge
to p^ fauoute tftat tf)ou fieatefl tjnto tbp peo=
pie: 2D tjpfet me toptf) tfe l^aluacpo, 'Ctat
31 mape fe the felicite of tbp cboCen, anti teiop^
fe in tbt glaDnefle of tftp people, f geue tl)an=
fee0 tnptf) tfipne enl)etptaunce '9j23e baue
fpnneD toptl) oute fatbets, toe taue Done a=
mpfle, anD Dealt topclteDlp, 'Dute fatbets
tegatDeD not tbp toonDets in Cgppte, ne=
tbet liepte tbep tbp gteate gooDnefle in te=

memlJtaunce: but toete DpfotieDient at tbe

fee, euen at tbe teeD fee. '
l^euettbeles, te
telpeD tbem fot bps names fake, tbat 6e
mpgl)t make ftps potoet to te knotone.
'ij)e tetJukeD tfje teeD fee alfo, anD it toas
ntpeD t)p: fo be leDD tfjem tbototu tbe Depe
as tbototo a toplDetnefle. ''^nD te faueD
tf)em ftom tbe aDuetfatpes tanDe, anD Delp=
ueteD tbem ftom tbe ftanDe of tbe enempe.
''
as fot tbofe tftat ttoutJleD tbem, tbe tna=
tets ouet ttibelmeD tbem, tbete tnas not one
of tbem left ^'Cben tieleueD tbep tes
tootDes, anD fange ptagfe t3nto 6pm.
^'OBut toitbin a tobple tbep fotgat bps
ttjotckes, ^ tnolDe not abpDe bps councell
''
15ut lufl came tipon tbem in tbe toplDet^
nefle, anD tbep tempteD (^oD in tbe Defette.
 pcalme ctjj: 179
''
3nti bt gaue tbtm tf)ept Defpte, anD Cent
leaneflfe toitfjall in to tbeir Coule*
''
Cfjep angteti a^ofes alio in g^ tentes, anti
aaron tbt fapncte of tbt Lottie. '^^0 tfte

eartb openeti, ano ftnalotoeD tip Datban, $

couereo tfte cogtegacpon of atitam. ''ano
tbt fpre toas kpnOleti in company, tbe
tbeir
flame tont tip tbe tingooip. ''Ctep mane
a calfe in 5)oteb, ant) toorlljippeti tfje molten

pmage. 'Cf)U0 tbep tutneD tfjeit glorg in=

to tbt ijlmilitutie of a calfe, ttat eatetb tape.
'^anD tbep forgat 0oD tfjeit ^auioure,
tt)f)icf) taD tione Co greate ttpnges i OBgppte.
" 22Jontietou0 tuotcke0 in p^ lantie of am,
anti fearfull tbinges tip tbe reeo fee* ''
^0 te
Capti bt toolti 6aue tieUtopeD tbe, f)ati not
^oCes ftps cboCen flantie tiefote ftgm in tbat
gappe: to turne atoape ftps ttitatbfull intii^

gnacpon, left 6e lijultie Oeftroge tfiem.

''
gee, tftep tbougbt Ccorne of p^ pleaCaunt

lantie, anD gaue no cretience tinto f)p0 tnotD.

''
IBnt murmureti in tfjeir tentes, anti 6et=
feeneO not tinto tbe tiopce of tte Lottie.
''Ci)en Ipft bt tip bi^ ftanti agapnfl t^em,
to ouertbrolne tbem in tfje ttJilOetnes. ''
Co
call out tbtit Cene amonge tbe nacios, anO to
Ccater t5em in tbe lanties. ''Cfiep iopneD
tbem Celues tinto T5aal Peor, aD eate tbe of=
feringes of tfte tieeti.
''
^bm tftep ptouoketi
1 80 ipmime coi.

t)im tJnto anger tuitb tbtit atone inuencions

antJ t6e plage ttias gteate amonge tbtm.
'Cf)en Gone tjp Pftine&e^ anD ptapeti, ^
fo tSe plage ceafeD- ''
anD ttiat toas counteti
tjnto J)im for rigtiteoumeire amonge all po^
fierites for euermore* ''C6ep angered
6im alfo at tf)e ttiaterg of ftrpfe, fo p 6e pu=
nplljeti Q^ofes! for tbeir fafeeg. ''T5ecaufe
tftep prouofeen 610 fprete, fo pt j)e (pake tinan^
uifeDlp tnitf) big lpppe0, ''jBetber neflropeti

tftep eatben, as tbe Lome commaun^

tbe
DeD ftem. ''
IBnt tnere mpngleo among tbe
eatbe, anti lerneD tbeir toorcfees. ''3n fo
mocb pt tbep toorftippeo tbeir pDoles, ttibicb

tumeD to tbeir atone Qecape, gee, tbep

offreo tbeir fonnes an tbeir Daughters t)nto

neuels: ''^nti fteD innocent blouoe, euen

tbe bloune of tbeir fonnes <$ of tbeir tiaugb^
terg, tobo tbep offren tinto tbe pooler of a=
naan, anti g^ lanoe toas DefpleD toitb blouo.
''
^bm toere tbep flapneo toitb tbeir atone
toorcke0, anti toent a toborpge toptb tbeir
atone inuenciong. ''Cberfore toas p^ toratb
of p^ iLortie kpnlen agapnfl bps people, in fo
mocb gf be abborreo bp0 atone enberitaunce
'
ano be gaue tbe oner into tbe banDe of p^
5)eatbe,ann tbep tbat baten tbem, toere lor=
Des ouer tbem ''
Cbeir enempes oppreffeo
tbem, anD baD tbem in fubieccion. ''6anp
 Pfalme ctJij, isi

a tpme Dgn bz neipuet tbe, iJut tbep retielleD

agapnfl Wm tnitb tbtit attine muencions, u
tuete brought Dotone in tfteit topckeDnefle.
''
BzuzttbzMt, Wen tie Catoe tbeir aliuet=
fpte, f)e Settle tfteir coplapnte, ''
^e tftougftt
tjpo bis couenaunt, u pptien M
accornpg
tjnto p^ multitude of Wmetcpeg, gee, 6e
mane all tbofe p^ 6aD leDD M atoape captiue
to pptie Delpuet
tbem- ''
(HD LotDe oute m
(^oD) anD gatbet tis from amonge tbe i&ea^
tfien : t6at toe mage geue tftacto to t6p 6olp
name, (j make oure tioal! of tte pragfe.
'^IBlefleti te tfte Lottie (Sod of 3|ftael ftom
euetlaftpng anti ttJotlDe toitftout enDe, f let

all people fape : 3me, amen. Ptapfe p^ Lottie

\)t . ctoij * |0falme.

CONFITEMINI DOMINO.

(Seue tf)ackes tinto tfte Lotti, for bz

is gtacpous, anD metcp
fi^s entiutetfj

for euet, 'Let tbem geue tfjancfees

tobom tbe Lottie tatb teDemeD, anti tielpue--

teti ftom tfie fjantJe of tje enempe^ ' ^nti
ga^
tbereD tbe out of tbe lanDes, ftom tbe OBafl,
anD ftom tbe toefi, ftom tbe Bottb, and fto
tbe foutt). '
Cbep toent a fitape in tbe tupl-
netnefle out of tbe toape, $ fouoe no cptie to
1 82 ipfalme Mi
Dttiell in. '^ongrie ^ tftitlipe: tfteit foule
fapnteD in thtm. '^o tbep ctpeD tinto tl)e

Lome in fteit trouble, anti be DelpuereD M

from tbeir tiiflrelTe. 'e len tbem fortf) ftp

tbe rpgftt Uiape, p^ tftep mpgbt go to tbz cptie

tnftere tfiep Dtoelt '
D tbat me toolDe tber^
fore prapfe p^ lorD, for f)is goonneg, ano rie=

Clare tfte toonners pt jje tiotf) for tfte cbpinren

of men. 'jfor ht fatiffpen p^ emptge foule,
ann fplleti thz bongrpe foule toitt) gooonefle.
'
^oc6 as fpt in Darcfeneffe $ in t6e ftatioto
of tieatf), tjepng fall tiounD in mpferp (j pron.
''15ecaufe tftep relielleti agapnfi tfte tDor=
ne;5 of tbe LortJe, ann ipgbtlp regaroeD p^ co=
uncell of tl)e mofl ftpgfjefl.
'-
^e alfo brought
Dotone tbeir tart tjoroto fteuinelTe: tftep fell

ootone, t tjere toas none to telpe M* ''

^o
ttiba tbep crieD tmto p^ lorD in tfteir trouble,
''
be oelpuereD tbe out of tbeir niflrelTe. j?or
be brougbt tbe out of oarcfenelTe u out of tbe
Ibaoott) of Deatb, ^ brake tbeir boDes in fon=
Der. ''
^ pt me tooltJ tberfore prapfe p^ ortJe
for bp;5 gooDnelTe : ^ Declare p^ ttionerg tbat be
notb for p^ cbiltire of men. ''
jFor be batb bro=
feen pf gates of bralTe, antJ fmptte p^ barres of
pron in fonDer. ''
JFolpIb men are plageti for
tbeir offence, ^ becaufe of tbeir togcfeetineffe.

;' Cbeir foule abborreD all maner of meat,

anti tbep ttiere eue barn at Deatbes nore.
 Pfalme mu 183
''
%o toba LorD in tbeit
tfiep ctpeti tinto p^

trouble, tbem out of tbeit t)p=

be DelpuereD
fitefle. '^e fent bts ttiorti, anD bealeD tbe,
anD tbep tnere faueti from tbeir neflruccpon.
''
D tbat men ttjoio tberfore prapfe p^ lortie
for bpsi goonnelTe, anti Declare tbe toontiers
tbat be notb for tbe cbpinren of men
''
Cbat tbep tooio offre tinto bpm tbe fa=
crifpce of tbanfeefgeupng, anti tell out bps
toorcfees W glaoneg. ''^tt^ pt go Dotone
to tbe fee in ftpppeg, anti occupie tbeir bufp=
nelTe in great tnaters, ''
Cbefe men fe tbe
ttjorclies of tbe Lorn, anD W toooers in tbe
teape, ''jFor at W tooro p^ flormp topnti
arifetb, tobicb Ipftetb tip tbe Uiaues tberof,
''
W^t^ are carpeD tip to tbe beauen, anD
Dotnne agapne to tbe Deape, tbeir foul mel=
tetb atoape becaufe of tbe trouble, -'
^ht^
rele to anD fro, anD flacker Igke a Droncfeen
man, (j are at tbeir tuittes enDe. ''
^0 ttiban
tbep crpe unto p^ LorD in tbeir trouble, be De=
Ipueretb tbe out of tbeir DiflrelTe, ''jFor be
mafeetb tbe florme to ceafle, fo p^ tbe triaues
''
tberof are flplL :bt are tbep glao becaufe
tbep be at refl, anD fo be brpngetb tbem unto
tbe bauen tobere tbep toolDe be, ''SD tbat
men toolD tberfore prapfe tbe Loroe for bps
gooDnes, anD Declare tbe toonDres pt be Dotb
for tbe cbilDren of men. ''
Cbat tbep toolDe
1 84 Pfalme coii

eralte fjim alCo in fte cogtegacpon of p^ peo=

pie, and loaue 6im in tfje feat of tfie eltierg*
''Wb^cb turnetf) tbe floutieg into a M=
QernelTe : anti nrpetf) Dp tbe tnater fprpnges.
''
a ftutefull lanDe mafeeti) te baten, for tbe
topcfeetineire of tfjem tftat Dtoell tfterin.

''^gapne, {)e maketf) tfje toiinernes a fla=

Dpnge ttiater, anD toater fptpnges of a Dtpe

gtounti. '*^^anli tUiz bt fettetf) tfie !)ongtie,

tbat t&ep mape ftuplDe tftem a cptie to titoell

in. ''
Cbat tjjep mage fotoe tbeit lontie, ann
plante tipnepatDes, to pelDe t&em frutes of
increafe. ''e bltmb tfie, fo tbat tbeg mul=
tiplpe erceatiinglp, anti fuffretf) not tbeit ca=
tell to Decreafe. ''
anD agapne : tobe tbep ate
minilljeri anU ttougftt lotoe: tfjorotn oppref^
fio, tf)oroto enp plage or troulile. ^'Cftougft
te fuffre t5em to bz euell intreaten tftototoe
tptaunteg, anD let tbem ttianDte out of tfte
''
twape in get belpetb fje tbe
tfte toilDerneOe.
poote out of mpferp, $ maUtb boniboh bm
Des Ipfee a floclie of IJjepe.
'-
C6e rggftteous
topll cofpDte tj)i0, $ reiopfe, $ g^ moutfj of all

ttipcfeeDnelTe ftall tie floppeD. ''Wbo fo is

topfe, ponDre tbefe tinges u tbep
ttiill fijall

tJnDetflaD tbe loupng kgnDnefles of p^ LotD.

 IPfalme ctJii), iss

PARATVM COR MEVM.

3 fonge anti a Pfalme of Damn*
(^oD mp Jert Is reaDp (mg ^art is rw.

up) 31 topll fpnge, anti geue prapCe, txjt

tfje ftefl metJte tfjat 31 fiaue. '

a toalte

tt)ou lute anD tarpe, 31 tnp felfe topU attiafee

rpgftt eatlp. '31 topU geue tbancfees unto p^

(2D Lome) among tfte people, 31 tupll fpge
prapfes tinto tfte among tfte nacions,
^jFot tbp metcp 10 greater tben tf)e l)eaues!

anD tf)p truetft reacbetf) ijnto tbt clouues.

'
%zt tjp tbp felfe (HD aon) alioue p^ bea^
uen0, ann tftp glorp aboue all tfje eartf).

'Cfjat tfjp lieloueD mage tie Delpuereti: let

tbp rpgf)t J)anDe faue tbem, anti beare p" me.
'
<^oD Htb fpofeen in 650 !)Olpne0, 3 topll

reiopCe tjerfore, ann Deugtie ^icbem, anD

mete out tfie tiallep of ^ucbotb.
'
(^ileaD 10 mine, anD a^anaire0 i0 mpne,
'
OBpSraim alfo i0 p^ firegtb of mp fieaD, 3uDa
i0 mp latxjgeuer* s^oatj i0 mp tnaftpotte,
ouer OBDo toill 31 cafl out mp ftoo : tjpo PU-
liftea Ml 31 triumpbe. '
mbo toill leaDe me
in to tbe flronge cptief anD tol)0 ttjpll brpng
me in to Domf ^'^afl not t})ou forfafeen
1 86 pmimecir-
t)s (D (^oD) f antJ toplt not p" (S^oli, go fottf)

ttiitft oure ^oflesf '-D f)elpe tjs agapnfl p^

enempe : for tiapne is tfte ftelpe of man.
''
CftorotD (^on toe ftall no great actes : (j

it i0 te, gt all treane ootone our enemies.

%\it . tix * i^falme.

DEVS LAVDEM MEAM.
Co tf)e cbaunter, a IPfalme of Dauin.

HDlDe not tbp tonge (D (^oO) of mp

prapfe, jFor p<^ moutb of p^ tingotilp,

pee, an tbe moutf) of tfte DifceatfuU is

openeli tjpo me, '
$ tfjep baue fpolien agapnfi
me toitj) falfe tonges. Cftep compalTeD me
aljout alfo tupt!) ttJorDes of Datreo, (j fougbt
agapnfl me toit&out a caufe, 'JFor tbe loue
pt 31 f)aD tmto tbem, lo, tbeg take noto mp co^

trarp part, tjut 3[ geue mp felf unto prager*

'Ctus t)aue tbep retoaroeD me euell for
gooD, anti SatreD for mp goon topll '^et
tf)ou an tingooip man to tie ruler ouer t)pm,
anti let ^atan ftanoe at tps rpgbt ftantie^
'
2B()en fentence is geuen tjpo f)im, let tim
tje cooemnetJ, ano let f)is praper bt turneti in
to fpnne* 'Let Sis Dapes tie feto, ann let

anotber take tis ofiSce. ' let 6is cfipinren tie

 Pfalmecir, 187

fatterlelTe, an bi^ topfe a togDoto. 'Let W

cl)ilDten tie tjagatounDeg, $ tjegg tf)eit treti:
lett tbem fefee it alfo out of nefolate places*
''
let tfie ertotcioner confume all gt fte batf),
ano let fltaungets fpople bis laboure.
''
JLet tbere tie no man to petge l)pm, net to
ftaue compairpon upon ftps fatbetlefle th^h
Dten* ''
let ftis poftetite tie Oeflropeo, ana in
tbe nert genetacpon let tps name tie cleane
put out Let pe ttJicfeeOnefle of 6is fatbers
''

tie ban in rememtitaunce in tfte fpgbt of tbe

LotOe, and let not tfte fpnne of Jis motbet tie

Done atoape. ''Let tbem altoape tie tiefore
tfte Lome, tbat fie mage tote out tbe memo=
riall of tftem from of tfie eartli-
''
anti tbat
tiecaufe ftps mpnne toas not to 00 gooD, tiut

perfecuteo tfte poore ftelplelTe man, tftat be

mpgftt flape ftim, tftat toas tieren at p^ ftert:
''
lj)is Delpte ttias in cutfpng, $ it fliall ftap=
pen tinto ftim: fte loueti not tileflfpng, tftetfote

Uiall it fte farre from ftim

''
e clotften ftim
felf toitft cutfpng Ipke as toitft a tapment : $
it Hiall come in to ftis ftotoels Ipfee toater, an
''
Ipfee ople in to ftps ftones. Let it fte tinto
ftim as p^ cloke tftat fte ftatft upon ftim, ann as
tfte gproie tftat fte is allttiape gprDeD ttifall

Let it tftus ftappen from tfte Lome

''
tinto
mpne enempes, ao to tftofe tftat fpeafee euell
agapnfl mp foule, 'T5ut Deale tftou tti^ me
1 88 pmime cir.

(D Lome (^oD) accortipng tinto tfe name,

for Cttiete 10 tbp mercp. ''
i) Delpuer me, for
31 am Selplefle aD poote, ^ mp ftett is ttJOun=
''
Hen ttJitbin me. 31 go ftence ipfee p^ ftaDoto

tftat Depattetb, anti am Dtpue atnape as tje

gtell)opet ''
^p knees are toealte tboroto
fafipng, mp fleU) is Drpeti Dp for toat of fat==

nefle. ''
31 became alfo a rebuke tmto tftem
tbep t&at lofeeD tjpo me, fljafeeti fteir bea^
nes. ''
^elpe me (D Lorn mp 0oti) ob faue
me accortipnge to tbp mercge. ''anD tbep
IJjall fenoto botoe tbat tbps is tbp banD ann
tbat tbou LorD bafl none it.
''
Cbougb tbep
curfe, pet blelTe tbou : ann let tbem be cofoun=
nen, tbat rpfe tip agapnfl me, but let tbp fer^
uaunt reiopfe. ''Lett mpne anuerfarpes be
clotben toitb Same : ann let tbem couer tbem
felues tot tbeir otone cofufion, as Wa cloafee.

''3s for me, 31 topll geue great tbancfees

tmto tbe Lome toitb mp moutb, ann prapfe
bim among tbe multitune. ''jFor be fljall

flann at tbe rpgbt bann of tbe poore, to faue

bis foule from Dnrpgbteous iunges.

 Pfalmecjc* 189

DIXIT DOMINVS DOMINO.

a Pfalme of DauiD.

lj)e lortie fagDe tinto mg lotDe:

^pt tftou on mp rpgf)t fjauD t)n=

tpU 31 make tftpne enemies tfjp fote

flole. -Cbe LorD ftall fenDe tbe
toDDe of thv pottier out of ^ion, fie ttiou ru=
let euen in tbe mpnDefl among: tJ)pe ene=

mpe0, '3(n p^ nape of tftp potoet ftall tJ)gpeo=

pie offre tfte fretopU offrpnges toptf) an bolp
toorlijpppe, tfie Oetoe of ftp fiptft is of tbe
toomtie of motnpng
tfie '
Cfie lotDe
ftoare, $ topU not repent: Cf)Ou art a prefl
for tmt after p^ oroer of 9elcf)ifeDec. '
^U
JLortie tipon ti)p rpgj)t tantie, ftall tuountie
euen fegnges in tfie Dape of bps toratf). '
e
ftall tie iunge among p^ l^eatfjen, fje ftall fpll
tSe places toitf) DeeD botipes, u fmgte a fon=
tier iU Deaoes ouer tiiuerfe countres- '\^t
ftall Drpnclie of tte firoke in tfje tnape, tf)er=
fore ftall U ipft tip tis bean.
190 PMmttxh

CONFITEBOR TIBI DOMINE.

ri!>^^
mpU geue tbancfees tinto p^ lorn
Ujitf) mp tDj)ole fiert : fecretlp amog
pf faitl)fuU, anD in tfie cogtegacion,
'
Cbe ttiotkes of tbe Lome are
great, fougfit out of all tbem pt taue pleafure
tf)erin, 'is ttiorke is tnorttjp to hz prap=
feti t ban in ftonoure, anD W rpgftteoufnefle
entJuretf) for euer '
^bt mercpfull ij gracp=
ous iLortie ftatb Co tione bis maruelous tDor=

fees, pt tbep ougf)t to tje 6aD in remetiraunce,

'l^e batl) geuen meat tinto tfiem tbat
feare !)pm, te ftall euer te minnfull of f)ps
couenaunt '
i^e ftatf) ftetoeD J)is people tfte

pottier of ftps toorcfees, tftat be mage geue

tbem tbe berptage of tfje ij)eatt)en 'C6e
toorfees of bps banDes ^ are tierpte iutige=

ment, all bps commauntJtnentes are true.

'
^\}ti^ ftann fafi for euer anti euer, ann
are none in truetb an equate. '
f^z fent re=
nempcpon tinto bps people, be batb comma=
unnen bps couenaunt for euer, bolp ann re=
uerent is bps name. '
^hz feare of tbe
Lome is tbe beginning of tnpcnome, a goon
 Pfalme txih 191

tjnDerflanDpng ftaue all tfjep tf)at Do ftet^

after : fte ptapCe of it enDutetft for euer,
(rapfc tl)e ILorlie for t^e retumEng aeapne of aeceue atrti

jacljar? tjje propl)cte0)

BEATVS VIR.

prapfe tfje Lome,

lefleD is tfte man tbat fearetl) p^
lorD, bt tatf) great uelpte in 6ps
commauntiementes. '
^Is CeDe
fljall bt mpgbtpe tjpon eartft: tfje

generation of tht faptfull ftaltie tJleffeo,

'iRpcbes anD plenteoufnefle ftaltie in f)is

t)oufe, ant) tps rpgbteoufnes enouretl) for

euer, '
Onto tf)e gooip tftere arpfetb t)p

lpgf)t in tf)e uarcfenelTe, bt is mercpfull, lo=

uing ano rpg&teous. '3 gootJ man is mer=
cpfull, aD lennetb: ano tnill gptie 6is tooroes
tut tiifcrecpo. 'jTor ht ftall neuer tie moueD:
anti p^ rpgbteous ftaltie tati in an euerlaflig
rememtjraunce, ^
^e topll not lie afrapeu for
enp eupll tpDings, for Ws 6ert MOetf) fafl,

ant) tieleuet!) in p^ Loro, '!&is tert is fla=

tjliften : $ ttipll not ftrpncfee, tmtpll 6e fe ftps

Defgre tjpon ftps enempes, 'e ftatft

fparfen aftroao, anti geuen to tfte poore: ano

192 Pfalme cxiii*

tes rpgftteoufnes! remapnetf) for euer, tv^

Some fljaltie eralten toitb bonoute. 'C6e
t)ngoDIp (ijall fe it, anti it IJall greue tjpm : ht
ftall gnali) tt)it{) t)i.s teetft, <$ cofume atnape:
tfte Defpte of tfte tingoDlp ftall perpll).

LAVDATE PVERL
PtapCe tj)e lotDe,

Eapfe t5e lorn (pe feruauntes)

prapfe tfje name of tU loroe^
'
TBlciTeti bt t6e name of p^ JLorOe
from t{)is tpme fortb for euermore.
'Cbe LorDes name i0 prapfeti, fro tbe ri=
fpng: tip of tbe ^unne tmto tfje gopnge Oo^
ttine of tf)e fame, Cbe Lorn is f)pe atoue
'

all ^eatten, anD 6is glorp aboue p^ beauenis

'
9B6o lorne oure (^oD, pt
10 iplie tjnto tbe

6atf) te0 Dtoellpng fo 6pe, $ pet MbletS bim

felf to tjeboio tf)e tbpnges tfjat are in beauen

(J eartf)f 'l^e talietf) tip tbe fimple out of

p^ Dufl, anD Ipftetf) tbe poore out of p^ mpre,
'
C6at be mape fett bim toitb tbe princes,
eue triitb tbe prpnces of bi0 people.
'5)e maltetb tbe bare tnoma to Itepe boufe
anD to be a iopfull motber of cbpltiren,

Prapfe tbe Loroe.

 IPfalme txiiih 193

Cl)e . txiiii . |&(alme,

IN EXITV ISRAEL.

ff^5)en 3lftael came out of gppt, anD

Wffn tU bouiz of 3laco6 from amonge p^
^^jlJtaung people* '31uDa ttiagi bv^
^anctuatp, anD Jftaell Ws Domp=
nion. 'C6e fee fattie tbat, anD fletJ, 3ot=
nan toas titpuen taclte. '
C6e mountapnes
fliippeti Ipfee rammes, anti tje Iptle tiUes lp=

fee ponge fljepe. '

mbat aplett t6e, 2D ttjou
fee, tfiat tbou flentieiJi' ana tbou Joroa, tbat
tf)Ou Uiafl Drpuen backed 'ge moGtapnes,
tbat pe ffepppeu Iplie rammes : $ pe Iptle f)pl=

leg Iplie pong ftepef 'Ctemble tbou ettb

at tbe ptefence of tbe JLorD, at tbe prefence of
tbe (^OD of 3|acob. 'mbicb turned p^ bato
tocfee into a flantipnge toater, anD tbe flpnt
Gone into a QJtpngpnge toell.

NON NOBIS DOMINE.

t tjnto t)S (D JLotDe) not tinto t)0,

but Dnto tbp name geue p^ prapfe, for

tbp louing mercp, <$ for tbp trutbeis fa=

194 ipcalme cx\)*

U. '
mbtttott ftall pe eatbe Cape : toftere

is noto tbeit (^on j* '

as for oute (^oU, te is
in fteauen, fie fiatj) Done tofiatfoeuet pleafeti

bm. 'Cfieit pnoles are ftluer anti goin,

euen tfie tnorcfee of mens tanties- 'Cfiep
fiaue moutf), anti fpeafee not : epes fiaue tbep,
ann fe not, '
Cfep $ fieare not,
fiaue eares,
nofes fiaue anD fmell not
tfjep, ^
Cftep t)a=
ue fiaDes anD tanDle not: fete baue tbep, anti
toalfee not, netber ftjeafee tfiep tfioroto tbeir

tftrote, 'Cfiep pt tnafee tbem, are Ipfee m-

to tbem, anti fo are all focb as put tbeir trufi

in tbem, '15ut (m^e of) 31frael truft tbou

in tbe Lorti, be is tbeir fuccoure ^ Defence,
''
pe boufe of 3aron put poure trufl in tbe
lorDe : be is tbeir belper, anD DefenDer,
''
ge tbat feare tbe LorDe, put poure trufl in
tbe HorD, be is tbeir belper anD DefenDer,
''
Cbe LorDe batb bene mpnDfull of t)S, anD
be ibal blelTe tjs : euen be ftall blefle tbe boufe
of 3|frael, be ftall blelTe tbe boufe of aaron,
''
ft)e ftall blefle tbem tbat feare tbe LorDe,
botb fmaU anD great, '' ^bz JLorDe ftaU en=
creafe pou more anD more pou, $ poure cbpl= :

Dren, '' ^e are tbe blefleD of tbe LorD, tnbpcb

maDe beauen (j eartb, ''au tbe tobole bea^
uens are tbe lorDes, tbe eartb batb be geue
tmto gf cbplDre of men, '^i^z DeeD pragfe
not p^ (i) LorD), netber aU tbe? p^ go Dottine
 IPfalme crui\ 195

into tbt fplence. ''I5\it toe topll ptapfe tfte

lorDe, from ttps tpme forft for euermore.

Prapfe tfje loroe.

DILEXI QVONIAM.

am toell pleafeo, ttat tf)e Lome tatft

{)erD pe tjopce of mp ptaper. '
Cbat fte

fjatf) enclpneD W eare tinto me, t{)et=

fore tupU 31 call tjpo Wm as longe as 31 Ipe,

'Cf)e fnares of neatf) copafeD me rounD
atjout, ant) tfte papnes of fiell gat fjolo t)pon
me, '31 aall fpnoe trouble anO fteupnefle, anti
31 ftall call upon tf)e name of tfje Loroe (2D
JLorDe) 31 tiefecf) tfte Delpuer mp foule*
'(^racpous Is tjje Horde, anD rpgJ)teous,
pee, our (^oo is mercpfulL 'Cte Lorn pre=
feruetl) tfte fpmple. 3 tuas in mpferp, ano bz
JelpeD me, ^Curne agapne tften tmto tfip

refi, ) mp foule, for tfje LorDe ftatf) retoar^

neD tfie.'ano tofef tf)ou ftafl DelpereD
mp from oeatf), mine epes from teares
foule
ano mp fete from falling, ''31 topll toalcfee
before tfte Loroe, in m
lanDe of t6e Ipupng.
'3I tjeleueo, ann tfjerfore topll 31 fpeafee,
tJut 31 tuas fore troubleD, 31 fapo i mp fiaft:
196 IPfalme crDij,

au men are Ipers. ''mi}at rettiarD fljall 31

geue mto tbe JLorDe, for all tbt lienefgteg pt

be ftatj) Done tjnto me*^ ''31 topU receaue tbe
cuppe of faluacpon, anti call tjpon tfte name
of tfte LorD. ''
31 ttjpll page mp tjotnes noto
in tbe pretence of all bps people, rpgbt Deare
in tbe fpgbt of tbe loroe m tbe neatb of bps
fapnctes, '^OBebolD (f) LorD) boto tbat 31

am tbp feruaunt* 31 am tbp feruaunt ann tbe

fonne of tbp bantimapne, tbou bai! broken
mp bonnes in fonoer* ''31 topll offre to tbe,
tbe facrpfpce of tbancfeefgeupnge, anD topll

call tipon tbe name of tbe Lome, ''31 topll

page mp tjotoes tmto tbe JLorne in tbe figbt

of all W people, in tbe courtes of tbe JLorDes
boufe, euen in tbe mpntiefl of tbe, D 31erufa^
lem. IPrapfe tbe LorDe,

LAVDATE DOMINVM.
Prapfe v' ^orD all pe ^eitbe, prapfe
I bim all pe nacpons, jFor bis mer=
'

cgfull fepnQneg is euer more an more

totoarti t)S, anti tbe trutb of tbe Lome enDu=
retb for euer. Prapfe tbe Lome.
 Pfalme cMii 197

CONFITEMINI DOMINO.
(3mz tftancfees tinto tbt Lome,
for Je 6^0 gtacpous, bzcmit l)p$
metcp enturetj) for euer^ 'Let 3lf=

tael nOtt) COfefle, (tljat Dc 10 cracloue, an)

pt metcp enOuretf) for
J)i.s Let p^ touCe
euer. '

of aaron noto cofefle, pt {)is metcp enQuretft

for euer. '

ptz, let tbe notu gt feare tbe LorD
confelTe, tftat W mercp enOuretl) for euer*
'
31 callen tjpon tbe !LorD in trouble, anti tfie
lorD terti me at large. 'Cfte Lorn is on
ntp fpne, 31 topH not feare tnbat man Doetf)
tjnto me, 'Cte Lome tafeetl) mp parte tot

tftem tftat ftelp me : tberfore ftall 31 fe mp De=

fpre tjpon mpne enemies* '31t Is better to
trull in tht LortJ, tben to put anp cofpnence
in man, '3lt is better to trufi in tfje Lome,
tben to put anp confgoence in prpnces.
'au nacions compaHeti me rounoe aboute,
but in gf name of p^ Lom ttipU 31 nelirop tbe,
''
Cbep feepte me ! on euerp fpoe, tbep kept
me in (31 fape) on euerp fpne, but in tbe name
of tbe LorD, 31 topll neflrope tbem,
'"~
Cbep
came aboute me Ipke bees, anD are ertpncte,
198 ipcalme crtJiiK

euen as tfte fpre among tfte tftornes, for in gf

name of tfte Lotoe, 31 topU Defiroge tbem,
''Ct)Ou fjali ftruft fore at me, tbat 31

mpgl)t fall, but t5e JLotDe ttias mp ftelpe.

''Cbe Lome 10 mp fltengtf), ^ mp fon=

ge, (Jbecome mp faluacpon*
is ''Cfte t)op=
ce of iope anD tealtf) Is in tfte Dtoellinges of
t6e rpgfiteous: tbe rpgftt bantie of tje LotDe
lirigetj) migbtie tWges to palTe* ''C6e tigbt
bantie of tbe iLortie batft tbe pteempnece, tlje tigbt
bantie of tbe LorD tirpngetf) mpgbtpe
tbpnges to pafle. ''31 toill not npe but Ipue,
anD Declare tbe ttiorfees of tbe HorD. '':bt
JLorD batb cbafleneD anD cortecte me, but be
batb not geuen me ouer tjnto Deatb* '')pe
me tbe gates of rpgbtuoufnes, tbat 31 mape
goo into tbem, anD geue tbanckes tjnto tbe
LotDe. ''
Cbps
gate of tbe LotDe, tbe
is tbe

rigbtuous ftall entte into it ''3 ttjpll tbac=

fee tbe, for tbou ball betDe me, anD art bec=
ome mp ''^ht fame Gone tnbicb
faluacpo.
tbe buplDers is become tbe beaDe
refufeD,
flone in tbe corner. ''Cbps ttias tbe LorDes
Dopnge, anD it is maruelous in oure epes
''
Cbps is tbe Dape, tobpcb tbe JLorDe batb
tiiaDe, toe topll reiopfe anD be glaD in it
^'J^elpe (me) noto ) HorD, D LorD fen=
De tJS noto profperpte. ''iBleOeD be be v'
commetb in tbe name of tbe LorDe, toe baue
 ipcalme txix. 199

toiffljeD pou gooD lucfee, pe tj)at tie of p^ {)ou=

''
fe of tbe LorDe* ($oD 10 tfte Lottie, tofjpcl)
6at& IJjetoeD t)s Ipgbt; tipntie tfie facrifpce W
coarDes, pee euen tinto tfte 6omes of p^ aultet.
''Cbou art mp (^oD, anD 31 topU ftanclte
tbe : t{)ou art mp (^on, 31 tnpU ptapfe tfte,

''D geue tfiancfees tjnto tbe LotDe, for be

is gtacpou0, anti bps mercp enoutetb for
euet*

BEATI IMMACVLATL
leflen ate tbofe tbat be tintiefpleD in
tbe toape: anD toalfee in tbe latoe of tbe
JLotUe. -
IBleOet) ate tbep tbat ikepe U^
teflimonpeg, ann fefee bpm ttJitb tbept tobo=
le bette* 'jTot tbep tubpcb do no ttipcfeeti'

nefle, toalfee i U^ toapes. 'Cbou bafl cbat=

gen p^ toe fljall niligentlp feepe tbp comma(i=
nementeg. 'SD tbat mp ttiapes tuete made
fo oitecte, tbat 31 mpgbt feepe tbp ftatutes*
'
%)0 all 31 not be cofounDen, tobple 31 ba^
ue tefpecte tinto all tbp commauntiementeg.
'
3[ topll tbancfee p^ toitb an tjnfapneD bet=
te toban 31 ftall baue leatneD tbe iutigemen^
te0 of tbg tpgbteoufnefle* '31 topll feepe tbp
cetpmonpeg, fotfake me not tJttetlp,
200 Pfalme cxix.

'Whttt toitb all ftall a pong man clenfe

ftps toapei^ (Bum ftp rulpnge ftpm felfe after

tftp ttjorne* ''mitb mp ttiftole fterte ftaue

3 fougftt tfte, ^ let me not go totong out of
tftp commauntiemente.0- ''Cftp ttiortieg

ftaue 3 ftpD toitftin mp fterte, tftat 31 (ftuine

not fpnne againfl tfte, ''IBMfO art tftou D

Lorn, SD teacft me tftp flatutes, ''2Bitft mp
Ipppes ftaue 31 ftene tellpng of all tfte iuuge^

metes of tftp moutft, '*31 ftaue ftan as grea=

te Delpte in tfte ttiape of tftp teftimonpes, as
in allmaner of ricftes. ''31 ttipll talfee of tftp

commauntiememes, ano ftaue refpect tinto

tftp tuapes, ''^p Delpte Iftalfte in tftp fla^

tutes, ano 31 topll not forget tftp tooroe.

''
D 00 ttJell t3nto tftp feruaunt, pt 31 ntape
Ipue ann kepe tftp toorD, ''SDpen tftou mp=
ne epes, tftat 3 ntape fe tfte tnonoerous tftin^

ges of tftp latne* ''31 am a ftraunger tiponi

eartfte, D ftpoe not tftp commaunnementes
''
fro me. 9@p loule ftreafeetft out, for tfte \}Z'

rp feruent oefpre pt it ftatft altoape tmto tftp

iuDgementes. ''Cftou ftaft reftukeD p^ prou=

oe,ano curfeD are tftep tftat do erre from tftp

commaunoementes* "D turne fro me lfta=

me $ reftufee, for 31 ftaue feepte tftp teiipmo=

npes. ''Prpnces alfo opo fpt ann fpeafee a=
gapnft me, ftut tftp feruaut is occuppeo i tftp

flatutes. ''JFor tftp tefipmonies are mp oe^

 IPfalmecjcir, 201

Ipte, anD mp counceler^^ ''^^ foule

cleauetb to tfie tiufl, D quicfeen tfiou me ac^
corDpng to t^ tootoe. ''31 ftaue fenotolcti^
geo mp toapes, ao tl)ou JetDefl me, D teacb
me tte flatutes* ''a^afee me to tmoerflan^
De tfje ttiape of tftp commauntiementes, anD
fo ftall 31 talfee of tbp tnonDetou^ toorcke0
''^p foule meltetf) atoape for Derp f)eup=
nelTe, coforte tfiou me accotDpnge unto tbj>

tooroe, -'Cafee fro me tfte toape of Ipeng,

ant) caufe p" me to make moct) of tfe latoe.
'
31 t)aue cftofen tje ttiape of trutte, anD tt)p

iuDgementes ftaue 3 lapeD before me

''31 fjaue ftgclten tmto tfe teflpmonies, D
JLorD confounDe me not ''31 topll runne
tJ)e toape of tftp commaunDementeg, toften
tftou f)afl fet mp fterte at Utiertpe, ''Ceacf)
me LorD tfte toape of tfe fiatutes, anD 3
(ijaU feepe it tinto p^ enDe-
''
<^eue me tmDer^
GanDpnge, anD 3 ftall feepe t{)p lato, pee 31

fljall feepe it toitf) mp toftole 6erte ''^a^

ke me to go in tfte patft of t{)p comaunDeme^
te0, for tter in is mp Defpre, ''
OBnclpne mp
fjerte tmto tl)p teflpmonies, anD not to co=
uetoufne0 '') turne atoape mpne epes,
left tfjep l)ef)olDe t)anite: anD qupcken p" me
in tbp tuape. '' flablili) tbp ttiorDe in tbp
feruaunt, tfiat 31 mape feare tbt. ''Cake
atoape tbt rebuke tfiat 3 am afrapeD of, for
202 pfalme txix,

tbp iuDgmentes ate goDti ''l5tho\u, mp

Delate is in tbp commaunnemeteg, D qupc^
feen me i tbp rpffftteoufnelTe. ''Let tbp lciu=

png mercp come alfo unto me, 2D !LorD, eue

tftp faluacpon accotDgng tjnto tftp tootDe
''^0 Hall 31 make anCttiere mto mp b\aU
pibemers, fot mp trufl is in tbp tootoe.

'^SD take not tfte toorDe of treutb tJtterlp

out of mp moutl), fot mp l)ope is in tfip iuti=
gementes- ''^o fljall 3I atoape kepe tbp
''
latoe, pee fot euet $ euet, ^nti 31 toill toal=

ke at litiettp, fot 31 feke tbp commafiOe=

metes. ''31 topll fpeake of tbp teflpmonies
alfo, euen tiefote kpnges, $ topU not te alja^
men. ''^nn mp Delate ftaltje in tfe comaii
Dementes, toWcf) 3 baue ''^p i)an= loueD.
ties alfo ttjpU 3 Ipft tmto W
tftp commaun^

Dementes ttjfjpci) baue loueD, ann mp fiu=

3
Dpe ftalte i tfe flatutes. ''D, tbpncke t)po
tj)p fetuaGt as concetnpng tbp tootoe, tobe=

tin tfiou fjafl caufeD me to put mp ttufl.

''Ct)e fame is mp comfotte in mp ttou&le
fot tbv ttiotoe Sat!) qugckeneo me. ''Cbe
ptouoe {)aue f)aD me erceaoinglp i netifion,
pet 6aue 3 not fttpnckeD ftom t!)p latoe.
''jFot 3 temetJteD tf)pne euetlaUpng iuD^
gementes, HD LotDe, ann teceauen confotte.
''3 am bottptilp aftapen fot tbe Dngoli=
Ip, tbat fotfake tbv latoe. ''Cftp flatutes
 IPfalme cxix. 203

baue bene mp fongeg, in tbe ftoufe of mp ppl=

gremage, Jaue tbougftt upo tfe name,
''31

HD LotD, in tf)e npg&t ceafon, anD baue feepte

tf)p latoe. ''Ctes 31 baD, fiecaufc 31 feepte

tf)p commauntiemete0. '"Cftou art mp

porcpon, 2D LorDe, 31 taue ptompCeti to fee=
pe t{)2 latoe. ''3 mane mpne bumble peti=
cpon in tbp prefence toitb mp tnbole berte,
D be metcpfull tjnto me accortiig tinto thv
toorDe. ''
3 call mgne atone toapes to reme=
braunce, anD turne mp fete into tbp teflimo=
nies. ''3 mace bafle, anti prolonged not p^
tpme, to feepe tbp commauntjemente0

''Wbz congregacpons of tbe tingoDlp ba^

ue robbeD me, but 3 baue not forgotten tbp
latoe, ''at mpDnggbt triiU 3 rpfe, to geue
tbancfees tmto tbe, becaufe of tbp rggbteous
iutigemente.0. ''3 am a companion of all
tbem tbat feare tbe, anD feepe tbp commaun=
Dementes* ''^bt eartb, 2D Lome, is full

of tbp mercp. 2D teacb me tbp fiatutes,

''^ Lome, tbou bafl Dealt gracgouflp to^

tbp feruaunt, accorDpng tjnto tbp ttiorDe.

''D learne me true DnDerflonDgnge, anD

knotoleDge, for 3 baue beleueD tbp comaii=
Demetes. ''^Before 3 toas troubleD, 3 tnet

itironge, but baue 3 feepte tbp tnoroe*

notti
''
Cbou art gooD anD gracpou0, 2D teacb
me tbp flatute0 '':bt prouDe baue pma=
204 Pfalme txix,

gineD a Ipe agapnft me, tiut 31 ttjpU feepe tte

commauntiemente0 toitb mp tofjole J)erte

''
Cfteir btm is as fat as titattine, but mp
nelite ftatb tene in tfe latoe* ''31t is gooD
for me tftat 3 taue tiene i trouble, pt 31 mape
leatne tf)p flatutes* ''Cfte latoe of tbp
moutf) is tiearet t)nto me, tbe tboufannes of
goine anD fgluet* "Cte fjaties f)aue ma=
ne me anD faljjponeti me, ) geue me tintier^

llantipng tbat 31 tnape learne tbp commau^

tiementes. ''C6ep tbat feare tbe, togU be
glao tube tbep fe me, becaufe 3 baue put mp
trull in tbp toorDe, "31 fenotoe, D orDe,
tbat tbp iuDgementes are rpgbt, anD tbat p"
of tierp faitbfuIneUe ball caufeD me to be
troubled, '') let tbp mercifull fepntmefle
be mp conforte, accorDpng to tbp ttiorDe m-
to tbp feruaunt "D let tbp louinge mer^
cpes come t)nto me, p^ 3 mage Ipue, for tbp
latoe is mp Delate* ''
Let tbe prouDe be con=
founoeD, for tbep go toicfeeoip aboute to De=
Grope me : but 31 tupll be occuppeD i tbp com=
maunDementes* ''let focb as feare tbe, ^
baue fenoUine tbp teilimonies, be turneD m-
to me. '2D lett mpe berte be founDe in tbp
llatutes, tbat 31 be not afljameD. ''^p fou=
le batb longeD for tbp faluacion: anD 31 ba^
ue a gooD bope becaufe of tbp ttiorDe.
''Q^pe epes long fore for tbp toorDe, fa=
pinge. SD> toben toplt tbou comforte me.
 Pfalme cxix, 205
''
JFot 31 am bztomz like a totell i tbe fmo=
ke, pet DO not 31 forget tbv fiatutes. ''oto
manp ate tbe Dapes of tfe fetuaunt f mben
tnplt tf)ou fie auengeD of tfiem tbat perfecu=
te mef ''Cbe proutie fjaue Dpggeti ppttes
for me, tobicf) are not after tfip latoe. ''M
tbv commaunDementes are true, tbep perfe=
cute me falflp, SD te tbou mp fieipe*
''
W(^t^
baD allmofl maDe an enoe of me tipo eartfi,
tjut 31 forfofee not tjp comaunnementes.
''D Qupclten me after tte loupg feiDnes,

(J fo ftal 31 feepe p^ teflimonies of tte moutft.

'' ILorD, tte ttjorne enDuretf) for euer in
fteaue. 'Ct)p trutfie alfo remapnetf) fro
one generation to another: tbou fiafi lapeD
tfje founDacion of tht eartf), anO it afipuett).

''Ctep continue tf)ls Dape accorDpnge to

t{)pne orDpnaunce, for all tfjpnges ferue tfje.
'-
31f mp Delate tan not bene in tt)p late, 31

ftulDe fiaue periften i mp trouble* ''31 tnill

neuer forget tfe commaunDementes, for tot

tf)e t{)Ou 6all quicfeenen me, ''31 am tftpne,

SDf) faue me, for
31 6aue fougbt tfip comaun=

Demetes, ''Cbe tingorjlp lapeo toapte for

me to ciefirope me, tJut 31 toill confpnre tbp
testimonies. ''31 it tbat all tfiinges come to

an enoe, but tbp commaunnement is ercea^

Dpnge firoaoe. ''(norue) loue fiaue WiW
31 tmto tl)p latoef all tfie Dape long is mp flu=
206 pmime cjcir.

Die in it ''Ci)OU, tboroto tfe commaunne=

mentes ftafl mate me ttjpfer tften mpne ene=
mpeg, for ftep are euet to^ me. ''
31 ftaue mo=
re tmnerflantiinge tjen mp teachers, for tftp

teflimonies are mp ftutiie '31 am topfer tfte

t{)e ageti, tecaufe 31 feepte tbp commauntie=

mentes. ''
31 6aue refrapnen mp fete fro eue=

rp euell toape, tfjat 31 mape feepe tbv toortie.

'''31 bmz not ftrpncfeetj from tip iuD=
gementes, for tftou teacftefl me. ''D fjoto

fttiete are tfe tnorties tinto mg tbrotef

gee fttjeter tften tonp t)nto mp moutj).
''C{)orotti tbp commaunDementeg 31 Qtt
tjntierfiantiinge, tjerfore 31 Sate all toicfeeD

toape0. '^'Cte ttjoroe is a lanterne tmto

mp fete, anti a lggf)t unto mp patl)e0.

''3I taue ftoorne anQ am fleofafilg purpo=

fen to feepe tfjp righteous iuDgementes.
''31 am troulJleD atoue meafure: qupcfeen
me, D
Lorue, accortiinge tjnto tfe toortie.

''iLet tj)e fretoill offerpnges of mp moutf)

pleafe tfte, 2D lortie, anD teacf) me tte iti=
gementes: '''^^ foule is alttiape in
mp banoe, pet do not 31 forget tt)p latoe.
'''
Cte tmgoDlp baue lapeD a fnare for me,
tjut pet ftnarueD not 31 fro tftp comafiDeme^
tes. '''Cl)p teflpmonies f)aue 31 clapmeD as
mpne heritage for euer : anD tobp tftep are p^
j^

tjerp iope of mp bert. '''

31 taue applieD mp^
 IPfalme txix* 207

ne fterte to fulfill tbv flatutes altoape, euen

"' ttem tbat pmagen
ijnto tbe entie 3i fjate

euell ftinges, tjut tijp latoe Do 31 loue.

'''
Cf)ou art mp nefence ann ftpine, ano mp
trull is in t5p toorne. '^'atoape fro me pe
ttjpclieD, 31 Ml feepe tbe commaQliementes
of mp (^0D '''D aatJliO) me accortipng t)n=
to thv tuoroe, t!)at 31 mage Ipue, ano let me
not hz nifapopnteD of mp tope* '"olDe p
me
euer
Dp, anO 31 ftall tie fafe :

'''
m
Cfjou
n^P tielite ftall

tronen
tie i tbp flatutes, fjafi

tiottine all tbem tbat tieparte from thv Ga-

tutes, for tljep pmagin, tiut oifceate*
'''
C60U puttefl atnape all tU tmgonip of
t6e eartf) Ipfee orofle, tjerfore 31 loue tf)p te=
'''
iJimonies. a@p fleft tretiletfi for feare of
tj)e, anti 31 am afrapeD of tlip iutigementes,
'''
i oeale twitf) tbe tfiinge tbat 10 latofull <$

rigftt. D geue me not ouer t)nto mpn oppref=

fours. ''?
a^afee p" tt)p feruaGt to oelite in pt
\obici) is goon, pt ^c ptoune no me no turong.
'''
ei^pne epes are ttiafien atnape ttiitf) lo=

fepng for tbp tealtfi, ann for tfie toorn of tip

rig!)teoufneire. '''D neale toitft tfe feruaQt
accorning tjnto tfe loupng mercp, ann teacb
me tf)p liatutes.
'''
31 am tfe feruaut, D gra=
unte me t^nnerflanning, tftat 31 niape knoto
tbp teflimonies. '''3t is tpme for tbe Lome
to lape to tbpne ban, for tbep baue neflropen
208 pfalme cxix.

tftp latoe. '''jFor 3 loue tbp comaunnmen=

'''
tes aboue goin $ precious Gone. Cfjerfo^
re boM 31 fltepgbt all tte commaunDemen=
teg, anD all falfe toapes 31 utterly atbotre.
'''
Cbp teftpmonies are tnontierfull, tl)er=

fore notl) mp foule feepe tftem, '''

2Bl)en tbp
tuortie goetb fortf), it geuetf) Ipgbt anD m-
Derlianninge, euen tinto p^ fimple. "'31 ope^
neD mp moutf) anD Dretne i mp bttth for mp
Qelite tnas in tfe commauntiementeg,
'''
2D lofee tbou t)po me $ te mercpfull t)n=

to me, as tftou t)fefl to no tjnto thoiz pt loue

tf)p name.
'''
DrDet mp fleppes in tte toor-
De, ant) fo ftall no topcfeeonelTe taue Domi^
nion ouer me. '''
2D nelpuer me from p^ ttiro^

geous tiealpnges of men, anU fo ftall 3i fe^e

tl)p commaunDemetes. '''^betoe tbe ligftt
of thv countenaunce upon tfe feruaunt, anU
teacft me tbp flatutes. '''^pne epes guffte
out toitf) ttiater, becaufe men feepe not tbp
lattie. ''' laigftteous art p, 2D HorDe, $ true
is tftp iungement ^^'Cbe teflimonies tfiat

tbou ftafl commaunneu are erceaoing rig6=

teous anti true, '''a^p ^ele ftatj) euen con=
fumeti me, tiecaufe mpne enemies 6aue for=

gotte tf)P toorDes. ''Cte toorDe is trieD

to tbt tjttermofl, anD t6p feruaGte louetft it.

'''
31 am fmall anti of no reputacion, pet no
not 31 forget tjjp comauntiementes* '''Cbp
 Pfalme txix, 209

rigftteoufnefle is an euerlalJinge rigbteouC=

nes, anD tbp latoe is tbe trueti), '^'Ctoulile
anD fteupnefle f)aue taken toM tjpo me, pet
is mp Delite in tf)p comaunnemetes* '*'Cf)e
rpgjbteoumefle of tf)p teflimonies is euetla=
flig, D graute me tJnDetfiatiing j :j ftall lp=
ue, '''
31 call W mp ttjjole 6ert, Jeate me,
lome, 31 ttJill feepe tbp flatutes^ '''gee eue
tjpon tf)e Ho 3 cal, belpe me, anD 3 ftall kepe
t6p telJimonies- '^'OBatlp in tfte motnpnge
DO 31 crpe t)nto ps for i tbp toorD is mp trufl.

'''^pne epes preuente tbe nigbt toatcbes,

tftat 31 migftt tie occupieD in tSp tootDes.
'''
i&eare mp tiopce, ) ilotD, accotDgng m-
to tftp louig kinDnefle: qupcke me accotDing
as tf)ou art toont ''''Cftep Dratoe npe tijat

of malice perfecute me, anD are farte fro tbp

'''
latoe, I5e tftou nge at ftanDe, ) LorD, for
all tbp commaunDementes are true, '"'^s
cocerning tfjp baue fenotone
teflimonies, 31

longe fens, tftat tbou Daft grouDeD tbem for

euer. '''D confiDre mpne aDuerfite, anD De=

liuer me, for 3 Do not forget tbv latoe,

'''^uenge tbou mp caufe, anD Deliuer me,
Qupcken me accorDing tjnto tfip tuorDe,
'''ealtb is farre fro tte DngoDlp, for tbep
regarDe not tbv ftatutes- '''<5reate is tb?
mercp, HD LorD, qupcken me as p" art ttjont
'" a^anp tfjere are tftat trouble me, anD per=
210 ipfalmecnr*

Cecute me, pet Do not 31 Ctoarue ftom tbp te-

ftimonie^, '''3lt greuetb me, Wen 31 it tbe

ttanfgtelTourg : tecaufe tbep Itepe not t6p
latoe, ''' Confpore, 2D Lome, ftoto 3 loue
tte comafitiemeteg, SD qupcfee me accoroig
to t6p louing fepnnnelTe^ '^'^Cfe toorOe Is

true from euerlaflpng:, all tfte iuogementes

of tfjp rpgbteoufnefle enDure for euer more,
'^^'Prpnces ftaue perfecuteo me toptftout
caufe, but mp fterte ftanDetb in atoe of tfe
toortie0, '''31 am as glati of tbp toorD, as
one tbat fpnoetj) gteate fpoples. '''3s for
Ipes, 31 fjate anu atjftorre tbem, tjut tbp latoe
00 31 ^eue tpmes a nape oo 3 prap=
loue. '''

fe PS becaufe of tbp righteous iuogemetes,

'''
(Create is tbe peace tftat tfiep fiaue toWcf)
loue tf)p ano tjep are not offentieD at
lattie,

it '''lorDe, 3 6aue lofeeD for tbp faupnge

ijealtj), <$ none after tbp comaunoementes.
'''
a^p foule bat}) kept tj)p teflpmonies, anD
loueD tbt erceoiglp. '''3 ftaue kept tf)p com^
mauntiementes anD teliimonies, for all mp
toapes are before p^. mp coplaite come
'''
let
before p% LorD, geue me tinOerliaDIg, ac^
HDf) let mp fupplica^
'''
corDig unto tbp tooco.
cio come before p^ oelpuer me accoroig to tbp
"' a^p lippes ftall fpeafee of tbp prap=
ttjoro.

fe toba P" ball taugbt me tbp ftatutes.

'''
gee,
mp tong Hall fpng of tbp tooroe, for all tbp
 ipcalme err- 211

comaunnemetes are rigbteoug* '"Let tbpne

ftanDe ftelpe me, for 31 tjaue dboCen tftp com=
maunnemetes. '''31 Ijaue longen for ftp fa=
uing bealtf), i) lorn, ano in t&p latoe is mp
HDb let mp foule Ipue anD it ftall
'''
oelite.

prapfe tje, ano tf)p iuOgementes ftall ftelpe

me. "'31 Ijaue gon alJrape, Ipfee a lljepe tfjat
is loft : Db fefee tftp feruaut, for 31 no not for=

get tbp commaunoementes.

AD DOMINVM CVM TRIBVLARER.

a fong Of tbe fteares,

l^en 31 toas i trouble, 31 callen tjpo

tbe loroe, ano be bearoe me.

^dCT^S 'Delpuer mp foule, HD Lome, fto

Ipenge lippes, anO from a Oifceatfull tonge.

'9jObat retoaroe ftall be geue or none m-
to tbe, tbou falfe tonge f OBuen mpgbtie f
ftarpe arotoes, toitb bote bumpnge coales.
'
mo is me, pt 31 am conftrapneo to Dtoell
^ toitb ^ a^efecb, ano to baue mpne
'^p
babita^
cion among tbt tetes of Ceoar. fou=
le batb longe Otoelt among tbe, tbat be ene=
mies tjnto peace. '31 laboure for peace, but
toben 31 fpealte (tnto t^em) tberof, tbep make
tbem to battaple.
 IPfalme txxi

LEV AVI OCVLOS.

a fong of tbe fteareg.

=^=^
mm
Ipft Dp mpne epe^ tinto p^ J)il^

from tnbence commetl) mp f)el=

leg,

pef 'a^p belpe commetb euen

ftom tfte lotoe, toWc!) batb maoe
j)eauen ano eartf), 'lj)e toill not fuffre tftp

fote to tie mouen, ao 6e tjat feepetb tjje, Ml

not flepe. 'iBzboM-, be pt liepetl) 3lfrael,

fljall netber flomtire not flepe, 'Cfje Lottie

bm felfe 10 tjip feepet, tbe Lottie 10 tbp Defen=
ce tjpon tte tigl)t fiantie. '^0 tliat p^ fun=
ne Hal not tiutne tfte tip oape, netftet p^ moo=
ne tip npgf)t 'Cfie lotoe ftall pteCetue p^
ftom all euell, pee it is euen it tfjat ftall ke=

pe t{)p foule. 'CJ)e JLotti ftall ptefetue tlip

going out anO tbp cominge in, ftom this tp=

me fottl) for euet mote.
 IPfalmecrrii* 213

LETATVS SVM.
a fonge of tfje aeares of DauiD.

mas glau, toben tfjep fapDe unto

me : toe toiU go into p^ Soufe of tfte

Lome. -HDut fete fljall flanDe in

tftp gate0, HD 3lerufalem. '3letu=
falem Is tjupioeu as a cptie, tftat is at tinite in
it felfe. 'jFor tfiitfjet tbz tribes go tip, euen
tfte tribes of tbe lortie: to tefiifge tjnto
Jfrael, to geue tbancfees Dnto tbe name of p
LorDe* 'iFor ttere is p^ feate of iuDgemet,
euen tbe feate of tbe boufe of Dauin,
'
D prape for tbe peace of 3lerufalem : tfjep

ftall profpere pt loue tfte. 'IPeace be toitfii

tbp toalles, ana plenteoufnes toitfjin tftp pa^

laces. 'JFor mp brethren ana copanpons
fakes, 31 toill topft p^ profperite. 'gee, be-
caufe of tbe boufe of tbe lorDe oure (^otJ, 3
Ml fefee to no tbe gooD.
2 14 ipfalmecrni).

Cl)e . txxiii ^ i&falme.

AD TE LEVAVI.
a fong of tfje fteateg.

J13 to tl)e Ipft 31 tip mpne epes, g"

tftat otoelleft in tbe J)eauens.
'
15et)oltie, euen ag tbe epes of Cer=
uauntes lolte vjnto p^ fjanoe of tfjeit

mafterg: ano as tbc epes of a maptien tinto p^

baDe of fjer mafltefle, euen fo out epes triap=

te tjpon Lotoe out aoti, tintpU be ftaue

tf)e

metcp tjpon t)0. 'I^aue metcp t}po t)s, HD

lottie, ftaue metcp tipon t)0, fot toe ate tJt^
tetlp oeftjifen. '
ute foule is fpileo w tlje

fcotnefull teptofe of tbe toeltf)^, ann toitl) p^

DeCpitefulnefle of tbe ptouDe.

t!Dl)e . txviiii ^ l&falme.

NISI QVIA DOMINVS.
a Cong of tbe fleates of DauiD.

JF p^ lotu M felf baD not bene of out

fpoe (notxi mape 3iftael fape) 31f tbe
JLotn W felf ban not bene of out fpDe,
tube me tofe tip againll t)0, '
^bzi^ bati
ftoalotoeu t)S tip qupcfee, tobe tbep toere fo
 IPfalme crrtj. 215

toratbfuUp nifpleafeD at t)0. 'gee, fte toa=

ter0 tan ntoioneti tjs, (j tbt flreame {)ali go^
ne ouet oute foule. ' Cfte Depe toaters of p^
proutie ban gone eue ouer our foule. ' 15ut
prapCeD lie tbe lorn, tofjpcj) f^atb not geuen
t)s ouer for a prape t^nto tfieir teetf). '
ur
foule is efcapen, euen as a tjprne out of tfje

fnare of tbe fouler : tfte fnare is token, ann

ttie are nelpuereti. '
Dur telpe flanoetf)

in tbe name of tfje loroe, tuf)pcl) 6atf) mane

btmm ann eartb.

QVI CONFIDVNT.

a fong of tbe tteares.

^ep tftat put tbepr trufl in tbe Lorn,

IljaltJe eue as tbe mount ^pon, tobpcf)

map not be remouen, but flannetb fall

for euer Cbe '

bpUes fiane about 3lerufale,
euen fo ftannetb tbe lorne rounne about bps
people, from tbis tpme fbrtb for euermore.
'
jFor ^ tbe ron of tbe tjngonip cometb not ^^
into tbe lot of p^ rpgbteous, left p^ rpgbteous

put tbeir bann unto topcfeennelTe. 'Do

toell D Lome, tinto tbofe tbat be goon ann
true of berte. '
as for focbe as tume baclte
2i6 Pfalme txx^U
mto tbtit atone topcfeeDnefle, p^ lortie, ftall
leaDe tbem fottb tnitJ) tbe eupU noersi, tjut

peace ftall tie tjpon Jfrael

IN CONVERTENDO.
a fonge of tfte lieares.

en tfje Lome tumeti againe tbe

captiu|)te of %ion, thm toete toe
Ipfee tjnto t!)em tbat nreame.
-
Cf)en toas oute moutb fpUeo
toitt) laughter, anti out tong toitb iope.
'
Cften fapD tftep among tbe eatben : tte
LotDe none gteate tbpnge^ fot tbzm,
Sat!)
'
pzt, tte Lome ftatf) Done gteate tftpnges
fot t)$ all teanp, tobetof toe teiopfe. '
Cut=
ne oute captpuite, D LotDe, as tie tpuets in
t6e foutf). 'Cf)ep tfjat fotoe in teates, ftall
teape in iope. 'e tjjat noto goetb in bps
toape toeppng anD fieatetf) fottbgoon fene,
all come agapne toitf) iope, ann titpng bis
fteaues toitb bim.
 IPfalme cxx\)ih 217

NISI DOMINVS.
a fonge of tfje fleares.

^cept tbt LotDe tiupltie tbe ftouCe,

tfteit latjout is but lofi tbat tiupinc

it '(ZBrcept tfje Home feepe tftc

cptie, tl)e tnatcbma toafeetb trnt in

tiapne. '3It is tiut loll latiout tbat pe rife
Dp earlp, anD take no refl, tiut eate t!)e bre=
ne of catefulnefle : for lofee to ttif)om it plea=
fetf) f)pm, be geuetf) lo, cfjplDre
it in flepe^ '

anD tbt frute of tbe toomtje are an heritage

anD 0pft, tl)at commetf) of tfte lorD. ' iLp=
fee as tf)e arotoes in tbe 6aDe of tbe gpaunt,
euen fo are tbe ponge cfelDren, '
appp is

tbe man tftat ftatf) f)is qupuer full of tf)em,

tftep fljall not tie alJameD, toften tftep fpeafee
toiti) tbeir enemies in tbe gate.
 Pfalme crrtJii),

BEATI OMNES.
a fonge of tfte fleareg.

LeOeD are all tftep tfiat feare tbt

LorDe, anti tnalfee in f)ps toapes,

'jFor tbou fljalt eate tbe latiou=

re0 of tljpne atone ftanties : Inell

is tf)e, anti ftappp ftalt tbou bz, ^Cte topf

ftaltie as tbe ftutefull tjpne tipon tbe toal=
les of tf)p i)oufe, 'Cfip cbpioten li?fee tfte

Ipue tJtauncftes tounoe atioute thv tatile.

'
JLo, tljus ftall tbe man tie fileOeti, tbat fe-
aret!) tbe Lome. '
Cfje Lome ftall fo tilef=

fe tit out of ^ion, tftat tbou ftalt fe 3|erufa=

lem in ptofperpte all ti)p Ipfe long. '

^zz pt

tl)ou ftalt fe t!)p cftpiners cftpioren, ^ pea=

ce upon 3lfraeL
 IPfalme cxxix* 219

SEPE EXPVGNAVERVNT.
a fonge of tfie fteares,

anp a tpme ftaue tbep fougbt aga=

pnfl me fro mp poutb tjp (mape 31^
rael noto fape.) '
gee, manp a tgme
l)aue tftep tjereo me fro mp poutft
tip, ijut tbep fjaue not preuaplen apinft me,
'
Cf)e plotoers plottieD tjpon mp tiacfee,

anti mane longe forotnes, 'I5ut tbe rigjb^

teou$ LorD fjatb betoen t&e pocke of ttie m-

gooip in peceg. Let tbem tie confountieD
ant) tumeo tiacktoart), as manp as taue euil
UipU at ^ion. 'let tfjem tie euen as p^
tape tjpon tbe boufe toppes, toftpcb toptlje^

retf) a fore it tie pluckte tip, '

mfterof the
motoer fpUetft not bps J)anti, netber be tbat
bpntietf) tip tbe lljeaues, 6is tiofome, '^0
tl)at tftep tobpcl) go ftp, fape not Co mocb : as
tbe LorDe profpere pou, toe ttiifl) pou goon
lucke in tbe name of tbe Lome,
220 ipfalme cxxx.

DE PROFVNDIS.
a fonge of tU fleares.

Ot of tfte Depe ftaue 31 calleD tinto tje

HD Lome, Lottie Ijeare mp tjopce.
'
)f) let tF)pne eares confpDre tuell tfje

t)opce of mp complapnte. '31f p" lorne

toplt tie ertreme to matcfee toftat 15 none a
mpfle, Df) Lottie UiF)o mape atipDe itf'

'
jFot tf)ete is metcp ttit pc, tf)etfote Ualt
tf)ou tie featetj, '31 lolte fot tbe Loto, mp
fouie tiott) ttiapte fot fern, in figs tnotoe is
mp ttuli. '^p foule Ootl) pacientlp abpOe
tfte Lotoe, fto tte one motnpng to tf)e otbet,
'
Let 31ftael ttuft in tfte Lottie, fot twitl)

tije Lottie tbete is metcp, ano toitft Ijpm is

plenteous tetiempcion. 'anti 6e ftall te^

tieme JCtael ftom all bps fpnnes.
 IPfalme cxxxh 221

DOMINE NON EST EXALTATVM.

a fonge of tt)e fleares.

i)rDe, 31 am not bpe mpnoeti, 31 ftaue

no proutie loofees. '31 Do not txtt-
cpfe mp felfe i greate matters, tnfticl)

are to f)pe for me, '

IBnt 3 refraine mp fou=
le ant) Itepe it lotne, Ipfee as a cbplDe tftat 10

ttieeneo fro bis motfjer : pee, mp foule is euen

as a toeenelJ c^ltie, '
let 3frael trufl i tfie

loroe, from tftgs tpme fortb for euermore.

Ci)e . txxxi) J&Ialme.

MEMENTO DOMINE DAVID.
a Conge of tfje lieares,

DauiD, ano all bis

SDro, rememfire
trouble,'oto be ftoore t)nto
tbe JLorne, ano tiotoeD a tjotoe w-
to tbe almpgbtpe aoD of 3acob '
31 :

tnpll not come toitbin tbe tabernacle of mp

boufe, nor clpme tip in mp beoo. '3 topll
not fuffre mpne epes to flepe, nor mpne epe
IpDOeS to flOmber (net|)er tf)e teplee of mp fjeatjc to
222 Pfalme cxxxih

ta6e anpc refl) '

OUtpU 31 f^HDe OUt a plaCC
for tfte lorDe, an tatiitacpon for tbe mpg{)=
tpe (^oti of 3lacoti. '
lo, toe fjeatue ^ of ^^i
tfje fame at OBptrata, an fouoe it in p^ toooD.
'
OTe topll go in to ftps tatiernacle, ana fall

Dotone before bv^ fote Hole. '3rpfe, SD

lortie, into tbp relipnge place, tfjou ano tfte

arcfee of tbp lirengtf).

'Let t!)p IPtealies tie clotfieD toitft rpgf)=

teoufneOe, ann let tbp fapnctes teiopfe.

'"
JFor tbp feruaut Dauios fake, turne not
atoape tfte prefence of ttjpne anopnten.
''
Cfje Lome ftatf) mane a faptbfull ootb
tjnto DauiO, ano be IJjall not lljrpnclie from
it :
''
Df tfte frute of tbj> tiotip ftall 3[ fet tjpo

tf)p feate. ''

31f tfe cteioren toill feepe mp
couenaunt, anD mp teflimonpes t6at 31 ftall
lerne tbem : tbeir cbpinren alfo ftall fpt tipon
tJ)p feate for euermore. ''
jFor tfte lorn batft

cfiofen ^ion, to fie an ftatJitacio for ftpm fel=

fe fiatf) 6e cbofen btx. ^ ''
Cbls ftalfie mp
refl for euer, ftere toill 31 titoell, for 31 6aue a
''
oelpte tberin. 31 toill tilefle 6er tjptalles tot

increalTe, anD toill fatiffpe fter poore to^ tireo^

^ " 31 toill oecke ber preafles tot ftealtt),

ano 6er fainctes ftall reiopfe ano fpnge*

''
Cbere ftall 31 make 1^=- tfte ftome of
Dauin to florpft, 31 taue oroeneti a lanterne
for mpne anopnteo. ^'30 for 6i0 enempes.
 IPfalme cxxxiih 223

31 aall clotbe tftem tnitf) Qjame, but tjpo bim

felfe fljall Ws crotone flotpflje.

ECCE QVAM BONVM.

a fonge of tbe Geared of DauiD

6olDe, botti gooti (j iogfuU a tbin^

ge it 10, bretbren to DtoeU toge=
'
tbet in tinitpe, 3|t is Iplte tbe pre-
cpous opntement tjpon tbe beaDe
tbat tanne Dotone tinto tbe beetU: euen tjnto
aarons beerD, anD ttiete Dotone to tbe (fepr=

tes of W clotbinge. '

lifee p^ Detoe of ^er^
mon tobicb fell tjpo tbe bpll of ^ion, *
jFor
tbere tbe Lottie ptomifeD bps blelTpnge, and
Ipfe for euermore.

ECCE NVNC BENEDICITE.

a fonge of tbe fteares.

(ZBbolDe, (note) prapfe tbe lotue, all

pee feruaunte0 of tbe LotDe, 'pee p^ bp

nigbt iJanDe in tbe boufe of tbe Lotoe
(men in tfjc courtc0 of tl)e fjoufe of our (Soti)
2 24 ipcalme cxxx\).

'Lpft Dp poure ftantes i tfte ^anctua^

rp, anD ptapfe t!)e LotDe. 'Cfte lottie pt

maDe fteauen u eartj) tJielTe the out of %>ion.

LAVDATE NOMEN DOMINI.

Prapfe gf name of p^ Lome, ptap=
fe it, D pe feruauntes of tbe Loroe
'
ge tbat flante in tfte f)OuCe of
tbe Lorn, in tbt coutteg of t6e f)ou=
fe of out (^00. '
SD prapfe tbe lotne, for p^
LorD is gracious: iS) fpng prapfes tinto Jjis
name, for it is louelp. 'JFor tobpf* p^ lorD
l)atl) c!)oren 3|acol) tjnto Jimfelf, anD 3lfrael
for Ws atone poflellion. 'j?or fenotoe pt
3i

tlje Loroe is greate, anD tfjat oure loroe is

atioue all goooes. "^a^batfoeuer tfte Lord

pleafeo, tftat opt) Je in fteauen ann in eartf),
in tbe fee, u in all oeape places, '^e brin^
get!) fort!) tbe clouoes from tbe enoes of tbe
toorioe, ano turnetb tbe Ipgbtenpnges tinto

rape, brpnglge p^ topnoes out of tbeir trea-

furpes. 'S)e fmote f fptfl borne of aBgp=
pte botb of man ano of beaft. '
JJ)e batb
fent tokens ano toonOers into tbe mpooeft
of tbe, HD tbou lanDe of gppte, tipon lPba=
rao anD all bis feruauntes. '6^ fmote
 Pfalme crrrt). 225

Diuetfe nacpon0, anti Oetoe mpgjjtpe l^pn=

ges. ''
^ebon, Epng: of p^ amorptes, anti
Dg gf
Epnge of 15a(an, $ all p^ IBtgngtiomes
of Canaam. '' anD gaue t&eir lanoe to tie

an Rentage, eue an heritage t)nto Jfrael big

people, ''
Cf)p name, D Lottie, enoutetf)
for euet, Co Dot6 thv memoriali, lorn, fro
one generacpo to another. ''jFor p^ Lorn
topll auenge ftps people, $ be gracgoug t3n=

to f)i0 feruafites. ''^0 for tbe pmages of

tbe ^eatben, tbep are but fpluer anti goltie,

tfte toorcfee of mens banoes, ''

Cbep Saue
moutbeg, ati fpeafee not: epes 6aue tfiep, but
tbep fe not ''
Cbep baue eares, ao pet tbep
beare not, netber is tbete anp bretb in tbepr
moutbe0. ''
Woz^ tbat make tbem, are like
tjnto tbem, ano fo are all tbep, tbat put tbeir
trull in tbem, ''
Prapfe tbe LorDe pe boufe
of 3Iftael, prapfe tbe LorD pe boufe of 3aro.
'
IPrapfe tbe Lome pe boufe of HzwU pe pt
''
feare tbe Lorn, pragfe tbe Lorn. IPrapfeti
be tbe Lorn out of ^ion, ttibicb titoelletb at
3lerufalem.
226 pfalme txxx%

CONFITEMINI DOMINO.
(^eue tbafeeg tinto tbe ilorDe, for
J)e is gtacpous, anti bpg mercp en=
nuretl) for euct. '2D geue ftafees
tjnto tbe (^on of all gonoes, fot tis

mercp ennuretl) fot euet, '

D tbafee p^ LotH
of all lorties, for 610 mercp eouretft for euer
'223f)pcl) onlp Dotb greate tontiers, for
bis mercp eDuretfj for euer. '
COWcf) tip bis
tupfuome maoe tfte beauens, for fes mercp
enDuretf) for euer, 'CQbicb lapeti out tbe
eartb atjoue tbt toaters, for bis mercp enou^
retb for euer* ^CObpcb batb mane greate
Ipgbtes, for bps mere? enDuretb for euer.
'
^bt funne to rule tbe Dape, for bps mer=
cp enDuretb for euer, '
Kbz a^oone anti

tbe flarres to gouerne tbe npgbt, for bis mer=

eg enouretb '2Bbgcb fmote dB--
for euer,
gppt toitb tbeir for bps mercp
fprli borne,
enDuretb for euer, ''^nD brougbt out 31f=
rael from amonge tbem, for bps mercp en==
Duretb for euer, ''223itb a mpgbtie banDe
anD UretcbeD out arme, for U^ mercp enDu=
''
retb for euer, 2jObpcb DeupDeD tbe reeD fee
into partes, for bis mere? enDuretb for euer.
 Pfalme cxxx\)h 227

''^m made Jfrael go tftototo tbe

to
mpntiefl of it, for bps mere? enDutetb for
euet, ''IBnt ajs for Ptatao anD fes toofl,
be ouertfttetoe tbem in tlje reeD fee, for Jps
mercp ennutetb for euer.
''2Bi)icf) leD Ws people tfjoroto tfte tuil^

Uernefle, for bis mercp entiuretl) for euer.

''
saiticb fmote greate l^iges, for bis; mer=
''
cp ennuretS for euer. ^tt, ano flue mpgf)=
tpe Epngeg, for Ws mere? enDuretb for euer
''^ebon Epng of tbe amorites, for W
mercp enouretb for euer. 'anD HDg p^ Elge
of 15afan, for bis mercp enouretb for euer.
''
anD gaue atoape tbeir lantie for an berp=
tage, for U% mercp entiuretb for euer.
''
uen for an beritage tinto 3lfrael bps fer=

uaunt, for bis mercp enouretb for euer.

-'
CObpcb remebreD t)S, toben toe toere in
trouble, for W mercp entiuretb for euer.
'^ann batb tieliuereti m fro oure enemies,
for bis mercp ennuretb for euer. ''
2Bbicb
geuetb foDe tinto all flelb, for bis mercp en^
''
Quretb for euer. D geue tbancfees tjnto p^

(^oD of beaue, for bis mercp eDuretb for euer.

228 Pfalme cxxx\}ih

SVPER FLVMINA.
g tj)e Uiatecs of 15at)plon toe fat
Dotone anu toeapte, toften toe re=

memtiretJ (tije, sd) ^pon. '^is

for out ftatpes, toe tageti tftem tjp
tjpon tbe tteeg, tbat are tfjerin* 'jFot tfjep

ftat let) t)s atoape captpue, requiten of t)s

tben a Conge meloOp in out fteupneg fpnge

<$ :

t)0 one of tf)e fonges of ^ion, ' J^oto ftall

toe fpnge tht LotDes fonge in afttaunge la=
ne. '31f 3 fotget tbe, 2D 3letufalem, let mp
tigfit fiantie te fotgotten, '31f31 Do not te=

memtte tbe, let mp tonge cleue to tfte tofe of

mp moutb: pee gf 31 ptefette not 3letufalem
in mp mpttf), Eemembte tf)e ctpltiten of
'

OBOom, D LotOe, in tfje Dape of Jetufale,

Soto tbep fapo: Ootone toitb it, notone toitb
it: euen to tbe gtounoe. 'HD ^ Daugbtet
of 15at)plon, tf)OU ftalt come to mifetp tf)p

felfe : pee, bapppe ftall bt tJe, tftat tetoatDetb

tf)e as p" ball fetueo D0, 'IBlefleD ftall

U tie, tbat taket!) tbp cfiplDten, anD tbtoto^

etf) tbem agagnfl tbe aones.
 Pfalme txxxWu 229

CONFITEBOR TIBI.

m DauiD.

mill geue tftalies tinto p% ffl) lorD,

ttiitf) mp ftem, euen t)efo=
ttjftole

re tbt goDtie0, ttJill 31 fpng ptapfe t)n=

to tbe. '31 toill toorOjpppe totoarDe ftp
f)Olp temple, antJ prapfe tfe name, tiecaufe
of tte loupng fepntmefle ano truetft, for tbou
fjafl magnifpeD tbv name dt tfjp tooro atioue
all tf)inge0, '
mben 31 calleD tjpo tbe, tbou
})artiefl me, ann ennetotiefl mp foule
mocf) firengtf). ^ 'M tbt Epngeg of
ttiitb

tfte

eartft ftall prapfe tbe, D Lorti, for t&ep 6a=

ue ftearo tfte toortieg of tbp moutfj. 'gee
tbep ftall fpnge in tfje tnapes of tht LorD, pt
greate i0 tf^e glorp of tbe Lome, 'jfor
t{)ou0l) tfje Lome tje f)pe, pet fiatl) fie refpecte
t3mo tfie lotDlp: a^ for tfie prouoe, fie tefiol^
oetf) bpm a farre of. '

Cfiougb 31 toalfee in
pf mptioeft of trouble, pet ftalt p" refreflj
me
tftou lljalt firetcte fortf) tfipne 6anDe upo p^
furpoufnes of mpne enempeg, $ t6p rpgbt
fianne ftall faue me. '
Cbe Lom Qjall ma=
fee gooD for me, pee, tbv mercp, D LorD, en=
2 30 ipmime txxxix.

nuretl) fot euet. nefppfe not tben tfte tootc^

lie of tftpne atone bauDe^*

DOMINE PROBASTI.
Co tbe cftauntet, a pcalme of Dauio.

LotDe, tf)ou J)afl fearcfteti me out, aD

fenottien me, Cf)ou fenotoefl mp
oottine fpttinge anD mpne tjprifing:,
tbou mp tbougbteg a farre of
tinDerflaoefi
'
mp patf), atioute mp tieeo,
Cf)ou art alJout (j

anD fppell out all mp toapeg. jFot lo tt)e= '

re is not a tootOe in mp tonge, tiut tbou, i)

LorDe, fenotoefl it altogether, '
Ctou fjafl

faflponeo me anD before, anD lapeD

fteWntie
tbpne banDe upon me. '^ocj) knotoleoge
is to toonDerfull $ ercellent for me, 3 ca not
attepne tjnto it 'COftitber ftall 31 go t6e
from tbp Qjretej' or tobitber ftall 3 go tfjen

fro tbp prefencef '3f 3 clpme up into bea=

uen, tftou art tfjere : pf 3 go Dotone to bell, p"
art tbere alfo,3f 3 take '
tbe topnges of p^
mornpng, anD remapne in p^ tJttermofl par^
te of tbe fee. '
uen tbere alfo ftall tbp ba^
De leaDe me, anD tbp rpgbt banDe ffiall bolDe
me. ' 3f 3 fape : peraDueture tbe Darclienes
 IPfalme txxxix. 231

ftall couet me, tbm lijaU mp npgfjt tJe tur^

nen to nage, ''
gee tbe natcfeenelTe iis no tiarc=

feenelTe toitl) tj)e, but t&e npgfjt is as cleate

as tbt tiape, tfte narcfeenefle <$ Ipgftt are totb
alpfee. ''jFot mp repnes are tbpne, p" t)al!

couereD me in mg mothers toomtie. ''31 ttiil

geue tftanfees unto tbe, for 31 am tooDerou^

Up mane : maruelous are tftp toorfees, anti pt

mp foule knoUietb rigbt W\l ''Q^p liones

are not ftpti fro tbe, tbougJ) 31 tie mane fecre=

telp, ann fafljponen tjenetb in tbt eartt),

''
Cftpne epes fe mpne tmparfectnelTe, tbep
iJanne all toritte in tfjp tiofee :
''
mp napes txje==

re faftponen, ttiben as pet tbere teas not one

of tbem. ''5>otD neare are tbv councels
mto me 2D (^onf 2D f)Oto greate is tf)e fum=
me of tftemf 3f 3 tell tftem, tf)ep are mo I
''

nomto tben tbe fanne toben 3( toafee tip, 3 :

am prefent tnitj) tfje* ''2Bilt tbou not flape p^

toiclien (SDl) (^on*^) neparte fro me pe tilou^

ne t&irflpe me* 'JFor tfjep fpeafee tjnrigl)-

teouflp agapnfl tfje, ann tbpne enemies take

tbp name in tiapne. ''
Do not 31 t)ate tt)em,

D Lorn, tfjat bate tbtf ann am not 31 greuen

triitf) tf)ofe tfiat rpfe Dp agapnfi tbef '-gee
3 bate tf)em rpgtt foore, eue as tftougb tbep
toete mpne enemies. ''
Crpe me, SD (^on,
ann fefee tl)e grounne of mpne f)ert: proue
me, ann eramen mp t!)oug6tes. '' Hoke
23 2 pmime crl

tuell pf tf)ere bz anp tuape of togcfeennelTe

in me, t leane me in tfje tuape euerlaftpnge.

ERIPE ME.
Co tl)e cbaunter, a pfalme of Dauit)

OBIpuer me, D Lottie, from p^ euell

man, and ptefetue me fro the topc^
keD man, Uib^tb pmagin mpf=
'

cfjefe in tbm fterteg, anD Gere up

flrpfe all tbt nape longe '
Cbep baue ftar^
penetJ tjeir tongeg l^ke a ferpent, atioers
pogfon tmner tbepr lippeg,
i0 ^ela, '
Eepe
me, 2D Lorn, fro p^ fianDes of p^ Dngotilp, pre=
feme me from tbe topckeD men, tobpcb are
purpofeu to ouertbrotoe mp gogngeg,
Cbe prouDe baue iapeti a fnare for me,
'

anD fpreo a net atiroatie coarneg, pee (j fet W

trapped i mp tuape. ^ela. 'IBnt mp fapin=
ge is tmto t&e Lome : tftou art mg (^oD, bta-
re the tjopce of mp prapers, HD Lome, '
i)
LorDe (^oQ, tbou flregbt of mp Oealtb, tbou
bafl couereD mp fteatie in tbe tiape of Mu
taple. '
Let not Jaue ftps Oefp^
p^ tingonip
re, SD Lome, let fem not baue 6^0 purpofe,
left tbep tie to prouDe, ^ela, ' Let p^ mpf=
cfjefe of tbepr atone Ipppes fall tjpo tbe bean
 ipmime cxlh 233

of tbem, tbat compare me atiout '!Let J)o^

te tiumpge coales fall tjpon ttem, let tbem

lie cafi into tbe fpre, ano in to tbe ppt, pt ttep

neuet tpfe tip agagne* ''

3 man full of tnor=
ties ftall not profpere tjpon tbe eattf) : a ma=
Ipcious anO topckeO perfon fljaltie ftunteo a
toape, ano Deflropeli* ''
^ure 31 am, tbat p^
LotDe tupll auenge tht poore, anD maintep^
ne tf)e cauCe of tte ftelplelTe*
''
Cte rpgf)=

teou0 alfo ftall geue tbancfeeg tjnto tbp na=

me, ano tSe iufl ftall continue in tljp ^^PSftt

DOMINE CLAMAVL
^HDroe, 31 call tjpon tbe : liafie t&e Dnto

^
^
me anO
crpe unto
confpoer
tl)e '
mp
Let
tjopce, tofien 31

mp prapet tie

fet fortj) in tfip ann let

fpgfit as tfie incenfe,

tbe Ipftinge tip of mp ftanoes tie an euenpng

facrifpce* '^et a ttiatcfi, HD Loro, before
mp moutl), pee a toatcJi at p? note of mp lip^

pes. '
C> let not mpne lierte tie inclpneo to
anp euell tbpnge, to tie mpnoeD as tbe tin^

^ gooip or tnpcketi men ^ lefl 31 cate of focfte

tlipnges as pleafe tbe. 'Let p^ rigjiteous

ratfier fmpte me frennip, anD reproue me :

' fo

Ml 31 take it, as tfiougfi fie iian potoreti ople

234 IPfalme crlij.

tipon mp f)eaD : it ftall not f)utt mp t)eati, pee

31 toill prape pet for tfteit topcfeennelTe. '
let
tfieit iuQges flotJle in fionp places : tftat tfjep
mape fteare mp tootDeg, for xht^ ate fttie^

te* 'Dute bones Ipe fcatereD before p^ ppt,

Ipfee as tofje one gtauetS (j tpggetS up tbe
grountie. '
a5ut mpne epes lofee tinto p% 2D
Lottie (^00 : in p^ is mp truft, HDf) cafl not out
mp foule. ''
l^epe me fro pe fnare toftpcf) tf)ep
Jaueiapeli for me, $ fro p trappes ofp toic=
IteD noers. ''
Let tf)e tmgotip fall into tf)eit

atone nettes to getfter, tmtpll 31 ht gone tp

tfjem.

VOCE MEA AD DOMINVM.

C{)e infiruccpon of DauiD, a praper
tofjen 5e voas in tf)e caue

I
Crpeti tjnto p^ loro toitft mp t)op=
ce, pee euen tmto p^ loroe OpD 3| ma=
fee mp fupplicacion. '
31 potoreti out
mp complaites before f)im, ano ftetoeo ftim
of mp trouble, '
2216en mp fprete toas i be^
upneffe, tbou fenetoelJ mp patb: in tbe ttiape
toberin 31 toalfeen baue tbep preuelp lapeo a
fnare for me. '% lofeeo alfo t)pon mp tigbt
 Pfaimecrliii, 235

tjanue, ano fe, tjete toa0 no man tftat toolue

linatD me, '
3[ 6ati no place to fle tJnto, anti
no man careD for mp foule, '
31 crpen tjnto
tt)e, D lorDe, ann Capeti : tbou art mp Ijope,
and mp potcpon in tbe lanne of tfje Ipupnge,
'
Confpnre mp coplainte, for 31 am tjcougftt
tjerp lotoe, '
D Delpuer me fro mp perfecu==
tours, for t&ep are to iJrong: for me. '
IBtin-
ge mp foule out of prefon, tbat 31 mape geue
tbancfeeg tinto tftp name: tofipcf) tfjpnge pf
P" toilt graunte me, tften ftall tf)e rpgbteoug
reforte tjnto mp company.

DOMINE EXAVDI.
a Pfalme of DauiD.
(SiaUfjan f)i0 atone Tonne perfecuteO fj^m.)

OBare mp praper, [) Lorn, f confp=

Dre mp Defpre: berfeen tmto me for
tte treutt) ^ rigbteoufneOe falte
'
anD entre not into iuDgement W
tte feruafit, for in tf)g fpgf)t ftall no man
Ipupnge tie iufiifpeti. 'Jfor p^ enempe batb
perfecuteD mp foule, be batb fmpte mp Ipfe

tjottine to p^ grounoe, be batb lapeD me in tbe

tiarclienefle, as p^ DeeD me of tbe toorlDe*
2 36 Pfalme cxliih

'
C&etfote is mp Cprete tieretJ toitbin me, $
mp ftette toitf)! me is DeColate* get no 31
'

rememtire p^ tpmes paft, 31 muCe upo all tbp

ttiorcfees, pee 31 erercife mp felf in p^ toorkes
oftbp tatjes. '31 flreatcbe fottt) mpne tanes
tjnto PS mp foule criett) unto p^ out of p^ tftpt^

ftp laoe, '

eare me, D Lorn, $ pt Coone, for
mp fprete toeretl) faite, tpne not tbp face fro
me, left 3 t>e Ipke tmto tj)e pt go Dottine into
tf)e pptte* 'D let me fteate tftp loupnge
fepnDnefle ftp tpmes in p^ mornpng, for in tfte

i0 mp truft : ftetoe p" me tf)e toape pt 31 ftultie

toallte in, for 3 Ipft tjp mp foule tinto tbe,

'Delpuer me, 2D Lorn, fro mpne enemies,
for 3 reforte tJnto pf, '
Ceacfte me to no tfte

tt)ing ttat pleafetb ps for tftou art mp (^oD,

let t&p loupnge fprete leatie me fort!) tjnto p^
lantie of rigbteoufnes, ''
Ciupcfee, D Lorli,
for tbp names fake, $ for tl)p rpgiteoufnelTe
fake tjrpnge mp foule out of trouble, ''
ano
of tf)p goonnelTe fcater mpne enempes atiro^

aoe, anti neftrope all tfte tf)at tjere mp foule,

for 31 am tbp feruaunt.
 Pfalme txliiih 237

Ci)e . txUiii . ^talmt.

BENEDICTVS DOMINVS.
Df Dauiti,

LeffeD be p^ lorD mp refuge, tobicb

teacf)etf) mp fianties to toarte, (j

mp fingers to fpgf)t a^p fjope $

'

mp caflell, mp defence anD mg tieli^

uerer, mp ftplD in ttibom 3I truG, toWcft go=
uernetl) p^ people tbat is tinDer me. 'iLor=
oe toftat is man, tfjat tbou ftafl focb refpect
tmto bimi" 2Dr tbe fonne of man, tbat tbou
fo regamel! him f '
o^an is Ipfee a tftpnge
of naugbt, bis time paOetf) atoape like a fta^
notoe. 'l5otoe tbp beauens, D JLoro, ano
come Dotone, toucbe tbe mountapnes, ^ tbep
ftall fmofee. '^eoe fortf) tbe fegbtpnpng,
ann fcater tbem, ftute out tfene arotoes, an
confume tbem. '^enDe Dotone tbpne 6an=
tie fro aboue, oeliuer me, ^ take me out of p^

great toaters, fro p^ baOe of flraiige cbplDre,

'
mboit moutf) talfeetft of tianite $ tbeir
rpgfit banoe is a rpgbt Mtie of toicfeennes.
'
31 tnpll fpng a neto fong
?% D tJnto (^oti,

anD fpng prapfes tmto tbe tjpon a ten flrpn=

gen lute. 'C6ou tSat geuefl tJictorp tinto

238 Pfalme crlti.

i^pngeg, anU ftafi telpueteti DauiD tbp Cet=

uaunt from tfte parell of tjje CtoertJe,
" ^aue me, antJ Uelpuet me from tfte fjanoe
of firaunge cbplliren, tobofe moutf) tallietl)

of tianite, ano tbeir tpgbt banoe 10 a rpgbt

Mtie of iniquite* ''
CJjat out fonnes mape
gtotne tjp a^ tU pong plates, anti tbat oure
Daugbterg mape tie as tfte polpfteD cornets
of tfje Cbat oute gatnets map
temple, ''

bt full anD plenteous toitb all manet of flo=

ate tbat oute ftepe mape btpnge fottb tbou=
:

fanOes, anti ten tboufanoes in out fltetes,

''
Cbat oute oten mape be fttonge to la==

boute, tbat tbete be no mpfcbaflce, no necape

ann no complaining in out fltetes, ''lj)ap=

ppe ate tbe people tbat be in focb a cafe : pee

blelTeD ate tbe people, tobicb baue tbe Lottie
fot tbeit (^oD,

EXALTABO TE DEVS.

a tbanliefgeupng of Dauio,

mpll mapnifpe tbe, HD (^00 mp

Epng, ano 3[ toill ptapfe tbp name
fot euet ano euet, '
OBuetp Dape
topll 31 geue tbacfees unto tbe, anD
ptapfe tbp name fot euet <$ euet. '
<3xtm is
 ipcalme crlt), 239

tf)e lorne, $ maruelousi toortte to lie pra?^

feti, tbete is; no entie of bis; gceatnelTe, '
HDne
generacpon ftall prapCe tte toorkeg unto
another, anD Declare tfe potoer. 'as for

me 31 topltie talfepng of tt)p toorftip, tbp glo=

tp, tbp prapCe, anti tooDerous toorkes* '^0
ftat me ftal fpeafee of tbe mpgbt of tbp mar=
uelous acres, ano 31 topll alfo tell of tfip gre^

atnes, '
^bt memoriall of tftpne atioun^
oant fepnDnes ftalbe lijetoeD, ano men Ujall

fpnge of tbp rigftteoufneOe- 'Cbe Lord

is gracious ano mercifull, long fufferpnge,
anti of greate gootJitelTe. '
Cfie LorD is lo=

upng tmto euerp ma, anti Ws mercp is ouer

all l)is ttiorlies, ''ail tt)p ttiorckes prapfe
tf)e, D lorn, ann tfe fainctes geue tkcfees
t3nto pf, ''
Ctep ftetoe g^ glorp of tfe king=
''
oome, ano talfee of tfe potoer, Cftat tf)p

potoer, tt)p glorp (j migbtinelTe of tfe feing=

Dome, mpgl)t lie fenotone tmto me* ''Cbe
iSpngtiome is an euerlaflpg EpngDome, ^
tbp Dominio enouretf) tboroto out all ages*
''
Cf)e Lome tjpftoltietl) all foc6 as fall, $
''
Ipftetf) tip all tl)ofe tfiat hz Dottine* Cfte
epes of all toapte tjpon tbe, (2d nom) ann p
geuefl tjem tftepr meate in Hue feafon,
''
Cbou openefl tftpne bane, ano fpllefl all

tljpnges Ipuing toitb plenteoufnefle.

''
Cbe lorD is rpgbteous i all f)is toapes,
 240 pcalme cxl'oU

anD in Mv all bis tnorcfees- ''Cf)e Lottie

is npe unto all tftem tbat call tipon f)im,
pee all focf) as call upon J)pm faptbfullp.
''
e topll fulfill tbe Defgre of tbe tbat fea=

re tern, U alfo ttipll fteate tbeit crpe, (j tel^

pet& tf)em '
Cf)e LorDe ptefecuet^ all tbe
tl)at loue tern, tiut fcatetetf) atiroatie all tbe

tjngonip, ''
^p moutl) ftall fpeafee p^ prap=
fe of tfje LotDe, auD let all fleli) geue ttenfees
tjnto tes ftolp name fot euet anD euet.

LAVDA ANIMA MEA.

(a falme of aggeue anti ?acl)arp)

Eapfe gf LotCi, D mp foule: ^hv-

le 3 Ipue toill 31 ptapfe tbe Lottie :

pee as long as 31 6aue anp tepn^

ge, 31 toill fpnge ptapfes tinto mp
(^0D 'D put not pout ttufl in IPtinces,
not in anp cbploe of man, fot tbete is no M-
pe in tbtm. '
JFot toben t&e btetb of ma go=
etl) fottf) f)e ftal tutne againe to bis eattl),

anti tben all Ws tbougbtes petpfte^ 'IBltU

m is l)e tbat batb tlje (^oD of Jacot) fot Dps
ftelpe, anD toftofe bope is in tfje LotDe f)ps

(^oD '
mWb maDe Seauen anD eattl), tfte

fee, anD all ttat tbetin is, toftpcf) Itepetft Ijis

 pmime crit)i) 241

prompfe for zmt. 'mbkb ftelpetf) tfjem to

tpgbt tbat fuflfte toronge, toftpct) fenetb tf)e

tongtpe, '
Cbe LorDe lofetfj men out of
prefon, tfje ILorDe geuetf) fpgbt to tbe filpn^
ne* '
Cf)e Lome l)elpetb tftem tjp ttat are
fallen, tbe LorDe louetb tbt rpgt)teou0
'
^bt LorDe caretj) for tbe flraungers, bt
Defentietf) tbz fatfterlefle anD topnnottie: a$
for tf)e toape of p^ Dngotlp, Jje turnetb it tjp=

fpDe Dotone- '

Cbe Loroe tbp aoti, SD ^io
fljall be iBipnge for euermore, ^ tftoroto out
all generacion0.

Ci)eXTli)t)-J&(^L LAVDATE DOMINVM.

IPrapfe p^ lorn, for it Is a goon tftig to

^ fgng prapfe unto our (^otJ : pee a iop^

full (J pleafaGt tfting is it to be tl)afe=

full. -
Cf)e lorn Dotb tupine t)p 3lerufale, (j

ftall gather to getter p^ outcaftes of Jfrael

'^e Ijealetb tbt contrite in berte, ano
ftpntetft t)p tfjeir toounDes.
'
e telletb tbe nomftre of tt)e flarres, aD
callett) tf)em all tg tfier names. '
Create is

our Lome, ano greate is tes potoer : pee fes

topfnome i^ infinite. '
^bt Lome fettetft

tjp tbt mefee, ann trpngetft tbe iDngonip Do=

tone to tbt grounDe. '
fpnge tjnto tfje
242 IPfalme txMh
LorD toitft tbanltefgeupnge, fpnge prapfe
t)po tSe ftarpe unto our eon. '2Xat)icl) co=
ueretb tf)eSeauen toitf) clounes, ano pre^
paretf) rapne for tbe eartf), ano mafeetl) tbt
grafle to grotoe upon p^ mountapnes (am.

erbe for t^e bfe of men.) ' CQftgCf) gCUetJ) fOOre

tjnto tf)e catell, ano feoetft tbe pong raueg!
tftat call upon tpm. ''
^e batf) not pleafure
in tbe flrengtt) of an ftorfe, netber oelptetb be
in anp man0 legged, " 15ut tfte lorOes r)e=

Igte i0 in tfjem tbat feare fjgm, ano put tbeir

''
trul! in bps mercp, Pragfe tbe lorDe, D
3lerufalcm, prapfe tip (^oo, ^ion. ''
jTor
f)e batb maoe fall tfte tarres of tf)e gate^, ao
6at6 tlefleD tbp cbpIDrcn toitbin tfte. ''e
mafeetb peace in tfe tjoroerg, ano fglletl) tj)e
toitf) gf floure of tofteate,
''
^z fenoetf) fortb
te0 commaunoement upon eartf), ano fes
tporoe runnetf) Uerp ftopftlp. ''ij)e geuetl)
fnotoe Ipfee ttiolle, an fcateretf) tfje borefrott
Ipfee afteg* ''!J)e cafletb fortb fjpg pfe Ipfee

morfel0, tofjo i0 adle to aftjtie bps froflf

''
^e fenoeti) out f)i0 tooro ao mealtetf) tbe,
Jje tJlotoetl) toitf) 6i0 topno, anD tbe tuaters
flotoe. ''e ftetoetb bps tooroeunto 3a=
coft, te0 fiatute0 f ort)inaiice0 unto 3frael
''
^e Fjatf) not oealte fo toitb anpe nacion,

netljer ftaue tbep fenotoleoge of fes latoes.

 IPfalme txMih 243

LAVDATE DOMINVM DE CE.

Prapfe tU euerlaflpnge.

PtapCe tU LorDe of fteauen, ptap=

fe ftim in p^ btmt '
IPtapfe bim all

pe angels of (310, ptapfe fern all tips

})ooa 'IPtapfe tern ^unne ann a^oone,

prapfe 6pm all pe flatten anD Ipgfit*
'
Prapfe Dpm all pe fteauens, $ pe toatetg
tftat tie ^name atjoue tbe Deauens. '
JLet tftem
prapfe p^ of tfte LorDe, for (i^e fpase tfje

iDortJc, anu tm torn mm) tt commaunDeD, anD

tt)ep toere createD, 'ij)e batft maDe tfjem
fall for euer anD euet, te fiatj) geuen tftem a
latoe, toftpcl) ftall not be broken. 'Prapfe
tbe ILorDe tipon eartb, pe Dragon, anD all De=
pe0. 'jTpre anD baple, fnoUi anD sapors,
ttjpnDe anD Gorme, fulfpllpng bis toorDe.
'
a^ountapnes! $ all bplles, frutefull trees
anD all CeDres. "OBeafles anD all catell,

ttjormes anD feDereD foules. " i^pnges of p^

eartb anD all people, IPrinces anD all iuDges

of tbe ttiorlDe. ''
gonge men anD mapDens,
olDe men anD cbplDren prapfe tbe name of p^
:

LorDe, for bi^ name onlp is ercellent, (j bps

244 Pfalme crlir.

prapCe atoue fjeauen anu eartb- ''e Ojall

eralte tf)e fjorne of 6ps people, all tips fapn=
ctes ftall prapfe f)pm, euen tbe cfjpltiten of
3lfrael, euen tbe people tftat fetuetb l)pm.

CANTATE DOMINO.
Prapfe tbt euetlalipnge.

^pnge Dnto tbe Lorti a neto fo=

ge, let tbecongtegacgon of fainctes
prapfe fern. ' let 3Iftael reiopce i
6tm pt mane f)im, f let p^ cftpioren of
^io t)e iopfull in tbeit liig, 'Het M prap=
fe bis name in p^ oaunce, let tfte fpng ptapfes;
t)nto bpm toitb tabtette anD fiarpe, 'jFor p^
iLortie batb pleafure in bps people, ann bel=
petb tbe mekebarten* '
let tbe fapnctes be
iopfull ttJitb glotp, let tbem teiopfe in tbegr
betiDe0'
let tbe prapfeg of (^oo be in tbeit
moutb, ann a ttoo etigen ftoertie in tbegt
banner* ' Co be auengen of tbe ^eatbe, ann
to rebuke vj people* 'Co bpnne tbeit i^in=
ges in cbepneg, ann tbeit nobles toitb linkes
of pton. 'Cbat tbep map be auengen of
tbem as it is totptten : focb bonout baue all
bps fapnctes.
 IPfalme cl 245

%\it . Cl . i&Ialme.
LAVDATE DOMINVM IN.

Ptapfe tl)e euetlalipnge.

^^^ Prapfe
^^^ ^^
(^OD i

^^ ^^^ firmamet of
ftps fiolpnes,
Ws
ptap=
pettier.
l^^J
prapfe f)pm accorDpnge tjnto bis erccllent
greatnelTe. '
Ptapfe Mm in tfje fountie of p^
trompet, ptapCe tint tjpon tfte lute $ barpe.
'
Ptapfe Wm in tj)e cprntales anD naunfe,
prapfe t)im upon tbe firpnges anti pppe.
'Prapfe J)im upon t{)e toeltuneD cpmlia=
Ie0, prapfe bim tjpon tht loutie cpmbales.
'
Let euerp tf)pnge tbat fjatf) tJtetf), pcapfe
tbe Lorue.
IPrapfe tbe euerlafipnge.

m. Cl)e enUe of

tht Pfalter.
 5I?otes.

THE FIRST BOOK.

Psalms U'Vlu
The was gradually formed by the combination of
Psalter
earlier and smaller collections. The division into books is partly
the natural result of that gradual process, and partly an artificial
development to harmonize with the five books of the Pentateuch.
A natural
division has been proposed, consisting of three groups,
the group being the First Book the second group Books ii.
first ;

and iii. the third group Books iv. and v. Here the evidence
;

of a natural division is founded on the usage of the Divine

Names. For the first of the three is Jehovistic, the second
Elohistic, and the third Jehovistic again. It is common to these
divisions to recognize Book i. as an integral member of the
Psalter.
The First Book is substantially the oldest collection of psalms,
and it probably bore the name of David, not as sole author, but
as the chief poet. So (Dr. Kirkpatrick has observed) the Lyra
Apostolica is spoken of as Newman's, although five other writers
contributed to it. It may be that out of this general title grew
the attribution of each particular psalm to David, and thereafter-
wards the appropriation of particular psalms to particular occa-
sions in the life of David. As a matter of fact, in this First
Book, every psalm except four bears an inscription assigning it to
David. The exceptions are i. ii. x. xxxiii. and the causes (which
;

are not obscure) will be indicated in the notes to those several

psalms. It has been supposed by Mr. Robertson Smith that

the collection of this First Book may have taken place during the
Babylonian Exile.
IPsalm u

A pictured contrast of good and bad men, in their condition

and in their destiny. The good are characterized by avoidance
of evil and delight in God's law ;
hence constancy and
248 Jl3otes

permanence and progressive usefulness. The bad are character-

ized by levity and futility.
This psalm has no Title, and there was a time when it had no
number, but stood outside the collection and at the head of it, as
a Prologue to the whole. This fact (of which evidence exists in
the manuscripts) is enough to suggest that the psalm must be of
comparatively late date, especially if it was set as a Preface to
the entire Psalter. And this, which is suggested by its external
position, is confirmed by its internal contents. For the central
standard is the law (Torah), and this cannot be dissociated from
the Pentateuch. Now if we take B.C. 432 as the proximate date
for the canonicity of the Pentateuch (H. E. Ryle, Cation of Old
Testatneni, p. 93), we must allow time for the growth of so mature
a eulogy of the law as we have here and in kindred psalms, especially
xix. and cxix. (Of another kind is the affinity of Jer. xvii. 7, 8 ;
and too much has been made of it, as it lies in the figure only.)
The chief question is, whether Law here is limited to the
'
'

authoritative code, or whether it has the more inward and universal

sense. Those who prefer the narrower alternative, fancy they
recognize a sound of the religious conflict under Syrian domination ;

and perhaps the pleasure of discovering a note of time may have

influenced their critical judgment. To me it appears that the
sense of Law, both here and in the kindred psalms, though based
upon the sacred text, is too expansive to be tied to the letter.
I. vngodly. A very common word in this Psalter. In its
first stage it was written ungoodly, being the negative of goodly ;

and so we meet with it in the fifteenth century. In the

Paston Letters, vol. i. p. 16 (a.D. 1424)
'the seyd Walter by
hese sotill and ungoodly enformacion caused the seyd Duke to
be hevy lord to the seyd William.' In p. 32 (a.d. 1432)
'ungodely or unvertuous men.' But the vowel having got
shortened through force of accent, and the word being written
ungodly, it came in time to be understood as if it were the
negative of godly, an imaginary word, which never had existed
before. In fact, godly is a deductive simple from the misunder-
stood compound ungodly. In 161 1 the word ungodly vidiS less
employed; in 1885 it was dropped altogether. Our latest
Revisers (1885) have however kept ungodliness, as in xviii. 3 (4).

IPsalm ii*

The universal dominion of Jehovah through His anointed Son.

This Vicegerent is King in Zion and shall be king to the ends of
the earth.
 Botz^ 249
One most celebrated psalms, and the one that is
of the
oftenest cited in the New Testament. It is one of the Proper
Psalms for Easter Day.

As to the historical exposition, only in David's time did
such a coalition occur as is here indicated 2 Sam. x. 6. But;

the weight of opinion is in favour of understanding Solomon as

the prince around whose anointed head these prophetic anticipa-
tions were breathed and sung. Delitzsch would prefer the time
of Uzziah (with Meier), or of Hezekiah (with Maurer), but he
denies that the psalm affords material for fixing any date. He
entitles the psalm thus: 'The Kingdom of God and His Christ,
to whom All must bow.' We
may see in this psalm the elementary
origin of the term Messiah. It designated the King of Israel as
being the anointed representative of Jehovah (v. 2).
The form is highly artistic the manner being dramatic. The
;

mutinous Provinces, the Eternal, the Anointed, the Poet, are

the successive speakers.
The Second Psalm has no Title a circumstance which
;

differentiates from the series following.

it In some Hebrew MSS.
it is numbered as the First Psalm, the first being numberless ;

while other MSS. merge the two in one. There are, moreover,
MSS. of the New Testament (especially Codex Bezae) which in Acts
xiii. 33 quote this as 'the First Psalm.' The inference is, that
Psalm ii. was placed here as a Prologue to a small and early
and that Psalm
collection, was at a later date set before it as a
i.

more general Prologue, and that the absence of a Title made it

the easier for it to get united with i.

I. W/iy do the Heathen grudge together? The \^ord grudge in

modem usage marks an inward temper, namely, the envious
disposition of one who mislikes that a good shall befall a neigh-
bour or thinks it rather due to himself. But earlier it meant
an audible grumbling, and so in Paston Letters, No. 138, the
Earl of Oxford wrote, I here a gruggyng.'
'
The younger significa-
tion has now quite displaced the elder one. In this place the
old word was changed for 'so furiously rage,' 1662. But it has
kept its place in lix. 15
'and grudge yf they be not satisfied,'
a rendering which was retained even in 161 1. In James v. 9,
'Grudge not one against another,' it signifies not a silent envy,
but an audible grumbling, and 1881 renders Murmur not.' So '

also in i Pet. iv. 9.

It word is highly appropriate
should, moreover, be noted that the
in this context. Sir John Fortescue used it of mutinous grumbling,
short only of rebellion. In The Governance of England, chap,
iii., he says that the French peasantry, who were ground down
with oppressive taxation, though they murmured they did not
2 50 Bom
rebel 'though haue grucched, haue not rebellid.' Other
thai
may be found in the same book,
instances, equally illustrative,
through Mr. Plummer's Glossarial Index
12. Kysse the Sonne. The original word here is not the
ordinary Hebrew word for son ben, but the Chaldee word bar.
Whether this has been the sole cause of the vicissitudes of this
passage, or not :
it is certain that our rendering, now almost
universal, was rare before the sixteenth century. It originated
with Pagnino, the Italian orientaHst (f 1536), who took it from
the Syriac version. The Ixx. and Vulgate translate Embrace '

discipline.' And this version has a niche in our Church history.

When the Canons were expelled from Winchester in the year
964, and the Bishop yEJjelwold fetched his monks from Abingdon
to take their places, it is related that on their arrival they paused
at the church door as if doubtful of their errand, but listening
to the chant, and catching the words Apprehendite discipHnam,
' Embrace discipline,' they took it for an encouragement to enter.

ipaalm0 iiu anti ib.

These are a couple, apparently by the same author, and rising

out of successive stages in the same situation. One is a morning
and the other an evening hymn or at least they seem to sustain
;

this character in the collection. Alike in spirit and tone, they

have also verbal resemblances, e.g. there be many that say.'
'

galm iiu

Environed by enemies, the Psalmist is in extreme peril, and

many think his situation hopeless. But he flees to God in prayer,
and his heart takes courage. He sleeps and has good rest, and
rises in safety, marvelling at his own security. Fear is overcome
by the certainty that God protects those that are His.
'
A Psalm of David when he fled from Absalom his son.' Such
is the ancient Title. In order to appreciate it, we must under-
stand it in a reasonable manner. Not that David, in the
hurry and confusion of his flight from Jerusalem (2 Sam. xv. 30),
wrote either that evening or the next morning a poem so calm,
so general, as this. No, it is when the mind has had time to
reflect, that such works are produced. We may recall Wordsworth's
experience :
I have said that poetry is the spontaneous overflow
'

of powerful feelings it takes its origin from emotion recollected

:

in tranquillity.'
This is the first of a long series of psalms with inscriptions
of David's authorship and of musical directions. The inference
 iOotes 251

is that there was a time when this was the first of a small
psalter, which is now represented by Book i.
' My glory,'
3. thou art my worshippe. 1560, 161 1, 1885.

A Psalm of David God

whose righteousness his cause
to in
is safe ; who has delivered who makes the
him in his distress ;

good man His peculiar choice in whose presence insolence and

;

falsehood are mere vanity, and modest obedience is best. There

is nothing good like the favour of God, whose countenance
radiates a gladness beyond the boisterous mirth of harvest or
vintage, and inspires the Psalmist with assurance of safety as he
lies down to sleep, chanting his evening hymn. A companion
piece to Psalm iii.
2. and seke after lesyng. Now written leasing.' Coverdale '

had 'and seke after lyes.' The word leasung was an old law-
term for evil and malicious report, defamation, wrongful accusation.
In the Preface to Alfred's Laws, which contains a code of religious
and moral principles, the 44th article is Onscuna \\x a leasunga : !

Shun thou ever leasings And in the 32nd captel of his Laws,
!

it is ordained that if a man forge a slander and pursue it to a

formal indictment, the penalty shall be nothing less than the loss
of his tongue. When it grows to this importance it is called
folc-leasung. In Scotch law leastng-making is a crime which is
thus defined by Erskine :

Verbal sedition, which in our statutes
'

gets the name of leasing-making, is inferred from the uttering of

words tending to sedition, or the breeding of hatred and discord
between the king and his people Jamieson in voce.
'

The 1 6 1
retained, but the revisers of 1885 have dropped the old word :
'and seek after falsehood.' The Americans have admitted
this change into their C. P. Psalter. See note on v. 6a.
8. seftce the tyt?ie that. Here the old Psalter is decidedly
faulty. In the three-quarters of a century between the first and
last effort of translation, the Hebrew idiom had become more
familiar. Thou hast given me more joye of heart, then [they
'

haue had], when their wheat and their wine did abound' 1560.
' Thou hast put gladnesse in my heart, more then in the time
that their corne and their wine increased ' 161 1. The meaning is
to express the superiority of spiritual over physical consolations.
In xvii. 1 4 may be seen the contrast.

IPisalm b*

A
morning hymn, ascribed to David. The poet will go to the
house of God and to his holy temple.' This latter term has
'
252 Jl^otes

been supposed to make against the authorship of David because ;

the Temple was not yet built. Perhaps the difficulty is met
by the fact that the same Hebrew word is applied to the
sanctuary at Shiloh, i Sam. i. 9, iii. 3 although we read that ;

in David's time the ark of the covenant was under curtains ;

I Chron. xvii. i. If the term had once grown into use for the
place of the ark at Shiloh, it would naturally continue under any
change of place and fabric. If, however, the psalm is not by
David, it has at least the tone which caused it to be esteemed
as David's. The spirit of the hymn is thus given by Dr.
Perowne Throughout the psalm there breathes a strong
:
'

feeling that God is pledged, by His very character as a

righteous God, to defend and bless the righteous. And David
(if the psalm be his) speaks as if in the full consciousness of his

own uprightness.'
According to Olshausen this psalm is best explained by
reference to great divisions and factions as in the earlier days of
Greek supremacy. It is the voice of the faithful and conservative
nation against the appears to have been
innovators, and it

liturgical in its origin. In the same sense Reuss, who says that
the speaker is the whole people, that is, the whole body of the
faithful, and the enemies ' are the unfaithful.'

2. O herke7i y". We are familiar with the old-fashioned

abbreviation (as we suppose it) of ye for the, which has survived ' '

in use down to our own times but y" for thou is something
;
'
'

strange. That it was an abbreviation must have been the pre-

valent notion even in 1539, or else there would have been no
reason for a disparity of type. But in fact, it is an obscure
survival of the old J)?^, \>e, and what seems a _y is a degenerate ]?,
that is th.

6a. lesynge. ' Thou shalt destroy them that speake lies,'
Geneva : and so in the American Prayer Book. See the note on
iv. 2.

6b. the bloudy, thyrstye. An error of the press in 1539. In

Coverdale (1535) it is 'bloude thurstie'; and in 1540 it is

printed as a compound, bloudthyrstye.' '

A cry for mercy in judgment the first of the seven Penitential

;

Psalms. No direct confession of sin, as in the fellow-piece

xxxviii., but a review of sleepless nights passed in remorse for sin.
The Psalmist's penitence has been quickened by external
tribulation in which he traces the anger of God. His conscious-
ness of sin gives a peculiar sting to the hostility of his foes. The
 l^otes 253

drift of the prayer is that his punishment may be for correction, and
not for destruction.
From passages more or less similar in Jeremiah, especially x.
24 (also xvii. 14, xlv. 3), this psalm has been attributed to
Jeremiah by Hitzig, and Olshausen inclines to agree but such ;

places only prove the higher antiquity of our psalm, for the
citations are but reminiscences of the psalm. As an illustration
of this in the most distinct instance, viz. Jer. x. 24, the prophet
proceeds straight to quote Ps. Ixxix. 6.
3. but Lorde how longe wylt thou puny she me? 'but Lord
how long wilt thou delay?' 1560. The best rendering is that
of 161 1 'but thou, O Lord, how long?' This is the true
equivalent of the Hebrew. If some verb must be supplied, we
may gather from Ixxix. 5 what it should be, viz. 'how long wilt
thou be angry ? or how long ere thou relent ? and this is the
'
'
'

intention of our version, and of 1 560. But here silence is stronger

than speech, and any filling out only diminishes the force of
the cry Domine, usquequo f
the utmost that the oppressed
believer would wish to escape his lips. This is said to have been
Calvin's one plaintive exclamation in his last painful illness.
Compare xxii. i, and note.
5. i?i the pyt. in the grave,' 161 1
' 'in Sheol,' 1885. For ;

Sheol in Hebrew antiquity corresponded to the Hades of the

Greeks, and it is limned in shadowy outlines in Job iii. 17-19.

An appeal to the Judge of all against defamers who have

requited good with evil. Even Hitzig allows this to be a psalm
of David. corresponds with the situations described in i Sam.
It

xxiv.-xxvi. The
irregular manner of the versification sustains
the designation Shiggaion or Dithyramb ; and the psalm consists,
as Ainsworth (1627) said
'of sundry variable and wandering
verses.'
Cheyne dates it much later, and he points to the Divine title
Elyon, which is specially post-Exilic. Not any individual as
such, but faithful Israel, is the speaker, as appears by the sequence
of thought in v. 8 :

Jehovah judgeth peoples, (therefore) give
'

sentence for me, O Jehovah.' The psalm, he thinks, may be

placed with other psalms of persecution in the last gloomy days
of the Persian period.
Inscription. Sigaion of Dauid^ which he sang vnto the Lo7-de
in y^ busy ties of Chus the sonne of Jemini. Shiggaion of David '
;

which he sang unto the LORD, concerning the words [Cr, business]
of Cush the Benjamite 161 1. 'Shiggaion of David, which he
'
 2 54 litotes

sang unto the Lord, concerning the words of Cush a Benjamite

1885. These three renderings afford a measure of the progress
of Hebrew scholarship. This is the only place of the Psalms in
which Shiggaion occurs, and the only other place in Old Testament
isHabakkuk iii. i, where is the plural Shigionoth, and where 161
Margin explains the phrase upon Shigionoth to mean according
' '
'

to variable songs or tunes.' Ewald explains Shiggaion as a

rambling Ode, a Dithyramb, with a rapid variety of transitions.
3. any soch thyng. In 161 1, 'if I haue done this.' The
latter is verbally correct but the English reader is more likely
:

to take the word this in its just acceptation, from being familiar
'
'

with the elder rendering. Here we have a good example of two

different renderings, one free and the other precise, both being
faultless, and mutually illustrative.
5. a7id layc myne hotioure the dust. m
By 'honour' here is
meant that which is the best part of a man, his soul, his life and :

this is clearly indicated by the parallelism.

6a. because of the indygnacyons of tnyne enemy es. Now
'
indignation.' This looks like the matter of course correction of' '

an incompetent person. The word is totally unfit for the place,

except when in the unusual form of its plurality. Coverdale had
'
furious indignacion,' and here the adjective may be supposed to
convey the sentiment which is lodged in the plural form. Geneva
better y^ rage,' and this was retained by the Bishops and 161 1,
'

and is adopted in 1885. The Hebrew plural has an effect

somewhat as in our transports, excesses, outbreaks.
7. And so shall the co7igregacion, etc. Olshausen translates :

Aiid an assembly of iiations szirrounds Thee (i.e. as Judge in

approaching battle between Israel and the enemy) up above them :

therefore returit Thou to the heavetily heights {i.e. to assume the

seat of power, and of control over the event).
12. God is a ryghteous iiidge {stroftg and paciejit,) and God is
prouoked euery daye. The enclosed words are from the Greek
addition by which (according to Kay) the meaning of the text is
very well brought out. The thought is, that God is patient
because He is strong and He abideth righteous amidst continual
;

provocation, as in Isaiah lix. 16, 'his righteousness, it sustained

him.' The rendering of 1 6 1 1 gives it adifferent turn God iudgeth '

the righteous, and God is angrie with the wicked every day.' In
1885 it is rendered thus :
'
God is a righteous judge, yea, a God
that hath indignation every day.'
14. He hath prepared hym the instruments of death. Here
the 'hym' can only mean sibi, himself, which is erroneous. It

remains in 1540, but it was afterwards corrected, and 1662 reads

'for him,' where him is full-toned, meaning the sinner.
 JI3otes 255

IPsalm tJiii.

This psalm has exercised a universal fascination, and all men

feel its incomparable charm.
But when we ask for the point of the psalm, there is a strange
dissidence of opinion. Some see in it chiefly a humiliating
comparison of Man with the splendours of the Universe, and they
make What is man
'
the keynote of the piece.
!
' So Voltaire,
Goethe, M. Arnold.
Others, seeing the one-sidedness of this explanation, say that
the aim of the poem is really not to dwarf man, but to enhance
his dignity. So Kay who translates v. 5
: Thou even madest :
'

him little short of divine.'

A third view admits the truth of the second so far as it corrects
the but finds this yet short of the full purport.
first, The dignity
of man is revealed to the Psalmist's eye through this fact, that he
has apprehended God, has uttered and celebrated His Name.
In man extremest contrasts meet. One creature alone, and
he one who seems at first sight feeble in the mighty system, is the
one who has received the visits of his Maker, and called Him by
Name, and that Name is the most excellent thing in all the world.
2. From that which is grandest and most imposing in all the

aspects of Nature, the poet turns to that which offers the widest
contrast, to that which of all things in the world offers the extreme
picture of dependent helplessness, the human infant. And yet
here too is the strength of God wonderfully revealed And this !

reflection not only affords a striking effect, it touches the very

ground-thought of the lyric. For it is precisely the feebleness of
man that foils his greatness it is by his very weakness that he
;

mirrors the glory of God 2 Cor. xii. 10. !

5. Thou madest him lower then the aungels. This is after Ixx.
and Vulgate. The first English translators who had the courage
to follow Jerome and the Hebrew were those of Geneva For :
'

thou hast made him a litle lower then God, and crowned him
with glorie and worship.' Keble has it thus

Thou sett'st him where is little space

'Twixt him and Powers divine.

Reuss renders Peu s'en faut que tu n'aies fait de lui un

:
'

dieu.' This sheds a light over the whole psalm, and it would
probably have prevailed in the final revision of 161 1, but for the
embodiment of angels in Hebrews ii. 7. As to the reasoning
' '

back upon the Old Testament text from apphcations made of it

in the New, see some pertinent remarks (after Calvin) in the
Speaker's Comtnentary.
2 56 jf^otesi

The Revisers of 1885 have followed the directness of Geneva :

' For thou hast made him but little lower than God [Or, the
ajtgelsY

Pjaialma i]c jr.

In theHebrew (and English) these are two psalms. In the

Greek (and Latin) they make but one, which counts as Psalm
ix. It has been much discussed whether these psalms were
originally two or one. Modern criticism for the most part says
one. Perowne insists on the difference in the tone of the two
psalms. This difference is admitted and indeed is manifest
but it is answered that such transitions do take place within the
same psalm, e.g. xl.
The evidence in favour of the original unity is overwhelming ;

and it is stated with great clearness by Hupfeld. The tone

changes, but the situation is the same, and there are common
peculiarities of word and phrase and fancy, which can not be
accidental. There are broken remains of an alphabetic arrange-
ment running through the two, the earlier Letters being in ix.
and the continuation in x. Then x. has no Title, which does not
occur (unexplained) in Book i. anywhere else excepting in xxxiii.
and finally, there is the authority of the Greek and Latin.
Still, their unity has been severed in the Hebrew Psalter, each

part has been constituted a several psalm by an ending of its

own, and now they make a pair of psalms, like xlii.-xliii.
In consequence of this divergence between the Greek and the
Hebrew tradition our numbering of nearly all the remaining
psalms differs by one from that used in the Churches under
Roman obedience. All English Psalters down to Coverdale
inclusive (1535) are numbered in the Roman manner; the Great
Bible of 1539 was the first to adopt the Hebrew numeration.
And accordingly it is said in the Preface to the Book of Common
Prayer Note, That the Psalter followeth the Division of the
:
'

Hebrews, and the Translation of the great English Bible.' See

below, on Psalm cxlvii.

K)0alm x%.

upon the Davidic character of

Critics widely diverse agree
this hymn, which appears therefore to be a hymn of national
thanksgiving for victory; and belonging to the time when the
Ark was brought to Zion. The situation cannot be defined more
particularly. It may possibly be a general retrospect over past
deliverances, as from Amalek, PhiUstia, and other foes round
about.
 jf3otes 257
3. Whyle inyfte enemyes, eh: The Hebrew preposition
which acts here for a conjunction is open to a diversity of
rendering. Dr. Perowne observes that all the older versions here
take it as when or whilst
'
'
' '

whereas it should rather be
'because.' He found the Anglo-Saxon (meaning the Paris Psalter)
the oldest which rightly rendered it Forjjam ]7u gehwyrfdest etc.
:

Because etc.
13-14. Haiic mercy saluaciott.
. . Reuss prints these two
.

verses with inverted commas as being the cry of the oppressed

spoken of immediately before.
17. shall be turned vnio hell. 'Must be turned vnto hell'
(Coverdale). The change of into for iinto seems due to the
Genevan which however is better in the rendering of the verb
; :

'The wicked shall turne into hell.' For this is the simple form
of the Hebrew: 'the wicked shall turn, or return, to Hades or
Sheol, i.e. to the nothingness from whence they came.' There is
no ground at all for the shocking sense popularly attached to this
verse it
; signifies no more than the forfeiture of life which
has been misused. So Bunsen. In 1885 it stands thus

The wicked shall return to Sheol,

Even all the nations that forget God.

Pealm v.

This and xxxiii. are the only anonymous psalms in Book i.

The absence of a Title in this place is sufficiently accounted for
by the patent fact that it was formerly part of Psalm ix.
The archaism of these two psalms has had a certain effect
upon the debate whether alphabetic psalms must necessarily be of
late date. If these two psalms, whose archaism is so generally
adVnitted, exhibit, even imperfectly, the alphabetic structure, it
seems to contradict the assertion that all such psalms are late,
and that this arrangement is no better than a toy, which was
devised as a substitute for the lost spirit of poetry.
6. Tush I shall neuer be cast downe. This interj. Tush occurs
in five places of this Psalter, and in every instance it is a feature
peculiar to the translation, having no corresponding word either
in the Hebrew or in the versions. Three of the five are in the
present psalm. The attitude assumed by it, and the situation
which evokes it, is the same in every instance. The contempt of
the irreligious for the ideas of those who fear God is the animating
sentiment on every occasion of its occurrence. The other two
places are Ixxiii. i r and xciv. 7. The Bible Word-Book says it
occurs frequently in Coverdale
quoting the last verse of Ezekiel
S
2 58 Jl30te]8!

XX. :
' Then sayde I : O Lorde, they wil saye of me : Tush, they
are but fables, that he telleth.'
8. murthur. The older form of the word A. S. jJio^Qor, ;

Moeso-Gothic maurthr.
I o. This whole verse is a remarkable instance of that obscure
and rugged construction, which is an evidence of early date. It
cannot be translated with certainty the Speaker's Commentary
offers as an alternative this :

And crushed he sinks down, and'
;

falls by his strong ones, helpless.' In this way the subject of

the verse is the same throughout, namely, the oppressed man.
14. tush, thou carest 7iot for it. Tush, thou God carest not '

for it,' 1540, 1662. In 1885, 'Thou wilt not require it'
I 5. j/ beholdest v?tgodlynesse mischiefe and
afid wronge. '

spite' 161 1 ;
' mischief and spite [Or, travail attd grief 1885. y
IP0aIm xu

A psalm of eternal righteousness. Confidence in God's

righteousness gives courage in the face of danger.
The form is remarkably complete. The keynote is Trust in
God, the God of Righteousness this ruling thought begins, ;

pervades, and closes the psalm. The body of the psalm is made
up of two halves, true counterparts on the one hand the warnings ;

of alarmed friends, on the other those firm and sober counsels of

Faith, which represent the mind of the Psalmist. The argument
may be paraphrased as follows :

You tell me (do you ?) that I had better flee to covert, because
the reign of wickedness is too strong for me, and it is a vain
anachronism to trust in righteousness. Violence is now the law,
and a righteous man shall invoke justice in vain there is no ;

principle any more, the foundations are destroyed. I answer,

that God who is above all is a God of righteousness, and that the
foundation of truth and justice is secure in Him, who will doom
the wicked and vindicate the just. He will reward the upright at
last with the supreme blessedness of His Presence.
I. that she shiilde fie as a byrde vpon youre hyll. This is the
rendering of 1535 and 1540, and I am at a loss to account for
our present reading unto the hill.' '
I can only suppose it was
an unauthorized correction after Jerome Transvola in montem :
'

sicut passer.' The curious thing here is that the original rendering
is true to the Hebrew, and the correction seems like a retrograde

movement. In 161 1
How say ye to my soul. Flee as a bird

:
'

to your mountain ?' And 1885 How say ye to my soul, Flee : '

as a bird [Or, as birds'] to your mountain ?

6. The Lord alow eth y' ryghteous. Here 'allow' means to
 Bom 259
approve of after trial. The trial is spoken of in the previous
verse where 1539 has ' beholde,' but our Psalter has 'try.' The
Hebrew verb which there is translated behold and '
'
' try ' is the
same which here is translated 'allow': in 161 1 and 1885 it is
'
try in both places.
' This verb may be compared
for its senses
with the Latin probare,' and its English derivatives prove ' and
' '

'
'
approve ; the idea of trying and testing slides into that of
approving. The allow of this passage is Latin allaudare
'
'
' '

and must be distinguished from allow = allocare, to bestow '

'

money or grant an allowance.

A
complaint of dishonesty in places of trust, such as a good
man might utter in a wicked Court. All that he sees around
him is desperately bad, and it is only when he retires to seek
counsel of God that he finds any comfort. From i to 4 is the
complaint, from 5 to 8 is the consolation consisting of the
oracle of God (verses 5, 6) grateful recognition and acceptance
;

on the part of the Psalmist (verses 7, 8). In the last verse we

are back in the evil world again, and the psalm closes in the tones
of its commencement.
2. mid dyssemble in their herte : so 1535. But 1540 as now:
'
dyssemble in theyr double herte.'
9. The imgodly ivalke on euery syde. The verb walk is in
'
'

the Hebrew conjugationof Hithpael, and may be rendered

' walk displaying themselves, strut, swagger'; ringsum Frevler
einherstolziren, Delitzsch.
For the second part of this verse I find nowhere a better
(^b.

rendering than that of 1568

'when the worst sort be exalted
:

amongst the chyldren of men,' For an illustration, we may

remember what Parisian society was under Napoleon IH,

IPealm %x\u

This psalm brings out the natural antagonism there is between

the exegesis of Reuss and that of Bishop Alexander. Reuss
allows that this psalm, considered in itself, has a more personal
appearance than any of the foregoing, but he still demurs to its
having individual feelings for its subject, first, because there is not
sufficient reason to detach it from the group, and secondly, because
individual cares make so poor a subject in comparison with those
which are national.
Bishop Alexander on the other hand insists earnestly on its
personal character :

" The 1 3th Psalm has ever been dear to
26o Jl30te!5

holy souls in dark hours of temptation, whether of the intellect or

of the will ; and the thousands who so use it feel that it is the
voice of an individual life.' Bampton Lectures^ ed. 2, p. 17.
bb. The second part of this verse, which is in small type, is

after the Septuagint and Vulgate ;

it is not in our present
Hebrew text.

IPsalm jcit).

This and liii. are duplicates, or nearly so. The points of

difference are two : i. The Name in xiv. is Jehovah (' LORD '),

in liii. it is Elohim ('God'); 2. the verses 9, 10 have been

replaced in liii. by another train of thought. These are the
only differences that the two psalms present in the Hebrew.
5. Verses 5, 6, 7 are not in the Hebrew. This insertion
appears to have happened in the following manner. St. Paul in
Romans iii. reasoning that the prerogative of the Jew did not
exempt him from that universal sentence of Scripture which
included all under sin, had framed a catena of texts, beginning
with Psalm xiv. 2, 3, 4 continuing with Psalm v. 9, cxl. 3, x. 7,
;

and after drawing from Proverbs and Isaiah he had closed the
series with Psalm xxxvi. i. Three Psalm verses thus concatenated
in the text of the New Testament with Psalm xiv. 2-4 were
incorporated with the psalm in some copies of the Septuagint
early enough to pass into the Latin of the Vulgate, Coverdale
retained the verses with a footnote [* These thre verses are
not in the Hebrue] in 1539 they are still retained but with a
:

distinction of type: in 1560 they are simply excluded, and the

Geneva Bible presents this psalm, verse for verse, as we now
have it in the Bible of 161 1.

'
Dauid describeth a citizen of Zion.' Such is the summary of
this psalm in 16 11. J. H. Newman saw in it the sketch of an
Israelite indeed, in whom is no guile (Parochial Sermons, St. '

Bartholomew'). Bishop Alexander, in the Bampton Lectures,

described it as a character of stainless chivalry, sans peuret sans
reproche.
'
This psalm is fitly appointed as one of the Proper Psalms for

Ascension Day. Christ entered into the Presence of God, after

fulfilling all its requirements in a perfect human life (Kirkpatrick). '

I. No more beautiful example could be chosen of the pressing

of ordinary words and associations into the service of spiritual

imagery. The simplest worshipper, whose heart is open, takes
 s^om 261

the sense of this verse right, instinctively and immediately. As

to the words :
'
who shall dwell, etc.,' authorities differ, whether
the verb should be regarded as a pure and simple Future (Who
shall as a future reward be so blessed ? Hengstenberg) or as the
expression of a moral possibility (wer darf gasten wohnen . . .
;

who worthy of it ? as v. 4 and xxiv. 3 Hupfeld).

is The touching
and blending of these two is natural and beautiful, and produces
a poetic atmosphere which broadens and softens the outlines of
thought with fullness of expression a blending which is supported
;

in the English version by the effect of the English shall, about

the meaning of which that very same question might be raised.
4. He that setteth not by hym selfe. A fine old English idiom
meaning, He that has a modest and humble opinion of himself.
Widely differs 161 1
In whose eies a vile person is contemned.'
: '

This is after the Septuagint, Vulgate, and most of the moderns :

but there are good authorities who still adhere to this rendering
of 1539} which is that of the Jewish commentators.

Trust, confidence, and security in God.

Cheyne pronounces this one of the finest church songs. It is
like xlix. and Ixxxiii. in its spiritual view of life and death. The
religious distractions in vv. 4, 5 may possibly point to a paganizing
movement under Persian rule, but more likely to the hellenizing
faction described in Josephus xii. 5 i. The psalmist seems to
refer to the Greek custom of libations before and after meals ;

Iliad vii. 480. Compare cxli. 4^.

The latter verses are calculated to divide the commentators

and test the principles of their exegesis. Some see in them a
conscious prophecy, because of Acts ii. 25-31 while others think ;

that the Resurrection of Christ was far beyond the poet's ken, but
that his spiritual hopes pointed in that direction and therefore
were meet to be fulfilled in a higher manner than he had thought
of Either of these views may claim to be Messianic but '
' ;

it is only of the former that the term is usually understood.

2. my goodes are nothy?7ge vnto the. An obscure clause which

was variously rendered in early versions. The Greek (and
Vulgate) has Thou hast no need of my goods
:
' Symmachus ' :

'
My good is not without thee,' which was followed by Jerome :

'
bene mihi non est sine te.' Calvin My goodness can do Thee
:
'

no good,' which produced 161 1 'my goodness extendeth not to

thee.' The last revision (1885) has: 'I have no good beyond
thee.'
262 Botes!

An imploring appeal to the righteous judgment of God against

overbearing oppressors ; with a fixed resolution of eternal hope
and trust.
I o. Tkey maynteyne their awne welthinesse. The traditional
rendering, Septuagint, Vulgate, and all Enghsh versions till 1540.
Then Cranmer followed Jerome
'They are enclosed in their
awne fatt and this is retained in 161 1 and 1885.
'
;

II. They lye way tinge in oure ivaye. This change of the
speaker from singular to plural ' oure

is among the evidences
'

that the 'I' of this and many other psalms does not represent an
individual, but the Nation, or rather the Church.

IPaalm jcbiii*

One of the most generally accepted psalms of David. It is

embodied in 2 Samuel xxii. with variations, which Ewald con-
sidered important as evidence of the antiquity of the psalm, and
as confirming claim to come from the hand of David.
its The '

individual words,' he also said, have quite a Davidic stamp.'

'

Even Cheyne allows to this psalm an exceptionally high

antiquity in his scale of the Psalter's growth but he does not ;

allow that its insertion in 2 Samuel xxii. constitutes evidence that

it is from David's hand. The admission of this poem into the
'

Appendix to " Samuel " only proves that it was conjecturally

ascribed to the idealized David not long before the Exile.'
He calls it
the earliest psalm, the epic of the Davidic
'

family'; and he thinks (p. 291) that it was written perhaps in

Josiah's reign. Dr. Driver calls it ' David's Hymn of Triumph.'
hitroduction to the Literature of the Old Testament, p. 173.
9, 10. Thus rendered by T. Sternhold :

The Lord descended from above

And bow'd the heav'ns most high,
And underneath his feet he cast
The darkness of the sky ;

On cherubs and on cherubims

Full royally he rode,
And on the wings of mighty winds
Came flying all abroad.
10. Cranmer (1540) the same.
cherubifis. The form
cherubin, which had come to us through the French, was quite
naturalized, and there was nothing very strange in the addition of
the English sign of plurality to a form so trite. With the rise of
Hebrew learning the Hebrew plural -im was restored, and the
English -s nevertheless retained ; so now we read cherubitns.
 3l3ote0 263

15. the round worlde. This expression occurs five times,

viz. Ixxxix. 12, xciii. 2, xcvi. 10, xcviii. 8. Neither the Hebrew
nor the Greek (^3ri, oiKou/Aev?/) suggests round,' but the Vulgate '

and Jerome having orbis terrariim or orbis terra: or simply orbis,

Coverdale put the rounde worlde in all the places except one,
'
'

viz. xcviii. 8.

51. Daiiid hys aiioynted. This introduction of the name of

David in the last clause of the poem
tends to confirm the evidence
that it is from the hand of David. The selection of this place
for the author's name is well known in later times, e.g. the Elene
and Juliana, in both of which the Runes of Cynewulf's name
appear at the close. Also the German epical poets of the
Middle Ages put their names at the end, as Wulfram von
Eschenbach in his Parzival, and Konrad von Wiirzburg in his
Otto jnit dem Barte. Probably this custom is very ancient.

This psalm is made of two parts, one ancient, and the other
of a later time. The poet took an old psalm of the glory of
God in Nature akin to viii., and he added to it a Second Part
of the glory of God in Revelation, thus setting the one as a
counterpart to the other.
The themes are not more different than the tone and manner
of their treatment. So different indeed that one might call the
first part an old poem, and the second part a new poetic
comment. The whole is an exquisite psalm ; but it is only the
first part that modern idea of a lyric poem.
fulfils the
There is a memorable saying recorded of Kant the German
philosopher :

The starry sky above me and the moral law
'

within me are two things that never cease to fill my mind with
fresh admiration and reverence.' Here then is material for a
lyric poem.
Edgar Allan Poe in his essay on The Poetic Principle '

enumerates a few of the simple elements which induce in the

'

Poet himself the true poetical effect and he begins his '
:

enumeration with the bright orbs which shine in Heaven.'
'

As the first part is akin to viii., that Psalm of Nature, so the

second part claims affinity with cxix. and with the First Psalm,
those two psalms in honour of the Law. And if Graetz is right in
his interpretation of v. 1 3, it would seem probable that the Psalm
received its present form in that period before the Macca-
bean Wars, when there was a strong Grecizing party in Israel.
Opening as a lyrical poem it passes by a great but perfectly
natural transition into a devout religious meditation, and this it
 264 Jl5ote0

is that perfects it as a ' Psalm.' This character ripens in the

close of the piece, where the poet brings home the train of thought
to bear upon his own conduct and conscience. This opens the
way to that expansion of thought which is suggested by the
use of the psalm on Christmas Day. The Revelation of God
'

in Nature, and the Revelation of God in His Word, prepared the

way for the crowning Revelation of God in the Incarnation.'
Bishop Perowne (quoted by Dr. Kirkpatrick).
I. handy e worcke. Here it is plain from the very orthography
that handye was regarded as an adjective. For the original
meaning oi handyivork, see English Philology 602.
3. There is nether speach ner language, but their voyces are
herde ainofig them. There is no speech nor language where
'

their voice is not heard' 161 1. These two renderings are one
in sense, both signifying that the lesson taught by the heavenly
bodies is universal, and not confined to any favoured clime. There
is however another interpretation, and one that is supported by

great names. '

There is no speech, there are no words, their
voice is not heard
as in that of Addison's metrical version
'

'
What tho' no real voice nor sound etc. '

The meaning then would be that the Sun, Moon, and Stars do
not really speak but convey their lessons in silence and without
audible sound a meaning which seems, though supported by
great names, to be rather superfluous and languid. In order
to give it poetical admission we have to put forth a strong effort
of the historical imagination, by which we may fetch a glow of
admiration for what is now to us but a prosaic truism.
6. vttetnosi. An earlier and purer form than uttermost the
'
' :

Saxon was utema, and then by addition of one superlative ending

to another ytem^^ST, and then by false analogy it came to be
associated with 7nost, and hence the form vttemost in i 539, which,
as if to be more logical, was improved to utter-most.
7-15. 'I agree with Delitzsch, against Kautzsch, that the
expressions of Psalm xix. 7-15 are too lofty to refer merely to the
Decalogue (Cheyne).
'

12. fautes. This spelling reminds us of a popular pronuncia-

tion of the -word fault. It is one of these features which have in

past years, before the rise of philology, suggested the notion that
old language was incorrect.'
'
But this French form is exactly
what the history of the English language would lead us to look for
in 1539. After this date Latin gained in general diffusion, and
Italian was largely redd in the higher ranks of society, and then
a new / was given to this word, taken from Italian falta and
Latin fallere, because it had been forgotten that in the form
faute the au represented al.
 Il3ote0 265

IPsalm w*

A litany for the king going forth to war. This is one of

the most manifestly occasional of all the psalms. The critics
are nearly agreed upon this, but they fail to agree in determining
the particular occasion of its origin. To De Wette it seemed

clearly a supplication for a king going forth at the head of his

army, but he thought it impossible to fix the occasion.
Ewald conceives the situation thus : A king is setting out for
war against the heathen, and in the previous act of worship the
assembled folk bless him in the name of the Lord. The verses
1-5 are sung by the people, verses 6-8 by the priest or prophet
or the king himself, and finally in v. 9 the people conclude with
a short prayer. Ewald referred it to an early king of Judah,
and Asa seemed to him the most probable.
Graetz subjoins that no kings but Hezekiah and Josiah can be
thought of, and he settles on Josiah going forth to fight with
Pharaoh Necho in B.C. 608.
Delitzsch maintains that it belongs to the time of David and
that David is the king spoken of, but he is not the poet. David
is setting out to complete the capture of Rabbath, as described

in 2 Samuel xi. xii. He points out that xx. xxi. are a pair, the
one intercession, the other thanksgiving.
Cheyne once shared the view of Graetz, which seemed plausible '

until I began to apply the comparative method more consistently.'

Both the psalms (xx. xxi.) are post-Exilic, and the king must be
one of the early Maccabean princes, most probably Simon.
These psalms if redd in connexion with i Mace. xiii. 42-47 seem
twice as fresh as before.
2. strength the. So, both in Coverdale and 1540 also. Now,
'
strengthen.'
3. accepte thy bre7it sacrifyce. Here the Genevan is very
literal :
'
Let him remember all thine offerings, and turne thy burnt
offrings into ashes' : with the marginal note '
In token that they
are acceptable vnto him.'
4. 'counsel' 161 1 ; and so 1885.
mynde.
7. ' No other temple song
expresses with such ease, beauty, and
force, the firmness of their confidence in Jehovah (Ewald). '

IPsalm nu
'
The last psalm was a went forth to
litany before the king
battle. This is apparently a Te Deum on his return (Perowne). '

3. For thou shalt preicente him^ etc. This archaism is familiar

in the Collects, e.g. that thy grace may alway prevent and follow
'
266 Botes
us,'and Prevent us,
'
O Lord, in all our doings with thy most
gracious favour' etc. Good illustrations of this old usage, and
especially of the transition from the notion of helping to that of
hindering, in The Bible Word- Book by Eastwood and Wright,
V.'Prevent.' The Revision of 1885 retains the expression 'For
thou preventest him,' but the American Company recorded their
preference for meetest.' '

A
complaint and prayer in sore distress, with a dawn of hope.
Dr. Kirkpatrick says this psalm is 'consecrated for us by our
Lord's appropriation of it to Himself. His utterance of the
opening words of it upon the Cross has been thought with much
probability to indicate that the whole psalm was the subject of
His meditations during those hours of agony.' It is one of the
Proper Psalms for Good Friday.
Inscription. Vpon the hynde of the dawnynge. The Bible of
161 1 retains the Hebrew
'upon Aijeleth Shahar.' So also did
the Genevan, but with a marginal note Or, the hinde of the :
'

morning and this was the name of some common song.' This
:

explanation, that the words are the first words of a song, and are
meant to indicate a Tune, is still the most approved opinion.
The Hind of the Morning is understood to be a poetical expression
for the first rays of dawn rays of light being in Semitic metaphor
;

likened to horns, somewhat as in the Greek Epic the Dawn has

rosy fingers. But any interpretation of a solitary fragment without
more context must be attended with uncertainty.
5. helped. So Coverdale and Cranmer too. Geneva has
'delivered,' which 161 1 adopted. But in 1662 it is holpen.' '

7. a7id shake ye heade. He trusted^ etc. Cranmer (1540) added

' sayinge.'
8. He trusted in God. Margin of 161 1 : 'He rolled himself
on the Lord.' Kay :
'
So also Kirkpatrick,
Roll it on Jehovah.'

adding The verb

:
'
is certainly imperative, though the versions

all give the perfect tense.' It is said in irony and derision.

30. and lyue so hardly. One of many attempts to render an

obscure passage. Coverdale had All they that lye in the dust,
:
'

and lyve so hardly, shall fall downe before him.' Cranmer (1540)
has it as now All they that go downe into the dust, shall knele
:
'

before him, and no man hath quyckened hys awne soule.' This
change indicates Hebrew studies, and could not have been
suggested by Septuagint, Vulgate, or Jerome. The text is not '

improbably corrupt ' (Kirkpatrick).

 litotes 267

Pisalm mii.

The peace of him who confides in Jehovah as his gentle

shepherd and bountiful master. The debate between Personal
and National reaches its tension in this psalm, It is yielded by
Cheyne that this lovely psalm cannot have merely a national
'
'
'

reference, as some theorists have persuaded themselves.' Reuss

was unyielding
Le berger suppose le troupeaii, et non une
: '

brebis isolde.' But the argument from analogy is very weak

when it is based upon a metaphor.
An evangelical hymn from this psalm by Sir Henry W. Baker,
the Editor of Hymns A. and M., is among the most generally
appreciated in that collection.
Hymnology, v. Baker ') says '
The last audible words which :
The
'
Rev. J. Julian {Dictionary of

lingered on his dying lips were the third stanza of his exquisite
rendering of the 23rd Psalm, "The King of Love my Shepherd
is " :
Perverse and foolish oft I strayed,
But yet in love He sought me,
And on His shoulder gently laid,
And home, rejoicing, brought me.'
I. therfore can I lack nothing. 'I shall not want,' 161 1.

The word lack had in the mean time suffered depreciation from the
use of it as a common interpellation by stall-keepers to passers

by : What d'ye lack, what d'ye lack ?

We may observe by a comparison of other passages that lack
is much rarer in the Bible of 161 1 than in that of 1539. Thus
in Judges xviii. i o ; Luke xv. 14:

IS39 1611
A place, which doth lacke no thyng Aplace where there is no want of
that is in the worlde. any thing, that is in the earth.
And when he had spent all, ther And when he had spent all, there
arose a greate derth in all that lande, arose a mighty famine in that land,
and he began to lacke. and he beganne to be in want.
4. thy rodde and thy staffe co7nforte nic. '
thi wand and thi
staf : haf confortyd me (R. Rolle)
thai thy staffe and thy' ;
'

shepehoke comforte me (Coverdale) thy rod and thy staff, they

'
;
'

comfort me,' 161 1. Here we must regard they, not as the

Personal pronoun, but as a survival of the elder function of the
word, i.e. as a Demonstrative. See xxvii. 2 note. It would be

a good practice, if we followed an example which has been set by

some of the Germans, and printed such latent Demonstratives
in spaced type. This 'they' is so essential, it is so distinct and
emphatic in the Hebrew, Septuagint, Vulgate, and Jerome, that it is
strange Coverdale should have overlooked it.
268 Jl5ote0

That psahn was written for the solemn entrance of the

this
Ark newly captured stronghold of Zion (A. P. Stanley,
into the
Jewish Church, Lect. xxiii.), or into the Temple newly built, is a
favourite idea, which has however been strenuously combated.
Some critics (Ewald, Olshausen, Reuss, Graetz, Cheyne) regard
the psalm as an arbitrary combination of two fragments, namely
1-6 and 7-10, which have neither original connection nor natural
affinity. Others see only an obvious sequence of thought from the
meet worshipper to the holy ground and only such a variation ;

of style as befits that natural transition.

2. For he hath fouttded it vpon the sees. The HE is emphatic,
auTos, ipse. '
C'est lui qui I'a fondee sur les mers '
(Reuss).
4 and 5. disceaue receaue.
. . . The historical significance
of this orthography is explained in my English Philology 184.

IPealm jcjcti.

The Elegy of one who deplores his sin and complains of

oppression.
It is one of the nine alphabetic psalms, and it had properly
22 verses, according to the number of the Hebrew letters but ;

through some accident to the text the first distich is imperfect,

and it has got merged into one with the second. A like cause
has merged two original distichs into the verse which is now our
fourth. This reduces the 22 to 20, and in fact our v. 20 begins
with the last letter of the Hebrew alphabet. There is yet another
verse, v. 2 1 ; and this is outside the alphabetic scheme, a circum-
stance which has been taken as evidence of later addition. In
these details the psalm is curiously like xxxiv.
4. So again v. 8.
lerne me. 'teach me' 1560.
1 a malicious hate. This was altered the next year to a
8. '

tyrannous hate,' and so 1662. The Genevan 1560, 'and they

hate me with cruel hatred,' is kept in 161 1 and 1885. The
use of hate for hatred is archaic and rare
'
' this is the only ;

example in all our biblical diction. English Philology 324. It

occurs however in Shakspeare, As You Like It, in a clownish part.
21. Delyuer Israel, O God, out of all his troubles. As above
explained, this closing verse has been taken by many critics for a
later addition to the psalm, but De Wette is against this view.

IPaalm jcjctii.

The suppliant Psalmist pleads his integrity, that he may not

be swept away with the wicked.
It appears as if there were some common danger (Ewald
 iBotes 269
supposed a pestilence) which threatened an indiscriminate fate.
But even while praying for some recognition of innocence, the
Psalmist trusts himself to God and already finds hope spring out
of confidence.
Inscription. Afore he was enbalmed. This is from the
Septuagint Inscription to xxvii., and it is placed here by mistake of
the number a very natural mistake, as xxvii. is numbered xxvi.
;

in the Greek and Latin, as explained above, p. 256. The Greek

is Trpb Tou xpicrOrjvai, 'before he was anointed'; for which the

Vulgate rendering Psalmus David priusquam liniretur might

'
'

easily suggest embalming.

12. My fote standeth right. This is taken hypothetically by
Reuss and Graetz When my foot shall be set on fair ground,
:
'

then I will, etc'

IPealm nVaiu

This, like xix., appears to be a combination of two independent

songs, which have been united into one. The first part (1-7) is

confident and jubilant ; the remainder is in a tone of anxious

supplication. This is so contrary to the usual order of transition
in the Psalms, that we may well call it, with Delitzsch, a Hysteroji
froteroft.
1. The Lorde is my lyght. This has been the Motto of the
University of Oxford since the Restoration 1 660 : DOMINUS
ILLUMINATIO MEA.
2. they stomblcd. i.e. they (not I) stumbled and fell. In this
place it is not the new Personal pronoun, they, but rather they the
old (and now See xxiii. 4 note.
chiefly provincial) Demonstrative.
7. the oblaciottof tha7ikesgeiiyng. In 161 1, 'sacrifices of
joy \_Heb. of shouting] Vulgate '
hostiam vociferationis.'
;
'
In
1662, 'an oblation with great gladness.'
12. Whati my fat]ier ajjd my mother forsake me. This is not to
be understood historically, but to be taken as a proverbial figure
for a state of desertion and desolation. There are however some
{e.g. Graetz) who see here a trace of domestic faction for religion
sake.

salrn jcjcbtii.

A cry for help in perilous times (1-6), followed by triumphant

thanksgiving (7-10). It has been asked How are we to under-

stand the relation of the parts in psalms like this, where supplica-
tion is followed by thanksgiving ? Some expositors (Rosenmiiller,
Ewald) have supposed that such lyrics were composed or added
to after the danger was past. But the tendency now is to see in
this the fruit of religious experience in the aggregate body of the
 270 ji^otes

Church, which came to recognize this transition as appropriate to

the attitude of supplication. So De Wette, Olshausen,
1. make the as though, Coverdale 'make as though,' 1662. ;

An expression of great interest, because of Luke xxiv. 28, where

Tyndale (1526) has 'he made as though he wolde have gone
further.' This whole verse is genuine and native English though :

perfectly faithful it is not tied to the words of the original. Our

161 Margin renders the Hebrew minutely
1 : 'be not silent from
me lest if thou be silent from me, etc'
:

2. towarde the mercy seate of thy holy temple. Better than

1 61 1 toward the holy oracle \or, toward the oracle of thy
,
'

sanctuary] '

because this word oracle (after Jerome, oraculum ') '

seems to have risen from an appearance in the Hebrew word as

if it connoted speech whereas it does connote Sacred Seclusion
;

and Retirement. The Holy of Holies was retired behind the

rest of the edifice, and was the shrine of the Mercy-Seat. In this
word Graetz sees evidence of Solomon's Temple.
Reuss translates vers le choeur de ton sanctuaire
:
'
Cheyne '
; :

'
when I lift up my hands to thy holy chancel.'
10. The two couplets of this verse are severally employed in
our Liturgy the first in the Suffrages next after the Creed
: :

Priest. O Lord, save thy people.

Answer. And bless thine inheritance,
where perhaps Inheritance was meant to indicate the Clergy
'
'
;

but in our text, Inheritance is parallel to People.

The second couplet is embodied in the Te Deiim Govern :
'

them, and lift them up for ever where govern is after the ' :
' '

Greek, and means govern with guidance as a shepherd does his

sheep. In lift them up we see the figure of the good shepherd
' '

carrying the weak in his arms. Plainly expressed in Jerome's

'
pasce eos et subleva eos.' Isaiah xl. 11; Ixiii. g.

IPaalm jcjcijc*

The Psalm seven Thunders (Der Psalm der sieben

of the
Doft7ier)
so Delitzsch ; and this is enough. It was Michaelis
who first suggested that in this lyric was pictured the passage of
a great thunderstorm which had swept through the length of
Palestine, and then had died away into the desert beyond. This
idea has been much repeated, being agreeable to the realism of
our age. But De Wette delivered his judgment of it in one word
Geschtnacklos / Insipid Vivid as the imagery is, the psalm
!

is not of an occasional birth ; but a strong inspired gush of

adoration to the God of heaven and earth, the protector of His
people. Reuss says that if originality and vigour of thought
 il3otes; 271

joined with rudeness in the execution are tokens of antiquity, this

ought to be one of the oldest in the Collection. More than this
cannot be said as to date, for we cannot argue anything from
the last verse, which is evidently a later addition for the purpose of
qualifying for liturgical use a lyric that in its origin had no such
intention.
I. {bring yo7ig ram7nes vnto the Lorde) Here again the
smaller type and parentheses indicate that the words are not
found in the Hebrew, but only in the Greek. It should be noted
that the public reader with a book like 1539 before him could
omit this insertion, as if it were marginal.
The Hebrew expression had an ambiguous sound between
'
sons of the mighty and young rams
' of these, one was prob-
'
' ;

ably adopted in the Greek version, and the other put in the
margin. But both having got worked into the text, we have here
a conflation which is not removeable in England because of the
authority of the Annexed Book (1662), but which our American
brethren might well have included among their corrections of the
Common Prayer Book.
Who then are the persons appealed to ? Are they terrestrial
princes, or are they angels, or are they abstractions of the powers of
nature, and so mythological divinities The latter is upheld by
.?

Cheyne, and before him by Reuss, who deplores our loss of the
capacity to measure the sublimity of this conception.
Richard Rolle (f 1349) in his old Yorkshire dialect trans-
lated thus : Bryngis til lord ye godis sonnes
'
bryngis til lord
;

sunnes of wethirs.' And he explains sons of wethers as sons of

'
'

the apostles that ware ledirs of godis floke.'

'

8. discouereih y' thicke bushes. discovereth the forests' 1 6 1 1

'

The word discover in its etymological sense of uncovering,

'
'

opening. I do not understand this of stripping the foliage merely,

but rather of the breaches and openings made by the lightning

and the wind in the heart of the wood. I shall never forget how

I and others were conducted some years ago, after a terrific

summer storm, into the midst of a strong compact and well-grown
clump of trees on high ground near Bath, and we saw that this
plantation, though uninjured in its outer circuit, was largely wrecked
in its very centre. When I wrote this note I had hoped that it
might have come under the eye of my friend the Rev. T. H.
Tooke, who was our leader but though he is gone, there are
;

others who, if they see this, will remember the amazement of the
whole party of visitors.
%b. euery jnan. every one 1 6 1 1
'
But in the Margin every
'
.
'

whit of it,' and this is according to the Hebrew, which means All '

of it, it's all, all belonging to it.' So we have this beautiful sense :
272 Jl5ote0

in His temple (viz. the enclosure of earth and sky) every thing
whatever saith Glory (This has been adopted in the Revision
!

of 1885.) Cf. Dante Paradiso xxvii. init.

Asong of thanksgiving for deliverance. From v. 4, it appears

that the psalm is liturgical, and that the speaker is Israel.
I. thou hast set 7)16 vp. Rather, thou hast drawn me up, as
a bucket out of a well, or a drowning man out of the water for :
'

thou hast raised [Or, drawfi] me up,' 1885. The context indicates
that this is a figure and it presently melts into recovery from
;

sickness. Some have seen in this peculiar expression evidence

that the psalm is Jeremiah's (esp. Hitzig). This provokes the
contempt of Reuss La manie de I'individualisation a engag^
:
'

plusieurs commentateurs k voir Ik Jdremie plonge dans la citerne !

4. geue tha?ikes vnto him for a re?ne}nbrau?ice of his holynesse.

'at the remembrance of his holinesse 161 1. But the marginal
'

rendering of 161 1 is more verbal: 'to the memorial of his

holiness' which, interpreted in the light of Exodus iii. 15, means
;

'to His Holy Name.' So 1885, quite simply 'And give thanks :

to his holy name [Heb. memoriaP^^ The American Old Testament

Revision Company presented this among the instances wherein
they differed from the English Company they would prefer it :

thus to his holy memorial name.''

:
'

^b. heuynesse fnaye endure for a night. Thus rendered by

Dr. Kay At eventide weeping comes to lodge but at morn all
:
'
;

is joy.' Upon which he says The sorrow is but as a wanderer,

:
'

who has a lodging given him for the night, but must leave next
morning. The joy comes to be an abiding inmate.' Coverdale
had here a touch of his own heuynesse maye well endure for a
:
'

night.'

IPaalm mu
The Psalmist approacheth God with suppliant confidence,
craving help and deliverance whereupon his prayer is turned
to praise. The turning point is in v. 21. Some expound this
psalm as if it embodied two distinct situations, the one of danger
and terror, the other of accomplished deliverance. Whereas the
transition is the same as that which meets us in other psalms ;

where prayer tranquillizes the soul and delivers the mind from
distressing apprehensions. And this is precisely that great
characteristic of the Psalms, whereby they rise from the occasion
that called them forth, and assume a strain of universal fitness
for the consolation of struggling humanity.
9. rowme. meaning space, as in New Testament it means a
 Bom 27;

place at table. Thou hast set my

a free open unconfined
feet in
space, thou hast set me at large, at liberty. This original sense
of room is now obsolete, but the adjective from it, roomy spacious,
is in full vitality.

15. ^' blasphemy of multitude.

y<= 'the slander of many'
161 1 ; 'the defaming of many' 1885, preserving the affinity with
Jer. XX. 10. The early usage of the word 'blasphemy' was not
closely specialized as now to irreverent speech against God or
sacred things, but according to the original sense of /3Xa(r(fir]ixia
it included injurious and defamatory language against men. Dr.
Murray (New English Dictionary) quotes Bishop Hall (d. 1656) :

'
Blasphemy ... is a blasting the fame or blaming of another.'
22. Thou shall hyde tJiem priiiely by thine awne presence from
the prouokinges of all men. Coverdale (1535) had Thou hydest :
'

them priuely by thine owne presence from the proude men.' The
alteration is after Luther: Du verbirgst sie heimlich bei
dir von jedermanns Trotz. This last word seems to have
suggested provokings.'
'

But the peculiar interest of the passage lies in hyde them '

priuely by thine awne presence,' or as 161 i 'in the secret of thy

presence.' This appears to mean, not the awe of Thy presence
upon the enemy, but the brilliancy too dazzling for them to see
through. Like that about the sunlight in Blanco White's sonnet
Who could have thought such darkness lay concealed
Within thy beams, O Sun ?

Mr. Burgon (Dean of Chichester later) on John viii. 59 cited this

in illustration of hid himself going through the midst of them
'

a thought, which, if fanciful, is certainly beautiful. Compare

Dante, Purg. xvii. 53, where speaking of the sun he says
E per soverchio sua figura vela

in Mr. Shadwell's rendering Hiding him in his own excess

'
'

Spenser, '
Hymn of Heavenly Beauty' Milton, P. L. iii. 380.
;

Ever since Luther's time it has been thought probable that

this psalm may have sprung from reflection (Maschil) upon that
peace with God which David had found by the penitence expressed
in Psalm li. So De Wette, Delitzsch, Perowne, Kirkpatrick.
Cheyne protests :

Luther, who loved to call it a Pauline psalm,
'

grouped it with the 51st, and a recent German critic [Orelli],

following in the steps of Luther and Delitzsch, ventures on this
comment, that "one of the commonest of sins with Oriental despots
so shocked David's conscience that he expressed his penitence as
T
274 Bom
no saint has ever done." I do not yield to Orelli in admira-
tion of this brightest of penitential lyrics. But I cannot, at the
bidding of a late and uncritical tradition, convert a David into a
Paul.' Origin of Psalter^ p. 235.
I have classed De Wette with those who follow Luther's
interpretation and indeed he goes so far as to say that if any
;

psalm is Davidic it is this. At the same time he acknowledges

that the personal experience of the psalm may be only a poetic
guise, assumed for the more effectual inculcating of the duty and
the blessedness of penitence. Such was the view of Grotius, who
supposed that the lyric may have been composed for an occasion
of national confession. This would make it not a personal effusion
but a didactic study. So Olshausen, Reuss, Graetz. Anyhow (De
Wette proceeds) it is a noble, an invaluable monument of the
Hebrew belief in forgiveness. Here we find peace with God
through faith. This is one of the psalms in which (as in li.)
Judaism draws near to Christianity religion is not an outward :

ceremony but an inward power.

It is the second of the seven Penitential Psalms, and it is used

in Matins on Ash-Wednesday.
3. For while I helde my tofige. i.e. so long as I did not
confess my sin. That this the nature of the silence meant
is

becomes clear in v. 5. See a sermon on this text, in Village

Sermons^ preached at Whatley, by Dean Church (1892), p. 59.
5. I wyll kiiowlcdge. So also 1540. This was simply a
verbal use of the substantive. In the course of the i6th century
the verb to knowledge became obsolete, and acknowledge took its
place. In the New English Dictionary Dr. Murray does quote
acknowleche as early as 1481 from Caxton, but the use of it is
not general until far on in the i6th century.
7. the greate water Jloudes. i.e. great troubles they shall not ;

touch him who is at peace with God.

9. / wyll enfoiirme the, etc. Here the speaker is God,
apparently.
12 (11). Be glad, etc. Graetz severs this verse from xxxii.,
and makes it the first verse of xxxiii.

l]?0alm jcjociii*

This anonymous psalm is the only one after Psalm x. which

breaks the continuity of the long Davidic series. And as in the
case of ix. x. it has been supposed that they originally formed
one psalm, so also here it has been surmised that xxxii, xxxiii.
were originally one poem (Venema) or at least that they are twin
psalms (Hengstenberg) but Cheyne says ; 'Their difference in :

 Bom 275
form and contents is too marked to justify this view.' Origin,
p. 214.
From its transparent diction, its popular quality, and from the
developed expression which it gives to the central object of religion,
the nature of God, first as the universal God of all, and then as
the peculiar God
of Israel, this psalm has been judged to be of
later date than the psalms with which it is grouped. It has a
close relationship with c.xJvii. The psalm is quite general, and
offers no
historical allusion whatever, though commentators have
made such out of verses 10 and 15.
3. synge prayses lustely {vnto hytii) ivyth a good corage.
'play skilfully with a loud noise 161 1. '

7. layeth vp y depe in secret. In 1540 (1662): 'as in a

treasure-house.'
10. the councell of the Heithen. Graetz regards this as a
historical allusion to the adversaries of the building of the Second
Temple. The more approved exegesis is that which is thus
formulated in the Speaker's Commentaty The world's history
:
'

is but a development of the principles which have their abode and

origin in God.'
IPealm wjcitj*

An alphabetic psalm, near of kin to xxv. : which it matches as

prayer matched by thanksgiving or rather exhortation to be
is

thankful. Both of these psalms are alphabetic, and they have a

remarkable peculiarity in common. The Vau verse is wanting
in both and in both a supplementary Pe verse is added at the
;

end. In both cases the added verse seems to have a litur-

gical motive. This and the next are the only two psalms that
mention the angel of Jehovah.'
'

Dr. Scrivener in The Cambridge Paragraph Bible divides this

psalm in two parts, as if taking verse 11,' Come, ye children, and
hearken unto me,' for a new start, in which a more didactic tone
is assumed. This division is in a manner traditional it may be ;

seen in the Old Version of Sternhold and Hopkins, which thus

begins the Second Part
Come near to me, my children, and
Unto my words give ear.

Likewise in the New Version of Tate and Brady the Second

Part begins
Approach, ye piously dispos'd,
And my instruction hear.

But indeed hardly amounts to a transition, for the strain is

it

sententious and persuasive from the first, and v. 11 is only a

more full-voiced outburst of the ground-tone.
27(> 5I3otes

12. and wolde fay7ie A happy and idiomatic

sec good dayes.
rendering of the Hebrew, which literally runs "loving days to
see good." The 1611 has 'a^loveth many days, that he may
see good.' Cheyne puts it thus
Who is the man that delights in life.
That loves many days, to see good fortune ?

If this imprecatory psalm be David's, we cannot understand it

as directed against Saul, towards whom David, when forced into

the position of an enemy, was ever a generous enemy. Rather,
we must take it as directed against those who fomented the mad
violence of Saul against David. But on the whole Dr. Perowne
says The psalm does not seem to me to be David's. In tone
:
'

and style very unlike the poems which we know to be his.'

it is

I. An elder form oi plead. This is a very interesting

Pleate.
historical word. In the Carlovingian period the writs for con-
vening judicial bodies ended with the word placitum thus, :
quia tale est nostrum placitum = for such is our pleasure.'
'
By
this haphazard association the juridical assembly so convened
was called ?i placitum., and next the business transacted was also
caSS^tA. placitum, so that this word meant at different times, or in

different contexts, court of law, lawsuit, trial, advocacy of causes,

and so down to the current ideas of pleading, plea. In French
placitum by regular change became plait, which afterwards was
written plaid, whence the verb plaider plead. In English of
the 14th century we find both pleden and (rarer) plcten to plead.' '

Thus in Piers Plowman, B. vii. 39

Men of lawe lest pardoun hadde that pleteden for mede
i.e. in the distribution of pardon, the lawyers, who pleaded for
pelf,got the smallest share of any.
1 5 Yee the very abiectes came together agaynst me vnawares,
makynge mowes at me, and ceassed not. yee y^ very lame come '

together agaynst me
vnawarres, makyng mowes at me, and ceasse
not,' Coverdale. Now, mouths.' This is an English accommo-
'

dation. The original expression was the French 'faire la moue,'

to make a wry face.
With the Bishops' Bible another interpretation
entered, in the progress of Hebrew learning 'and er I wyst they :

rented me a peeces' 1568; 'they did tear me' 161 1 (1885),

which must be understood of backbiting. Mr. Lowe compares a
like use of French dechirer.
Wyth the flatrers were busy mockers. Coverdale had with
16. '

the gredy and scornefull ypocrites.' Widely divergent from the

Septuagint, the Vulgate, and Jerome. The two former agree in
 litotes 277
the rendering which Vulgate thus expresses subsannaverunt
'

me subsannatione,' and which appears in the Northern Enghsh

Psalter (ed. Stevenson, Surtees Society) in this form
Thai snered me with snering swa,
Bot gnaisted over me with thaire tethe tha.

25. we haue ouercome hym. So Coverdale

as if the Vulgate
;

' We have devoured him appeared too strong a figure.

'
But it
was received into i 540, and is in our present Psalter. The same
figure for a crushing victory is found in Lamentations ii. 16.

The contrast here presented between the wickedness of pro-

fligate men and the goodness of God is so abrupt as to recall the
opening clauses of Hi. On account of this abruptness some have
supposed that we have here portions of two psalms which have
been formed by an editor into one.
3. to behaue him selfc tvell. to behaue hym selfe wysely,'
'

I 540, as now.

12. There are they fallen. There is deictic, local; there,

yonder, look and see To be pronounced with the fullest utterance.
!

If this could be supposed to indicate some recent event, some

actual judgment, it would be the spring and motive of the whole
psalm. But in that case the psalm would (as Olshausen has
observed) show more agitation than it does. It is prophetic like;

the kindred and more expanded passage Ixiv. 7-10.

IPealm wjcbii.
This alphabetic psalm deals with the inexhaustible problem
how to reconcile the prosperity of the wicked with the providential
government of God. (The same theme is developed in xlix. and
Ixxiii. and in the discourse of Eliphaz in the Book of Job.) The
solution here is practical Be calm, be trustful, be doing good
:
;

and, with thrice-echoed admonition, fret not !

Dr. Kirkpatrick points out the relation of this psalm to the

Book of Proverbs, especially Proverbs x. 27-32; xxiv. 15 ff.
'
It forms a connecting link between lyric poetry and the proverbial
philosophy of the Wise Men.'
5. Commytie, etc. Luther's translation runs thus: 'Befiehl
dem Herren deine Wege und hoffe auf ihn, er wirds wohl

machen' a memorable verse as having been the germ of 'the
most comforting of all the hymns that have resounded on Paulus
Gerhardt's golden lyre,' namely 'Befiehl du deine Wege,'
which Gerhardt composed in the form of an acrostic to that verse
of Luther's, in such a way that the first words of the stanzas read
278 Jl3ote0

off the verse. The EngHsh translations are numerous and may
be found Dictionary of Hymnology, p. 125; but the best
in the
known of them is J. Wesley's Commit thou all thy griefs.' '

7. Holde the sty 11 i?i the Lorde, and abyde pacyently vpon him.
The rendering of 1 6 1 1 has through Mendelssohn's Elijah become
very familiar to English ears Rest in the LORD, and wait :
'

patiently for him.' greue not. 'fret not' 161 1 (1885).

and shalbe refresshed in moch rest. and haue pleasure '
1 1

in moch rest
.

Coverdale
and shall haue their delite in the
:

multitude of peace' 1560

'

'and shall delight themselves in the
'

abundance of peace' 1611: 'and shall be refreshed in the

:

multitude of peace 1662. '

24. Though he fall, he shall not be cast awaye he shall not be :

hopelessly prostrated for God will help the righteous man, who is
;

His champion and fights for His cause, or, as the age of chivalry
said, His knight. This thought, that God aids the right cause,
became thoroughly assimilated to the mind of Western Christen-
dom through the popular romance poetry of the Middle Ages. The
source of the idea may reasonably be seen in the whole tone of
the continually recited Psalter, and very abundantly in this psalm.
The old heathen idea which was superseded by this practical
faith was the supremacy of Fate. One of the aims of the
Beowulf the oldest extant romantic poem, is to combat the idea
of Fate and put in its place a hope in God. So when Beowulf, in
battle with the fiend, is down and at the point of succumbing, he is
set up on his feet again by holy and righteous God.
36. lyke a grene baye tree. This is kept by 161 1, but with the
marginal note :

a green tree that groweth in his own soil,'
'

which 1885 has put into the text 'like a green tree in its native :

soil.' One might be curious to know why should the bay tree
have been selected by Coverdale ? The Septuagint renders I :
'

saw the ungodly highly exalted, and elated like the cedars of
Libanus.'

This is the third of the Penitential Psalms, and is appointed

for Ash- Wednesday Matins. The penitent describes the trouble
of his soul under various images, chiefly borrowed from bodily
diseases and pains. Not only the opening words but also the
whole situation recalls vi. Commentators are divided upon the
question whether it is truly a personal complaint, or whether under
this figure it is a national elegy.
14. no no replies, counter-arguments, refuta-
reprofes. i.e.

tions: like a man who

has nothing to say for himself 1885
has in Margin arguments.
 l^otes 279
17. set in the plage, 'ready to halt' 161 1 (1885); whence
John Bunyan took the name of his Mr. Ready-to-halt.
20. because I folowe the thynge that good is. This periodic
structure is Coverdale's, and kept in 1540, 1662. It is even

retained in 161 1, but modernized in 1885 to 'the thing that is

good.' Of the nature and history of the Periodic sentence I have
treated in my E?iglish Prose, c. ii. ; p. 84 ff.

IPaalm xxnix*

This psalm is in Evvald's judgment '

indisputably the most
beautiful of all the elegies in the Psalter.' It is full of reminis-
cences of Job, or what seem to be such, e.g. v. 15(13) with Job x. 20.
The frequent question whether it is personal or national is debated
here but even those who most contend for its liturgical desti-
;

nation are willing to allow that it is a genuine product of personal

experiences. By a fourfold repetition of the particle TIS ak,
this psalm shares a salient feature of Ixii. In 1885 (for the first
time in English) it is made conspicuous by the repetition of Surely.' '

It is one of the two psalms appointed for the Office of the

Burial of the Dead.
1. I sayde. i.e. I resolved, I made this rule with myself, as
a guide of my conduct, when my patience was tried by the malice
of those around me. We naturally think of Job i. 22 and ii. 10.
2. as it wer w^ a bridle. I will keep a muzzle for my
'

mouth 1 6 1 1 Margin. The substantive is of one root with the

'

verb used in that precept Thou shalt not muzzle the ox etc.
'
'

Deut. xxv. 4.
5. that I may be certyfied how long I haiie to lyue. This
translation arose from following the lead of the obscure Septuagint
and Vulgate -'ut sciam quid desit mihi which when compelled'

to take an explicit form can hardly mean any thing else than as
I 539. To avoid such a result Luther paraphrased Aber, Herr, :

lehre doch mich, dass es ein Ende mit mir haben muss,
und mein Leben ein Ziel hat, und ich davon muss. But a
closer study of the Hebrew supplied a better corrective, and 161
has it right 'that I may knowe how fraile I am
: not however with '

confidence, but with an alternative 'what time I haue here.'
Modern scholars confirm the version of 161 1. So 1885: 'Let
me know how frail I am.'
\\. by the meaiies 'by y stroke of thine
of thy heuyc hand,
hand' 1560; 'by the blowe \Heb. hand' 161 1.
conflict] of thine
This is perhaps the best translation of a word which occurs but
this once in the Hebrew text, and is consequently not free from
obscurity. The English word blow in the sense of stroke is almost
 2 80 Botes
as rare in our Bible diction, for it has been employed only once
besides the present instance, namely in Jer. xiv. 17. It is of
doubtful origin and not found before the 15 th century, and then
first in Scottish and Northern English in the form blaiv. See New
English Dictionary. The word is retained in 1885 'I ^rri

consumed by the blow [Heb. conflict\ of thine hand.'
1 2a. his bewtye. his delectable things
'
Kay. The word '
'

signifieth all that he desireth, as health, force, strength, beautie,

and in whatever he hath delite, so that the rod of God taketh
away all that desired in this world.' Margin of 1560. In
1885 is

'Thou makest his beauty to consume away like a moth

:

[or, consumes t like a moth his delights'].^

12b. like as it were a mothe. 'fretting a garment' was in
1540 added exegetically (as it is called, when an explanatory
note is embodied in the translation). The effect is to produce a
correct paraphrase, as Dr. Kay has pronounced it. The word
fretting is worth notice. In our day it survives only in a second-
ary sense
that, namely, of the corroding work of grief or annoy-
ance. But its first sense was simply to eat away, eat up and ;

this sense still persists in the German fressen, which is the

same word.
1 5. Oh spare me a lytle. The renewed taste of the pleasures
of life after a recovery in advanced age from sickness, or adversity,
or misery, is not like any other experience, but has a peculiar
quality and savour of its own
it is without much of the tumult
:

and commotion of earlier happiness, it is less eager, it perceives

the world passing by and away behind, it brings fresh encourage-
ment to hope even whilst the certainty of death is growing nearer
and clearer. And as we lay our friends in earth, we may utter
unreproved the wish that some brief respite, like a Martinmas
summer, may be accorded to us before our own departure. Job
X. 20.
Here I cannot refrain from quoting Jerome's lively rendering :

'Parce mihi, ut rideam antequam vadam, et non subsistam.'

To this we may trace Bishop Alexander's version Forbear :
'

awhile from me, that I may smile again.'

IPsalm jcl*

In this psalm two parts are arranged in unusual order, viz.

a song of thanksgiving at the head and a supplication at the close.
Some take the psalm as originally one, others as a com-
critics
piler's combination of alien fragments. Among those for the
unity are De Wette, Ewald, Olshausen, Reuss for the duality ;

Graetz, Delitzsch, Cheyne, Kirkpatrick.

 litotes 281

Those who uphold the unity do not deny that the latter verses
are reminiscences, perhaps of xxxv. 4, 26, 27 ; but they deny
that it is indebted to Psalm appear to be
Ixx. Rather does Ixx.
borrowed from this, and to offer another illustration of the relations
between Book i. and the sequel, like that of xiv. and liii.
3. a neiv song. i.e. a fresh burst of song.

6. and yet there is no matt that ordreth them vnto the. The
English versions all follow the line of 1539, and the most explicit
form of this rendering is that of 1560 O Lord my God, thou :
'

hast made thy wonderfuU workes so many, that none can counte
in order to thee thy thoughtes towarde vs.' So 161 1 'they
cannot be reckoned up in order unto thee.' In same sense 1885,
'they cannot be set in order unto thee,' but with the Marg.
there is none to be cotnpared unto thee; w^hich Dr. Kirkpatrick
prefers, thus justifying Luther's dir ist nichts gleich, and
Septuagint ovk ecm ns o/jLoiod-qcrerai ctol.
10. In the volume of the boke it is written of me. Literally :

'roll.' 161 1 follows 1539; but 1885 thus: 'In the roll of the
book it is written of \0x^ prescribed to] me.' Professor Kirkpatrick
prefers :
'
in a roll of a book is it prescribed to me.' He notes
the absence of the Article, as indicating that no particular book
was meant, but the fact of the document being written was
the point of emphasis. He thinks that the context points to
Deuteronomy or the nucleus of it.
17-19. Let them let them Let thein
. . .Let all those . . . . . .

that seke the, etc. The variation from them to those is purely
English ; no corresponding difference in the Hebrew.
there is

The those 19 interprets the them of the previous verses,

of v.

and shows that it is not the Personal Pronoun but the old
Demonstrative. Therefore it is not to be redd or chanted th'm,' '

as too often heard, but as a fully enunciated 'them.'

18. fye vpon the,fye vpon the. In i 560 Aha, aha,' and this '

was followed by 161 1 with (I suppose) one of the earliest attempts
at a note of exclamation Aha, aha :
' !

IPsalm jcli.

The plea of one who is suffering both in body and in mind.

Here the Psalmist is sick, and his ailment is bodily not ; figurative
only, as in some other psalms, e.g. vi. xxii. xxx. xxxviii. cvii.

17 ff. His bodily suffering is embittered by the malignity of

foes, and still more by the moral anguish of a friend's alienation.
Those expositors who are averse to the admission of the personal
element are sorely put to it here even Olshausen, while he calls ;

the psalm hturgical, cannot but admit that it is coloured by the

282 3130100

personal experiences of the Psalmist. The only author I have

found to resist this impression is the stubborn Reuss.
6. he speaketh v unite. He does not mean what he says, he
speaks a friend when in heart he is a foe.
like The scene out- '

side the house is graphically depicted. see the associates We

waiting, eager for news' (Kirkpatrick).
13. This verse is not properly a part of the psalm it is a ;

doxology appended as a closing piece to the Collection, at a time

when this First Book stood by itself.

THE SECOND BOOK.

The next forty-eight psalms are divided into Booksii. and iii.,

which close with Ixxii. and These two Books

Ixxxix. respectively.
are mostly Elohistic, z>. in Name they show
the use of the Divine
a preference for the generic Elohim only four psalms in the two
;

Books being Jehovistic, i.e. marked by the use of Jehovah, the

particular Name. In some cases this predilection is due not to
the author of the psalm, but to a later editor thus in liii., which :

is a revised edition of xiv., Jehovah has been changed to Elohim

throughout.
There another important difference, upon which we now
is

enter. In i. all the psalms that bear an author's name

Book
are attributed to David, whereas we now have groups of psalms
by Korah, Asaph, and other Levitical singers. These groups
may best be seen by reference to the Table.

IPealins y.\\u i\\\u

Evidence both internal and exteimal tends to bring these two

psalms into one. Internal evidence
the oneness of theme, the
Refrain, and repetitions (Reuss).
' Thus while they
interlaced '
'

daily say unto me, Where

thy God?' occurs in the middle of the
is

first and at the end of the second Strophe why go I so heavily,;

'

while the enemy oppresseth me ? appears in the middle of the

'

second and in the middle of the third Strophe the first and ;
third Strophes are remarkably braced together, by the first
opening of the theme when shall I come to appear before the
'

presence of God ? being hopefully expanded at the close of the

'

third Strophe 'and that I may go unto the altar,' etc. External :

evidence the absence of Title to xliii. and the fact that the two
are found united in many Hebrew manuscripts Kennicott in last ;

century reported of thirty-seven such, and more examples have

come to light since. Accordingly some modern editors reunite
them, e.g. De Wette, Ewald, Reuss, Cheyne. Of this united
 Jl3otes 283
psalm Ewald said In a poetic point of view this psalm is
:
'

perhaps the finest of all.' He surmized that the author might

be king Jechoniah when under Mount Hermon on his way to
Babylon as a captive.
The only thing that was new in this hypothesis was the fixing
on the person of Jechoniah for that it had proceeded from some
;

eminent person in that situation had long before been suggested

by Paulus, and quoted with approval by De Wette.
Ewald is not singular in his admiration for this psalm last :

century Robert Lowth {Pralect. xxiii.) called it the most elegant

specimen of the Hebrew Elegy Reuss calls it I'un des plus
;
'

beaux de toute la collection.'

satm yXiu

fragment that the situation of the poet is perceived,

It is in this

that he is in the high lands at the foot of Libanus near the

source of Jordan, where a gazelle may well have crossed his path
and given a turn to his musings.
4. brought them forth vnto the house of God. A fitting phrase
to express the act of leading the solemn procession which
marched along with measured pace to the sound of music and
singing. The Speaker's Cojrunentary translates :
' how I pre-
ceded them to the house of God and cites the version of
' :

Aquila Trpo/SLfSd^wv avrovs. Reuss translates comme je la con- '

duisais en cortege a la maison de Dieu,' and infers that the poet

was a priest or other dignified person.
6. PVhy art thou so full of heuy7ies. This Refrain, three times
repeated, expresses resignation and trust in God.
8. conceriiyng the land offordane, and the title hyll of Hcrnionim.
This preposition concerning is unhappy. It is not in 1535,
where this word seems to have been eluded 'therefore I remembre :

the londe of Jordane.' The hesitation arose from the aspect of

the Latin memor ero tui de terra Jordanis
' where de might be '
:

either /r<9w or concerning. Neither the Hebrew nor the Greek

leaves it doubtful that the former is intended. And this confusion,
which is the property of 1539, is the more strange, because both
the Wiclif versions are right

To myself my soul is al disturbid ; My soule is disturblid at my silf

therefore I shal be myndeful of thee therfor, Lord, Y schal be myndeful
fro the lond of Jordan, and fro of thee fro the lond of Jordan, and
Ermonyum, the litle hil. The dep- fro the litil hil Hermonyim. Deplhe
nesse depnesse inward li clepeth ; clepith depthe ; in the vols of thi
the vois of thi gooteris. I
wyndows.
The 161 1 has: therefore will I remember thee from the
'

land of Jordane, and of the Hermonites, from the hill Missar [Or,
284 Jf^otes

the little hill].' The Hebrew plural form Hermonim is literally

The Hermans, on which the Speaker's Commentary adds the :
'

expression, which occurs nowhere else, probably denotes the

mountain ridges which extend in a southerly direction to the east
of Jordan. One of the heights may have borne the name Mizar,
i.e. small.'
9. because of the noyse of thy water pipes. at the noyse of thy '

water-spouts' 161 1 kept by 1885 with [Or, cataracts\

;

lP0aIm jcliti.

This is the detached third Strophe of the preceding psalm,

with its Refrain.
I. the vngodly people. In the Margin of 161 'an unmerci- 1 :

ful nation' ; Cheyne : 'a loveless nation,' Origi/i., p. 227,

IPsalm ]cHt)

The two Levitical collections of the sons of Korah and the

sons of Asaph have, as a common characteristic, this remarkable
distinction from the other groups, that they contain no confession
of sin. The sin of a former generation is acknowledged, and
wicked men are spoken of, but as a sort and a class apart from
the singer. In regard to the consciousness of innocence,' says
'

Delitzsch, xliv. is without a parallel'

'
It is thought that so peculiar

a position cannot have been taken up before the time of Ezra and
Nehemiah. An Israelite before the Captivity could not speak as
in xliv. Indeed the weight of modern authority places it far later,
as may be seen in the Table and this has been one of the most
;

decisive texts for admitting psalms of the Maccabean period, to

which xliv. was already assigned by Calvin and even by patristic
commentators. See Cheyne, Origin, p. 103.
18-22. 'All this has befallen us without any unfaithfulness on
our part, or any guilt to provoke Thee to plunge us into such
depths of misery. If indeed we had forgotten our God and
turned to foreign gods, we could not elude the Eye that searcheth
hearts :
but so far from this
it is for our very devotion to Thee

that we are killed like beasts fit only for slaughter.'

22,. up Lorde why slepest thou? 'The first express criticism
of a psalmist's idea of God proceeded from John Hyrcanus
(B.C. 135-130). With reference to the passage "Awake, why
sleepest thou, Jehovah ?" he said, " Doth God then sleep ? Hath
not the Scripture said. Behold the keeper of Israel neither

slumbereth nor sleepeth ? " and he forbade the liturgical recita-
tion of those too thrilling, too passionate words.' Cheyne, Origin,
p. 286.
 s^om 285

In a collection of spiritual songs this forms an exception, for

it secular, both in theme and in treatment.
is And yet this is not
felt by the worshipper, because it has come to him with the

glory of a spiritual transfiguration, which the psalm acquired early

(Heb. i. 8, 9). The histories of royal marriages have been ran-
sacked to find out of what marriage this was the Epithalamium,
and various have been the results. Cheyne settles upon Ptolemy
Philadelphus, B.C. 285-247. The Denish word fellotus occurs
twice in this psalm, and in no other part of the Psalter. In the
second place it is altered in 161 1 to 'companions.'
I. My hert is endyiing of a good matter. Coverdale had:
'
My hert is dyting of a good matter.' In 1 560 the Genevan thus :

'
Mine heart will vtter forth a good matter.' The Bible of King
' My
James thus : heart is inditing a good matter \^Heb. boyleth
or bubleth vp].' The sequence of English forms is historically
interesting, viz. dyting^ endytitig, inditing. The first is the
vernacular form of a naturalized word, the second is literary of
the French type, and the third literary of the Latin type. The
Latinizing tendency ultimately absorbed nearly all the old varieties.
9. myrre, Aloes and Cassia. These English spice-names are
all identical with the words in the Hebrew for with these oriental ;

spices their oriental names travelled westward, and they became

through Greek and Latin the common property of the European
languages.
1 2. for he is thy Lorde {God), The Vulgate has quoniam ipse '

est Dominus Deus tuus,' but the Hebrew is simply for he is thy '

lord,' and so the Greek, and also 161 1. But when it is printed
' Lord,' with a capital initial as it is in our current Bibles, the
sense of the Vulgate is that which will be taken by the general
reader.

IPsalme vVqu xVoii* jcltjiii.

These three form a series of triumphal hymns celebrating a

great deliverance. They are characterized by a remarkable train
of coincidences with those prophecies of Isaiah which were called
forth by the Assyrian invasion of Judah. The similarities of
thought and expression, of allusion and metaphor, are too distinct
to be accidental. Isaiah's strong waters of the river ('even the
king of Assyria and all his glory,' c. viii.) in desolating flood ;

the psalmist's waters that rage and swell, and the mountains shaking
at the tempest, and then the near contrast of the waters of peace
that flow softly :
these and other parallels have been well set
forth by Dr. Perowne on xlvi.
286 ii5ote0

The close afifinity of the two texts is patent ; it may however be

questioned which is prior. Dehtzsch, who (with Venema and
Hengstenberg) refers the three psalms to Jehosaphat's victory
over the alliance of Moab, Ammon, and Edom (2 Chronicles xx.),
compares more particularly Is. xxxiii., and holds that the prophet
copies the psalmist, and that Psalm xlvi. is not an echo but a
'

prelude of Isaiah xxxiii.' Dr. Perowne prefers the great deliver-

ance under Hezekiah :

I am inclined to think that they all [the
'

three psalms] celebrate the same event, the sudden and miraculous
destruction of the army of Sennacherib under the walls of
Jerusalem.'

IPealm jclbi*

The most famous of Luther's Hymns, Ein' feste Burg ist

unser Gott, is founded upon this psalm, and it is a perfect echo
of its dauntless and defiant tone. It is not a translation, the same

topics are not kept, but it is an evangelical equivalent as a

martial hymn for the struggle of the time and Heinrich Heine ;

well characterized it as the Marseillaise of the Reformation.

In the Dictionary of Hymnology it is printed in its oldest
extant form ( i 5 3 1 ), and the first quatrain is as follows

Ein feste burg ist unser Gott,

ein gute wehr und waffen.
Er hilfftunns frey aus aller not
die uns ytzt hat betrofifen.

In the same place is given a hst of forty-five English translations of

this hymn, whereof the most faithful and forcible is that by Thomas
Carlyle :
A ' safe stronghold our God is still.' This translation
first appeared in Eraser's Magazine (1831) in an essay on
' Luther's Hymn.' It is now included in several collections for
congregational use. Carlyle is known to hymnody solely through
this translation.
3. tejnpest of y^ same. Sela. It has been thought that
perhaps in front of this Sela the Refrain has dropped out
' ' :

The Lord of Hosts is with us, the God of Jacob is our refuge.
Hupfeld, Graetz.
4. y tabernacles, 'tabernacle' 1662. The plural is after
Jerome tabernacula,' and the Hebrew form is also plural.
' But
this is one of the frequent instances in which the formal and
grammatical is not the true and faithful translation. Both in
Hebrew and in Latin the Plural Number has a dignity-bestowing
power which is not shared by the English plural. The change
was not made in 1540.
6. Here the version of 161 1 reproduces the staccato movement
 Botes 287
of the Hebrew, which has two words for each of the four clauses
The heathen raged, the kingdoms were moved he uttered
' :
:

his voice, the earth melted.' Kept in 1885.

Pealm jcltiii.

Commentators are not so unanimous in grouping this psalm

with its two neighbours, as they are
in grouping those two (xlvi.
and xlviii.) A
glance at the Table will afford a sufficient
together.
notion of the state of criticism on this point. Dr. Perowne how-
ever thinks Hupfeld right in calling it a lyrical expansion of the '

idea prominent in xlvi. 10, that Jehovah is high exalted above

the nations, and the great King over all the earth.'
9. for God {which is very hye exalted) doth defende the eartJi^
as it were with a shylde. A remarkable departure from 1535,
influenced perhaps by v. 1 3. But in the Hebrew it is shields,' '

and shields here mean rulers, as Septuagint took it, and as may
also be seen in Hosea iv. 1 8. Coverdale (1535) had for God is :
'

farre farre hyer exalted, then the mightie lordes of the earth.'
The Genevan
for the shieldes of the world [belong] to God

:
' :

he is greatly to be exalted.' In 1611 (1885): 'for the shields

of the earth belo7ig vnto God hee is greatly exalted.' :

IPsalm yXQxiu
The third of the series. In the '
first the overthrow of the
enemy is the prominent thought, and second the triumph in the
of God's glory ; Psalmist turns his thoughts to the
in this the
beauty, security, and splendour of the city of God (Canon Cook '

in the Speaker's Commentary).

The hyll of Sion is a fayrc place vpon the north syde
2.

lyeth, etc. Here 1560 :

' Mount
. .

Zion, lying Northwarde,

.

is faire

in situation : it is the ioy of the whole earth, and the citie of the
great King.' If Fergusson and Thrupp are right in identifying
Zion with the peak now levelled on the iiorth of the Temple
Mount, this translation may be substantially correct.
For the passage appears to be simply topographical, and
not mythological, as some eminent Germans say, who hold that
here we have a parallel to Isaiah xiv. 1 3, where the king of
Babylon's heathenish boast is exposed I will exalt my throne :
'

above the stars of God, I will sit in the sides of the north a ' :

boast which Milton has fitly given to Satan, but which is unfit
here, and which we must (with Bunsen) repel from the exegesis
of this place. Bunsen's translation is :

Schon ragt empor, des ganzen Landes Lust, Zioiis Berg:

Seine Seite gegen Mitternacht ist die Stadt des grossen Konigs.
2 88 ji^ote.s

This, which seems to me the most suitable rendering, is essen-

tially that of our Psalter of 1539.
Still, critics widely diverse are united in thinking that we have
here an allusion to the old Asiatic myth of the sacred mountain of
the gods uniting heaven with earth, which was placed in the remote
and inaccessible North. But they differ in the extent which they
allow to this thought in this place, some making it the chief idea,
as if the poet were glorifying Zion by claiming for it equal honours
with the mystic mountain of the North. Others (as Delitzsch)
admit no more than a reference to the heathen myth as the merest
decoration of a topographical feature which is literally described ;

and with this view he renders 'the angle of the north.'

:

The heathen myth is more plainly unfolded in Isaiah xiv. 13,

14, to which passage is probably due its popularity throughout
the Middle Ages in association with the pride and fall of the lost
angels. See list of references in Skeat's note to Piers Plowman,
Passus i. 105. And even down to Paradise Lost v. 755 ff.
At length into the limits of the North
They came and Satan to his royal seat
;

High on a hill, far blazing, as a mount

Rais'd on a mount, with pyramids and tow'rs
P"rom diamond quarries hewn, and rocks of gold ;

The palace of great Lucifer ....

Canon Cook says This psalm contains the most perfect

:
'

development of Hebrew thought on the deepest problem of

existence.'
5(2. Wherfore shulde I feare, etc. This is the question, the
problem, the enigma. This is the parable of the poet, and the
pivot of thought throughout the poem. Why should the godly
man fear the triumph and the insolence of the ungodly ?
^b. the tvyckednessc of ?ny heles. i.e. the wickedness of those

who are at my heels, who pursue me, dog my path, lay snares for
me ; or as Cheyne : the mahce of my foes.

14. Cheyne's 'enigma' passage, his palmary psalm-

This is

text in Lect. vill., while discussing the early growth of eschato-

logical doctrine. It furnishes his chief illustration of Persian

influence upon Hebrew theology.

1 he counted hi^nselfe an happie man.
8. Literally he blessed '

his soul' 1611 and 1885. Compare Luke xii. 19: 'Soul, thou
hast much goods laid up for many years, etc'
0alm L
God from Zion and convenes the world to public worship,
calls
and to instruction in elementary principles. First, the essence of
 iBotes 289

worship is not in the sacrifice but in the spirit of the sacrificer.

Secondly, to be acceptable the heart must be purged and the life
amended. Burning indignation against those who think God can
be propitiated without repentance and amendment of life. These
two principles are severally unfolded and e.xpanded in the two
divisions of the psalm, and they are condensed in the varied refrain
like summary maxims to wind up each part, at v. 15 and v. 23.
The mechanism of the poem is a Theophany or personal
manifestation of God, and He Himself is the speaker from v. 5,
with small and manifest exceptions, to the end.
In the 1879 scheme for amending the Rubrics, this psalm is
set for Advent Sunday as a Proper Psalm. This is the best
comment, this alone is enough 'A Psalm for Advent.' :

1. The Lorde euen the most viyghtie God hath spoken. The
phrase the most mighty God
' represents two divine Names '

(El Elohim) between which a genitival relation is assumed. The

Greek has Gebs ^ewv, the Vulgate Deus Deorum,' but Jerome '

'
Fortis Deus.' Cheyne retains the Hebrew untranslated El :
'

Elohim Jehovah has spoken.'

2. Out of Syon hath God apeared in perfect bewtye. The
Septuagint and Vulgate say thus Out of Sion is the splendour
of His beauty.' But 161 1 'Out of Zion, the perfection of : '

beauty, God hath shined.' And so 1885 keeps it; only adding
the word forth after ' shined.'
' The beauty is that of the
' '
'

Sanctuary, rather than of the Person of God. Perhaps the

Hebrew order alone would not determine it, were it not for such
decisive parallels as xlviii. 2, and Lam. ii. 15.
8.because they were not allivaye before me. This turn of the
sense was continued in 1560: 'that haiie not bene continually
before me but 1 6 1 1 corrected
' ; to haue bene continually before :
'

me '
if can be called where the result is so equivocal.
correction it

Perhaps this neutrality served to elude the question whether

neglect of service was or was not imputed. It is the exegetical

words that have created the difficulty, and the Hebrew makes
very good sense without them. It runs somewhat thus It is :
'

not for thy sacrifices I will reprove thee, and thy burnt offerings
before me continually suggesting rather satiety than a reproach
for neglect as in Isaiah i. 1 1.
;
'

And so 1885
;

'and thy burnt :

offerings are continually before me.'
23. to him y^ ordreth his conuersacion right. The Hebrew
original of this long phrase is remarkable for brevity and singularity.
The word for conversation ' is tvay^ and the American Company
'

would have preferred to keep it in 1885. The Margin of 1885

is particularly to be noted [Or, And prepareth a way that I fnay
:

shew him\ It recalls the tovs croj^o/xevovs of Acts ii. 47 and the ;

U
290 BOtZ%
well-ordered lives of those who are recorded as witnesses of
the infancy of Jesus.

Pealm lu

A prayer for
pardon and a purged conscience. This is the first
of a new series of Davidic psalms, which occupies (with three
exceptions) the remainder of the Second Book, See the Table.
It is the fourth of the seven Penitential Psalms and it is solemnly ;

recited in the Commination Service on Ash-Wednesday. Sir

Philip Sidney called it a heavenly psalm of mercy.'
' Cheyne refers
it to the Persian age, and thinks
the speaker represents the pious
'

kernel of the people of Israel,'

a view which should be borne in
mind in reading other remarks of his presently to be quoted.
The two last verses do not seem to agree with the tenor of the
whole, and they have been judged to be an after addition.
4. Agay7ist the onely haue I si?nted. Israel was not, like the '

Assyrians and Babylonians, an offender against the common rights

of nations. Jehovah alone could accuse him.' Cheyne.
5 in ivickedjiessc, and in synne hath, etc.
/ was shapen Cheyne
has observed that if we compare the Psalms as regards the estimate
of sin with the Sanskrit and Persian hymns, we see that the
Psalms dwell much less on the excuses of sin. They never refer
to Satan,and only once do we find such a plea as this verse
advances. Origin of Psalter, p. 357.
7. Thou shalt pourge me with hope. '
O reconcile me with
Isope' 1535.
I 2. stablish me with thy fre sprete. So 1535, after the Vulgate
'
et spiritu principali confirma me '
which again is after Sep-
tuagint, TTvei'/xart lyye/xovcKw (nqpi^ov yue. Here there can be
no doubt free was used, not in any of its lower senses,
that '
'

as when it is the equivalent of liber as opposed to servus or ;

even in the sense of liberal, bounteous in gifts but (inclusive ;

perhaps of this latter) with special eye to that higher sense of

lordly, noble, generous, princely, royal which is conspicuous in ;

the best medieval usage of the word, and which qualified it to

represent principalis and rjyeixovLKov. Keble brought this out
well
With that free Spirit blest,
"Who to the contrite can dispense
The princely heart of innocence.

14. Delyuer me from bloud giltynesse. '

For the old Jerusalem
was "full of bloodshed," say the prophets. Isaiah i. 15, Micah
iii. 10.' Cheyne.
18-19. The doubt whether these two verses belong to the
 Bom 291

original psalm very old.

is For an account of it see Rosenmiiller
(1803) who quotes Aben Ezra and Venema. If v. 19 does not
'contradict' v. 16, yet the contrast is so great as to disturb the
lyrical effect of the whole and cause the reader to doubt whether
any poet could have written those two passages under the same
circumstances.
The case is thus summed up by Perowne After carefully :
'

weighing all that has been urged by Hengstenberg and others in

support of the genuineness of these verses, I cannot think that
they formed any part of the psalm as originally written.'

IPsalm liu

A and denunciation against one who had

furious invective
abused the opportunity of a powerful position to do mischief.
He is guilty of lies, and he trusts in his wealth to bear him out.
The Inscription states that Doeg's information against David
(i Samuel xxii.) occasioned the psalm. As early as the sixteenth
century this statement was called in question by Rudinger, but
it still finds acceptance with some moderns as Dehtzsch, who
however uses an apologetic tone in retaining the tradition. Dr.
Perowne, while the spirit of the psalm inclines him to the author-
ship of David, sees no reason for maintaining the accuracy of
'

the Inscription.'
6. destroye ye for eiier. '
Therfore shal God cleane destroye
the' 1535.
Psalm liii*

Almost a duplicate of xiv., the only systematic change being

that the Name prevalent here is God (Elohim), instead of Jehovah,
as there. Cheyne says :
'
liii. is but a more corrupt form of xiv.
(notice the incoherence of v. 6).'
ba. where ?io feare was. Here fear is not the emotion, but
is used in the ancient sense of F^R, sudden alarm, shock of
danger.
6b. for God hath broken the bones of him that beseged the : y"
hast put them to confusion^ because God hath despised them. This
is the part of the psalm which differs from xiv. The versions of
161 1 and 1885 are substantially at one with our Psalter.

Psalm lit)*

A short hymn
divided by Selah ; the first part a prayer, the
second a vow of thanksgiving.
7. For he hath delyuered me, etc. The perfects in this verse'

denote not that the deliverance is already accomplished, but the

292 Botes
confidence of faith that it will be.' Dr. Perowne and to the
;

same effect Canon Cook and Delitzsch. But Reuss translates

as if the vow of thanksgiving were contingent

Volontiers alors je t'offrirai mes sacrifices,

Je te louerai, 6 Eternel, car tu es bon,
Quand de toute angoisse tu m'auras delivre,
Et que je pourrai voir avec joie le sort de mes ennemis.

IPsalm It),

A and supplication against enemies, and more

complaint
particularly against one who was formerly a friend.
8. the stor?ny wind. the windy storm 1 6 1 1 ' '

II. disceate and gyle go not out of her stretes. hir stretes,' '

1535 but 1662 'their streets' by a mistaken correction.

;
The ;

only rendering is her streets,' i.e. the streets of the city.

' I

imagine that the change was made at an early date, while yet
the forms 'hir' and 'her' were remembered as signifying 'their.'
Chaucer never used their,' but always hir or her for the
' '
'
'
'

plural possessive of the third person.

IPsalm ItJi.

A cry to God for help, from one who is at the mercy of plotting
foes. a tone of desolation, as if the poet were surrounded
There is

by strangers waiting only to make of him their prey. The

Inscription chimes in referring for the tune to the first words of
;

a ^ong with a very plaintive and lonely air.

Here we may venture to say, with Hitzig and against Reuss,
that the speaker is an individual and not a community. He
concludes with full trust in God's deliverance.
Inscription. hym that was domtne in a farre
vp07i the douc of
'concerning the dumme doue in a
The Genevan 1560
countre.
farre countrey with this Marginal
'
;
note Being chased by the
:

'

furie of his enemies into a strange countrey, he was as a dumme

doue, not seeking reuengeance.' In 161 1 the Hebrew is retained :

'To the chief Musician upon Jonath-elem-rechokim.' In 1885 :

'
For the Chief Musician set to Jonath elem rehokim [That is,
;

The silent dove of them that are afar off., or, as otherwise read,
The dove of the distant terebinths']: The Genevan connects it
with the theme of the psalm all the others with the tune it was
;

set to.
2. y" most hyest. Here we may briefly note a little step

in the progress from the poetical to the logical mind of translators

and revisers ; Geneva, correcting the illogical pleonasm, wrote :

'O thou most High,' and 161 1 followed. Though not here, yet
 il3otes 293
in another place, the more logical and less emotional phrase has
penetrated to C. P. B. See note on Ixxiii. 8. In 1885 this supposed
title of God has disappeared it is found to be an adverb merely
; :

'
For they be many that fight proudly against me.' That the
Hebrew knowledge for this correction was not wanting to the
men of 161 1, we may pretty safely infer from their correction of
Ixxiii. 8, a case very like this.

4. / will pray se God, etc. In 16 11 (1885): 'In God will I

praise his word in God I have put my trust
; and not only is ' :

this better, but it is the only true rendering, being also substantially
that of all the ancient versions. This is the Refrain of the psalm,
and in God is the keynote and its absolute prominence both
'
' ;

here and below (verses 10, 11) is required equally by the letter
of the text and the spirit of the song. Coverdale, in 1535, was
misled by the German.
Za. flyttyjiges. 'wandrings' 1560, 161 1 adopted in the ;

American Psalter and in 1885. The verby?// is Denish, and modern

Danish at flytte is to remove things from place to place, to change
house. The word deeply rooted in the northern half of our
is

island. ^&&]'ii.c!^%on, Shropshire Word-Book 'nwQC^. The nearest

words of pure English 2.x& fleet {did:].), fleeting.
It occurs once in the Margin of 161 1, Jer. xlix. 30, where the

text has 'get you far off' but the Margin 'flit greatly.'
:

Zb. put ffiy teares in thy bottell. A figure of speech that is

found nowhere else. Hupfeld (and after him Perowne) quotes
Paul Gerhardt's imitation

Du zahlst wie oft ein Christe wein,

Und was sein Kummer sei
Kein stilles Thranlein ist so klein,
Du hebst und legst es bei.

Unto y-' (O God) luyll I paye my vowes.

12. A great
improvement (retained by 1611, 1885) was made in 1560: 'Thy
vowes are upon mee, O God with this note Hauing receiued '
:
'

that which I required, I am bounde to pay my vowes of thankes-

giuing, as I promised.'

IPsalm It)ii.

The likeness of this psalm to Ivi. is striking ; it opens with the

same words ; the situation of the speaker is identical ; the expres-
sion in Ivi. 2 '
swallow me both psalms
up ' recurs here in v. 3 ;

have a Refrain all this, with their contiguity, has naturally

;

suggested that they proceeded from one poet. The closing verses
8-12 have been reproduced in cviii. 1-5.
Inscription. To the chaunter destroy e 7iot. Kay thus
 294 Bom
'To the Precentor. "Destroy not." Michtam of David.' As
in Ivi., so again here we have (apparently) the indication of a tune
by the first words of a popular song. Thus in 1885 'For the :

Chief Musician set to Al-tashheth.'
; This Al-tashheth (Destroy
not) occurs here in three continuous psalms, and below in Ixxv.
9. / my self will awake ryght early. This is after the Vul-
gate and Septuagint. But the talmudic interpretation was I will '

awake the dawn,' and this (a beautiful figure) is adopted by some

recent expositors (Graetz). Hengstenberg compares Ovid Metatn.
xi. 597 vigil ales evocat auroram.
. . .The 1885 Revision gives
it in the Margin. Rashi (quoted by Bishop Alexander) said :

' The dawn awakens other things. But David says " I will awake
the dawn."
'

Complaint of unrighteous judges, and appeal to God for their

ruin. Trust in God shall yet be justified by the triumph of
righteousness. This psalm falls into four distinct parts, making a
consistent whole. The
and central members are vv. 3-5 the
chief
description of the unrighteous and 6-8 the imprecation upon them.
;

These constitute the bulk and body of the psalm. The theme is
introduced by two verses of challenge, and closed by two verses
of decision and confidence. There is some consent, even between
criticsotherwise differing, that here the speaker is an Israelite in
the midst of heathen.
1. Are youre niyndes set, etc. Kay thus Do ye indeed utter :
'

long-silent justice?' In 1885 thus: 'Do ye indeed in silence

speak righteousness ? [Or, Is the righteous)iess ye should speak
dumb .?] ' Keble thus

Will ye maintain indeed

The scorn'd and smother'd right .''

At your award, ye mortal seed,

Shall equity have might ?

Nay, but in heart ye frame

All evil in all lands
:

Ye weigh, and measure out, and aim

The rapine of your hands.

2. ye ymagin niyschefe.
Yee, Yea, rather yee imagine '

mischiefe 1560. The 'Yea' has been kept all through, down
'

to 1885 but the American Company recorded their preference

;

for Nay.'
'
The meaning is the same in either case, but with
'
Yea it is expressed with some subtilty, whereas Nay brings
'
'
'

it down to the apprehension of the simple.

8. so let indignacion vexe him. Or 'so let the storm sweep

 s^om 295

them away.' As when in a bivouacking party, before the food is

cooked, the whirlwind comes and scatters their victuals and their
fuel.

A prayer against heathen tyrants by whom the suppliant is

oppressed, and upon whom he imprecates an exemplary punish-
ment. There are in this psalm salient and uncommon expressions
which might be expected to afford a hold for historic associations.
For instance, V. 6 (repeated v. 14), which I quote in Dr. Kay's
words :

They come back at even-tide they howl like a dog
' ; ;

and prowl about the city.' Such strange and forcible language
has led many into historic conjectures. Hebrew tradition chose
the occasion when Saul sent emissaries who watched David's house
to kill him, i Samuel xix. 1 1 Ewald assigned it to one of the
;

last kings of Judah in the Chaldean war Hitzig in edition i ;

assigned it to Hezekiah besieged in Jerusalem, but in edition 2

he relinquished this theory for one of much later date. Deterred
from the historic search, others (De Wette, Reuss) are content
to call it simply a national elegy. The Refrain which divides
the psalm (v. 9 and 17) is the less conspicuous because the
repetition is not exact, but it is made rather more so by a small
emendation in v. 9, admitted by critics wide apart, e./^. Hitzig and
Perowne. In the words of the latter

O my strength, for Thee let me wait,

For God is my high tower.

I 5. grudge. See ii. i note.

IPsalm Ijc*

A The psalm
national lament for a great humiliation in war.
embodies an ancient oracle calculated to inspire better hopes.
The Inscription is one of those which have more particularly
contributed to bring the Hebrew headings into discredit. It refers
to a series of victories, whereas the psalm begins with a wail of
lamentation. To maintain its validity Delitzsch supposes that
the heading is an excerpt from some history of David's career
which was illustrated with poetical pieces, like xviii. Cheyne
accepts this literary hypothesis, only then it does not follow that
a song which the historian embodied had been written by David.
Moreover, the heading may have referred only to the ancient
fragment (6-9). The whole of the later part (5-12) is repeated
in cviii. 6-13.
4. a toketi. This is a very difficult verse. It is now generally

agreed that for 'token' we should read 'banner' as 161 1 (1885).

296 Bom
4d. that they viaye triumphe because of the trueth. Septuagint,
Vulgate, and Jerome thus that they may flee from before the
:
'

bow.' It is evidence for Coverdale's Hebrew studies that he in

1535 changed this and rendered: 'that they maye cast it vp
in the treuth,' and in 1539 again as in our text. This became in
161 1 'that it may be displayed because of the truth,' and so it is
retained in 1885.
7. Juda is my law geuer. After Jerome Juda legifer mens.' '
:

But Ewald, Hitzig, Delitzsch: 'Judah is my sceptre (Herrscher- '

stab). As Ephraim, the most powerful tribe, is the helmet of the

king, so Judah is the sceptre or ensign of his royalty.
8. Moab . . Edoin . . Philystea. The three most troublesome
neighbours of Israel.

9. the stronge cite. Many take this for the wonderful rock-built
city of Petra ; Hengstenberg, Kay, Cheyne.

Psalm Ijci.

An away from the Holy Land prays not

Israelite living far
for return thither, but
for the presence of God with him where
he is. Distance does not sever him from God, but rather opens
his mind to the higher symbolism of sacred associations. Here
Reuss observes :

Les psaumes ont largement contribue k
'

spirituahser le langage de I'Ancien Testament, et a preparer

celui du Nouveau.' The difficulty of the psalm is to determine
what king is prayed for, whether the actual or the ideal king of
Israel, or whether the king under whom the author lives.
4. / will dwell in thy tabernacle for euer. Better as Kay :

'
I would abide or perhaps,' I would be lodged, I would find a
;
'

home.'
5 and hast geuen an heritage vnto those y^ feare thy name.
thou hast given ?ne the heritage of those that fear thy name
'
'

t6ii (1885).

IPsalm Ijcii.

Confidence in God, the ONLY rock. The diction is marked by

the repetition six times of the particle '^^^ ak, which 1885 renders
'
only' five times, and the sixth time 'surely.' See note on xxxix.
Here the old versions divide the ground with Jerome's.
I.

The Vulgate thus Nonne Deo subjecta erit anima mea ? Shall
:
'

not my soul be submissive to God ? Jerome thus Attamen ' :

'

apud Deum silebit anima mea. Surely before God my soul shall
keep silence.' And these two renderings stand (substantially) in
161 1 (1885), the former in the text, the second in the Margin.
For the thought, compare Job xl. 3, 4.
 iBotes 297
II. It is indeed, as Olshausen has remarked, a surprizing thing
that the poet should invoke the affirmation of a Divine oracle
twice repeated for so elementary a truth as this tJiat power
belongeth unto God !
And another rendering well supported,
seeing that there is

I do wonder it in 1885.
to find The other version
no notice of
is One thing hath God spoken, these two things have I heard.'
'

(So Jerome Unum locutus est Deus, duo haec audivi and so
:
;

von Lengerke and Delitzsch.) Then follow two great truths,

viz. the Power and the Mercy of God a statement which was ;

worthy of the instrumentality of an oracle, for it is a combina-

tion which elevates the Divine character by contrast with the
proneness of human power to tyranny. Compare the passage
in Macaulay's Warren Hastings which begins thus The :
'

master caste, as was natural, broke loose from all restraint and ;

then was seen what we believe to be the most frightful of all

spectacles, the strength of civilization without its mercy.'

ipgalm Ijriii.

An Israelite longing after God

emotions
in a foreign land, with
quickened by memories of the Temple worship. The king in v.
12 is like the king in Ixi., and open to the same question.
3. Thus haue I loked for the in holynesse. Thus or So, i.e.
with so strong a desire, with such a thirst. Here 1560 introduced
the idea of making this conjunction a mere adverb antecedent to
as understood :

Thus I beholde thee as in the Sanctuarie,' which
'

led 161 1 'To see thy power and thy

into further distortion
glory, so as have seen thee in the Sanctuary.'
I Delitzsch has :

'
Solchergestalt hab' ich in Heiligthum dich geschaut and after ' ;

him Kay thus So have I gazed on Thee in the Sanctuary,

:
'

beholding Thy might and Thy glory i.e. gazing on Thee with ' :

inward eye till all Thy power and glory seemed revealed to my
sight. Compare Milton in // Penseroso
In Service high, and Anthems clear,
As may with sweetness, through mine ear,
Dissolve me into extasies,
And bring all Heav'n before mine eyes.

IPsalm I]cit).

Invocation of the arm of God to blast the conspiracy of skilful

and ingenious slanderers.
3. their aroives. In v. 7 comes the sudden and swift arrow of
God.
298 litotes

5. They
courage thetn seines. Popular speech. Now
'encourage,' but 1662 incourage.' See on xlv. i.
'

6. yi they kepe secrete. This is capable of being taken in the

First Person, which makes it more dramatic. Many do so take
it, e.g. Kay thus 'They devise deeds of mischief
: "A subtle ;
device have we matured " and each man's inward thought and
;

heart is deep.'

A Harvest Hymn. So much is safe to say leaving it quite ;

open, whether it originated in thanksgiving for a fruitful season or

in the prospect of such or whether, thirdly, it is a general hymn
;

of praise in which the glories of autumn figure the manifestation

of the goodness of God. Names might be quoted for each of
these views. It is a remarkable illustration of the genius of
the Hebrew language that in so rich a description Hebraists
should not be agreed upon the tenses, so far as to determine
whether the time contemplated is past or future Now this !

contingency of time-definition, though a defect for purposes of

historical or epical narrative, is by no means uncongenial to the
Lyric Muse. What in compositions of a different order might
be called vagueness or indistinctness, is in the Psalms an element
of their universal adaptability.
Nevertheless, for the realistic interpreter the song offers
material. Besides the glowing picture of the fruitful field, there
is a deep sound of great events and startling tokens, and wide-

spread sensation from east to west. Many have accordingly

derived the occasion of this psalm from the destruction of
Sennacherib's army, and the great harvest of the next season
(Ewald, Delitzsch, Perowne). But Hitzig endeavours to prove
that all the indications converge upon the campaign of 198 B.C.
in which Antiochus iii. recovered Palestine from Egypt, and
brought the Jews again under the Syrian rule, fulfilling their own
desires. As a sequel to this victory the Egyptian garrison was
driven out of Jerusalem. Hitzig goes so far as to fix the authorship
upon the Highpriest, Onias iii. His accumulated argument is
surprizingly compact.
2. This verse is the Antiphon to the psalm, when it is used in
the Office for the Dead, as most of the Western Liturgies.
it is in
8. thou that makest the out goinges of the morni?7g and
euenyng to prayse the. This is the figure called Zeugma, where
a governing word embraces in its government two objects, to one
only of which it properly belongs. The word outgoings is '
'

proper to the idea of the sun coming forth in the morning, but
not equally proper for evening. Dean Johnson {Speaker's Com-
 litotes 299
metitafy) says that some impressions of 1 6 1 1 put a stop after
'morning 'to avoid this incongruity. 'So too Zunz and others.'
The meaning commonly attached passage is probably
to this
that of xix. I fif. but considering what goes before, we may
;

suppose that some momentous event had caused dispersed Israel-

ites to rejoice in all lands. The Genevan has thou shalt make :
'

the East and the West to reioyce \Ebr. The going foorth of the
tnorning and of the eue?iz}igy
10. The ryuer of God. That is, the rain.
12. afid thy cloudes droppe fatnesse. In 1535: 'and thy
fotesteppes droppe fatnesse,' which was a desertion of the
Vulgate (Sept.) 'et campi tui replebuntur ubertate,' for Jerome's
'
et vestigia tua rorabunt pinguetudine.' In this Coverdale was
doubtless following Luther's Fuss-stapfen.
Noticeable is the introduction of 'clouds' in 1539, esp. as
Coverdale himself was probably the reviser. He had meanwhile
been to other sources. This (which is traced to Symmachus
and the Syro-Hexapla by Graetz) was perhaps intended only as a
less metaphorical way of saying the same thing because ancient ;

men had thought of God as walking upon the clouds.

In 161 1 (1885) it is 'paths'; Reuss has or?ticrcs, i.e. ruts or
wheel-tracks, with the thought that the furrows of the corn-lands
are the traces of His chariot-wheels, by Whose passage an abundant
harvest is assured.
14. This easily calls up an English scene :

Large flocks with fleecy wool adorn

The cheerful downs ; the valleys bring
A plenteous crop of fuU-ear'd corn,
And seem for joy to shout and sing. New Versioti.
\^b. that they shall laugh and synge. i.e. the hills and valleys
shall laugh and sing. This beautiful and natural burst of poetry
is lost in Luther's 'dass man jauchzet und singet.'

IJDsalm Ijctii.

A hymn of thanksgiving for a great deliverance. Whether

this deliverance was personal or national or both at once, divides
the critics. For the transition between Singular and Plural
Number, so frequent in the Psalms, appears here with unusual
distinctness; the two standing apart, the Plural in i-ii, and
the Singular in 12-18. Ewald judged the second part an older
piece (ante-exilic), which the psalmist (post-exilic) had embodied
in his composition. Hitzig saw a narrowing down from the
universal appeal of his overture to the author's personal ex-
perience. This he took so literally as to find data for a sketch
300 Bom
of the poet's career. Others consider the transition to be only
a variation of form, the Plural and Singular alike being good as
liturgical formulae. Delitzsch opposing Hitzig yet allows a differ-
ence, thinking that the Church speaks in the first part, and the
personality of the poet comes forward in the second but that ;
'

which binds him to offer a sacrifice of thanksgiving is nothing

else than what the whole community and he along with it have
experienced. It is hardly possible to determine more particularly

what this experience was.'

2. thoroiv the greatnesse of thy power shall thine enemy es be

founde lyers vnto the. Shall thine enemies submit themselves

'

unto thee [Cr, yield feigned obedience. Heb. lie].' 1611 (1885).
6. a7id soch as will not beleue, shall not be able to exalte them
selues. 'let not the rebellious exalt themselves' 161 1 (1885).
10. Thou broughtest .... a7id layed. This grammatical
incongruity rose from an oversight in the 1539 revision of 1535 :

'Thou hast brought vs in to captiuite, and layed trouble vpon

oure loynes.' The 1539 reviser having altered the tense of the
first member, let the second pass unobserved. It also passed un-
corrected in the revision of 1540. The Genevan (1560) retained
the frame of Coverdale's structure Thou hast brought vs into
:
'

the snare, and laid a straite chaine vpon our loines.'

How best to spell the Second Person Singular Preterite of
the verb to lay has been questioned. Our Bibles have laidst.,
the C. P. Books have laidcst, though 1662 has laidst. Probably
laidest was introduced for the musical rhythm. The Revisers
of 1885 have layedst.
13. incense of rammes. What is incense of rams? Graetz
refuses to translate the word at all, so strange does it appear to
him. He keeps the untranslated Hebrew word thus weihrauch '

von EHm,' incense of Elim, and thinks it must be the name of

a place, perhaps Ailat on the Red Sea, where was an emporium
for spices and other Arabian wares.

IPsalm Ijcbii,

' The world's Harvest-home ; sung on the completion (v. 6)

of a bounteous harvest (Kay). Canon Cook expresses the
'

general opinion when he says that this psalm was 'evidently

composed for liturgical use.' Out of thanksgiving for earthly
blessings springs the anticipation of the spiritual harvest, and so
the psalm has two benign aspects, in one of which it figures in
the Marriage Service as alternative to cxxviii., and its spiritual
aspect is more particularly suggested in Evensong, where it is

alternative to the Song of Simeon. Its present use is probably

identical with its original design, namely as a standard canticle
 Jl^otes 301
to celebrate God's constant gifts in nature, and to kindle hope
of His greater gifts in store.
I. and shewe vs the lyghi of his countenauncc. This beautiful
phrase out of the devout soul of our most poetical age, was but
suggested by the Latin illuminet vultum suum super nos.'
'

It has been superseded by the more literal and cause his face '

to shine upon us \Heb. with us].' 161 1 (1885).

6. Then shall the erth bring furth Mr increase. Strange
that both 1539 and 161 1 render this as Future, though the
Septuagint and the Vulgate and Jerome are in agreement to treat
it as Preterite, and so Dr. Kay

The earth has yielded her produce,

God, our God, will bless us.

So also 1885 :
'
The
earth hath yielded her increase.' This is

another illustration of the indistinctness of tense in Hebrew.

IPsalm Ijcbiii.

A triumphal Ode of the mighty works of God for His people,

with far-reaching anticipations of greater consequence. Perhaps
this is the psalm that, by general suffrage, would be pronounced
the grandest piece in the whole Psalter. There is no greater '

ode in Hebrew literature (Cheyne, Origin, p. 1 1 3).

' It has the
lyric power of kindling strong enthusiasm, while it communicates
to the logical mind little definite information. About its religious
force there is unanimity but in the historical exegesis a great
;

division of opinion. And

in this respect it is typical of the whole
Psalter being quicker to kindle religious emotion than to satisfy
;

intellectual curiosity. It contains no less than thirteen words

which are found nowhere else, and this may serve as a token of
its obscurity in details.
This is one of the Proper Psalms for Whitsunday especially ;

because of verse 18. The American Episcopal Church has a

Whitsunday Anthem taken mostly from this Psalm, with four
verses of the Second Psalm as a Prologue.
I. Let God aryse, and let, etc. So 161 1 (1885), Bunsen, Reuss,
Delitzsch, Kay, Cheyne. The Genevan (i 560) thus: 'God will
arise, and his enemies shall be scattered they also that hate :

him, shall flee before him.' So Olshausen, Graetz.

Others render 'When God ariseth. His enemies are dispersed'
(Ewald, Hitzig), to which Olshausen objects as making it a
general statement and weakening the impression. With a
variation in the Mood of the verb, it is the formula prescribed
in Numbers x. 35 to be used when the Ark was setting forth,
 302 Bom
and hence some commentators have inferred that this psalm was
occasioned by an actual departure or return of the Ark.
4. magnifye hym that rydeth vpon the heaueiis. cast up a '

high way for him that rideth through the deserts,' 1885.
8. eueti as Sinai also was inoiied. even Sinai itself was
'

moved,' i6ri 'even yon Sinai trembled,' 1885.

;
Here we may
notice the first introduction of the adjectival Demonstrative yon
(German jener) into Bible English. The Bible of 161 1 has
yo7ider as an adverb of place repeatedly, e.g. 1 and the lad will '

go yonder' Gen. xxii. 5. But it is never adjectivally used except

in those adverbial phrases on yonder side and to yonder place.'
'
'
'

The adjectival use oi yo7i might have once seemed remote from
the dignity of Scripture and merely rustic, as when a Yorkshireman
says Bring me yon spade
' This is a little instalment of the
!
'

restitution coming to the mother tongue

a faculty and a beauty
rescued from neglect. It occurs several times in Shakespeare, as

in Hatnlet i. i. 167

But look ! the morn, in russet mantle clad,

Walks o'er the dew of yon high eastern hill !

sendedst a gracyous rayne.

9. This beautiful expression may
have been suggested by Septuagint ^poy^]v eKovaiov, a willing
rain, spontaneous and generous. The Genevan (1560) kept
'gracious' ; but 1611 (1885) 'a plentiful rain.'
greate was the company of the preachers.
1 1, The word here
rendered 'preachers' is in Hebrew feminine; hence Jerome:
'
Domine dabis sermonem annuntiatricibus.' The sense seems
to be this
the Lord (by giving success) gave a theme of song,
and the women-singers were a great host. So Bunsen

Der Herr verlieh Siegesgesang :

Der Freudenbotinnen war eine grosse Schaar,

and then, in the next three verses, follows a snatch of the old lay.
21. the hearie scalpe of soch one. They who associate this
psalm with the conflict between Josiah and Necho discover in
this phrase the odious personality of Pharaoh with his ostentatious
head-gear upon his shaven crown.
27. This verse seems to sketch the Map of Palestine as we
know it in the New Testament the two southern tribes of Judea
:

and the two northern tribes of Galilee and the land between ;

these groups unmentioned, for the Jews have no dealings with

'

the Samaritans.'
30. In the year 1649 William Prynne used the beginning and
end of this verse as a motto to his published Speech against the
policy of the Army. He quoted the 161 1 version :
' Rebuke the
 Botes 303
company of spearmen : scatter thou the people that delight in
war.'
31a. the Prynces. The Hebrew word here {chashmannim) is

one of the thirteen that occur in this psalm only. It is interpreted

to mean the fat, the great, the wealthy, and it is thought to be the
same word with the family designation of the '
Hasmonean '
or
'
Asmonean ' dynasty.
31^. the Moryans land. This is after Luther's rendering
Morenland : the Hebrew is Cush, i.e. Ethiopia,

IPsalm Ijcijc.

The Elegy of one whose affections are centered in Zion. Next

to xxii. this is the psalm that is oftenest quoted in N. T.
21. The rebuke hath broken my herte. Now Thy rebuke :
' '

by an arbitrary or accidental alteration. There is no ground for

the change. Rebuke hath broken mine heart i 560
'
Reproach ' :
'

hath broken mine heart 161 (1885). ' Reproach hath broken
i '

my heart, and I am very sick Kay. '

23. 'Now follow the most painful imprecations. Lest we

misapprehend such passages {e.g. cix.) we should consider them
as aimed at national foes, against whom every extremity was
lawful to the Jew, on the ground that they were the enemies of
God. A rehgion so closely identified with its nation as the
Jewish religion was, cannot but breed such sentiments. It was

the pure and humane religion of Christ that first broke down these
national barriers and enjoined love to all mankind (De Wette). '

ealm Ijcjc.

This psalm but a fragment of Psalm xL, namely verses

is

16-21. Hengstenberg regarded Ixix. Ixx. Ixxi, as a Trilogy.

salm Ijrjci.

With this psalm the original Davidic Psalter ended, as there

isreason to believe that Ixxii. is a later accretion. The place of
Ixxi. inthe Old Book seems, from its standpoint of old age, to be
as appropriate to the close of a collection as iii. iv., with their
matutinal sound, are to the beginning.
With the exercise of a little selection, this psalm makes an
appropriate and beautiful reading for the visitation of the aged.
In the service for the Visitation of the Sick, this psalm is
followed by its ancient Antiphon O Saviour of the world' etc.
'

I. rydde me, and delyuer me. A noble and idiomatic phrase,

304 litotes

which was lost in subsequent revisions, but which ultimately

reappeared, at cxliv. 1 1, in the Bible of i6i i.

1 3. for I knowe no ejide therof. R. Rolle :

'
Quoniam non
cognovi literaturam ; ffor .i. not knew lettyreure which he thus ' ;

explains for .i. held all vnworthi to know God, that has icy of
:
'

the lettire.'

A
Coronation Ode. The dominant note of the psalm is right-
eousness, bringing peace and plenty and willing homage universal,
and a memorial never to fade. But what king is the subject .^

The mention of Solomon in the Inscription may have meant

either that he was the subject (so the Septuagint and De Wette)
or that he was the author, as the Hebrew seems to require, and
as Delitzsch accepts it. But the Inscription is probably a late
annotation due to a reminiscence of Solomon's reign that colours
the psalm. Other princes have been thought of, Hezekiah,
Darius (B.C. 520), Judas the Maccabee.
Hitzig suggested that this king must be a foreigner, and he
argued that it was Ptolemy Philadelphus a view adopted by ;

Reuss and with some little demur by Olshausen and expanded ;

by Cheyne, with much illustration. He was a prince who

deserved a Hebrew poet's encomium. He not only continued to
the Jews the privileges granted by his father, but he is said to
have redeemed at his own cost a multitude of Jewish captives.
The accession of Philadelphus, in his father's life-time, took place
B.C. 285. Theocritus described his conquests in terms that
harmonize with vv. 8-1 1.

Ewald had pointed out how promising' the association of

Israelites with Greeks seemed to be under the Ptolemies. This
illusionwas roughly dispelled by the frantic Antiochus but as ;

yet there appeared no reason why a king of Hellenic stock must

needs be excluded from the ideal of a Hebrew poet. Long after-
wards Philo, the Jewish philosopher of Alexandria, could say of
Ptolemy Philadelphus :

He was, in all virtues which can be
'

displayed in government, the most excellent sovereign not only of

all those of his time, but of all those that ever lived. ... All

the other Ptolemies put together scarcely did as many glorious

and praiseworthy actions as this one king did by himself, being,
as it were, the leader of the herd, and in a manner the head of
all the kings.'
Cheyne urges that this hypothesis has at least a representative
value for some foreign king like Philadelphus is most probably
;

the hero of the psalm. As an expression of early Jewish catholicity,

and with its tone of large magnificence,' this psalm delights the
'
 il5ote0 305
ear, suggests the widest applications, and forms no unworthy close
of the Second Book of the Psalter.
4. He shall kepe y^ sy7nple folke by their ryght. A beautiful
easy and natural English phrase for the literal, He shall judge '

the poor of the people' 161 1 (1885). This is not properly

English, because the word 'judge' does not idiomatically carry
the sense intended namely, that he shall cause the rights of the
;

poor to be respected, and maintain the right of those who are too
poor to purchase friends.
Colophon. Here ende the prayers of Dauid the sonne of Is at.
Carpzov (1721) first noticed the critical import of this colophon.
With Cheyne it is the starting-point of inquiry into the origin of
the Psalter. shows convincingly that the Psalter as we have
'
It

it was preceded by one or more minor Psalters.' Nay more, this

colophon must originally have been appended to a collection of
psalms 'of David.' But if so, how comes it that it is now attached
to a psalm headed of Solomon ? ' '

This difficulty is ingeniously met by reference to the prophecy

in Jeremiah 1-li., which has a colophon that is now misplaced at
li. 64, whereas its true place is manifestly li. 58. If in transmission
a colophon could get dislocated there, why not here ? The case
may be similar, and this colophon probably stands in this place
by a clerical error, which ensued when Ixxii. had been added to
the Davidic hymn-book. The colophon is therefore a witness
'

to the gradual enlargement of small psalm-collections.' Origin

of Psalter, p. 7.

THE THIRD BOOK.

JPealm Imii*

A didactic poem on the relative fortunes of the impious and

the godly. It makes a and xlix., but it has this
third to xxxvii.
peculiar characteristic of itsown, that here the psalmist finds,
even within the field of human experience, a solution for the
difficult problem. For all practical purposes, faith had settled
the question already, but now faith finds a support even in the
visible evidences of God's moral government.
I. Truly God is louynge. 'Yet' 161 1 margin. It is the

particle T|S! already noticed in xxxix. and Ixii. ; other renderings

are surely, nevertheless, notwithstanding. Some adversative
conjunction it should be, implying a previous train of thought,
and some great misgiving which had just been overcome, when
the psalm abruptly opens. Nay, after all, God is good,' etc.
'

X
3o6 Jl5ote0

The struggle and the psalm now appears, as the narrative

is over,
of one who had emerged from a dark crisis. This "ijX occurs
like a keynote three times in the psalm, introducing paragraphs,
and in1885 (for the first time) it is uniformly rendered 'Surely.'
The 'Yet' of 161 1 Margin is from 1560 (Genevan), where is a
sidenote beginning thus :

As it were betweene hope and
'

despaire he brasteth foorth into this affection, being assured, etc'

2. viy fete were ahnost gone, 7ny treadynges had well nye
slypte. A very fine light is reflected on this from a critique on
Hmnlet which forms part of J. B. Mozley's Essay on The Book '

of Job.' The mind of the Danish prince had been staggered by

the discovery of the deep injustice of that order of things which
we call the world from being powerful and practical it had
;

become dreamy and vacillating, and that had happened to him

which the psalmist with difficulty escaped. But read the Essay
itself.

2). greued. 'envious' 161 1 (1885); as if he had been tempted

with a desire to be like them.
8. theyr talkynge is agaynst the^nost hyest. 'against the most
High' 1662, See note on Ivi. 2. 'they speak loftily' 161
(1885). The Welsh Common Prayer Book has followed 161 1 :

' yn dywedyd yn uchel.' Jerome's own version has de excelso '

loquentes '

a sort of anticipation of the happy French formula
'd'en haut.' This rendering of Jerome's is perpetuated in 1885
Margin [Or, frotn on high].
\oa. Therfore fall the people vnto them. Their adherents
multiply with a widening apostasy, and there is a rage for those
advantages which men admire in the prosperous and arrogant.
The cast of phrase in 1539 is idiomatic, and admirably inter-
pretative, but there is one important trait lost it should be :

' His people,' i.e. God's people, they fall away to the other camp ;

the temptation strong for many of them.

is too The verbal
rendering is 'Therefore his people return hither' 161 1 (1885).
:

\ob. and there out sucke they no small aduauntage. So 1535.

A very interesting rendering, because it is one that cannot be
traced in the Greek or Latin versions, and that could not have
been discovered but in the Hebrew alone. And although it does
not seem likely to prevail, yet it is a well-recognized interpretation
and even preferred by some scholars of name. The literal
rendering is seen in (1611) 1885 'and waters of a full cup are
:

wrung out [Or, drained] by them,' where the American Company

would reject wrung out and put drained in the text.
' ' ' Meaning '

that the people revel in abundance when they have joined the
ranks of the impious. This is the reward of their apostasy. The
other view, that of our text, is that the impious seducers by the
falling of the people to them gain huge access of prosperity.
They drink up the people like water. 'So Sachs and von Lengerke.'
I
\f.
Tush . . . possession. The reasoning whereby the
apostates justify themselves.
18. Some shocking event which had recently happened and
which was received as an illustration of God's moral government.

P0alm Iwib*

An earnest supplication, with appeal to the Covenant, that

God would hasten to deliver His people from foes who desecrate
the Temple, and destroy other places of sacred assembly. A
psalm of great mark for historical criticism. The chief debate
has been whether the desecration is that by the Chaldees B. C.
588, or that by Antiochus Epiphanes B. c. 167.
A third hypothesis was started by Ewald, that it referred to
the violent intrusion of Bagoses the Persian general about B, c.
380, as related by Josephus Arch. xi. 7. But the historic poverty
of this epoch is of itself enough to exclude it. It is urged that
the moment which could produce this psalm must have left fuller
records behind it.
Turning then to the two long-established antagonistic theories,
it is instructive to note that whereas De Wette in edition i
assigned it to the Maccabaean period, he recoiled in edition 2,
and assigned it to B. C. 588, but he did it with the ill grace of a

divided mind. His first decision was guided by the direct

evidence of the text his second by a theory that the Old
;

Testament Canon was closed by Ezra, and therefore there could

be no Maccabaean psalms !

But there are expressions in the psalm which agree most naturally
with the Maccabaean theory, and there is one passage (in v. i o,
'
there is not one prophet more ') which, while it cannot without
violence be reconciled with B.C. 588, corresponds in a striking
manner with an abiding and well-evidenced sentiment of the
Maccabaean age, and indeed of the whole period after Nehemiah's
time. Compare i Mace. iv. 46, ix. 27, xiv. 41 Song of Three ;

Children, 15.
In v. 9 (see note there) the Synagogues are mentioned, which
only came into existence after the Restoration.
On this question it is perhaps enough to say that even
Delitzsch, after weighing the evidence carefully, decides for the
Maccabaean theory, and his words are remarkable enough to
deserve quotation :

'
We have from the first held ourselves free to recognize a few
Maccabaean insertions in the Psalter. And now since everything
308 Bom
in both psalms [Ixxiii. Ixxiv.] fits in with the Maccabaean period,
whereas in the Chaldean theory the scientific conscience gets into
manifold embarrassment, we yield to the force of the impression,
and base both psalms upon the situation of the Jewish people
under Antiochus and Demetrius. Their drift coincides with the
prayer of Judas Maccabaeus in 2 Mace. viii. 1-4.'
7. w^ axes a7td hajnmers. Vulgate in securi et ascia '
'

Richard Rolle in brade axe and twybile.'

'

9. all the houses of God in the lajide. Many are the devices
of expositors to avoid recognizing in these words the Synagogues.
The sturdy honest De who
sorely wanted to escape them,
Wette,
could not accept the device of Gesenius that it meant the numerous
buildings of the Temple, or the Temple itself by a use of the
Hebrew pluralis inajestatis. This might do (he said) if there
were not a double prohibition in all preceding the plural '
'

substantive, and in the land following it up.

'
'

IPaalm Ijcjcb*

God is praised for His judgments upon arrogant sinners.

After the dejection of Ixxiv. follow two psalms of triumph. That
this psalm springs out of some great occasion, has been felt by
critics otherwise disunited. Some associate it with Ixxvi., which
in the Septuagint is referred Trpos rbv Kcro-vpiov^ i.e. to the wreck
'

of the Assyrian power under Sennacherib, and so it is assigned

to the reign of Hezekiah by those critics who keep aloof from
Maccabaean times. Hitzig makes it a song of triumph by Judas
Maccabaeus, after his overthrow of Apollonius, i Mace. iii. 10 fif.

and in V. 12 he hears the voice of Judas as he brandishes the

captured sword of the fallen Apollonius.
3. When I receaiie the congregacion. The word here rendered
congregation means 'set time' 1885 and the whole passage has
;

undergone transformation in the hands of modern scholars. The

following is from Cheyne's version (1884)
'
(God speaketh.)
For " I will seize the appointed time ;

I myself will judge in equity.

The earth and all its inhabitants melt with fear ;

I myself adjust the pillars of it.

I say unto the boasters, Be not so boastful,
And to the ungodly, Do not exalt your horn ;

Do not exalt your horn toward heaven,

'
Nor speak arrogantly with a stiff neck. "

IPealm Ixpau
Among the most general convictions of the older commentators
may be reckoned the opinion that this psalm celebrates the
 JI5ote0 309
miraculous deliverance of Jerusalem from the Assyrians under
Sennacherib. It is a point on which ancient and modem views
largely coincide. Some manuscripts of the Septuagint have a
heading to that it was also affirmed by the old Jewish
effect ;

interpreters, Raschi and Kimchi. This view still finds supporters,

but, as the Table shows, it does not hold the ground undisputed.
4. Thoii art of more ho7iour and inyght, etc. For examining
this difficult verse the 1885 Revision affords the best starting-
point, because it gives a simple rendering of the Hebrew text as
it now Glorious art thou and excellent, from the moun-
stands. '

tains of prey.' The comparison ('more'), which appears in 1539

and 161 1, arises out of the Hebrew idiom which uses the pre-
position from in comparisons.
' '
But if with the Revisers we put
this aside, we have the familiar thought, that Jehovah was glorious
from the mountains or hills, and we naturally think of the hills of

Jerusalem. The
only difficulty is caused by the phrase 'mountains
of prey,' a phrase which baffles the commentators. Here it
becomes important to observe that the versification is defective,
and that the text is probably corrupt. When now we find that
the Septuagint has a different sense and an admirable one ' Thou
shinest forth gloriously from the eternal hills,' we are inclined
(with Reuss) to adopt it.

IPealm IwUii.
Great dejection relieved by hope which springs forth out of
meditation on the great deliverances of the past. Coming after
two songs of triumph, this psalm continues the tone of Ixxiv.
Four of these next five psalms, viz. Ixxvii. Ixxviii. Ixxx. Ixxxi.,

make mention of the name of Joseph, and these four are by

Cheyne Joseph-psalms.' The name of the hero of the
called '

north here a symbolic archaizing expression for the northern

is

tribes, and it indicates the thought that Judah is not all Israel.
These four psalms are accordingly pronounced to be 'a fine
monument of the Pan-Israelitish sentiment of the Persian period.'
This is one of those bright suggestions which may well have
attractions for the reader. But even the author himself is a little
uneasy about Ixxviii. : it certainly requires some management of
one's mind to read as an eirenicon.
it

2. my sore ranne. This singular rendering,' as Dr. Perowne

'

calls it, is interesting, as evidence of the excessive respect accorded

in the early days of Hebrew learning to Rabbinical comments.
The Hebrew word is not '
sore but hand,' and as the Rabbis
'
'

could not reconcile hand '

' with a verb signifying to be poured out
or run like water, they made my hand to mean the hand or blow
that has fallen upon me, and so plague, sore, etc. In 161
 3IO 5l5Dte0
* sore ' was Margin [Heb. 7ny hand].
kept, but with Hengstenberg
explained : The stretched-out, weak, and powerless hand, conveys
'

a picture of the relaxation of the whole body.' Elsewhere we

have '
the hands that hang down and the feeble knees as a '

picture of weakness. So W. Cowper in his piece To Mary ' '

Partakers of thy sad decline,

Thy hands their little force resign.

But later critics understand it to mean extended in prayer, and

so 1885 'My hand was stretched out in the night, and slacked
:

not.'
4. Thou holdest myne eyes wakynge. For consolation I think
upon the wonders of God's Hand in ancient times, and I solace
the wakeful hours by meditating a Hymn (namely this very
psalm).

0alm Ijcrtiii*

Aretrospect of Israel's unfaithfulness towards God. This is

the first of those historical psalms in which the early records of the
nation are recited for the practical admonition of the living
generation. The moral of this didactic poem seems to be that
the position of David and Judah was built upon the rejection of
Ephraim and Shiloh. This lesson is exhibited in three different
aspects, vv. 10, 61, 68.
2. parable . . . hard sentences of olde. The following retro-
spective sketch of old times is a'
parable,' because the poet's motive
isnot historical but didactic,
his design was to convey lessons
bearing on the time then present, and to employ history as allegory.
In this light even narrative clauses would assume the character
of 'hard sentences or (as 161 1 and 1885) dark sayings,' because
' '

more meant than meets the ear because they require to be

is ;

interpreted by the wisdom and insight of hearers. This preliminary

advertisement occurs seasonably here, in the overture of the first
of the historic psalms, and
it affords a key to the interpretation of

the whole group.

In Matthew xiii. 35 this verse is quoted as 'spoken by the
prophet,' an expression which has drawn ingenious comments from
those who are jealous for the honour of inspiration. But Jerome,
with a noble simplicity, merely observes that the Evangelist made
a mistake. Infallibility of literary reference did not enter into
his idea of the sanctity of inspiration.
10. Lyke as the chyldren of Epkraitn, etc. This is only to be
understood figuratively, and the explanation follows in the next
verse.
24. So he cotnmaunded. 'So' after 1535. The conjunction
ought clearly to be of an adversative kind 1 6 1 1 has though^ and ;

Kay ha& yet; so also has 1885.

25. foodefrofn heauen. of the corne of heauen 1 6 1 1 (1885).
' '

57. So they tempted. An unfortunate conjunction, and almost

more inconvenient than the so of which we complain above, v. 24.
And more unaccountable for Coverdale in 1535 had ; For all :
'

this they tempted.' In 1611 (1885): *yet they tempted.' Con-

junctions had not explicitly developed in Hebrew as they have in
modern languages many nuances are covered by the Hebrew
;

andJ the discrimination is left to the reader.

IP0aIm \nvf,*

This is the counterpart of Ixxiv. In that psalm the destruction

of the Temple is in progress : here it is complete. Even Delitzsch
can discover no pre-Maccabaean historical situation corresponding
to the complaints of this psalm. Verses 6, 7 are borrowed from
Jeremiah x. 25 and in this instance Delitzsch, contrary to wont,
;

admits the priority of the prophet. The best comment on this

psalm is i Mace. i. and ii.

The quotation of this psalm (vv. 2 and 3) in i Mace. vii. 16,

17 has been thought to make against the idea that the psalm
could have owed its existence to the events there recorded. This
difficulty has been aggravated by the assertion that the psalm is
not only quoted, but is quoted as Scripture. This if certain
would be very noticeable indeed, but it is by no means clear for ;

the quotation is introduced thus according to the words which he

:
'

wrote (Kara tov Xoyov ov 'iypaij/e), where

' he may very well '
'

point to the reputed author. But be this as it may, the First

Book of the Maccabees was not composed until the end of the
century, i.e. 60 or 70 years
than the events, and this fact
later
entirely solves all the difficulty that has been apprehended.
6. Poure out thyne indigtiacion. This is one of the places in
which the difference between the Old Testament and the New is
one of religious progress. Those who are unwilling to admit
this distinction are driven to interpret as Home, who comments
thus This, though uttered in the form of a wish, or prayer, is
:
'

to be considered, like many other passages of the same nature, as

a prediction of what would afterwards come to pass.'

Psalm \nv*
A complaint and prayer for the restoration of the Commonwealth
of Israel.
The psalm has a refrain, which occurs three times (vv. 3, 7,
19), and each time with an addition to the Divine Name.
312 Jl3otes

In the Inscription, the Septuagint adds a note of its own,

saying ' a
: psalm because of the Assyrian.' Hitzig takes
'Assyrian' here (as also in the Greek heading of Ixxvi.) to mean
Syrian.
2. and come helpe vs. So 1535. genuine piece of English A
idiom, of ancient English Syntax. Here helpe is an Infinitive (as
usual) after cofne; but when the old habits of structure yielded to
the influence of French models, it came to be regarded as an
Imperative, and then the phrase being taken for two Imperatives,
this new view was ratified by the insertion of a conjunction and '

come and help us as now in C. P. B. Another way of reconciling

'

the old phrase to modern ideas was that of i 560 come to helpe '

vs,' by which the infinitival character of helpe was reasserted.

6. a very stryfe vnto oure neyghbours. In the long wars
between Syria and Egypt, Judea was the prize contended for.
1 1. The Mediterranean Sea and the River Euphrates, main
landmarks of Israel's frontier under David and Solomon.
1 3. and the wylde beastes of the felde deuoureth it. The
Hebrew word here is most generic, and signifies collectively
every form of wild animal life. A strange interpretation in the
Septuagint fj.ovi.6s was rendered in the Vulgate singularis., whether
to mean ' the solitary beast,' or to indicate some species, as the
boar, which it ultimately did come to mean. This is the source
of the French word for a wild boar, sanglier. It has been thought

that this word singularis had an effect upon the medieval imagina-
tion by sense of singular,' i.e. strange, portentous
its ' and that ;

a result thereof is seen on fonts and tympana soon after A. D.

1000, in devices where strange beasts are attacking a tree.
A remarkable example in a Norman tympanum is at Ashford in
Derbyshire, where an unmistakeable boar directs its snout at the
root of a central tree, while a nondescript quadruped assaults it
from the opposite side. This is emblematical of the enemies of
the Church and when a boar alone fills the tympanum, as in
;

St. Nicholas' Church at Ipswich, it has probably the same significa-

tion. Fabulous beasts devouring a tree or plant are a favourite
device on early fonts, as on the south side of the Runic font at
Bridekirk in Cumberland.
If the plural verb in -eth seem strange to the reader, any
Anglo-Saxon Grammar will clear it up. The point is explained
in my English Philology., 5th Edition, 265 and 596.

lP0aIm Vi:nu
A jocund keep the Passover with duteous loyalty,
call to
remembering the deliverance it commemorates, and remembering
too what had been lost by untowardliness in the past. These
 Bom 313
lessons are solemnly impressed by an oracle (vv. 6-16) which
once Jehovah spake, and which is now recited by His continual

remembrancer, faithful Israel. Olshausen takes the two parts for
two alien fragments (so also Cheyne) but Graetz maintains the
;

unity of the psalm, describing it as a didactic psalm with hymn-

hke overture (Es ist ein Lehrpsalm mit einem hymnischen
Eingang).
5. and had hearde a straunge language. 'where I heard a
language, that I understood not 161 1 where I heard a language
' ;
'

that I knew not [Or, the speech of one that, etc.] 1 885. The latter '

is maintained by some of the highest authorities, eg. De Wette,

Ewald, Hitzig, Reuss, Bunsen, Delitzsch. Reuss sets this at the

head of the next verse, thus

J'entends une voix inconnue :

'
Du fardeau j'ai decharge ses epaules ;

Ses mains quitterent la hotte . .

.

1 3. vnto their awne hertes lust. Now printed hearts', in the

Bibles and Common
Prayer Books generally. It is so in my
own Bible, Clarendon Press, Minion 8vo, 1847. It is so in my
own Prayer Book, a beautiful little book from the Clarendon Press,
Pearl Svo, 1850. In the authoritative copy of 1662 there was
no apostrophe. The apostrophe does not appear in our Bibles
'

before 1762, nor constantly before 1769,' says Dr. Scrivener, in

The Authorized Edition of the English Bible (1884) p. 152.
And the Bible of 1769 has hearts'. Even the editors of the
American C. P. Book, often so vigilant, have kept the common
error. Compare notes on cvii. 27, cxl. 3.

IPealm \%mu
A reproof of unjust kings, who are called gods, and there-
lyric
fore are probably some of the heathen kings under whom dispersed
Israel dwelt. A strange notion has found favour with some critics,
that the psalm is directed at the patron-angels of the nations
(Daniel x. and xii.) because they use their power wrongfully, and
therefore they are threatened they shall 'die like men.' Such
an extravagant hypothesis is uncalled for ; the drift of the psalm
may be redd in Wisdom vi. i-i i.
I in the congregacyon of prynces.
. Jerome translated in '

coetu Dei,' and this is received into the Revision of 1885 thus :

'
God standeth in the congregation of God,' that is, in the assembly
of His people.
6. ye are Goddes. In the Anglo-Saxon Psalter at Paris (some-
times attributed to Aldhelm) this is rendered with some touch of
314 JI3ote0

irony Ge sind uppe godu

:
*
as if, Ye are gods elate. And here
'
:

godu a plural of the neuter gender which stamps the word

is ;

with a heathen quality. But in the Northumbrian Psalter (edited

by the Surtees Society) the masculine plural is used godas.
This pangothic word was in heathen times neuter ; but when it
came to be employed in the Christian sense of the living God, it
was made masculine. The distinction is most conspicuous in
Icelandic see Vigfusson v. GoS,
:

salm \%n\\u
A
passionate cry for deliverance from a ring of allied foes bent
on the extermination of Israel and a supplication that Jehovah ;

would requite them as He had requited the enemies of His people

in old time and that ultimately they may be brought to own His
;

universal supremacy.
When did so many enemies combine against Judah ? Some
look to the combination against David (2 Sam. x.), others to that
against Jehosaphat (2 Chron. xx.), others find no alliance against
Judah which so nearly united all these nations as that in i Mace.
V. whereof Cheyne says Six of the ten names mentioned by the
:
*

psalmist occur in this striking narrative.' Most of the critics

would test the era by the inventory of names. Against this De
Wette :
'
But what if this whole catalogue were only a poetical way
of saying All the foes that ever banded against us are united
for our destruction now ?

The preponderance of critical opinion that this psalm is

Maccabaean (see Table) may still weigh with us, even while some
of the reasons appear unsatisfactory.
12. let vs take to oure selues the houses of God in possessyon.
Not the sanctuary of God, as 1539 and 161 1 seem to intimate,
and as the Vulgate explicitly says but rather the homesteads, ;

the pleasant fields and dwellings of (the people of) God. Ewald :

' possess we for ourselves the pastures of God !

' Cheyne
'
The homesteads of God.' And accordingly 1885

Who Let us take to ourselves in possession

said,
The habitations [Or, pastures] of God.

1 3. make them
lyke vnto a ivhele, and as the stuble before y
wynde. This is like Isaiah xvii. 13 'shall be chased as the
chaff of the mountains before the wind, like a rolling thing before
the whirlwind.' The Hebrew word for the rolling thing is in both
places the same, galgal, a sort of onomatopoetic reduplication.
It has been generally understood of the sand and dust caught up

by the wind and rolled swiftly forward with circular eddies and :
 J15ote0 315
so Cheyne whirling dust.' Ewald however, comparing Syriac
'

and Arabic, makes galgal dry stalk, what the wind turns over.
A new illustration has been contributed by General Gordon.
He was travelling on camelback across a desert in the Soudan
when the true meaning of the verse for the first time seemed to
strike him. A grass grows on the borders of the desert, which,
when dr>', snaps off and collects in lumps, and these mat together
and are driven by the wind into the desert, the prevailing wind
being desertwards. Once in motion, they gather more stubble as
they roll, till some are as much as three feet in diameter. General
Gordon said that the idea of desolation was intensified when he
met these weird families of rolling balls driven on night and day
over the sand and stones, and he felt the awfulness of the psalmist's
imprecation. The Guardian, 30 January 1884.
17. and perish. Graetz finds this word is so out of harmony
wdth the whole passage, the aim of which is not destruction but
chastisement tending to conversion, that he mistrusts the soundness
of the text.

isalm Ijcjcjcit).

The feeling for public worship, which here and in other parts
of the Psalter, as xlii. xliii., is so touchingly depicted, has often
come over English folk to their own surprise when they have been
abroad either as tourists or as colonists. It is thus expressed
in the Lyra Apostolica

Banished the House of sacred rest,

Amid a thoughtless throng,
At length I heard its Creed confessed,
And knelt the saints among.
Artless his strain and unadorned,
Who spake Christ's message there ;
But what at home I might have scorned,
Now charmed my famished ear.

The psalm very much like the Songs of Ascent ; it was

is

claimed for a pilgrim song by Herder, and still continues to be

so classified by several critics.

The choice of this Psalm for the Purification is a more than

commonly happy thought. It is as if some building divinely
fair but void and silent were suddenly animated with a little

company of devout folk ; and you felt that this was exactly what
the edifice wanted for bringing its mysterious beauty out and
transfiguring it into a living temple.
2. liuyng God. This occurs only here and xhi. 2.

Cheyne says that the psalmist looks back with regret to his
3i6 i^otes!

happy times of communion with God in the Temple, where was

his heart's true home. He thus translates
Where she lays her callow brood,
[so have I found, even I,
a home] by thine altars.

ealm Ijcjcjcbf

Grateful acknowledgment of restoration, and high anticipations

of blessings in store for Israel.
8. but let them not turne againe
that they turne not agayne. '

to folly' 1611 (1885). 'but let them not turn again to self-
confidence Cheyne.
'
The Septuagint appears to have had a
different reading :

and to those who turn to him the heart
'

indicates difference of text the Vulgate et in eos qui con-

; :
'

vertuntur ad cor.'

1 and he shall directe his goyng in

3. the waye. '
and shall set
vs in the way of his steps' 161 1 (1885 Marg.), 'and shall make
his footsteps a way to walk in'' 1885.

IPealtn Ijcjcjcbi*

Prayer of the pious for deliverance from enemies. A litany of

versicles from various parts of the Psalter and the Pentateuch.
Delitzsch says it is liturgical rather than purely poetical.'
' The
speaker is Israel, or the representative Israelite.
Critics who look only at literary quality are given to slighting
these imitative and secondary psalms. Hitzig calls this psalm
colourless, lifeless, and destitute of originality (er ist farb- und
leblos, und entbehrt aller Originalitat). Cheyne has a
compensating word :
' It is these later psalms, in fact, which
almost justify the saying, that " the spiritual side of Christianity is
inherited from the Hebrew psalmists." Original they may not
often be, but passages really striking in their simplicity abound.
Thus in Psalm Ixxxvi. we find the most distinct of the Old Testa-
ment prophecies of the conversion of all nations (ver. 9).' The
Book of Psahns Translated, p. xvii.
Inscription. The only Davidic Inscription in the Third Book.
The attribution is generally disallowed. Even Hengstenberg and
Dehtzsch admit that the relation to David is only mediate. It is

in fact a chaplet of versicles and suffrages derived from psalms of

David, and the title can refer only to the general class or order
of psalm to which, whether by author or by collector, it was
referred.
I. Compare xxv. 15. 8. Compare Exod. xv. 11.
14. Compare liv. 3. 15. Compare Exod. xxxiv. 6.
 515ote0 317

Of this psalm Augustine says, it is '

brevis numero verborum,
magnus pondere sententiarum,' short in tale of words, ample in
weight of sentence. Reuss called it one of the most obscure pieces
in the whole collection. Cheyne exclaims How tantalizingly :
'

incomplete, but how suggestive, this psalm is !

The general sense however seems to be that Jerusalem is the

City of God, and that the citizens are not only the native Jews
but foreigners from every nation under heaven, who shall be
enrolled as born in her.' The opening words seem to betray
'

mutilation, and the first clause seems like the remnant of a distich,
whereof the protasis is lost. It has been thought to be mutilated

at the end likewise, and if so, its fragmentary character may

account for its obscurity.
I. Her foiindacioiis. This has been rendered also Its founda- '

tions and 'His foundations' 161 1 (1885).

' 'His' refers to THE
LORD which follows but Its refers to Zion. The Hebrew may
:
'
'

admit either His or Its, but not Her. This her rose from the '
'

Latin Fundamenta ejus

'
where the pronoun is genderless and
'
;

may stand equally for His, Her, Its; but 'Her' was preferred
because the exegesis directed the application to the Church,
Ecclesia.
The translations of the fourteenth century took it for masc.
or neuter : Wiclif '
The foundemens of hym,' and Purvey '
The
foundementis therof,' where therof is equal to the later its,' a'
'
'

fonn which at that time was not yet invented. From 1535 to
1560 the books have 'Her.' The Genevan corrected it rather
boldly thus God layde his foundations among the holy mountaines,'
:
'

but this obliterates the abruptness which characterizes the opening

of this psalm.
3. Rahab, literally the lofty or arrogant, was a symbolic name
for Egypt, which this psalmist borrowed (says Reuss) from Isaiah
XXX. 7. (To understand this reference, the English reader should
use the Revision of 1885.) See on Ixxxix. 11. So that here
we have Egypt coupled with Babylon, the house of bondage with
the place of captivity. These and other chief enemies of Israel
shall become denizens of Zion. The same thought is discovered
in Isaiah xix. 24, 25. The sense then is this No heathen so :
'

alien or so hostile but I will make them mine.' We must suppose

God as the speaker.

IPealm Iwjcbiii*

'
A unique trait it is the only one of
characterizes this psalm ;

the hundred and wholly immersed in grief and which

fifty that is

ends without a word of consolation. It is wholly overclouded

3i8 Jl5Ote0

and dark, and the only gleam of hope that can be discovered is

in the descriptive epithet of God as " God of my salvation."

Adolphe Monod, Les Adieux, xi. But see also Mozley
Parochial Sermons v. The Relief of Utterance.'
'

I. With the help of an emendation by the late Duncan Weir

(approved by Dr. Driver in The Academy, 29 March, 1884)

Cheyne renders thus Jehovah my God, I have cried for help by
:
'

day, and complained by night before thee.'

The favours of Jehovah once assured to David shall yet be

made good to his house, and for this the psalmist pleads with an
effort of confidence which ill conceals his anxiety.
I I . Thoti hast subdued Egypie and destroyed it. Thou hast
'

beaten downe Rahab as a man slaine ' i 560. '

Thou hast broken
Rahab [or, Egypt'\ in pieces as one that is slaine' 161 1 (1885).
For 'Rahab as a mystical appellative for Egypt, see on Ixxxvii. 3.
'

1 4. Thou hast a myghtie arme. Thine is an arm with heroic '

might ' Cheyne.

36. the faythfull wytnesse in heauen. Some take this as a
parallel description mentioned
of the moon
others, the just ;

rainbow, the symbol of an everlasting covenant ; Gen. ix. 13.

BOOKS IV. AND V.

Apparently these represent a single Collection which was added

to the Psalter, and which at an earlier time had formed a small
psalter by itself The division into Books IV. and V. was a
studied modification, which appears to have had for its aim a five-
fold arrangement of the Psalter, after the pattern of the Five
Books of Moses.
This then is the third and latest of the main Collections which
compose the Psalter, and being the latest it has been less exposed
to change than the others, and consequently the seams of its
structure exhibit themselves in a manner not discernible in the
older Books.
Three groups can almost certainly be defined. The most
manifest and compact of these is the group of fifteen inscribed as
'
Songs of Degrees,' viz. cxx.-cxxxiv. Then the nine psalms
xcii.-c. seem to form a homogeneous group, though there is some

doubt about xciv. The third group is broken and dispersed. It

consists of ciii.-cvii., cxi.-cxviii., cxxxv., cxxxvi., cxlvi.-cl. Most of
these have ' Hallelujah ' (not elsewhere found) either at their
 Bom 319
beginning or at their ending, or at both beginning and end. This
word, or rather phrase, Praise ye the Lord,' as it stands outside
'

the rhythm, is no part of the original text, but rather an appended

annotation Hke the Inscriptions of the eadier psalms, having
relation to the use of the psalms, and so indicatmg, what is other-
wise abundantly manifest, their congregational destination.

Contemplation of the eternity of God helps the psalmist in a

time of great mortality to rise above dejection with his elegiac
theme of the shortness and uncertainty of life, and to light up a
dreary prospect with a ray of hope. De Wette pronounced this
psalm to be one of lofty flight (hohen F luges) and rich contents,
and verily worthy of the name of Moses (und in der That ist die
darin ausgesprochene Stimmung Moses wiirdig) although
he did not as a critic accept the ascription. He regarded vv.
13-15 as the pivot of the poem.
The critics have sought to account for the Inscription on the
supposition that there existed a national Collection of ancient
songs which were ascribed to Moses, and that from such a book
this psalm came into the Psalter. The idea is countenanced by
'
Moses' song in Deut. xxxii., and by the Blessing of Moses in
'
'
'

Deut xxxiii., both of which bear internal marks of a date later

than Moses.
Meanwhile the ascription to Moses would not only make it the
oldest in the Psalter, but would remove it far above all other
psalms into a higher antiquity. Authorities have not been wanting
to uphold this claim. There is a something singular about the
psalm ; a certain aloofness in the exordium, as of a voice coming
down from a remote and separate sphere. No doubt this may
partly be accounted for by the grandeur of the theme. Herder
called it '
that ancient psalm, that hymn of eternity.'
the From
majestic spaciousness of its atmosphere it breathes down consecra-
tion over the solemnity of that Farewell Service, in which Grief
clasps hands with Hope.
In the Proposals of Convocation for the Amendment of the
Rubrics (1879), this psalm was assigned as one of the Proper
Psalms for the Matins of the Circumcision. As a solemn Ode of
the march of time, it is eminently fitted for the first morning of a
New Year. There is only one place that might fit it better still ;

and that is the Last Evening of the Old Year. Experience of

many such evenings in a country village has taught me that this
is a moment for drawing folk together, and one that might well

be deemed worthy to have something of a special Service.

 320 Bom
2. or eiier. The American
Revisers of 1885, though adverse
to archaisms generally, allowed of this or ever ; and it is the '
'

only place in the Psalms in which they tolerated it. They admitted
it also in Eccles. xii. i, 2, and 6, and, these places excepted, no-

where else in the Old Testament.

9. as it were a tale that is tolde. as a tale that is tolcf 161 '

(1885). Hitzig: 'wie ein Gesprach.' The 161 1 Margin

adds 'meditation,' that of 1885 'sound or sigh.' Others 'like a :

breath.' Delitzsch (Cheyne) as a murmur.' A favourite :

'

rendering has been like a thought (De Wette, Reuss, Olshausen,

'
'

Perowne). Homer uses thought as an emblem of speed, wcrei '

'

TTrepov r}e vmy/ia = like a wing or a thought. In Theognis, youth

flies like a thought al\^a yap uxrre vorj/xa irapkp^irai ayAaos riftr].
:

The Septuagint has as a spider,' which is followed by the

:
'

Syriac like a spider's web

:
'
(Payne Smith Thesaur. Syriac. '

explains the word as Persian), and Graetz maintains it as the true

interpretation.

A
sweet impassioned lyric on Security in God. The keynote
is '
art my hope in v. 2, and it is re-echoed in v. 9.
Thou ' The
whole ends 14-16 with the voice of an oracle. The same theme
is differently, but also very beautifully, treated in Job v. 1 7 to end.

The structure of the poem is remarkable for the suddenness of

the transitions (three times over) in the grammatical Persons.
This has suggested the theory that the parts were put into the
mouths of different singers or choirs. But as it is only an extreme
instance of a figure that is quite common in Hebrew poetry, the
application of it may well have been left to the natural versatility
of the congregation.
I. shall abide vnder, etc. The Revisers of 1885 were in doubt
about the structure, as appears by their Margin Or, that abideth :
'

. . . Almighty ; eve7i /, etc! An emendation is offered to us with

the joint authority of Olshausen, Hupfeld, Reuss, Graetz viz. to
supply the frequent initial word. Blessed Blessed is he that '
:

sitteth in the hold of the Highest, in the shadow of the Almighty

doth he shelter him.'
9. For thou Lorde art my hope, thou hast set thyne house of
defence very hye. The great fault of this rendering is, that Elyon
(The Most High) is misunderstood. But in the general frame of
the rendering Kay agrees, putting it thus " For thou O Lord :
'

art my refuge "

thou hast made the Most High thy dwelling-
;

place.' He takes the first member to be the pious soul's outburst

of grateful adherence to God the second member being the re- ;

currence of the chorus.

 iBote,0 321

The rendering of 1 61 1 takes a course of its own, and is, in

Kay's judgment, extremely harsh.'
' It is not followed by 1885,
which keeps to the frame of 1539, putting in margin an interesting
alternative drawn from 1560.

calm vciu

A hymn of praise to God for His great works and the evidences
of His moral government of the world. The prosperity of the
wicked is transient, but the rewards of the godly shall be secure.
This capital tenet of Jewish faith comes up in many psalms, e.^.
i. xxxvii. Ixxiii. The Title A psalm and song for the sabbath day
'

must be taken to express not the original design, but a later use.
Many critics agree (see Table) that here we have the beginning
of a series (xcii.-c, with possible exception of xciv.) but they are ;

not so entirely agreed upon the occasion, the opinions being

chiefly two that
: these psalms belong either to the Consecration
of the Second Temple, or to the Maccabaean revival.
4. Referred to in the Di'vzna Co7nmedia^ Purg. xxviii. 80, by
the single word Delectasti (' thou hast made vie glad '), and this
manner of quotation affords a good illustration of that familiarity
with the Latin psalms which was taken for granted in good
medieval society.
13. ivell lykenge. Now 'well-liking,' but 1662 more correctly
'well liking.' In 161 1 'flourishing.' The English phrase ' well
liking needs explanation, because the verb to like means now
'
'
'

somewhat the same as love,' only in a lower degree. But in the

'

elder language like meant'

to please, to give pleasure, to be
'
'

agreeable to,' and hence well liking meant as much as pleasing,

'
'

gratifying to the beholder's eye. We must look into the history

of the word, if we would understand broad differences between
its derivatives. The old verb LICIAN was first impersonal, and
in that condition it produced this adjective and the substantive
liking as in the sense of looking well and in good condition, as
in I Hett. IV. iii. 3. 6 I'll repent while I am in some liking.'
:
'
. .

When it became personal and transitive, it produced likings

approval, as in The Epistle Dcdicatorie (161 1): 'who runne
theirowne wayes, and giue liking vnto nothing but what is framed
by themselues, and hammered on their Anuile.'
14. Compare Paradise Lost 26: 'And justify the ways of i.

God to men.'

IPsalm n\\\*
Dominiis regnavit. Jehovah's eternal seat is on high above the
agitations of the earth. Keble's metrical version of this psalm
has been eulogized by divines and poets by Dean Stanley and :

Y
322 s^om
by the Bishop of Derry. (See Ward's English Poets, ' Keble/)
To the critical eye it is, however, somewhat damaged by the
Hallelujah refrain to it : a feature which properly belongs to
a separate group of psalms.
This psalm has not any Inscription in the Hebrew but in the
Greek it has a remarkable one Hymn of praise by David, for :
'
;

the day before the sabbath [Friday], the day in which the earth
was founded.'
1. The Lord is Kyiige. Doininus regnavit.' The first of a
'

series of psalms which exult in the thought of a reign of Jehovah

upon the earth. This was Friday's psalm, and Jewish tradition
said that it was so because on that day God ended His work which
He created and made, and hence the Greek superscription :

'
For the presabbatic day when the world was complete.'
2. he hath made the roimde worlde so sure, that it caft not be
moued. the worlde also shalbe established, that it can not be
'

moued' 1560 the world also is so stablished, that it cannot be

:
'

moved' 161 1 (1885). In the sixteenth century, when the earth's

movement was still an open question, Calvin regarded this text as

decisive against it, a palmary warning, as the Speaker's

Commefitary observes, against all scientific applications of
Scripture. which was first committed by the faithful,
That error,
has been tenaciously maintained by unbelievers. Some there are
who affect to think that these words contain a contradiction of
the ascertained truths of science. Whereas nothing at all is said
of the order of the universe, except this, that such as it is God
ordained it, and made it stable. These words recur xcvi. 10,
with precise identity (in the Hebrew).

IPsalm )rcit3

A
complaint of tyranny and high-handed violence, under which
the oppressed have no earthly refuge or appeal, for authority itself
is the fountain of wrong. In such confusion affiance in God is
the only comfort.
How strangely does Psalm xciv. intervene between the two
'

jubilant Psalms xciii. and xcv Cheyne, Origin, p. 72, where his!
'

explanation may be seen.

10. he y^ nurtureth the Heathen. chastiseth 161 1 (1885), ' '

as Wiclif two hundred years before That chastiseth Jentilis, :

'

shall he not vndirnyme '

;

or, in the second Wiclifian version,
'
Schal not he repreue, that chastisith folkis.' Here it should be
observed that '
nurture ' was in the sixteenth century used for
educational discipline, and if it was not quite the same as 'chastising,'
it closely implied that association. In Ephesians vi. 4, where our
Bible has nurture for iratSeia, it is Tyndale's word norter, and
' '
 il^ote0 323
it became traditional in successive revisions, but Geneva substituted
' instruction and Rheims discipline.'
' '

which ymagineth myschefe as a lawe ?

20. Shall the throne '

of iniquity have fellowship with thee, which frameth mischief by

a law?' 161 1 but in 1885 thus
;

Shall the throne of wickedness have fellowship with thee,

Which frameth mischief by statute ?

These form a group of six psalms, to which seems also to

belong the displaced xciii. making seven and these seven constitute
;

one grand Ode of Praise, among which xcv. seems like the
natural Prologue and Psalm c. the Epilogue. The four Psalms
xcvi.-xcix. have the formal symmetry of an artistic combination.
The first and third of these (xcvi. and xcviii.) begin O sing unto '

the Lord 'the alternating xcvii. and xcix. begin

; The Lord is '

king,' like xciii. Moreover, the former couple (xcvi. and xcviii.)
not only begin with the same formula, but also close with the same
thought in nearly the same words. The whole group is bound
together not only by unity of topic and thought, but also by a
sensible harmony and Ode-like elevation of tone. It is remarkable
how much we have taken from this small group to embody in our
daily services of Matins and Evensong, viz. xcv. xcviii. c.

lP0aIm ]ccti.

The first part of this psalm is admirably fitted for the character
which it sustains in the Church of England as pre-eminently the
song of the Morning.
It was placed before the Matin Psalms in the Breviary and ;

was called the Invitatory Psalm, being sung while the congregation
was assembling. Containing a call to prayer, to praise, and to
the hearing of God's Word, it is obviously suitable for this use.
But this can be only to the verses 1-7 with 'To-day if ye will ;

hear his voice etc' there is so great a transition, that it has been
thought to be a portion of another psalm. This consideration
has influenced the liturgical use of the psalm in America their ;

Venite is composed of this psalm only so far as 1-7 and the ;

Anthem is concluded with two other verses from this psalm-group,

viz. xcvi. 9 and 13.
But a consideration which has just weight in the ordering of
worship, may be of no value in the field of criticism. It is only

too easy, when we do not see the ground of a transition, to declare

a psalm to be pieced up of two fragments. In this case the reason
of the transition is not so far to seek. The psalmist calls upon
the people to join in praise to God for a recent happy event ; and
324 Jl5ote0

then after some staves of praise, he takes a warning tone, lest they
should (like their forefathers) be blind to the tokens of His
providence.
4. corners. deepe corners' i 568: 'deepe places' i 560, 161 1.
'

See note on cxxxix. i.

corners is Coverdale's, and the intention of it is plain,
The word
viz.uttermost extremities. For the Vulgate had fines, but Jerome
fundamenta, with which agrees 'deep places' 161 1 (1885).
In the 'Earliest Complete English Prose Psalter' (ed. Bulbring,
E.E.T.S.) it stands thus: 'For in his hondes ben alle >e
cuntreis of J^erJ^e, and al J)e he3nes of }iemounteins ben of
hym.'
The marginal readings of 1 6 1 1 give an excellent translation :

'
In whose hand are the deepe places of the earth the heightes :

of the hilles are his.' This is substantially after 1560. So

Hitzig
In dessen Hand die Tiefen der Erde,
und die Zacken der Berge sein.

IPsalm jrcbi*

A jubilant greeting by Israel, and by the heathen nations,

and by all Creation, at the approach of the Kingdom of God.
I o. and that it is he whych hath made the rounde worlde so
fast, that it can tiot be moued. Repeated from xciii. 2, where see
note.

IPsalm xctjii*

Another Donmtus regnavit : see on xciii.

2. The clouds and darkness hide His face but the solid ;

plinth of his throne, a frame of righteousness and judgment, is

open to the attentive eye.
10. Moral and practical warning as a consequence of the
presence of God
a link of connection which distinguishes the
:

true and universal religion.

IPsalm ]ccbiii

Praise of Jehovah the Deliverer. This psalm is embodied in

our Evensong, between the First and Second Lessons, as alternative
with the Magnificat. See on xcv.
7. shaivmes. This word is not found elsewhere in the ordinary
track of the English reader. In the Genevan it has a different
form: 'with shalmes and sound of trumpets.' In 161 1 'with :

trumpets and sound of cornet.' The word was familiar enough

at the time, as may be seen by the quotations in Eastwood and
Wright, Bible Word-Book. From Latin calatnus a reed, the
 Bom 325
diminutive was cala7nellus a little reed or pipe, and hence the Old
French chalemel, and the Modern French chalumeaii. Cotgrave
has only a feminine form Chalemelle, a little pipe made of reed,
'

or of a wheaten, or oaten straw.' The shawm was however not

limited to this primitive form it was a bass instrument, and it is
;

represented in modern music by the bassoon. Mit Trompeten '

undPosaunen' Luther. 'Medh trummeter och basuner'

Upsala 1 541.

Another Dotninus regnavit : see on xciii. xcvii.

5. O Diagnifye the Lorde oiire God, aftd fall downe before his

fote stole, for he is holy. Richard Rolle Heghis the lord oure
:
'

god, and loutis the shamyll of his fete for it is haly.'

;

IPsalm c.

Universal call to praise and worship Him who in previous

psalms has been repeatedly announced as the King of all the
earth. This piece is the counterpart of xcv. It has furnished

one of the most universal Hymns of the English-speaking part of

Christendom. The Old Hundredth (like other famous works) is
of uncertain authorship. In the hymnbooks of the sixteenth
century it was variously attributed to Sternhold, to Kethe, and to
Hopkins. The case is stated in Julian's Dictionary of Hymnology,
and the weight of probability is for Kethe.
At the time of the Lambeth Conference in 1878, a grand
Service was held at St. Paul's, at which were present upwards of
80 English Bishops gathered from all the continents and
islands of the earth when the Bishop of Pennsylvania preached
;

to a congregation of 5000
that Service began with the Te Deicm
and ended with the Old Hundredth Psalm
All people that on earth do dwell,
Sing to the Lord with cheerful voice ;
Him serve with fear, His praise forth tell,
Come ye before Him and rejoice.
2. and not we oiire selues. Here the Kri by the difference of
a letter to the eye, and perhaps little or no difference to the ear,
gives a reading which means and his we are.'
' This was adopted
as the genuine text by Jerome, who translated et ipsius sumus '

(for the Vulgate's et non ipsi nos'): it was admitted into the
'

Margin of 161 1, and into the text of 1885, which accordingly

runs thus
It is he that hath made us, and we are his,
We are his people, and the sheep of his pasture.
326 5i3ote0

IPsalm ci.

Pious vows and resolutions, as it were of a ruler at his accession

to power.
7. a proude lake and an hye stoinack. The word 'stomach'
was used in the sixteenth century for extraordinary courage, as in
2 Mace. vii. 21 where in the religious persecution a mother
;

exhorts her seven sons to martyrdom, stirring up her womanish '

thoughts with a manly stomach.' And then in malum partem to

characterize the self-confident, masterful, arrogative as in Queen

;

Katharine's character of Wolsey, Hen. VIII. iv. 2. ->>}>

He was a man
Of an unbounded stomach, ever ranking
Himself with princes.

IPsalm txu

From the sixteenth century to the present day this psalm has
been associated with the Captivity. The first sentence of the 1 560
contents runs thus :

It seemeth that this prayer was appointed
'

to the faythfull to pray in the captiuitie of Babylon.' There is

enough in the psalm to account for this opinion, if not enough to
justify it. Jerusalem is in ruins, and the aspiration of the psalmist
is for the restoration of the city and the people. Some modern
expositors take it for a song made in the Captivity by one of the
captives, who feels sure of the restoration of his people to the holy
city, though he himself may not be spared to witness it.
But Reuss observes that if it be of the Exile, the psalm is
much older than the others in this Book. Moreover it contains
nothing penitential, and this fact suggests a later date. What is
said of outrage would suit better with the Maccabaean period, and
Jerusalem suffered enough in that struggle to account for its
deplorable state.
This is the fifth of the Penitential Psalms, and it is said in
church on Ash-Wednesday Evensong. at
25-27. Thou Lord in the begynnyng, etc. Quoted in Heb. i.
10-12. This is the place referred to in the first verse of that famous
thirteenth century hymn
Dies irae, dies ilia,
Solvet saeclum in favilla,
Teste David cum Sibylla.

ipgalm ciii*

A
Psalm of Mercy. The merciful and gracious character of
Jehovah calls for the unanimous voice of praise from all His
 Jl^oteis 327
creatures. This and civ. are sometimes regarded as two members
of one Ode a view by which ciii, is brought within the Hallelujah
;

series, although Hallelujah does not occur until the end of civ.
'
'

These two psalms are peculiarly remarkable for that feeling of

personal relation to God which so often shines through the Psalter.
On this subject, see The Boyle Lectures for 1874, by Dr. Wace,
Lecture iv.
In the Proposals for amending the Rubrics' (1879) this is
'

one of the Proper Psalms for the Circumcision, and it is eminently

appropriate to the first day of a New Year.
II, 12. For lake how hye Loke how wyde. The inter- . . .

jectional turn of expression is entirely English it is not in the ;

original, as maybe learnt from 161 1 and 1885. It is Coverdale's

beautiful prose, at once idomatic and appropriate. Though not
to the letter, it is eminently faithful to the spirit.

lP0aIm cit)

A Psalm of Creation, as a display of the power and wisdom

and goodness of God.
A picture of heaven and earth drawn with a few masterly
'

touches.' These are the words of Alexander von Humboldt in

Kos7nos (vol. ii. part i). But the proper theme of the psalm is
the majesty of God, for the setting forth of which the poet finds
materials in Nature. See Mozley, Parochial Sermons, v. p. 58.
The changes from the second to the third person are frequent and
abrupt :

Thou art become ' Who layeth Thou coveredst
. . . . . .

. He sendeth
. . Thou makest darkness . .if He do but
. . . .

touch the hills '

etc.
maketh the cloudes hys charet. This is the form in which
3.
this French word entered into English, and in which it became
colloquial and traditional. The trisyllable chariot was an older
French literary form that never had popular currency. See New
English Dictionary. As a bookish word chariot was despised by
the upper ten thousand in the early part of this century, when
the word was much used for a family carriage, and the disyllabic
charret was carefully maintained.
18. co?tyes. 'coneys' 1662. Now 'conies.' This word occurs
four times in our Bible. The other places are Lev. xi. 5, Deut. xiv.

7, Prov. XXX. 26. In all four places the Heb. is shaphan. Luther
took it to mean rabbit (can inch en), and this was followed by our
translators. For this word has been very widely spread, branching
from the Hispano-Latin word cruiiculiis, Ital. coniglio, Old French
co}tnil, Germ, can in. Early English co?iig, conyng.
The word is now obsolete, but it has left its trace on many a
spot throughout the country in the form of Conygar, a rabbit
 328 ji^otes

warren, perhaps short for Cotiygarthe, which see in Halliwell's

Archaic Dictio7iary. The shaphan^ however, was neither a rodent
nor a burrower it is a pachyderm and aUied to the rhinoceros,
;

though Hke a rabbit in size and look. It makes no holes, but

according to the context here and Prov. xxx. it takes refuge in the
crannies and crevices of rocks. Dr. Tristram found it very hard
to catch. English writers now call it rock-badger.' '

21, seke theyr meate at God. 'of God' 1568; 'from God'
1662. But 'at God' is in 1535 and 1540, and even in Geneva
1560. It is true English; a noble archaism. This use of the
preposition at with persons was frequent in Anglo-Saxon, and
'
'

we may wonder how it was ever suffered to drop out of use.

24. Linnaeus selected this verse to stand at the head of his
great work Systenia Naturae^ in a form somewhat altered from
that of the Vulgate

O Jehova,
Quam ampla sunt tua opera !

Quam sapienter ea fecisti

Quam plena est terra possessione tua !

25. thys greate and wyde see. So the Hebrew, and the
ancient versions. But 1662 'the great' This is a loss; the
demonstrative was retained in 1540, 1560, and 161 1.
Moreover modern Hebraists give to this demonstrative a deictic
force, and as Delitzsch says D'H HT bedeutet nicht eigentlich
'

" dieses Meer," sondern " das Meer da." Ewald rendered ' :

'
Yonder sea, great, broad-sided and so 1885 Yonder is the
'
; :
'

sea, great and wide.'

35. Prayse the Lorde. This is the English for Hallelujah,' '

a word, or rather phrase, which here appears for the first time
in the Psalter. The praise immediately before, and in v. i
'
'

of this psalm, and often earlier, represents a different verb, which

in 161 1 (1885) is systematically rendered 'Bless.'

IPsalm ctj.

The wondrous guidance of God in the primitive times of Israel's

history, down to their possession of the Promised Land. This
psalm appears in places to be based on reminiscences of Ixxviii.

28. He sent darcknesse, and it was darcke, and they were not
obedyent vnto hys worde. In 1535 'for they' instead of 'and,'
Both would refer to the Egyptians, only the one would look to
the contumacy which drew down the plague, the other to the
obstinacy which stood out in spite of it. Either way, however, it is
not after the Hebrew but after the Septuagint. The Hebrew is

plain :
'
and they were not disobedient to his words.' This must
 Il5ote0 329
refer to Moses and Aaron boldly executing the divine sentence.
And so it is clearly put in the Genevan and they were not dis-
:
'

obedient vnto his commission.' This text had a great polemical

celebrity in the time of Elizabeth and James. It was repeatedly

quoted by the Puritans as an example of corrupt translation

habitually redd in our churches. Hooker exhibits it as an instance
of the trivial objections which were made against the Liturgy :

'we are for this cause challenged as manifest Gainsayers of Scripture,

even in that which we read for Scripture unto the People.' Of ilie
Laws, etc. v. xix. 3 where Keble's note gives further curious
:

information among
; the rest, that this passage was produced
with two more by Dr. Reynolds at the Hampton Court Conference,
when he moved his Majesty, that there might be a new translation
'

of the Bible, because those which were allowed were corrupt.'

See cvi. 30.
0alm cbi.

The historical retrospect evokes a national confession of sin,

but much more does it exhibit the forbearance and loving-
kindness of God, The review of early history is carried down
much lower than in cv. and this psalm is still more distinguished
;

by the penitential humiliation that pervades it.

24. gaiie no credence vnto hys word. We should now say

'
credit.' See Bible Word-Book, by Eastwood and Wright, v.
Credence.
30. Then vp Phinehes and -prayed, attd so the plage ceased.
stode
The Genevan But Phinehas stoode vp, and executed iudgement,
:
'

and the plague was stayed.' This is a better translation and it

was retained in 161 1. It was one of the places objected to by

the Puritans. Sanderson in a sermon said Some men should

:
'

have done well not to have shewn so much willingness to quarrel

at the church translations in our service book, by being clamorous
against this very place as a gross corruption, and sufficient to
justify their refusal of subscription to the book.' Quoted by
Keble on Hooker, v. xix. 3. See on cv. 28.
45, 46. The combination of these verses in i Chron. xvi. 35, 36

has led to the inference that the Chronicler was acquainted with
the division of the Psalter into Five Books, inasmuch as he quotes
the Doxology of Book IV. And if so, the Psalter must have
been current in its completed form before the Maccabaean era.
But Cheyne contends that the doxologies were moveable formu-
laries which might be attached to any psalm (like our Gloria
Patri), and on this ground there is no evidence that the Chronicler
quoted from Psalm cvi. at all. (Ryle, Canon of Old Testament,
p. 129.)
330 Botejs

THE FIFTH BOOK.

IPsalm cbii.

Here the general situation seems plain. It is a time of peace

and prosperity, which has unexpectedly and surprizingly supervened
upon conditions of terror and danger and when the astonishment
;

of this marvellous transition has subsided, this psalm of praise

issues out of the pious reflections by a poet from the ranks of
faithful Israel.
The grand vicissitudes of fortune (or rather of providence) are
the theme of the psalm, which is subdivided by Refrains into a
series of parallel contrasts, as it were so many pictured panels.
The Lord's redeemed are like travellers who have lost their way
in a desert, and at length, guided by His Hand, reach their
home ; they are like imprisoned captives who at length are set at
liberty they are like foolish men debauched by prosperity who
;

after bitter sickness are restored to health they are like mariners
;

caught in a perilous storm, whose cry is heard and they reach

their haven.
The later strophes change the illustrations but not the theme ;

which dwells still upon God's chastisements and His subsequent

mercies. An alarming drought is relieved by pools of water ;

prosperity grown rank is checked and followed by a time of

oppression and distress, only however to be again relieved by
restoration and abundance.
23. They yt go downe to the see in shyppes, etc. '
I prefer
the following description of a ship in a storm, which the Psalmist
has made, before any other I have ever met with " They that :

go down to the sea in ships etc." Joseph Addison, The Spectator,

'

No. 489.
27. and are at their ivittes e7ide. 'and all their cunning is
gone' 1560. The revisers of 161 1 retained the phrase of the
Great Bible, with the Marginal note :

Heb. all their wisedome
'

is swallowed vp.^ The interpretation is the same under all three

forms of phrase they have no longer any use of their wisdom,
:

cunning, wit. For wittes is a genitive singular (wit's), not a

plural, wits', as it is wrongly printed in some modern Bibles.
They are at the end of their wit, i.e. of their nautical skill. See
on Ixxxi. 13.
Either the captain is at a loss what is the best thing to do, as
in one of Ovid's storms, Tristia I. ii. 31
Rector in incerto est, nee quid fugiatve petatve
Invenit : ambiguis ars stupet ipsa malis.
or, as in another, xi. 21, he is too much terrified to make an
effort

Ipse gubernator tollens ad sidera palmas

Exposcit votis, immemor artis, opem.

32. and loaue Mtn. So 1535 and 1537 in 1662 'and praise ;

him.' This '

loaue ' is a strong archaism, even for that time.
The substantive LOF is used in this place in the poetical Paris
Psalter
ForSon bine on cyrcean cristenes folces
Hean ahebbaS and him hxlu and lof
:

On setelum soSfsestra secgean to worulde.

In the Northern Metrical Psalter (ed. Surtees Society) of about

A. D. 1300, laus Israhel (xxi. 4) is rendered 'loof of Israel and ' ;

laudent cum coeli (Ixviii. 35) is 'loof him hevens.' It occurs

repeatedly in R. RoUe (f 1349), e.g. Ixiii. 4 'my lippes sail love

the '
(labia mea laudabunt te) ; Ixxiv. 22 ' the pore and the helples
sail loue (laudabunt) thi name xcvi. 4 gret lord and lofly ' ;
'

(laudabilis nimis) ful mykil.' In this place he renders 'Andhegh :

thai him in kirk of folk and in chayere of eldryn men loue thai
:

hym.'
The German analogue is still in familiar use; it is loben.
In Notker's version, this verb is 'unde loben in
repeated:
in dero menigi des liutes, unde dia sizzenten an demo
herstuola lobon in.' Luther might have been expected to have
the word in this place, but it is not so Luther has 'und bei den ;

Alten riihmen.' In the Swedish only do I find the word:

'ochinfor the aldsta loffva honom.' Upsala 1541- The
Bishops' Bible has :

'and prayse him in the consistorie of the
aged.'
The turn given to this in the New Version was thought
40.
at thetime to contain an allusion to James II (The first instal-
ment of the New Version is undated the earliest that bears a date ;

is of 1695)
The prince who slights what God commands,
Expos'd to scorn, must quit his throne ;

And over wild and desert lands,

Where no path offers, stray alone.

IPsalm ctiiii.

A
compilation from the close of Ivii. and the second part of Ix.
Verses 1-5 correspond with slight variations to Ivii. 8-12 and ;

6-13 to Ix. 5-12.

I, w^ the best membre that I Jiaue. This is a bold departure
from the original, which is represented in the Bible version even '

with my glory.' The meaning of glory is soul and in Ivii. '

'
'
' ;
332 Jl^otes

the soul was called upon to wake up along with the instrumental
notes ; but here '
glory ' has detached itself from the apostrophe
'
wake up,' and is joined to the previous verse.
This has been attended with a new interpretation, for the '

best member in this connexion means clearly the tongue, the

'

voice, the power of speech, man's noblest physical endowment.

This turn of thought, which asserts the consecration of the voice
to God, is an original feature of our 1539 Psalter, and one of
which we need not be ashamed. When the heart is established
'

in faith and love, the tongue, being employed in grateful praises,

is indeed our glory.' Henry and Scott.

Psalm cix*
Vehement repugnance has sometimes been expressed at the
'horrible maledictions' in this psalm. It is a standing difficulty,

and the apologist has no easy task. But it is at least manifest

that the passion under conceivable provocations, a natural
is,

passion, and may quite possibly have been the transport of a just
man under the old dispensation in his righteous zeal. This is
based on the supposition of a personal interpretation. And this
is generally the basis on which proceeds both the attack and the

defence. Under this view of the case, Kay has given (in ed. 2)
an examination at once full and succinct. In its liturgical use, he
would bring the comminatory
' aspect of the psalm into the
'

foreground.
Others think that in the national spirit of the Psalter lies the
apology for imprecatory psalms. The wrongs to be revenged are
wrongs to Israel and to Jehovah and thus (it is thought)
;
the
spirit of vengeance is largely redeemed, and appears only as the
persecuting zeal which is familiar in the history of religion. This
has found eminent supporters, e.^. De Wette (see above on Ixix.
23), and among ourselves Mr. Robertson Smith. But this view
is by no means universal among the more advanced critics, e.g.
Hitzig insists absolutely on the strictly personal nature of the
psalm. Reuss admits that it had a personal origin, but that it
has been modified for congregational use. And glancing at the
many wrongs of an oppressed people, he asks Who can wonder '

if at times their anger was furious

? Sans doute, il est plus
'
'

Chretien de pardonner k ceux qui nous font du tort, que de les

maudire mais certes ce ne sont pas les chretiens, qui ont fait aux
;

juifs mille fois plus de mal, et plus odieusement, que n'ont jamais
fait les paiens, qui ont le droit de leur jeter la pierre k propos de
pareilles manifestations de desespoir.'
Possibly the difficulty may come to appear less as sounder
ideas prevail about the distinction of Scripture from other literature
 iBOteS 333
as fuller allowance is made for the human
element, and as the
old overstrained theory of Inspiration gradually decays. The
resistance which this psalm has evoked is not wholly due to the

contents in themselves, but in some measure to the claim that

such contents are too sacred for criticism as being part of an
inspired text before which our judgment is bound to submit.
There is in fact but one line of explanation that will hold good :

that, namely, of candidly recognizing the human element in Scripture,

and the progressive nature of Revelation. Some things which '

belong to the sphere of prophecy, such as the praise of the act of

Jael, the command for the extermination of the Canaanites, what
are called the " Imprecatory Psalms," were in place at one stage
of the history of Revelation, whereas they would not have been in
place at a later stage. It was in reference to such things as these

that our Lord rebuked the Disciples by telling them that they
knew not %u}iat spirit they were of.'' W. Sanday, The Oracles of
God., ch. V.
So far we have proceeded on the tacit supposition that the
imprecations proceed from the heart of the psalmist. If however
the verses 5-18 are not the psalmist's own words, but the malignant
imprecations of the enemy, which are only recited by the psalmist
against whom they were uttered, the relation of the psalmist to
the maledictions is reversed, and there is no longer anything that
requires apology.
This view of cix. was advocated in The Expositor vol. ii. by
the Rev. Joseph Hammond in a long and elaborate article. He
claims that v. 19 seals this interpretation and is else unintelligible.
For (on the common view) has not the psalmist himself been
using maledictions ?

There are other psalms in which the very words of adversaries

are recited, e.g. x. 6 ; xxxv. 2 1 ; xli. 5 ; Ixxi. 1 1 ; Ixxiii. 1 1 :

and once where the change of person is made without announce-

ment, viz. xxii. 8.
This view was adopted by Kennicott, Lowth, and J. D.
Michaehs ; and it is noticed with approval by Dr. Adam Clarke.
It is briefly referred to in Dr. Perowne's second edition and is ;

mentioned in The Speaker's Commentary. Graetz firmly maintains

it, and recognizes no other.

19. A slight emendation of the text enables Graetz to elicit a

sense which supports his general view of the psalm Such is :
'

the prayer of my accusers before the Lord, and of those who

speak evil about me
and certainly this runs very happily with
'

the whole close of the piece, and responds perfectly to the e.xordium
30. to sane his soide from vnryghteous iudges. 'to rescue my
soul from my accusers ' Graetz.
3 34 Bom
IPealm ex*

To Israel's Priest and King.

Those who sustain the Title A Psalm of David hold that it
'
'

was written of David by a contemporary prophet, on the occasion

of his bringing the Ark to Zion, 2 Sam. vi.
A second view is that it was written in the time of Zerubbabel
with reference to the Messiah as at once Priest and King. This
is the view of Delitzsch, and was formerly held by Cheyne.

A third view, though its propounder may be singular in holding

it,is too remarkable to be overlooked. Graetz takes the subject
of this psalm to be Joshua son of Jozedek the priest, who soon
after the Return was elected Ruler to the exclusion of the seed of
David in the person of Zerubbabel. He regards this psalm as a
counter-demonstration to Ixxxix. which he explains as a plea for
Zerubbabel. And so (he says) the psalmists take sides in this
contest for the throne, like as also the prophets do Haggai being ;

for Zerubbabel, and Zechariah for Joshua (see esp. Zech. iii).
A fourth view assigns it to the Maccabaean times. According
to Reuss the psalm celebrates Jonathan or Simon or John
Hyrcanus, of which names Cheyne has with great insistence
chosen Simon. The accession of Simon the Maccabee, after the
assassination of his brother Jonathan in B. C. 142, is (in his
opinion) the event here regarded, and this theory is countenanced
by an old lay imbedded in i Mace. xiv.
And this does not exhaust the diversity of opinion about this
unique psalm, which Reuss has pronounced to be the most famous
of the whole collection. Another view has found the hero of this
lyric in the son and successor of Simon (b. C. 135-105) John
Hyrcanus, who is symbolically represented in the Book of Enoch
as a '
great horn.'
But there one that, if only for its wild incongruity (as
is still

many must be recorded, viz. the opinion of Hitzig, that

think),
'
prince of modern Hebraists 'who associated this and the
Second Psalm with the name of that monster of inhumanity
Alexander Jannaeus (b. C. 104-78), in scornful though tacit allusion
to which suggestion I understand these words of Cheyne
:

'
Alexander Jannaeus was, no doubt, the first Asmonaean king
recognized as such on the coins, but he was totally unworthy of
a religious poet's encomium.'
The chief obstacle to a free criticism is the difficulty of recon-
ciling our Lord's use of the psalm in Matt. xxii. 4 1 ff. with any
other than the Davidic origin. To meet this difficulty Mr. Gore
has offered some profound considerations in Ltix Mundi viii. :

'
He argues with the Pharisees on the assumption of the Davidic
 Jl^OteS 33 5

authorship of Psalm ex. But the point of His argument is

directed to convincing the Pharisees that they did not understand
their own teaching, that they were not true to their own premisses
.... To argue ad ho}?tinefn, to reason with men on their
premisses, was, in fact, a part of our Lord's method. ... It
is contrary to His whole method to reveal His Godhead by
anticipations of natural knowledge. are able to draw
. . . We
a distinction between what He revealed, and what He used.
... He used human nature, its relation to God, its conditions of
experience, its growth in knowledge, its limitation of knowledge.
He feels as we men ought to feel He sees as we ought to see.
:

We can thus distinguish more or less between the Divine truth

which He reveals, and the human nature which He uses. Now
when He speaks of the 'sun rising' He is using ordinary human
knowledge. He shews no signs at all of transcending the science
of His age. Equally He shews no signs of transcending the
history of His age.'
Two great questions have been emphasized by the criticism of
this psalm (i) the general question how far the historical enquirer
:

is bound by the New Testament exegesis and (2) a far deeper ;

and a truly theological enquiry, which has long been looming in

the distance, and which when recognized in Lux Mundi caused,
in the Christian apprehension, a very natural tremor. For the
old view see Bp. Ellicott, Christus Cotnprobaior, iv.
Whatever be the ultimate outcome of a discussion which, once
raised, cannot be ignored, this at least will be made plain to all :

that Theology can no longer be represented as a non-progressive

science. It is amazing how widely this notion has taken root,

especially since Macaulay seemed in his Essay on Ranke to have

established it upon a basis of demonstration.

I . The Lorde sayde unto tny Lorde : Syt thou, etc. The verb
here is not the ordinary equivalent for say,' it is that more special
word which introduces an oracle. Cheyne thus
The oracle of Jehovah unto my Lord,
'
Sit thou at my right hand,
Until I make thine enemies
a footstool for thy feet.'

3. the dewe of thy byrth is of the wombe of the mornyng.

Cheyne says that this is the only obscure passage of this psalm.
There are variations in the text, and he prefers the reading of
Bickell, which comes to this :

from the womb, from the dawn
'

(of life), thy youthful band is (devoted) unto thee.' The former
part of the verse he paraphrazes thus All eagerness are thy
:
'

people in the day of thy muster upon the sacred mountains.' He

sees in this a peculiar fitness for the event of May B. c. 142, when
336 iBote0
Simon expelled the Syrian garrison and completed the liberation
of Jerusalem.

IPsalms tfi. anu tnu

These two psalms are a pair, united by theme and by structure.

The one extols the goodness of God, the other celebrates the
happiness of the God-fearing man. They agree in a peculiar
alphabetic structure, the order of the alphabet threading not the
verses, but the clauses, of which there are 22 in each psalm.

IPsalm cxu

The glorious works of God are celebrated in the Assembly of

the faithful. This is one of the Proper Psalms in Matins on
Easter Day.
9. /wlv and reiiey-eiit. holie and fearefuU is his Name' i 560 ;
'

'reverend' 161 1, 1662.

10. the prayse of it. Rather: His praise 161 1 (1885).
' '

{Prayse the Lorde for the returjtyng agay?ie of Aggens and

Zachary the prophetes}) In the Vulgate this stands as a heading
to the next psalm. So Wiclif (i) Alleluia of the a5een turnyng
:
'

IPealm cjcii

The godly and the ungodly.

different prospects of the Like
Psalm i., but simpler in thought than that. It forms a second
part to cxi. and has the same alphabetic arrangement.
4. he is mercyfull. 'he is gracious' 161 1 (1885); the
Hebrew word being that to which the 161 1 revisers had equated
this adjective ()Wn).

0alm0 zixxU'-vf.'Qxxu

This group was called the Egyptian Hallel it was sung at the :

Passover and other great festivals, and is thought to be the

'
hymn of Matt. xxvi. 30; Mark xiv. 26. Some divide it, and
'

say that the former part, cxiii.-cxiv., was sung during the repast
and that the second part, cxv.-cxviii., was the liturgical act pre-
ceding the movement of departure. Three of these, cxiii. cxiv.
cxviii., are the Proper Psalms for Evensong on Easter Day.

IPsalm cjciii*

Praise of the lofty One, who exalteth those that are in low
estate.
6, 7. Borrowed from Hannah's song, 1 Sam. ii. 8.
8 (9). The barren woman is Zion, and the prophecy of Isaiah
 iBOteS 337
liv. is now fulfilled. The phrase '
to keep house ' is idiomatic
English : the literal Hebrew is given by Kay
rendering of the :

'
makes her that was barren
her home.' But in English
to sit in
the verb keep retaining its pristine notion of minding, attending
' '

to, became closely linked with domestic economy ; and hence the
compound housekeeper.' In Cambridge they say Where do
'

you keep ? i.e. Where are your rooms In some districts, a .?

boy who is set to scare the birds from standing corn is called a
' birdkeeper.'

IPsalm cjcit)

' This psalm is one of the most beautiful Odes in any language.'
(Der Psalm ist eine der schonsten Oden in alien Sprachen. J.
G, Herder, The Spirit of Hebrew Poetry.
V. Part ii. p. 8i.) De
Wette says of it Einer der schonsten Psalmen, wo nicht der
:
'

schonste, iiber die alte israelitische Geschichte.' Graetz in like

manner. Originally the judgment of Herder, this sentence is
now echoed from book to book. It is a spontaneous ditty, with no
didactic purpose, no definite aim the product not of a motive,
;

but of an impulse to sing, because song is in the singer and must

be uttered. It is a pure lyric.

Graetz was hardly justified in supposing that the piece must

be defective at the close because it is not made apparent with
what aim (zu welchem Zwecke) it was written. At the com-
mencement however it certainly has a fragmentary appearance,
Jehovah is spoken of without being named.
for in the first verse
Reuss inferred that it was one of a series of canticles con-
stituting a Paschal Ode, or else that it was intercalated between
prayers.
Dante, in the Second Canto of his Purgatorio, has represented
the spirits, brought by the Angel in the boat to the Mount of
Cleansing, as all chanting this psalm in unison, and with a certain
liturgical propriety ; for this was the psalm sung by
priests con-
ducting a funeral procession into church. In the letter to Can
Grande, it is said that, if we look to the spiritual sense of this
psalm, we see the departure of the sanctified soul from the bondage
of corruption when passing over to the liberty of eternal glory.
Readings in the Purgatorio, by Hon. W. W. Vernon, vol. i. p. 39,

Psalm tt^*

Trust in the living God contrasted with the vanity of helpless

idols. The Septuagint and Vulgate attach this psalm to cxiv.,
making one psalm of the two, but this is certainly an error.
Z
338 Bom

The thanksgiving of one who has escaped death.

IPsalm cjcbii*

Short as this psalm is, it has the honour of being quoted by

'

St. Paul (Rom. xv. 1 1 ) in testimony of the universality of the

Church' (Kay).
IPealm cjctiiii*

A Festal Song atTemple by Judas

the purification of the
Maccabaeus Mace. iv. 37-59).
(i This is the view of Cheyne
(who makes this psalm the starting-point of his investigation ;

Origin, p. 16), and there is in fact a near approach among critics

to a consensus on this point. The scheme appears to be anti-
phonal, and it is thus distributed by Delitzsch

At the setting out : vv. 1-4.

On the way :
vv. 5-18.
At the entrance v. 19. :
Those who receive the procession : vv. 20-27.
Answer from the procession v. : 28.
All together : v. 29.

1 7. / will ftot dye but lyue. This will is very remarkable ; '
'

see Introduction iii. 2. It is so in 1535 and 1540. Then 1560

has I shall not dye, but Hue' ; and 1568 has ' I shall not \as yet\
'

dye, but I shal liue.'

18. The Lord hath chastened and correcte me. So 1535 and
I 540. The reminiscence of the Latin participle {correctus, a,

um) must be allowed was aided by the dental

for here, and it

ending to serve as an English participle. In 1662 'corrected.' :

22. 77/1? same stone which the buylders refused. Theodore of

Mopsuestia thought the stone was Zerubbabel. Kimchi

'
'

explained it as the people of Israel, thus 'The despised people :

is now raised to high honour.' Venema and (independently)

De Wette referred it to Simon at his accession as High Priest ;

and this was approved by Rosenmliller in his second edition.

Cheyne (reviving Kimchi) thought it might 'mean Israel which
had, to the surprize of all men, again become conspicuous in the
organization of peoples but he drew back
for this large
'
'

apphcation of the figure of the building implies too much reflection.'

He further observes that this passage did not receive much
attention from the Jewish doctors. In the Talmud it is quoted
but once, and not applied Messianically. The right inference
would appear to be that the strong appropriation of it to Christ
in the New Testament becomes all the more impressive.
 Bom 339

IPaalm c)ci)c

An 22 strophes of 8 verses each all

alphabetical psalm, in ;

the eight verses of each strophe beginning with the same letter.
The pervading sentiment is the excellence of the Divine Law and ;

this theme under manifold variations is entwined among homo-

geneous or contiguous thoughts with a loving and diligent alacrity.
It is not strictly speaking a poem developing and expanding a
theme but a compilation of pious maxims in which spiritual
;

fidehty is illustrated in every variety of aspect. The thread upon

which this chaplet of pearls is strung may perhaps be recognized
in V. 71 It is good for me that I have been in trouble, that I
:
'

may Law.'
learn Thy
It is plain thatthe distribution of the contents has been much
influenced by the necessities of the alphabetic arrangement ; and
the thoughts being simple and homogeneous, this was possible
without danger to the sense. But besides those general maxims
which are subject to the alphabetic order, there is a special thought
signalizing each group ; if not so prominent as to lift it into high
relief and detach it from the common level of the psalm, yet
effective enough to give to each strophe something of a lyrical
individuality and unity. And the strophes again have their
groupings but not easily defined, because they revolve and inter-
;

lace, as in a dance.

N (1-8) The blessedness of walking in the Law of the Lord ;

3 (9-16) the Law safeguards youth, and is a life-long treasure ;

i (17-24) the obedient see wonders in the Law, and they can
sustain the contempt of the proud ;

T (25-32) when the faithful is cast down, he may plead with

God.
n (33-40) Prayer for God's governance, in mind, heart, and
conduct
"I
(41-48) and the gift of wise speech to the haughty.
I (49-56) Remember me; for I, in spite of scorn, have relied
on Thee :

n (57-64) though entangled in the coils of the wicked, I

associate only with the faithful

t3 (65-72) my afflictions have been hard, but in the spiritual

discipline they bring Thy

gracious hand appears ;

1 (73-80) resigned to Thy will let my heart be firm to the ;

encouragement of true men, and the shame of the proud :

3 (81-88) in the midst of snares, I need support; help Thou

me.
alike in the ordering
^ (89-96) Thy word is eternal and absolute
of the Universe, and in the government of mankind ;
340 Bom
D (97-104) meditation in the Law brings pleasure and profit;
J (i 05-1 12) Thy Light strengthens my resolution;
D (i 13-120) I withstand the vacillators uphold me in this
;

perilous course ;
j; (121-128)
having walked in the Divine light, I look up
for Divine support ;

a (129-136) I make Thy Law my pursuit, but I stand in need

of encouragement
S (137-144) my zeal has often made me rash: I submit me
to Thy will, which is ever the best.

p (145-152) Answer my earnest and constant prayer, I

appeal to Thy eternal truth;
1 (153-160) surrounded by foes, I look to Thee for help ;

{; (161-168) and amidst outward hostilities, I still enjoy Thy

peace within.
n (169-176) Let my prayer be turned to praise, although my
path has been far from perfect.
9. Where with all shall a yong man dense hys waye ? Where- '

with shall a yong man redresse his way' 1560. Wherby shall
'

a young man refourme his way 1568; 161 1 as 1539, save that
'

the three first words have already become one

Wherewithall.
31. I haue stycken vnto thy testy 7nonies. So also in 1540;
but 1535 had I sticke vnto thy testimonies.'
'

45. And I will walke at liberty. After Jerome Et ambulabo

'

in spatioso.' 'And I wyll walke in a large scope' 1568, explained

in the margin as meaning In securitie of conscience.'
'

46. / wyll
speake of thy testymonies also, euen before kynges,
and wyll not be ashamed. This is the motto prefixed to the
Augsburg Confession, the chief symbol of the German Lutheran
Church.
54. in the house of 7ny pylgremage. It has been doubted

whether this is the well - known figure for the present transitory
life, or whether the writer were really an exile in a foreign land,

an idea which might find support in v. 46.

69. The proude haue ymagined a lye agaynst tne. So 1560.
But 1568 'The proude have forged a false tale against me' :

and 161 1 (1885) 'The proud haue forged a lie against me.'
Here the Bishops' Bible has set the phrase permanently but ;

instances of the kind are not (I think) numerous.

89-92. God's word is everlasting as heaven, His faithfulness
strong like earth's foundations which He laid all things are firmly
:

planted in the counsel of God, which is the source of outward

stability in the Universe, and of inward security in the soul of
man. A germ of the Exordium of the Fourth Gospel. So much
may surely be said, without forgetting Prov. viii. 22 ff.
 Botes 341
107. / Mfi troubled aboue measure. '
I am afflicted very much '

161 (1885).
1 We
may venture to infer that 'very much' was at
that time a dignified phrase, and not the worn-out trivial thing it
now is.
113./ hate them that ymagen euell thinges. Luther had
'Flattergeister,' i.e. inconstant, fickle, gadding souls. I hate '

the double-minded' Cheyne ; who recognizes here the religious

compromisers of the hellenizing agitation, those forefathers of the
Sadducees the psalmist himself being a spiritual ancestor of the
;

Pharisees.
134. wrongeous.1535 and 1540: 'wrongful' 161 1. The
Genevan (1560) has 'Deliuer mee from the oppression of men.'
148.Myne eyes preuente the night watches. See note on xxi.
3. What we now regard as an awkward archaism was mani-
festly growing in favour with scholars after 1539, for it is more
frequent in 161 1, as we may conveniently observe in this place.
Not only has 161 prevent in this verse, but also in v. 147 (after
1

1560). been followed by 1885 'I prevented the

This has
dawning of the morning where the American Company notes
' ; :

'
Y ox prevented read anticipated.^
160. Thy worde is true from euerlastyng. 'Thy word is true
from the beginning [Heb. The beginning of thy word is true]'
161 1 The sum of thy word is truth 1885.
;
' '

164. Seuen tymes a daye do I prayse y^. From this verse,

combined perhaps with Iv. 1 8, sprang the devotion of the Canonical
Hours.

A song of the steares. This translation of the Inscription rests

on the tradition which said that these psalms were sung on the
stairs or steps up a certain ascent into the Temple. Fifteen
consecutive psalms have this Title, and they are now commonly
termed, after the Bible of 161 1, Songs of Degrees. The Hebrew
word seems to say up-goings, stairs, steps, degrees, gradations,
rhythms, stepping-stones and many have been the conjectures
;

what manner of up-goings or gradations were intended. The

now prevalent explanation is that these psalms were for Pilgrims
to sing on their way up to the Feasts at Jerusalem.
Gesenius in 1 8 1 2 referred the term to a peculiar device in the
verbal structure, whereby a telling word is taken up again and
again with a ladder-like recurrency and as it were an ascent of
progressive rhythm. Thus in cxxi. the words help, sleep, keep,
especially the last, are reiterated, like a step to step movement,
instead of the more usual parallelism. Even more conspicuous
342 Jl3ote0

is this feature in cxxiv. A couplet in Watts's version of cxxi,

has caught something of this effect

'
Israel, a name divinely blest,
May rise secure, securely rest.'

In T/ie Christian Year (ii. in Lent) there are three verses which
ascend by steps as in the theory of Gesenius. They begin thus :

'We barter life for This view was combated by

pottage' etc.
Reuss in a fine passage of his Introduction. He maintained that
they were Pilgrim Songs, 'Chants de P^lerinage'; appealing to
the Greek of Theodotion, ^cr/xa twv dva/Sda-ewv. This has been
widely accepted. Cheyne says a little Psalter called " the
:
'

Songs of Ascents," or better " of Ascent." Probably it is . . .

a portion of a larger collection of spiritual songs which the

pilgrims sang to enliven their journey to the Holy City.'
These psalms form a well-marked group, and have a family
likeness, which has been thus characterized sweetness and :
'

tenderness a prophetic tone brevity an absence of the ordinary

; ; ;

parallelism and something of a quick trochaic rhythm.' (T/ie

;

Speaker's Commentary, ed. Canon Cook.)

IPsalm in*

Reuss says that this is the only one of the Pilgrim Songs
that is hard to explain, and that it is one of the most obscure
psalms in all the Psalter.
Tiling (1765), quoted by De Wette and again by Delitzsch,
interpreted this psalm by the relations of the Jews to the Samaritans
after the Return from Exile.
4. Mesech Cedar.. So 1662, but now Kedar.' These
. .
'

are real names, Mesech (Gen. x, 2) being the Moschi in the '
'

Caucasus ; and Kedar (Gen. xxv. 13) being a wild Arabian tribe,
like the Bedouin so that, in the geography of the time, they
:

would be the outermost barbarians northward and southward.

But the names are used less geographically than typically and
proverbially, as we might say among Tartars and Hottentots.''

IPsalm cjcjci.

The Keeper of Israel. Within the circuit of the last six verses
the word keep recurs six times ; but this feature is veiled in our
Psalter by the substitution of preserve in two of the six places.
'
'

The Hebrew word is yQV) shamarj and Hitzig surmises an

allusion to dangers apprehended from the Samaritans.
In the Sarum Use (Maskell, Monumenta Ritualia Ecclesiae
Anglicanae, i. 38) and in all the Books of Common Prayer before
the present, namely in those of 1549, 1552, 1559, and the Scotch
 BOtZS 343
of 1604, this was the psalm used in the Churching of Women :

and not until 1662 were cxvi. and cxxvii. substituted for it.

IPsalm emu
Dr. Perowne says that this, more than any of the rest, merits
the title of a Pilgrim song. The poet lives in the country, and
towards the season of the Feast friends and neighbours come to
him and ask him to be of their company in pilgrimage.

IPsalm tmiu
The sigh of the friendless and despised, who seek a refuge in
God.
2. 7nastresse. This word occurs in the Paston Letters, both
in the form mastresse and also in the form mastres^ No. 27
(a. D. 1440). The first letter that a John Paston, about A. D.
1476, wrote to the lady who afterwards became his wife, opens
thus Mastresse, thow so be that I, unaqweyntyd with yow as
:
'

yet, tak vp on me to be thus bold as to wright on to yow etc. '

lP0alm cwib.

In this instance even Delitzsch does not press the Title, but
calls it a psalm in the manner of the Davidic psalms, with its
figures of the drowning waters and the little bird. The beautiful '

song betrays its late origin by its Aramaizing character, and by

itsdelighting, after the manner of later poetry, in all kinds of
embellishments of language.'
This psalm claims affinity with cxxix. by structure, style, and
theme and particularly by the summoning call Let Israel now
;
'

say.'

UDsalm cjcjct).

Jehovah a bulwark to his people who are faithful.

is

3. the lot of y^ ryghteoiis. i.e. the Holy Land; so Olshausen,

Hupfeld, Graetz. Thus 1885 'For the sceptre of wickedness

:

shall not rest upon the lot of the righteous i.e. God shall not '
:

permit the foes of Israel to lord it over them at will.

ipgalm cwbi

Thanksgiving for the return from captivity, and a prayer for

those behind.
4. Turne cure captyuite. A prayer for the return of those who
still linger among the heathen. The figure is from streams of
water, one of the most exalting to an Eastern imagination. As
 344 Bom
the dry torrent -beds are refilled by gracious rains, so may the
faithful ones come streaming home and refill the land !

Paalm cjcf^iiu

All a man's toil is vain without God ; our best possessions are
gifts from Him. See above cxxi. pref.

IPaalm cjcjctiiii*

The Marriage Song English Church.

of the It is a rapid

lyrical glimpse at the blessings of obedience as written in Deut.

xxviii. 3-12.
2. O well is the. A very ancient structure. In Beowulf 1 86 :

Wei biS ]?asm \& mot, etc. : Well is him who may, etc. In Chaucer,
Canterbury Tales, 2108 (' Knightes Tale')
For every wight that loveth chyvalry,
And wold, his thankes, have a passant name,
Hath preyed that he might be of that game
And wel was him, that therto chosen was.

7. So 1535 and 1540. This will seem

chylders chyldren.
more archaic judged by present literary standards, than if com-
if

pared with living usage. It is still living language in Yorkshire.

In Stainton Church near Maltby in the West Riding, there is a

tablet dated about 1800, on which 'childer' appears and it is a ;

fair tablet of white marble, so that the expression was English of

the best society at that time and place.

IPfialm cwjc.

A rapid glance at national tribulations and deliverances, in a

resolute tone, like an irrepressible sally from the unbroken spirit
of Israel. Compare cxxiv.

IPisalm tun*

The sixth of the Penitential Psalms used in church on Ash- ;

Wednesday at Evensong and it is (as Home says) calculated

;

for the use of the Church, or of any member thereof It is the

funeral psalm of more than half Christendom. It was observed '

at the obsequies of the great Hungarian patriot, Deak, that of all

that touching and solemn service, the De Profundis was the
most pathetic part' : Bishop Alexander, Led. iii. It is the source
of Luther's hymn :
' Aus tiefer Noth.'

IPaalm cw)ci,

'
One of the most beautiful psalms '
(De Wette).
In the Rubrics Amendment scheme of 1879, this is made one
 Jl3Ote0 345
of the Proper Psalms for the Annunciation. And as we read it,
we revive in memory those representations of the Blessed Virgin
in which medieval painting attained its highest and most purified
expression.
Dr. Sanday in The Oracles of God, c. viii., has quoted this
psalm as giving the right attitude of mind towards the deepest
question that has been debated in our time.

IPaalm cjcjcjcii*

A plea for Zion and the house of David, on the ground of the
ancient promise. Unlike the generality of this group by the
historic nature of its contents, by its parallelizing, and by the
absence of resumed words linking clause with clause.
This is the only psalm in which the sacred Ark is named
(Delitzsch).

lP0alm wjriii.

Of this psalm Herder said that it has the fragrance of a lovely

rose.
I. brethren to dwell together in vnitye. The comma after
brethren in the CommonPrayer books is intrusive it is not in ;

1662. It has changed this word into a Vocative, which is not at

all its function. The phrase brethren to dwell etc. is imitative of

the Latin ace. with inf '
habitare fratres in unum = to KaroiKeiv
'

aSeA(^ovs hrnoavTo ; and this phrase is the subject of the whole

sentence. In 161 1 (188 5) /or is inserted to make it plain: 'for
brethren to dwell together in unity.' Compare cxlv. 3. The
American Prayer Book shared our error, but in the recent revision
(1890) it has been corrected.

Psalm crxfit*

This psalm closes the Pilgrim Songs with a final benediction,

and Luther called it Epiphonema superiorum, an epilogue to the
previous members of the group. It consists of an appeal (vv. 1,2)

and a response (v. 3), wherein the interlocutors are generally

understood to be groups of Levites forming the night watch in the
Temple. But Reuss asks
If the speakers are Levites, how comes
this psalm to be among the Pilgrim Songs ? Nay (says he), they
'
who by night stand in the house of the Lord are not Levites '

but the pilgrims themselves, who on the last morning of the feast
assemble while it is yet night in the Temple and chant their
farewell song.
346 ji^otes

Psalm cjcjcjctj*

The opening verses of this psalm are a repetition of cxxxiv.

and verses 15 to end are found in the middle of cxv. Reuss
says Hymne verve poetique et surtout sans
liturgique sans

: '

originality.' Delitzsch more tenderly It is a psalm in the : '

mosaic style. The old Latin poet Lucilius already transfers the
figure of mosaic work to style, when he says " quam lepide
lexeis compostae ut tesserulae omnes.'"

IPsaltn cxicfXiu

This is the only psalm with a Refrain that is repeated with

every verse throughout. It has been supposed that the versicles

were chanted by a solo voice, and the Refrain by the Quire.

It is one of the very few psalms that have been satisfactorily
rendered into a modern language. Milton's version was written
at the age of fifteen. The translation is not close, but it has
caught the spirit of the original. The modern hymn-books have
adopted it
Let us with a gladsom mind
Praise the Lord, for He is kind :

For His mercies ay endure,

Ever faithful, ever sure.

I. Ays mercy endureth for euer. This has been happily called
a '
magnificently rolling Refrain '{The Spectator^ 19 July 1884).
Cheyne says :
'
What is it that glorifies one of the least poetical
of the later psalms, and justifies its liturgical title, " the great
Hallel " ? Simply its exquisite Refrain, " For his lovingkindness
endureth for ever." Origin of the Psalter, p. 371.
'

23. A verse has been omitted supplied in i 540 thus which :

'

remejnbred vs, when we were in trouble.'' At this point the course

of the retrospect comes down to the times of the poet.

salm tnt^iu
This psalm looks like a reminiscence of the Babylonian Exile
by one who had experienced it. But the place of the psalm in the
collection has caused this to be questioned. Hitzig sees in it the
expression of a real homesick longing towards Jerusalem, but by
a poet who had never seen Babylon except in imagination yet ;

one who was a real exile, viz. of the Dispersion. Cheyne's view
is so far similar, that he calls it a dramatic lyric' '

It has furnished the keynote for many a patriotic song, and it

'may be regarded as the spring of the songs of the Jerusalem

above.' Dr. Ker, The Psalms in History and Biography.
 Il5ote0 347

IPealm cjrjcrtiti*

Here begins a new group of eight which in the Hebrew text

bear David's name. The Greek translators made an addition,
with this effect :

A Davidic psalm of Haggai and Zachariah.'
'

Dr. Perowne infers that the translators were not satisfied with
'

the traditional view as to the authorship of the psalm.'

IPsalm cvrnj:*

The Jewish Scholiast Aben Ezra called this '

the crown of all
the psalms.'
Its beauty consists not in that art of versification which only
the Hebraist can appreciate, but rather in that elevation of thought
which gives universality, and wins the admiration of all mankind.
The language indicates a late date by Aramaic change in the
Hebrew. Itnot that words are taken over from another
is

dialect, Hebrew words betray Aramaic tinge.

but that Mr.
Robertson Smith has illustrated the case thus If we heard a :
'

foreigner speaking English who put Z for T and said zu for ^o,
and zen for fen, we should know he was a German. Quite different
would be the case of an Englishman who talked of the Zeitgeist,
or borrowed any other German expression. The peculiar forms
in this psalm are of the former kind.' T/ie Old Testament in
theJewish Church (1881), p. 193.
See an exposition of this psalm in the Boyle Lectures for 1875,
by Dr. Wace, Lect. v.
8. y^ vttermost parte of the see. i.e. the West. As a result
of geographical situation 'the sea' came in the Hebrew of
Palestine to mean the West. So '
the River ' came (less distinctly
however) to indicate by reference to the
the Eastern limit,
Euphrates. Somewhat in the same manner, the phrase within '

the four seas' has grown out of the geography of our own
country.
14. beneth in the earth, 'in the lowest parts of the earth'
(161 1); 'curiously wrought in the underworld' (Cheyne). A
bold and delicate stroke of divine poetry.
1 8. when I wake vp, I am present with the. Consciousness is
closely connected with the sense of God and His presence ;
comes more particularly before the mind at the moment of waking,
of recovering consciousness.

IPsalm ty\*

A supplication against treacherous foes.

3. adders poyson. \.&. adder's r\ot adders', a.s generally in the
348 Bom
reprints of 1611 since the edition of 1769. Scrivener, Ati^k. Ed.
of English Bible., p. 166. See notes to Ixxxi. 13 ; cvii. 27.
5. trappes. This verse stands thus in the modern reprints of
161 1, followed by 1885

The proud have hid a snare for me, and cords ; they have spread a net
by the wayside ; they have set gins for me.

But the word 'gins' is due to subsequent alteration. In the

original 161 1 it is 'grinnes,' and this was a modification of the
Genevan 1560 'grennes.' This applies equally to cxli. 10. The
and 1638 altered the spelling to
reprints of 161 3 'grins,' and at
length 1762 introduced 'gins.' Scrivener, Auth. Ed. of English
Bible, p. 224.
lP0aIm vf.\u

Prayer for preservation from sin and rescue from foes. A

psalm of great obscurity.
6. take it, as though he had powred oyle vpon my
so will I
head: it In 1540 as now
shall not hurt fny head. 'but let not :

their precyouse balmes breake myne heade etc. '

ID. trappes. 'grennes' 1560; 'grinnes 161 1 'gins 'in the '
;

modern books and 1885. See note on cxl. 5.

IPsalrn cjclii*

A cry for deliverance from persecution.

9. Bringe tny soule out of preson. This has been generally
taken as figurative, and equivalent to bring my soul out of trouble
'

cxliii. II. But Hitzig takes it literally.

IPealm cjcliii.

According to Ewald, this psalm is finely selected from old '

songs and profoundly striking, but otherwise of so independent

an origin that it cannot be attributed to the poet of cxl.-cxlii. '
;

he having grouped these three as from one hand. But Hitzig

thought the darkness of v. 3 was probably identical with the
'
'

'
prison of cxlii. 9, and that these two psalms proceed from
'

one author. This is the seventh and last of the Penitential Psalms.

IPsalm cjcliti*

A in war, which success

national thanksgiving for success
appears as something unexpected by an unwarlike people, and
therefore the more manifestly the work of God. This psalm even
in patristic times was judged to be Maccabaean. It has the mark

of a late psalm, in its numerous reminiscences of older psalms,

esp. viii. xviii. xxxiii. Cheyne calls it a piece of post-Exile '
 Bom 349
mosaic work.' Many critics hold vv. 12-15 to be a fragment of
another psalm.
12a. That our sonnesmayegrowevpas theyongplantes. This
conjunction veils the abruptness of the Hebrew transition, which
is one of the causes why critics have thought the following verses

an alien fragment. In 1885 it is: 'When our sons shall be as

plants ' etc.
I polyshed comers.
lb. our daughters are as cornices carved
'

in palace -fashion' (Cheyne). Madame Bunsen writing to her

youngest daughter Matilda in 1853 said: '"Let our daughters
be as the polished comers of the Temple " is a verse of a psalm
that always gives me an image equally just and pleasing.'
Augustus J. C. Hare, Life and Letters of Baroness Bunsen,
vol. ii. p. 153.

IPaalm cirlb.

This psalm is generic and universal it has little or nothing

;

of an occasional character. It is a concentrated example of the

spirit which pervades the whole Psalter, making it meet to be the

elementary book of devotion for all nations. In form it is an
alphabetic psalm, with the Nun verse wanting. The Septuagint
has either preserved it, or else supplied it artificially if the latter,
:

they have taken v. 1 7 for their pattern.

3. maruelous worthy to be praysed. The Hebrew is the same
as that which in xlviii. i is rendered hyelye to be praysed.'
'

The intrusion of a comma has made an adverb into an adjective,

and out of one proposition has made two. For now we read :

'
Great is the Lord, and marvellous, worthy to be praised.' This
supplies an interesting example of the way in which a turn of
speech may become antiquated, and liable to misinterpretation.
The comma is not in the standard book of 1662, which I have
seen both in fac-simile and in the recent reprint and as I never
:

found an English Prayer Book free from this error, I have felt
some curiosity to know at what date it entered. I was even
thinking of a search in the Bodleian, when the information came
unexpectedly to hand. In conversation with my friend the Rev.
Dr. Millard among his rare and valuable books, something caused
me to mention the misprint, when he at once pointed me to the
fine folio Prayer Book of 1662, with the engraved Title by Logan.
I turned to Psalm cxlv. 3, and there sure enough was the printer's

comma. So that although the MS. standard was free from it,
the very first print contained it, and it is no longer strange that
it has been propagated to all subsequent impressions.

The American Prayer Book has it right, and this I have verified
as far back as the edition printed at Oxford in 1867.
3 so Bom
A group of five Hallelujah psalms forms the natural close of
the Psalter. Each of these five psalms begins and ends with
Hallelujah.

saint cjclbi*

Trust not in man but in God.

3. and then all his thoiightes peryshe. Kay translates In :
'

that day his projects perish ; quoting Bellarmin ' Omnia ilia :
'

palatia quae cogitando fabricaverant ; i.e. all their castles in the

'
'

air.'

9. vpsyde downe. This recoinage of the old phrase up j30 HotDIt

is already in 1535. English Philology 517.

lP0aIm cjclbii*

A
high Eulogy of Jehovah, who in Nature is wonderful and
towards Israel is gracious, especially by the crowning favour of
His revelation.
In the Septuagint this psalm is divided into two, namely vv.
i-ii, and 12-20, which are numbered cxlvi. and cxlvii. and thus ;

the parity of numeration between the Greek and the Hebrew,

which was broken after ix., is restored for the brief remnant of the
Psalter.
1 6. He geueth snowe lyke wolle. A true and beautiful figure.
Dr. Pusey spiritualized it in the following manner that is, the :
'

chilhng dispensations of God's severe Providence come down

upon His Church, yet form a mantle to preserve it from more
intense cold.'
0alm cjclbiii.

A call for Praise and universal homage to the Creator from

one end to the other of the whole Creation. Compare Philippians
ii. 10.
The psalm is very well summarized in the '
Contents of
161 1 :

I. The Psalmist exhorteth the celestiall,
' 7 The terres-
'

triall, 1 1 And the rationall creatures to praise God.'

ealm vfXxi*

Praise to God who giveth victory to His people. If the

language of v. 6 ff. seem strange for 'saints' and 'meek-hearted,'
that is partly due to the new spirit of Christianity which we are
under, and partly to our not easily putting ourselves in their
place.
 Jl^otes 351
These were not trained to be men of war, but they had
saints
passed through a terrible crisis which had made them so. Judas
the Maccabee saw in a dream the prophet Jeremiah, who put a
sword into his right hand, saying Take this holy sword, a gift
:
'

from God, with the which thou shalt wound the adversaries,'
2 Mace. XV. 16. Cheyne says: 'The 149th Psalm shows us,
indeed, how congenial this work became to those who would once
have started back from it with horror.'

Pealm cl.

An As the First Psalm for the

universal call to praise God.
beginning, so this seems to have been composed for the end of
the book. Delitzsch says With this full-toned sonorous finale
:
'

the Psalter ends.'

^I)C dBnli*

Printed by R. & R. Clark, Edinburgh.